The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
Multimedia Arts
NC1-1940 Drawing. Design. Illustration
NC845-915 Graphic art materials
NC950-(996) Illustration
NC997-1003 Commercial art. Advertising art
NC1280-1284 Printed ephemera. Imagerie populaire
ND1470-1625 Technique and materials
NE1-3002 Print media
NE3000-3002 Copying art. Copying machine art
NX1-820 Arts in general
NX420-430 Exhibitions
NX440-632 History of the arts
NX650-694 Special subjects, characters, persons, religious arts, etc.
NX700-750 Patronage of the arts
NX760-770 Administration of the arts
NX798-820 Arts centers and facilities
QA75.5-76.95 Electronic computers.
QA76.75-76.765 Computer software
TK5101-6720 Telecommunication
TK7800-8360 Electronics
TR1-1050 Photography
TR250-265 Cameras
TR287-500 Photographic processing. Darkroom technique
TR550-581 Studio and laboratory
TR590-620 Lighting
TR845-899 Cinematography. Motion pictures
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discovery, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Personnel Management?
Test out Personnel AND Management as searches and see what you can find.
The Multimedia Arts degree program combines core skills such as communications, programming and graphic design with evolving areas such as digital media and the Internet. Students harness the power of the latest digital media technology. This degree is also recommended for those who are interested in broadcasting, journalism, communication arts, new media design and communications, and other fields using digital technologies. (CURRICULUM 2012)
Critical thinking and innovation are at the heart of the student-centered Multimedia Arts (MMA) curriculum, which seeks to hone creative and innovative multimedia practitioners, proficient in the necessary digital arts skills and confident in the practice of innovation. Provided with the most useful and practical lessons for a future in the digital creative industries, students are prepared to build digital arts projects holistically, starting from the task of conceptualization to actual execution and exhibition. With faculty members who are also industry practitioners, students gain real-world advice and functional skills towards using their multimedia work for the needs of the bigger society, highlighting the value of creative work that is contemporary and relevant. (CURRICULUM 2018)
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on multimedia arts available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, online databases, and industry report are recommended for the entire Multimedia Arts program.
QUICK LINKS
The course presents a survey of the influential and significant portions in the Western art and design history. The course intends to develop students’ skill in identifying the stylistic developments of forms according to their concepts and functions. In addition, it allows the students to understand the meanings and significance of various art works in response to the conditions of the period, artists’ statements, and the reception of the public. At the end of the course, they are expected to trace the sources and influences of highly significant art works and designs in modern and contemporary periods.
100 Works of Art That Will Define Our Age by
Just as Picasso's Guernica or Gericault's Raft of the Medusa survive as powerful cultural documents of their time, certain artworks from our own era will endure for generations to come.Kelly Grovier curates a compelling list of one hundred paintings, sculptures, drawings, installations, performances, and video pieces that have made the greatest impact from 1989 to the present. The global cast of artists includes Marina Abramovic, Matthew Barney, Christian Boltanski, Louise Bourgeois, Maurizio Cattelan, Marlene Dumas, Olafur Eliasson, Andreas Gursky, Cristina Iglesias, On Kawara, Jeff Koons, Ernesto Neto, Gerhard Richter, Pipilotti Rist, Kara Walker, and Ai Weiwei. Many of the pieces reflect the cultural upheavals of recent times, from the collapse of the Berlin Wall to the blossoming of the Arab Spring.A daring yet convincing analysis of which artworks best capture the zeitgeist of our time, Grovier's list also provides a much-needed map through the landscape of contemporary art. Illustrations of key works are supplemented by comparative images by different artists, sometimes in different periods, while short texts offer a biography of each artwork, tracing its inception and impact, and offering a view not only into the imagination of the artist but into the age in which we live.
Art by
Written by an international team of artists, art historians, and curators, this absorbing and beautiful book gives readers unparalleled insights into the world's most iconic artworks. Art: The Whole Story traces the development of art period by period, with the informative and highly illustrated text covering every genre, from painting and sculpture to conceptual art and performance art. Cultural timelines are included as well, in order to help readers with each movement's historical context.Masterpieces that epitomize each period or movement are highlighted and analyzed in detail. Everything from use of color and visual metaphors to technical innovations are explained, giving readers the tools to interpret the meanings of world-famous masterpieces. Highlights include Mughal miniatures; Japanese prints from the nineteenth century; the color theories behind Seurat's remarkable La Grande Jatte; and why Picasso's Les Demoiselles d'Avignon was so shocking in its day.
Art History for Dummies by
Ready to discover the fascinating world of art history? Let's (Van) Gogh! Fine art might seem intimidating at first. But with the right guide, anyone can learn to appreciate and understand the stimulating and beautiful work of history's greatest painters, sculptors, and architects. In Art History For Dummies, we'll take you on a journey through fine art from all eras, from Cave Art to the Colosseum, and from Michelangelo to Picasso and the modern masters. Along the way, you'll learn about how history has influenced art, and vice versa. This updated edition includes: Brand new material on a wider array of renowned female artists Explorations of the Harlem Renaissance, American Impressionism, and the Precisionists Discussions of art in the 20th and 21st centuries, including Dadaism, Constructivism, Surrealism, and today's eclectic art scene Is there an exhibition in your town you want to see? Prep before going with Art History For Dummies and show your friends what an Art Smartie you are. An unbeatable reference for anyone looking to build a foundational understanding of art in a historical context, Art History For Dummies is your personal companion that makes fine art even finer!
Danish Golden Age Painting by
A vibrant survey of visual culture in Golden Age Denmark (1801-1864) Following the disastrous outcome of the Napoleonic Wars and national bankruptcy, Denmark affected a remarkable cultural renaissance, spawning such major talents as Hans Christian Andersen, Søren Kierkegaard and Hans Christian Ørsted. The Golden Age, roughly spanning the first half of the nineteenth century, produced defining images of a peaceful and ordered society as the emerging Copenhagen bourgeoisie asserted a taste for portraits, urban scenes and landscapes that embraced their lifestyles. Artists such as Christen Købke and C. W. Eckersberg turned their attentions to the people, traditions and customs of their land, encapsulating the quintessence of this celebrated period of cultural richness. Danish Golden Age Painting examines the vital role played by the visual arts within the wider context of the era's social, political, intellectual, scientific, artistic and cultural achievements. Drawing on the best of established and contemporary Danish scholarship, it presents an innovative survey of Danish Golden Age art.
Global Art and the Cold War by
In this readable and highly original book, John J. Curley presents the first synthetic account of global art during the Cold War. Through a careful examination of artworks drawn from America, Europe, Russia and Asia, he demonstrates the inextricable nature of art and politics in this contentious period. He dismantles the usual narrative of American abstract painting versus figurative Soviet Socialist Realism to reveal a much more nuanced, contradictory and ambivalent picture of art making, in which the objects themselves, like spies, dissembled, housed and managed ideological differences.
Monographic Exhibitions and the History of Art by
This edited collection traces the impact of monographic exhibitions on the discipline of art history from the first examples in the late eighteenth century through the present. Roughly falling into three genres (retrospectives of living artists, retrospectives of recently deceased artists, and monographic exhibitions of Old Masters), specialists examine examples of each genre within their social, cultural, political, and economic contexts. Exhbitions covered include Nathaniel Hone's 1775 exhibition, the Holbein Exhibition of 1871, the Courbet retrospective of 1882, Titian's exhibition in Venice, Poussin's Louvre retrospective of 1960, and El Greco's anniversaty exhibitions of 2014.
A New Way of Seeing by
What makes great art great? Why do some works pulse in the imagination generation after generation, century after century? From Botticelli's Birth of Venus to Picasso's Guernica, some paintings and sculptures have become so famous, so much a part of who we are, we no longer really look at them. We take their greatness for granted; our eyes have become near-obsolete. We need a new way of seeing. Unsatisfied with traditional, hand-me-down interpretations of these masterpieces interested only in learning about art, and not from it, Kelly Grovier combed the surface of revered works from the Terracotta Army of the First Qin Emperor to Frida Kahlo's self-portraits. What did he find? The key to their enduring power to move and delight us. He discovered that every truly great work is hardwired with an underappreciated detail, a flourish of strangeness, that ignites it from deep inside. From a carved mammoth tusk (c. 40,000 bce) to Duchamp's Fountain (1917), and Bosch's Garden of Earthly Delights (1505-10) to Louise Bourgeois's Maman (1999), a remarkable lexicon of astonishing imagery has imprinted itself onto cultural consciousness over the past 40,000 years - a resilient visual vocabulary whose meaning has proved elastic and endlessly renewable from era to era. It is to these works that Kelly Grovier devotes himself in this radical new art history. Stepping away from biography, style and the chronology of 'isms' that preoccupies most art history to focus on the artworks themselves, Grovier tells a new story in which we learn from the artworks, not just about them. Looking closely at each work, he identifies an 'eye-hook' - the part of the artwork that 'bridges the divide between art and life, giving it palpable purpose and elevating its value beyond the visual to the vital' - and encourages us to squint through this narrow aperture to perceive the work's truest meanings. This book is unique in emphasizing the durability of what is made over the ephemerality of its making and serves as a rejoinder to a growing sensibility that conceives of artists as brands and the works they create as nothing more than material commodities to hoard, hide, and flip for profit. Lavishly illustrated with many of the most breathtaking and enduring artworks ever created, as well as many that inspired or took inspiration from them, this refreshing book will spark a debate about how it is that artworks articulate who we are and what it means to be alive in the world.
Pop Art and Design by
This book offers the first in-depth analysis of the relationship between art and design, which led to the creation of 'pop'. Challenging accepted boundaries and definitions, the authors seek out various commonalities and points of connection between these two exciting areas. Confronting the all-pervasive 'high art / low culture' divide, Pop Art and Design brings a fresh understanding of visual culture during the vibrant 1950s and 60s. This was an era when commercial art became graphic design, illustration was superseded by photography and high fashion became street fashion, all against the backdrop of a rapidly-evolving economic and political landscape, a glamorous youth scene and an effervescent popular culture. The book's central argument is that pop art relied on and drew inspiration from pop design, and vice versa. Massey and Seago assert that this relationship was articulated through the artwork, design, publications and exhibitions of a network of key practitioners. Pop Art and Design provides a case study in the broader inter-relationship between art and design, and constitutes the first interdisciplinary publication on the subject.
The Power of Art, Revised by
THE POWER OF ART, 3rd Edition, introduces you to the world of art--artists, mediums, tools, themes and more--and demonstrates that art is not only all around you, but also relevant to you no matter what your major happens to be. Gorgeous images pull you in, and the authors' conversational writing style keeps you engaged, making it easy for you to both understand and enjoy reading the material. "Timeless Links" at the beginning of each chapter explore the themes that have inspired artists for centuries, creating links across space and time. These links open connections between the artists and art of different periods and cultures throughout the book, and "Art News" boxes present real events that connect art to your everyday life.
Scenography and Art History by 
Writing the Modern by
Published by the Singapore Art Museum T. K. Sabapathy has been writing on the art of Southeast Asia for more than four decades, as a critic, curator, and art historian. He is a penetrating critic and ardent advocate for the art and artists of Singapore and Malaysia. His art historical methods, critical documentation, deep dialogue with artists, and detailed explication of their works have set the course of art discourse in the region. Writing the Modern is the first collection of Sabapathy's work, featuring pieces that represent the scope and depth of his output and highlight his most important and influential writings. At the same time, it is a survey of the vast changes in the landscape of art in the region over the period. Sabapathy chronicles the shift in Asian art from a predominantly nationalist/modernist mode to a global contemporary style. Those new to his work will find this the ideal introduction to his oeuvre. And his longtime fans will find this book the perfect opportunity for review and renewed consideration of his work. Ultimately, it's a collection sure to fuel a new generation of modern and contemporary art writing, research, and exhibition making.
The course presents a survey of the influential and significant portions in the Western art and design history. The course intends to develop students’ skill in identifying the stylistic developments of forms according to their concepts and functions. In addition, it allows the students to understand the meanings and significance of various art works in response to the conditions of the period, artists’ statements, and the reception of the public. At the end of the course, they are expected to trace the sources and influences of highly significant art works and designs in modern and contemporary periods.
Art beyond Borders : Artistic Exchange in Communist Europe (1945-1989) by 
Art in World History 2 Vols by
A guide to the establishment of the library which covers materials acquisition, the organization and usage of the library's collection to provide a variety of services and the use of automation. This book aims to instruct the librarian on managing the small library effectively.
Colonized Through Art by
Colonized through Art explores how the federal government used art education for American Indian children as an instrument for the "colonization of consciousness," hoping to instill the values and ideals of Western society while simultaneously maintaining a political, social, economic, and racial hierarchy. Focusing on the Albuquerque Indian School in New Mexico, the Sherman Institute in Riverside, California, and the world's fairs and local community exhibitions, Marinella Lentis examines how the U.S. government's solution to the "Indian problem" at the end of the nineteenth century emphasized education and assimilation. Educational theories at the time viewed art as the foundation of morality and as a way to promote virtues and personal improvement. These theories made the subject of art a natural tool for policy makers and educators to use in achieving their assimilationist goals of turning student "savages" into civilized men and women. Despite such educational regimes for students, however, indigenous ideas about art oftentimes emerged "from below," particularly from well-known art teachers such as Arizona Swayney and Angel DeCora. Colonized through Art explores how American Indian schools taught children to abandon their cultural heritage and produce artificially "native" crafts that were exhibited at local and international fairs. The purchase of these crafts by the general public turned students' work into commodities and schools into factories.
History, Texts and Art in Early Babylonia by
These essays represent a summation of Piotr Steinkeller's decades-long thinking and writing about the history of third millennium BCE Babylonia and the ways in which it is reflected in ancient historical and literary sources and art, as well as of how these written and visual materials may be used by the modern historian to attain, if not a reliable record of histoire événementielle, a comprehensive picture of how the ancients understood their history. The book focuses on the history of early Babylonian kingship, as it evolved over a period from Late Uruk down to Old Babylonian times, and the impact of the concepts of kingship on contemporaneous history writing and visual art. Here comparisons are drawn between Babylonia and similar developments in ancient Egypt, China and Mesoamerica. Other issues treated is the intersection between history writing and the scholarly, lexical, and literary traditions in early Babylonia; and the question of how the modern historian should approach the study of ancient sources of "historical" nature. Such a broad and comprehensive overview is novel in Mesopotamian studies to date. As such, it should contribute to an improved and more nuanced understanding of early Babylonian history.
Images of the Canton Factories 1760–1822 : Reading History in Art by The Legacies of Bernard Smith : Essays on Australian Art, History and Cultural Politics by Moving pictures and Renaissance art history by The course presents a survey of the influential and significant portions in Asian art and design history. As the students chart the development of forms and styles in Asia in relation to the milieu, artists/producers, and the publics, they are expected to understand the common threads that link the local art and design to the region. In this manner, the concept of art making and art production in Asia will be understood as they examine the context of the works in relation to the region’s environment, socio-economic and political conditions, religion, and the like.
100 Works of Art That Will Define Our Age by
Just as Picasso's Guernica or Gericault's Raft of the Medusa survive as powerful cultural documents of their time, certain artworks from our own era will endure for generations to come.Kelly Grovier curates a compelling list of one hundred paintings, sculptures, drawings, installations, performances, and video pieces that have made the greatest impact from 1989 to the present. The global cast of artists includes Marina Abramovic, Matthew Barney, Christian Boltanski, Louise Bourgeois, Maurizio Cattelan, Marlene Dumas, Olafur Eliasson, Andreas Gursky, Cristina Iglesias, On Kawara, Jeff Koons, Ernesto Neto, Gerhard Richter, Pipilotti Rist, Kara Walker, and Ai Weiwei. Many of the pieces reflect the cultural upheavals of recent times, from the collapse of the Berlin Wall to the blossoming of the Arab Spring.A daring yet convincing analysis of which artworks best capture the zeitgeist of our time, Grovier's list also provides a much-needed map through the landscape of contemporary art. Illustrations of key works are supplemented by comparative images by different artists, sometimes in different periods, while short texts offer a biography of each artwork, tracing its inception and impact, and offering a view not only into the imagination of the artist but into the age in which we live.
Art by
Written by an international team of artists, art historians, and curators, this absorbing and beautiful book gives readers unparalleled insights into the world's most iconic artworks. Art: The Whole Story traces the development of art period by period, with the informative and highly illustrated text covering every genre, from painting and sculpture to conceptual art and performance art. Cultural timelines are included as well, in order to help readers with each movement's historical context.Masterpieces that epitomize each period or movement are highlighted and analyzed in detail. Everything from use of color and visual metaphors to technical innovations are explained, giving readers the tools to interpret the meanings of world-famous masterpieces. Highlights include Mughal miniatures; Japanese prints from the nineteenth century; the color theories behind Seurat's remarkable La Grande Jatte; and why Picasso's Les Demoiselles d'Avignon was so shocking in its day.
The Environment and Ecology in Islamic Art and Culture by
The Islamic world finds itself increasingly at the epicenter of our escalating climate emergency, both as a locus of the petrochemical industry and as home to extraordinary landscapes in which the effects of environmental transformation are acutely felt. Yet, far from a solely twenty-first-century concern, engagement with changing, and often extreme, natural conditions has long characterized Islamic art and architecture in the central Islamic lands and beyond into the Muslim diaspora. This new book brings together a diverse group of scholars and critics whose contributions address this profound ecological awareness through the dual lenses of Islamic culture and climate change. Their case studies range from the Gulf, Iraq, Syria, the Indian Subcontinent, North Africa, and even outer space. Contributors examine the optimistic, sustainable, and innovative responses adopted by artists and builders in the face of often irreversible and escalating environmental destruction that necessitates such ingenuity. Breaking traditional disciplinary boundaries, this timely book brings together a diverse range of perspectives to bear on this increasingly urgent problem.
Global Art and the Cold War by
In this readable and highly original book, John J. Curley presents the first synthetic account of global art during the Cold War. Through a careful examination of artworks drawn from America, Europe, Russia and Asia, he demonstrates the inextricable nature of art and politics in this contentious period. He dismantles the usual narrative of American abstract painting versus figurative Soviet Socialist Realism to reveal a much more nuanced, contradictory and ambivalent picture of art making, in which the objects themselves, like spies, dissembled, housed and managed ideological differences.
Grafted Arts : art making and taking in the struggle for western India : 1760-1910 by
Conceptualizes "graft"-- the violent and creative processes of suturing arts as a method of empire building in western eighteenth-century India Grafted Arts focuses on Maratha military rulers and British East India Company officials who used the arts to engage in diplomacy, wage war, compete for prestige, and generate devotion as they allied with (or fought against) each other to control western India in the eighteenth century. This book conceptualizes the artistic combinations that resulted as ones of "graft"--a term that acknowledges the violent and creative processes of suturing arts, and losing and gaining goods, as well as the shifting dynamics among agents who assembled such materials. By tracing grafted arts from multiple perspectives--Maratha and British, artist and patron, soldier and collector--this book charts the methods of empire-building that recast artistic production and collection in western India and from there across India and in Britain. This mercenary method of artistry propagated mixed, fractured, and plundered arts. Indeed, these "grafted arts"--disseminated across India and Britain over the nineteenth century to aid in consolidating empire or revolting against it entirely--remain instigators of nationalist agitation today. Distributed for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art
Monographic Exhibitions and the History of Art by
This edited collection traces the impact of monographic exhibitions on the discipline of art history from the first examples in the late eighteenth century through the present. Roughly falling into three genres (retrospectives of living artists, retrospectives of recently deceased artists, and monographic exhibitions of Old Masters), specialists examine examples of each genre within their social, cultural, political, and economic contexts. Exhbitions covered include Nathaniel Hone's 1775 exhibition, the Holbein Exhibition of 1871, the Courbet retrospective of 1882, Titian's exhibition in Venice, Poussin's Louvre retrospective of 1960, and El Greco's anniversaty exhibitions of 2014.
A New Way of Seeing by
What makes great art great? Why do some works pulse in the imagination generation after generation, century after century? From Botticelli's Birth of Venus to Picasso's Guernica, some paintings and sculptures have become so famous, so much a part of who we are, we no longer really look at them. We take their greatness for granted; our eyes have become near-obsolete. We need a new way of seeing. Unsatisfied with traditional, hand-me-down interpretations of these masterpieces interested only in learning about art, and not from it, Kelly Grovier combed the surface of revered works from the Terracotta Army of the First Qin Emperor to Frida Kahlo's self-portraits. What did he find? The key to their enduring power to move and delight us. He discovered that every truly great work is hardwired with an underappreciated detail, a flourish of strangeness, that ignites it from deep inside. From a carved mammoth tusk (c. 40,000 bce) to Duchamp's Fountain (1917), and Bosch's Garden of Earthly Delights (1505-10) to Louise Bourgeois's Maman (1999), a remarkable lexicon of astonishing imagery has imprinted itself onto cultural consciousness over the past 40,000 years - a resilient visual vocabulary whose meaning has proved elastic and endlessly renewable from era to era. It is to these works that Kelly Grovier devotes himself in this radical new art history. Stepping away from biography, style and the chronology of 'isms' that preoccupies most art history to focus on the artworks themselves, Grovier tells a new story in which we learn from the artworks, not just about them. Looking closely at each work, he identifies an 'eye-hook' - the part of the artwork that 'bridges the divide between art and life, giving it palpable purpose and elevating its value beyond the visual to the vital' - and encourages us to squint through this narrow aperture to perceive the work's truest meanings. This book is unique in emphasizing the durability of what is made over the ephemerality of its making and serves as a rejoinder to a growing sensibility that conceives of artists as brands and the works they create as nothing more than material commodities to hoard, hide, and flip for profit. Lavishly illustrated with many of the most breathtaking and enduring artworks ever created, as well as many that inspired or took inspiration from them, this refreshing book will spark a debate about how it is that artworks articulate who we are and what it means to be alive in the world.
Pop Art and Design by
This book offers the first in-depth analysis of the relationship between art and design, which led to the creation of 'pop'. Challenging accepted boundaries and definitions, the authors seek out various commonalities and points of connection between these two exciting areas. Confronting the all-pervasive 'high art / low culture' divide, Pop Art and Design brings a fresh understanding of visual culture during the vibrant 1950s and 60s. This was an era when commercial art became graphic design, illustration was superseded by photography and high fashion became street fashion, all against the backdrop of a rapidly-evolving economic and political landscape, a glamorous youth scene and an effervescent popular culture. The book's central argument is that pop art relied on and drew inspiration from pop design, and vice versa. Massey and Seago assert that this relationship was articulated through the artwork, design, publications and exhibitions of a network of key practitioners. Pop Art and Design provides a case study in the broader inter-relationship between art and design, and constitutes the first interdisciplinary publication on the subject.
The Power of Art, Revised by
THE POWER OF ART, 3rd Edition, introduces you to the world of art--artists, mediums, tools, themes and more--and demonstrates that art is not only all around you, but also relevant to you no matter what your major happens to be. Gorgeous images pull you in, and the authors' conversational writing style keeps you engaged, making it easy for you to both understand and enjoy reading the material. "Timeless Links" at the beginning of each chapter explore the themes that have inspired artists for centuries, creating links across space and time. These links open connections between the artists and art of different periods and cultures throughout the book, and "Art News" boxes present real events that connect art to your everyday life.
Writing the Modern by
Published by the Singapore Art Museum T. K. Sabapathy has been writing on the art of Southeast Asia for more than four decades, as a critic, curator, and art historian. He is a penetrating critic and ardent advocate for the art and artists of Singapore and Malaysia. His art historical methods, critical documentation, deep dialogue with artists, and detailed explication of their works have set the course of art discourse in the region. Writing the Modern is the first collection of Sabapathy's work, featuring pieces that represent the scope and depth of his output and highlight his most important and influential writings. At the same time, it is a survey of the vast changes in the landscape of art in the region over the period. Sabapathy chronicles the shift in Asian art from a predominantly nationalist/modernist mode to a global contemporary style. Those new to his work will find this the ideal introduction to his oeuvre. And his longtime fans will find this book the perfect opportunity for review and renewed consideration of his work. Ultimately, it's a collection sure to fuel a new generation of modern and contemporary art writing, research, and exhibition making.
The course presents a survey of the influential and significant portions in Asian art and design history. As the students chart the development of forms and styles in Asia in relation to the milieu, artists/producers, and the publics, they are expected to understand the common threads that link the local art and design to the region. In this manner, the concept of art making and art production in Asia will be understood as they examine the context of the works in relation to the region’s environment, socio-economic and political conditions, religion, and the like.
Art beyond Borders : Artistic Exchange in Communist Europe (1945-1989) by Art in World History 2 Vols by
A guide to the establishment of the library which covers materials acquisition, the organization and usage of the library's collection to provide a variety of services and the use of automation. This book aims to instruct the librarian on managing the small library effectively.
Colonized Through Art by
Colonized through Art explores how the federal government used art education for American Indian children as an instrument for the "colonization of consciousness," hoping to instill the values and ideals of Western society while simultaneously maintaining a political, social, economic, and racial hierarchy. Focusing on the Albuquerque Indian School in New Mexico, the Sherman Institute in Riverside, California, and the world's fairs and local community exhibitions, Marinella Lentis examines how the U.S. government's solution to the "Indian problem" at the end of the nineteenth century emphasized education and assimilation. Educational theories at the time viewed art as the foundation of morality and as a way to promote virtues and personal improvement. These theories made the subject of art a natural tool for policy makers and educators to use in achieving their assimilationist goals of turning student "savages" into civilized men and women. Despite such educational regimes for students, however, indigenous ideas about art oftentimes emerged "from below," particularly from well-known art teachers such as Arizona Swayney and Angel DeCora. Colonized through Art explores how American Indian schools taught children to abandon their cultural heritage and produce artificially "native" crafts that were exhibited at local and international fairs. The purchase of these crafts by the general public turned students' work into commodities and schools into factories.
History, Texts and Art in Early Babylonia by
These essays represent a summation of Piotr Steinkeller's decades-long thinking and writing about the history of third millennium BCE Babylonia and the ways in which it is reflected in ancient historical and literary sources and art, as well as of how these written and visual materials may be used by the modern historian to attain, if not a reliable record of histoire événementielle, a comprehensive picture of how the ancients understood their history. The book focuses on the history of early Babylonian kingship, as it evolved over a period from Late Uruk down to Old Babylonian times, and the impact of the concepts of kingship on contemporaneous history writing and visual art. Here comparisons are drawn between Babylonia and similar developments in ancient Egypt, China and Mesoamerica. Other issues treated is the intersection between history writing and the scholarly, lexical, and literary traditions in early Babylonia; and the question of how the modern historian should approach the study of ancient sources of "historical" nature. Such a broad and comprehensive overview is novel in Mesopotamian studies to date. As such, it should contribute to an improved and more nuanced understanding of early Babylonian history.
Images of the Canton Factories 1760–1822 : Reading History in Art by The Legacies of Bernard Smith : Essays on Australian Art, History and Cultural Politics by Drawing 1: Basic Form and Shape
The main intention is to develop the students’ fundamental skills basic drawing. The course enables the student to refine drawing techniques through its emphasis on form, texture, and depth. Students will be trained to handle well the drawing materials specially the dry medium based on the requirements of the assignment by introducing to the students ranges of forms and step by step example of different approaches of techniques and media.
Artist's Drawing Techniques by
Learn how to draw with charcoal, pen, and pastel with step-by-step workshops from professional artists. Artist's Drawing Techniques is your guide to every aspect of drawing, from choosing a subject to mounting your finished masterpiece. Follow the workshops that teach you more than 80 artist's techniques, including cross-hatching, stippling, blending, and masking using pencil, charcoal, colored pencils, and pastels. Develop your artistic style by following step-by-step drawing tutorials through beginner, intermediate, and advanced projects. Explore new creative challenges with inspiring exercises and art projects to develop your skills, and study the stunning feature drawings that showcase every artistic technique and show you how that technique can be applied. Artist's Drawing Techniques will help you tap into your creative potential and unlock new talents.
Basics Detail Drawing by
The aesthetic and constructive quality of a building is also significantly determined by the careful design and implementation of details. Detailed drawings are developed on the basis of the working drawings; they form an important part of the specification and contain precise information for the tradesmen, indicating how materials are to be used and how they are to be joined. Drawings are produced in various degrees of detail. Depending on the function of the drawings, they are produced in scales from 1:20 to 1:1 in order to define the materials and method of joining, and to better illustrate the various dimensions. Basics Detailed Drawings explains, step by step, how to compose detailed designs and produce correct construction drawings, using clear examples.
The Complete Guide to Perspective Drawing by
Computers can calculate perspective angles and create a drawing for us, but the spontaneity of mark making, the tactile quality of a writing surface, the weight of a drawing instrument, and the immediacy of the human touch are sensations that keep traditional drawing skills perpetually relevant. The sensuality and convenience of the hand persists and will survive as a valuable communication tool, as will the need to accurately express your ideas on paper. As a professional, understanding the foundations of drawing, how we process images, and how we interpret what we see are principal skills. Understanding linear perspective enables artists to accurately communicate their ideas on paper. The Complete Guide to Perspective Drawing offers a step-by-step guide for the beginner as well as the advanced student on how to draw in one-point through six-point perspective and how to make scientifically accurate conceptual illustrations from simple to complex situations.
Design Drawing by
THE CLASSIC GUIDE TO DRAWING FOR DESIGNERS, REVISED AND UPDATED TO INCLUDE CURRENT DIGITAL-DRAWING TECHNIQUES Hand drawing is an integral part of the design process and central to the architecture profession. An architect's precise interpretation and freedom of expression are captured through hand drawing, and it is perhaps the most fundamental skill that the designer must develop in order to communicate thoughts and ideas effectively. In his distinctive style, world-renowned author Francis D. K. Ching presents Design Drawing, Third Edition, the classic guide to hand drawing that clearly demonstrates how to use drawing as a practical tool for formulating and working through design problems. While digital tools continue to evolve, this Third Edition includes new illustrations and information on the latest digital-drawing techniques. Design Drawing, Third Edition covers the basics of drawing, including line, shape, tone, and space. Guiding the reader step-by-step through the entire drawing process, this Third Edition also examines different types of drawing techniques such as multiview, paraline, and perspective drawings--and reveals how the application of these techniques creates remarkable results. In addition, Design Drawing, Third Edition: * Features over 1,500 hand drawings--stunning illustrations in the author's signature style that reinforce the concepts and lessons of each chapter * Offers new exercises and illustrative examples that range in complexity * Presents all-new digital drawing topics, such as hybrid floor plans, digital models and fabrication, and hand-to-digital fluency * Includes access to a new website featuring videos of the author demonstrating freehand techniques in a step-by-step manner in the studio and on location Written and illustrated for professional architects, designers, fine artists, illustrators, instructors and students, Design Drawing, Third Edition is an all-in-one package and effective tool that clearly demonstrates drawing concepts and techniques in a visually stimulating format that outshines other works in the field.
Drawing clothed figures by
Including numerous step by step projects and a diverse collection of inspirational examples, this book will help you master the clothed figure. Whether you want to draw a beloved close relative or a characterful passer-by, Lucy Swinburne's new book explains the techniques and materials clearly, simply and effectively. Master your art.
Drawing Difference by
Drawing has been growing in recognition and stature within contemporary fine art since the mid-1970s. Simultaneously, feminist activism has been widespread, leading to the increased prominence of women artists, scholars, critics and curators and the wide acknowledgement of the crucial role played by gender and sexual difference in constituting the subject. Drawing Difference argues that these developments did not occur in parallel simply by coincidence. Rather, the intimate interplay between drawing and feminism is best characterised as allotropic a term originating in chemistry that describes a single pure element which nevertheless assumes varied physical structures, denoting the fundamental affinities which underlie apparently differing material forms. The book takes as its starting point three works from the 1970s by Annette Messager, Dorothea Rockburne and Carolee Schneeman, that are used to exemplify critical developments in feminist art history and key moments for drawing as a means of expression.Throughout the chapters, these works are further explored in relation to the contemporary drawing practices of Marco Maggi, Sian Bowen, Susan Hauptmann, Cornelia Parker, Christoph Fink and Toba Kheedori. Their works are shown to be (re)iterative sites where mark-making differs with each appearance yet retains certain essential features. Dividing its analysis into the themes Approaching, Tropes and Coinciding, the book analyses how both drawing and feminist discourse emphasise dialogue, matter and openness. It demonstrates how sexual difference, subjectivity and drawing are connected at an elemental level and thus how drawing has played a vital role in the articulation of the material and conceptual dynamics of feminism."
Drawing Human Anatomy by
The newest book in Michael Mattesi's Force Drawing series takes movement to the next level. Force: Drawing Human Anatomy, explores the different facets of motion and the human body. As opposed to the memorization technique, Mattesi stresses the function of each body part and how gravity relative to different poses affects the aesthetics and form of muscle. The chapters are divided by the different parts of the body, thus allowing the reader to concentrate on mastery one body part at a time. Color coded images detail each muscle and their different angles. Special consideration is given to anatomy for animation, allowing the reader to create a character that is anatomically accurate in both stillness and motion. Key Features Detailed visual instruction includes colourful, step-by-step diagrams that allow you to easily follow the construction of an anatomically correct figure. Clearly organized and color coded per regions of the body's anatomy, a clarity of design for better reader understanding. Learn how anatomy is drawn and defined by the function of a pose. Visit the companion website for drawing demonstrations and further resources on anatomy.
Drawing masterclass by
'Drawing Masterclass' explores the act of vision of the world's great artists, describing how the images were created to allow you to weave some of this magic into your own drawings. The book is organized into seven chapters covering important genres: nudes, figures, landscapes, still life and studies, heads, fantasy and abstraction.
Drawing Perspective by
Here's a hands-on guide to perspective that's for anyone who wants to draw or paint--in any genre or medium. It's partly about learning how to draw a set of straight lines that meet at a point, but it's not filled with lots of dull, dry theory (although it does explain how it all works). Instead, it gives you tons of fun, practical exercises, and encourages you to play with them, so that learning how to draw in perspective is effortless and easy. Put your observational skills to the test with: Image Quizzes: take a pen and draw in all the vanishing points onto the book itself Perspective Chambers: draw objects onto an existing scene, keeping it all in the right perspective--sort of like 3D doodling Unique exercises with more than 100 vanishing points to figure out By the time you've completed this book, you will have a keen understanding of how perspective really works. Plus, you'll learn how to look at the world around you, see what's really there, and spot where those invisible straight lines may be located. It will become like a sixth sense to you--one that will add depth and meaning to all of your artistic pursuits.
Draw Like This! by
Draw Like This! is a fully illustrated guide to drawing that will walk you through simple prompts and challenges, helping you learn to draw from the inside out. Topics include- - Grid drawing - 2-point perspective - Negative space - Op Art - The human face and body - Elements of design - Shape, form, and line - Color and texture Engaging for beginners as well as veteran illustrators, and sure to appeal to kids, adults, teachers, and others, this is not your parents' illustration guide. Get ready to love drawing!
The Encyclopedia of Drawing Techniques by
Detailed photographic sequences explore pencil, charcoal, pen and technical pen techniques, including shading, building up, blending, hatching, highlighting, stippling and more. Coloured pencils, chalks, pastels, and pen and ink are also covered with inspirational pictures across a full range of subject matter, including landscapes, buildings, figures, animals, flowers and still life. Techniques are discussed in detail including layering, feathering, burnishing, linear marks and pointillism. The use of paint and brushes is less obvious in a book on drawing, but there are some techniques in which the brush is used to create a line, or to infill a linear shape. These techniques are discussed as well with Gallery examples shown throughout to act as inspiration for the practising artist. Sequences on mixed media, keeping a sketchbook and digital drawing are included too, making this book an invaluable addition to any artists book shelves.
The Figurative Artist's Handbook by
Written by a well-known artist and expert instructor, The Figurative Artist's Handbook offers a comprehensive, contemporary approach to the subject that instructs artists on the foundation basics and advanced techniques they need for successful figure drawing and painting. In addition to Zeller's stunning drawings and paintings, the work of over 50 of today's top practicing artists is included, so that the book will do double-duty as a hard-working how-to book and a visual treasure trove of some of the finest figurative art being created today. A must-have reference book for today's figurative artists and art students. This handbook combines three oschools of thoughto regarding figure drawing that are, at least on the surface, at odds with each other. But with his vast teaching experience, Zeller has seen that on a deeper level they are very compatible. Such a synthesis leads to a more complete understanding of the figure. Although this comprehensive approach is reflected in contemporary art and art education, no book has ever combined all three before. Gestural- The dynamic, gestural, rhythmic understanding of the figure as practiced by the great Mannerists of the Renaissance. This philosophy emphasizes life and rhythm in the human form. Rooted in the 16th and 17th centuries. Structural- A solid architectural understanding of the structure and anatomy of the body as the basis for building solid figure drawings. Rooted in the 20th and 21st centuries. Atelier Method- A beautiful, careful, detailed understanding of surface morphology of the figure. Smooth surface rendering. Very sensual. Rooted in the 18th and 19th centuries.
Figure Drawing Master Class by
With Figure Drawing Master Class, you will discover the secrets to creating masterful figure drawings through examples of Old Master drawings, as well as Dan Gheno's own beautiful drawings, demonstrations and diagrams.This take-home course covers everything you need to put yourself on the fast-track to successful figure drawing. Inside you'll find: The basics of training your hand to draw Gesture drawing lessons How to draw heads and hands, How to accurately compose your figures Keys to replicating the subtle details in the posture of the head to suggest emotion The basics of human proportions ,With tips, tricks and historical references, the drawing instruction inside will help you with all the critical skills you need to travel your own journey through successful figure drawing and improve your drawings for years to come. Learn to draw all aspects of the human figure with diagrams, demonstrations and Old Master drawings More than 120 drawings by Old Master artists including Michelangelo, Leonardo, Raphael and Rembrandt Includes 5 step-by-step demonstrations to reinforce the key concepts of figure drawing
FORCE: Dynamic Life Drawing by
Bring your artwork to life with the power of the FORCE! Watch, listen, and follow along as Mike Mattesi demonstrates the fundamental FORCE line and explains dynamic figure drawing techniques through 30 videos that are launched through the book's companion App. Packed with superb, powerfully drawn examples, the updated third edition of FORCE features an all-new section on the "FORCE blob," and dozens of fresh illustrations. Mike Mattesi's 10th anniversary edition of FORCE will teach readers how to put thought and imagination to paper. Whether you are an illustrator, animator, comic book artist, or student, you'll learn to use rhythm, shape, and line to bring out the life in any subject. The 10th Anniversary Edition contains numerous improvements. Around 30 videos are embedded within the book and accessible through the FORCE Drawing App. In the App, click on the image of the camera, point your mobile device's camera at the page with the symbol, and then finally tap the video card image floating above the drawing to launch the video. Then sit back and watch the video that shows me creating that drawing and discussing my process. Many new drawings can be found within this edition and the addition of color now further clarifies the theory of FORCE. Key Features The unique, dynamic learning system that has helped thousands of artists enhance their figure drawing abilities Dozens of updated illustrations and all-new content, exclusive to the 3rd edition Select pages can be scanned by your smartphone or other device to pull up bonus video content, enhancing the learning process Companion App: Nearly 50 videos are available on the free FORCE Drawing companion app that can be downloaded through Google Play or the Apple App Store
Hand Lettering a to Z by
Learn to draw your own alphabet as Abbey Sy and other artists teach you the art of hand lettering!
Human Figure Drawing by
Drawing is a very fragile, sensitive and powerful thing. Learning to draw is like starting to talk or to play an instrument. At first, it is about following a natural inclination, which, with disciplined cultivation, gradually undergoes both small and great progress and soon provides thrilling satisfaction. This path of knowledge becomes more and more fascinating and indispensable from the very moment it begins. This book shows us how to learn to draw the human figure and regain our ability to observe a subject. Being able to capture the human body is a basic requirement for any artist;Human Figure Drawing will help the reader to conquer the fear of making mistakes, in order to face the challenge of drawing with the confidence and curiosity of a child. Human Figure Drawing offers a refreshing perspective on this timeless topic with clear and helpful explanations and around 500 illustrations in b/w and colour.
Matisse and the Joy of Drawing by Drawing 1: Basic Form and Shape
The main intention is to develop the students’ fundamental skills basic drawing. The course enables the student to refine drawing techniques through its emphasis on form, texture, and depth. Students will be trained to handle well the drawing materials specially the dry medium based on the requirements of the assignment by introducing to the students ranges of forms and step by step example of different approaches of techniques and media.
Anatomy and Figure Drawing Artist's Handbook by
This is a comprehensive guide to anatomy and figure drawing in a widerange of media. The book is filled with step-by-step projects that willhelp artists develop their skills in this area. There is a specialsection on developing techniques and the book is filled with beautifulillustrations that will inspire the reader. This is a practical booksuitable for artists of a wide variety of abilities and it should be amust for the reference shelves of any artist wanting to draw figures.
Basic Perspective Drawing by
The best-selling guide...now completely updated to include online tutorials! Basic Perspective Drawing introduces students, both those in formal design courses and self-learners, to the basic principles and techniques of perspective drawing. Clear and accessible illustrations show how to construct perspective views one step at a time. The new, streamlined Sixth Edition contains must-have content for students and instructors in art and design, architecture, and interior design programs. Updated illustrations reflect the most current drawing styles and examples while supplementary tutorial videos, grouped by architectural disciplines, interior design, and studio art/illustration, provide live-action demonstrations of key topics discussed in the book.
Basics Detail Drawing by
The aesthetic and constructive quality of a building is also significantly determined by the careful design and implementation of details. Detailed drawings are developed on the basis of the working drawings; they form an important part of the specification and contain precise information for the tradesmen, indicating how materials are to be used and how they are to be joined. Drawings are produced in various degrees of detail. Depending on the function of the drawings, they are produced in scales from 1:20 to 1:1 in order to define the materials and method of joining, and to better illustrate the various dimensions. Basics Detailed Drawings explains, step by step, how to compose detailed designs and produce correct construction drawings, using clear examples.
Basics Freehand Drawing by
The importance of freehand drawing for educating architects is often underestimated. However, this craft is essential for any designer. The act of drawing shows you how to see and observe. It helps develop spatial imagination. A design idea can be quickly and easily clarified and displayed in only a few strokes. The sketch in perspective is vital in design presentations whether at the design academy or in meetings with contractors - every architect needs to master this craft. Basics Freehand Drawing explains step-by-step how to develop a perspective drawing from the initial structure of the image to various drawing techniques and use of color. It also shows in numerous color illustrations different drawing techniques and examples of presenting perspective drawings of buildings, interiors, and details.
Basics Technical Drawing by
Technical Drawing deals with the representation of plans throughout all phases of a project. For students, the primary focus is on the development and methodical construction of a technical drawing. Themes: Types of plan (from site plan and preliminary drawings to design and detail plans) Components of the plan (floor plan, section, elevation, detail) Line width, dimensioning, hatching, use of text, symbols Plan presentation and compilation
Drawing by
Focusing on the creative and inventive significance of drawing for architecture, this book by one of its greatest proponents, Peter Cook, is an established classic. It exudes Cook's delight and catholic appetite for the architectural. Readers are provided with perceptive insights at every turn. The book features some of the greatest and most intriguing drawings by architects, ranging from Frank Lloyd Wright, Heath-Robinson, Le Corbusier, and Otto Wagner to Frank Gehry, Zaha Hadid, Coop Himmelb(l)au, Arata Isozaki, Eric Owen Moss, Bernard Tschumi, and Lebbeus Woods; as well as key works by Cook and other members of the original Archigram group. For this new edition, Cook provides a substantial new chapter that charts the speed at which the trajectory of drawing is moving. It reflects the increasing sophistication of available software and also the ways in which 'hand drawing' and the 'digital' are being eclipsed by new hybrids--injecting a new momentum to drawing. These 'crossovers' provide a whole new territory as attempts are made to release drawing from the boundaries of a solitary moment, a single-viewing position, or a single referential language. Featuring the likes of Toyo Ito, Perry Culper, Izaskun Chinchilla, Kenny Tsui, Ali Rahim, John Berglund, and Lorene Faure, it leads to fascinating insights into the effect that medium has upon intention and definition of an idea or a place. Is a pencil drawing more attuned to a certain architecture than an ink drawing, or is a particular colour evocative of a certain atmosphere? In a world where a Mayer drawing is creatively contributing something different from a Rhino drawing, there is much to demand of future techniques.
Drawing Funny by
I hate to be the bearer of bad news but you can't learn cartooning, and it can't be taught.' And so begins Oslo Davis' illustrated book on how to draw gag cartoons. Talk about shoot yourself in the foot! But he's kidding, kind of. There are reasons why your terrible cartoons are not funny, and Oslo is very happy to point them out. He's also prepared to give you some advice, for what it's worth, using examples selected from more than twenty years' drawing for newspapers and magazines worldwide. Drawing Funny is a how-to guide for people who might never draw a cartoon in their life but always read the cartoons first in the New Yorker and want to know how it's done. Oslo Davis is a widely published illustrator, artist and cartoonist. Oslo draws regularly for the Age newspaper and his work has appeared in the New York Times, the Guardian and online for SBS. He has also drawn for the Golden Plains music festival, the National Gallery of Victoria, Readings, Triple R FM and the Wheeler Centre, among many others. Oslo's books have covered topics ranging from Donald Trump, Henry Lawson, Asian mothers and scenes of angst-ridden daily life you can colour in.
The Pleasure in Drawing by
The renowned philosopher contemplates the medium of drawing in “a book full of dazzling insights, imaginative curves and provocative renewals” (Sarah Clift, University of King’s College). In 2007, philosopher Jean-Luc Nancy curated an exhibition at the Museum of Fine Arts in Lyon. This book, originally written for that exhibition, explores the interplay between drawing and form—viewing the act of drawing as a formative force. Recalling that the terms ‘drawing’ and ‘design’ were once used interchangeably, Nancy notes that drawing designates a design that remains without project, plan, or intention. His argument offers a way of rethinking a number of historical terms (sketch, draft, outline, plan, mark, notation), which includes rethinking drawing in its graphic, filmic, choreographic, poetic, melodic, and rhythmic senses. For Nancy, drawing resists any kind of closure, and therefore never resolves a tension specific to itself. Drawing allows the gesture of a desire that remains in excess of all knowledge to come to appearance. Situating drawing in these terms, Nancy engages a number of texts in which Freud addresses the force of desire in the rapport between aesthetic and sexual pleasure, texts that also turn around questions concerning form in its formation. Between sections of his text, Nancy includes a series of “sketchbooks” on drawing, composed of quotations on art from different writers, artists, or philosophers.
With strong emphasis on Figure Drawing and Human Anatomy Drawing, the course intends to provide the students with intense training in drawing human bodies. Employing the Classical Greek training and aesthetics in rendering human figures - balance, proportion and symmetry will be used as the basic standards for completing the requirements.
Face Fashion by
Face Fashion is a unique book designed to help fashion designers and illustrators to acquire skills for drawing the fashion face so that it complements and enhances the fashion figure drawing. Encyclopaedic treatment of how to draw the face, hair, makeup plus hats and accessories for the head. Beautifully illustrated with more than 500 original illustrations from NR.
Fashion Designers' Sketchbooks by
Fashion Designers' Sketchbooks provides a revealing insight into the design process of some of the major names in the fashion industry. Garments on the catwalk are juxtaposed with lookbooks, original research material, and finished illustrations, giving a new perspective on the working methods of leading international designers. This unique approach makes the book a fascinating resource for both students and designers.
Fashion Drawing by
Communicate your ideas and designs through a variety of sketches, drawings and expressive illustrations, with guidance from a seasoned professional. With more than 150 colour examples, John Hopkins takes you through the different styles, techniques and approaches to drawing in the fashion industry. This second edition offers advice on selecting appropriate materials and media, with examples demonstrating their different uses and applications. You 'll also learn the theory and history of fashion drawing, and the range of styles used by contemporary designers, from quick sketches to sophisticated digital drawings. In addition to new interviews with designers and illustrators, a glossary, resources directory and revised templates, this edition also has exercises to get you pencilling your fashion figures, painting your collections and developing that all-important portfolio right from the start.
Fashion Drawing Course by
When fashion designers draw the human body they need to capture its movement and also take into account how it responds to fabrics and volumes.Fashion Drawing Course analyses the most useful techniques for drawing the human figure in the context of fashion design. It offers in-depth explanatory texts and illustrations that will help to nurture a full comprehension of this type of figure drawing. Fashion Drawing Course is divided into two parts: the first section focuses on the human body and the second one explores the drawing of clothes.
Fashion Drawing for Dummies by
The fast and easy way to learn the art of fashion drawing This fun guide gives you dozens of step-by-step diagrams that walk you through the process of preparing creative illustrations that you can later develop into dynamic presentations for your design portfolio. Plus, you'll not only learn how to draw clothes and fabric, but also how to show details that make up the total look: faces and hairstyles, fashion accents, and a wide variety of textures. If you're an aspiring fashion designer, you know it's essential to be able to draw, prepare, and present a fashion drawing. Whether you have little or no prior drawing experience, Fashion Drawing For Dummies gives you easy-to-follow, non-intimidating instructions for mastering the drawing skills you need to design like a pro. Learn the rules and techniques of fashion drawing Draw the fashion figure in different poses and from multiple angles Discover how to complement your drawings with accessories, clothing, and style If you're a fledgling designer looking for non-intimidating guidance on learning the ins and outs of fashion drawing, this friendly guide has you covered!
Fashion Illustration for Designers by
This step-by-step book is focused on teaching how to develop good, modern-looking drawing skills to allow designers to communicate their vision effectively.Fashion Illustration for Designerscaptures the various moods and mixes of global influences visually. It provides methods for organizing design and illustration tasks, and information about the best tools to not only get ideas on paper effectively, but also to dazzle an audience with the sophistication of the approach.Topics focus on how to draw all the various fashion figures, and to aid in understanding the subtleties of past, present, and future layered together and presented as style. Addresses not only drawing issues but also styling elements that can update a look.A great reference for Fashion Illustrators and Designers.
Figure Drawing for Fashion Design by
This new edition of FIGURE DRAWING FOR FASHION DESIGN ¿ fully revised, updated and expanded ¿ offers a concise, topic by topic guide to acquiring and perfecting the skills of visualising ideas and concepts in costume and fashion design, concentrating on the female form.
Figure Drawing for Men's Fashion by
FIGURE DRAWING FOR MEN'S FASHION focuses on the male form in fashion design. It offers a concise, topic-by-topic guide to acquiring and perfecting the skills needed to produce realistic and precise fashion plates that accurately reflect a designer¿s creative vision. The authors, Elizabetta Drudi and Tiziana Paci, have decades of experience in the fashion industry and have created an invaluable resource for designers, illustrators, and artists. The breadth of information and attention to detail make this title ideal for students, professionals, and anyone who enjoys fashion design.
Figure Templates for Fashion Illustration by
'Figure Templates for Fashion Illustration' is a useful tool, not only for fashion students but also students without an art background on multi-disciplinary courses, as well as those who simply want to improve their basic drawing skills. If you are full of ideas for fashion design but not confident when it comes to drawing figures it can be difficult to present your concepts on paper. This book provides the answer with templates of figures in movement, figures from all angles, full and three-quarter length poses, back views and front-on poses. The figures can be used as they are or as a guide to develop your own poses. Information on anatomy, figure proportions, fashion-figure proportions and suitable art material is also included.
Rendering Tips for the Costume Designer : simple steps for better drawing and painting by With strong emphasis on Figure Drawing and Human Anatomy Drawing, the course intends to provide the students with intense training in drawing human bodies. Employing the Classical Greek training and aesthetics in rendering human figures - balance, proportion and symmetry will be used as the basic standards for completing the requirements.
Basic Perspective Drawing by
Master the art of perspective drawing with an updated edition of this bestselling guide Basic Perspective Drawing, Sixth Edition gives artists, illustrators, designers, and architects an accessible guide for developing a firm and thorough grasp of the important principles and techniques for perspective drawing. Logically moving from simple concepts to specific tools and methods, the book provides clear step-by-step illustrations on how to construct perspective views with graphic examples covering every part of the process. With the same attractive, easy-to-follow style that made previous editions so popular, the new, streamlined Sixth Edition contains must-have content for students and instructors in art and design, architecture, and interior design programs. Illustrations are updated to reflect the most current drawing styles and examples, and supplementary tutorial videos provide live-action demonstrations of some of the key topics discussed in the book.
Dress, Law and Naked Truth A Cultural Study of Fashion and Form by 
Fashion Design by
Shows how the design process can be successfully applied to satisfy market needs and trends Fashion design seems to be a glamorous mystery for which only the fortunate few have sufficient talent to succeed. In reality, commercially successful results can be achieved if the right processes are followed in the early design process. Fashion Design sets out basic principles and exercises in order to make fashion design a logical process, providing a framework from which they can expand your skills steadily. Fashion Design, 2nd Edition: Shows how the design process can be successfully applied to satisfy market needs and trends Has a problem solving approach, with practical design projects and portfolio exercises to encourage readers to develop their innovation, experimentation and versatility Pays special attention to computer-aided design (CAD) and employment opportunities, including an overview of what is involved in studying and becoming a designer in the contemporary fashion industry.
Fashion Designer's Handbook for Adobe Illustrator by
Fashion Designer's Handbook for Adobe Illustrator 2nd Edition is a teach-yourself guide that provides step-by-step instructions and diagrams on how to use Adobe Illustrator CS5. Bursting with detailed technical information and full colour illustrations, its highly practical approach ensures fast learning. You will not only learn how to create technical drawings, but also fashion illustrations, flat drawings and storyboards for the fashion industry, and how to combine Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. Once the basics are covered, you have the opportunity to learn more about the sophisticated aspects of this essential software package. If you are a fashion student or a fashion designer, this is the only book you'll need to master the very latest version of Adobe Illustrator.
Modern and contemporary art/design theories will be studied with reference to the significant works in the local and international setting. Thematic in approach, issues and controversies in society, environment/ecology, identity, religion, to name a few, will be examined using art and design as the take-off point in the students’ exploration and interrogation. Furthermore, the production of art, reception and consumption will be highlighted with emphasis on the construction of value in art/design within the context of culture, society and history.
The Arts in Education by
Do the arts improve academic achievement? What does it mean to 'teach' art? What should the balance of classic and pop be in the music curriculum? Should we encourage young children on the stage? How do we judge whether what a child produces is good? How do we justify the arts in the curriculum? What should be the balance between form and content when teaching art? The arts in education inspire considerable commitment and passion. However, this is not always matched by clarity of understanding. In this book Mike Fleming introduces the reader to key theoretical questions associated with arts education and clearly explains how these are related to practice. It offers an authoritative account of how ideas relevant to education are addressed by key authors in aesthetics, art theory and cultural studies. Covering all aspects of arts education, the book considers: definitions and theories of art influences on teaching the arts researching the arts teaching and learning creativity assessment. Throughout the book there are examples of practice to illustrate key ideas and a discussion of useful background texts with a summary of content and arguments for further exploration. Written by a leading authority in the field, it is essential reading for students on Arts PGCE and M Level courses, teachers of the arts and policy developers that require more understanding and insight into their practice.
Contemporary Color by
CONTEMPORARY COLOR is back with a beautifully produced and lavishly illustrated second edition! Combining a solid grounding in traditional color theory and a thorough exploration of effective color use in digital applications and 3D design work, this introduction to contemporary color text is a must have for all art students. Written by a leading design educator and artist whose work is widely exhibited, this text features a balanced examination of essential theory and its practical application using today's cutting-edge technology. Contemporary Color, second edition covers a wide range of topics including all the basics on color theory, while also examining the latest on digital color, 3D design, and variations in color across nations and cultures. To complement this inclusive content, the text features thought-provoking discussions of the psychological impact of color, the future of color, creativity, and best practices for students and working artists. A vast collection of vivid images, drawn from both classical and contemporary artists, rounds out the text with powerful examples to illustrate applied color theory in all of its dazzling diversity.
Design Anthropology by
Design is a key site of cultural production and change in contemporary society. Anthropologists have been involved in design projects for several decades but only recently a new field of inquiry has emerged which aims to integrate the strengths of design thinking and anthropological research. This book is written by anthropologists who actively participate in the development of design anthropology. Comprising both cutting-edge explorations and theoretical reflections, it provides a much-needed introduction to the concepts, methods, practices and challenges of the new field. Design Anthropology moves from observation and interpretation to collaboration, intervention and co-creation. Its practitioners participate in multidisciplinary design teams working towards concrete solutions for problems that are sometimes ill-defined. The authors address the critical potential of design anthropology in a wide range of design activities across the globe and query the impact of design on the discipline of anthropology. This volume will appeal to new and experienced practitioners in the field as well as to students of anthropology, innovation, science and technology studies, and a wide range of design studies focusing on user participation, innovation, and collaborative research.
Digital Design Theory by
Digital Design Theory bridges the gap between the discourse of print design and interactive experience by examining the impact of computation on the field of design. As graphic design moves from the creation of closed, static objects to the development of open, interactive frameworks, designers seek to understand their own rapidly shifting profession. Helen Armstrong's carefully curated introduction to groundbreaking primary texts, from the 1960s to the present, provides the background necessary for an understanding of digital design vocabulary and thought. Accessible essays from designers and programmers are by influential figures such as Ladislav Sutnar, Bruno Munari, Wim Crouwel, Sol LeWitt, Muriel Cooper, Zuzana Licko, Rudy VanderLans, John Maeda, Paola Antonelli, Luna Maurer, and Keetra Dean Dixon. Their topics range from graphic design's fascination with programmatic design, to early strivings for an authentic digital aesthetic, to the move from object-based design and to experience-based design. Accompanying commentary assesses the relevance of each excerpt to the working and intellectual life of designers.
The Global Art Compass : new directions in 21st-century art by
In the past, writers and critics such as Goethe, Ruskin, and Clement Greenberg perpetuated particular ideas about art and even dictated these ideas to the artists themselves. Today, artists no longer have to follow one prevailing theory and the art world is less centralized in particular cities: New York, London, Paris, Berlin, and Beijing all offer rich environments to artists but none are designated as the exclusive center of the art world.In Global Art Compass, Alistair Hicks demonstrates his belief that no single curator, critic, or dealer should monopolize our view of what is happening in the art world today, but that by listening to the artists themselves, we can gradually make out an ever-evolving web of patterns, relationships, and themes. Organized by continent and including extracts from interviews with artists from around the world, the book offers a fresh view of the contemporary art world through artists from France, Albania, Slovakia, Russia, Mexico, Brazil, The United States, China, India, and beyond. The range of artists whose work is explored includes Laure Prouvost, Anri Sala, Roman Ondák , Gabriel Orozco, Sandra Gamarra , Cai Guo-Qiang, and Nandan Ghiya, among many others.The results of Hicks's approach clearly show that the preoccupations of artists in the 21st century are largely universal: that ever-faster communications are balanced by a resistance to globalization; that an awareness of the unprecedented complexity of our world is equaled by a rising skepticism of the systems that impose order on our lives; and that while art is seen by many as a commodity, it also has the power to be a regenerative tool.
Methods & Theories of Art History by
Anintroduction to art history theory and criticism forstudents. Recommended by art history instructors as anaccessible yet scholarly guide to all aspects of theory and criticism. Art historical theory is a forum of intense, often passionate debate. This book provides an accessible introduction to the range of critical theories used in analyzing art. It covers a broad range of approaches, presenting individual arguments, controversies, and divergent perspectives. This second edition has been updated to reflect recent scholarship in contemporary art. The book begins by introducing the concept of theory and explains why it is important to art historical practice. Each of the book's four core chapters presents a group of related approaches that are discussed and applied to one or more works of art. The book ends with some practical ideas about writing theoretically driven art history papers. Includes chapters on: * Thinking about theory * The analysis of form, symbol, and sign * Art's contexts * Psychology and perception in art * Taking a stance toward knowledge * Writing with theory As well as breakout sections on: * Jargon * The difference between theory and methodology * Are works of art puzzles? Are art historian detectives? * Do we "read" works of art? * So what's normal-or normative? * Jungian archetypes * Object relations theory and the nature of creativity * The anxiety of influence "This book gives you a starting point, no more and no less, in approaching theories of art-historical practice. It is neither encyclopedic nor exhaustive-I don't know how it could be and not lose its usefulness as a reference, the kind of dog-eared book that you keep in a pile next to the computer"Anne D'Alleva
A New Way of Seeing : : the history of art in 57 works by
What makes great art great? Why do some works pulse in the imagination generation after generation, century after century? From Botticelli's Birth of Venus to Picasso's Guernica, some paintings and sculptures have become so famous, so much a part of who we are, we no longer really look at them. We take their greatness for granted; our eyes have become near-obsolete. We need a new way of seeing. Unsatisfied with traditional, hand-me-down interpretations of these masterpieces interested only in learning about art, and not from it, Kelly Grovier combed the surface of revered works from the Terracotta Army of the First Qin Emperor to Frida Kahlo's self-portraits. What did he find? The key to their enduring power to move and delight us. He discovered that every truly great work is hardwired with an underappreciated detail, a flourish of strangeness, that ignites it from deep inside. From a carved mammoth tusk (c. 40,000 bce) to Duchamp's Fountain (1917), and Bosch's Garden of Earthly Delights (1505-10) to Louise Bourgeois's Maman (1999), a remarkable lexicon of astonishing imagery has imprinted itself onto cultural consciousness over the past 40,000 years - a resilient visual vocabulary whose meaning has proved elastic and endlessly renewable from era to era. It is to these works that Kelly Grovier devotes himself in this radical new art history. Stepping away from biography, style and the chronology of 'isms' that preoccupies most art history to focus on the artworks themselves, Grovier tells a new story in which we learn from the artworks, not just about them. Looking closely at each work, he identifies an 'eye-hook' - the part of the artwork that 'bridges the divide between art and life, giving it palpable purpose and elevating its value beyond the visual to the vital' - and encourages us to squint through this narrow aperture to perceive the work's truest meanings. This book is unique in emphasizing the durability of what is made over the ephemerality of its making and serves as a rejoinder to a growing sensibility that conceives of artists as brands and the works they create as nothing more than material commodities to hoard, hide, and flip for profit. Lavishly illustrated with many of the most breathtaking and enduring artworks ever created, as well as many that inspired or took inspiration from them, this refreshing book will spark a debate about how it is that artworks articulate who we are and what it means to be alive in the world.
Pop Art and Design by
This book offers the first in-depth analysis of the relationship between art and design, which led to the creation of 'pop'. Challenging accepted boundaries and definitions, the authors seek out various commonalities and points of connection between these two exciting areas. Confronting the all-pervasive 'high art / low culture' divide, Pop Art and Design brings a fresh understanding of visual culture during the vibrant 1950s and 60s. This was an era when commercial art became graphic design, illustration was superseded by photography and high fashion became street fashion, all against the backdrop of a rapidly-evolving economic and political landscape, a glamorous youth scene and an effervescent popular culture. The book's central argument is that pop art relied on and drew inspiration from pop design, and vice versa. Massey and Seago assert that this relationship was articulated through the artwork, design, publications and exhibitions of a network of key practitioners. Pop Art and Design provides a case study in the broader inter-relationship between art and design, and constitutes the first interdisciplinary publication on the subject.
Modern and contemporary art/design theories will be studied with reference to the significant works in the local and international setting. Thematic in approach, issues and controversies in society, environment/ecology, identity, religion, to name a few, will be examined using art and design as the take-off point in the students’ exploration and interrogation. Furthermore, the production of art, reception and consumption will be highlighted with emphasis on the construction of value in art/design within the context of culture, society and history.
The Art of Social Theory by
A practical guide to the art of theorizing in the social sciences In the social sciences today, students are taught theory by reading and analyzing the works of Karl Marx, Max Weber, and other foundational figures of the discipline. What they rarely learn, however, is how to actually theorize. The Art of Social Theory is a practical guide to doing just that. In this one-of-a-kind user's manual for social theorists, Richard Swedberg explains how theorizing occurs in what he calls the context of discovery, a process in which the researcher gathers preliminary data and thinks creatively about it using tools such as metaphor, analogy, and typology. He guides readers through each step of the theorist's art, from observation and naming to concept formation and explanation. To theorize well, you also need a sound knowledge of existing social theory. Swedberg introduces readers to the most important theories and concepts, and discusses how to go about mastering them. If you can think, you can also learn to theorize. This book shows you how. Concise and accessible, The Art of Social Theory features helpful examples throughout, and also provides practical exercises that enable readers to learn through doing.
Design Things by
A new perspective on design thinking and design practice: beyond products and projects, toward participatory design things. Design Things offers an innovative view of design thinking and design practice, envisioning ways to combine creative design with a participatory approach encompassing aesthetic and democratic practices and values. The authors of Design Things look at design practice as a mode of inquiry that involves people, space, artifacts, materials, and aesthetic experience, following the process of transformation from a design concept to a thing. Design Things, which grew out of the Atelier (Architecture and Technology for Inspirational Living) research project, goes beyond the making of a single object to view design projects as sociomaterial assemblies of humans and artifacts--"design things." The book offers both theoretical and practical perspectives, providing empirical support for the authors' conceptual framework with field projects, case studies, and examples from professional practice. The authors examine the dynamics of the design process; the multiple transformations of the object of design; metamorphing, performing, and taking place as design strategies; the concept of the design space as "emerging landscapes"; the relation between design and use; and the design of controversial things.
Facing forward : art & theory from a future perspective by 
The Fleeting Promise of Art by
A discussion of Theodor Adorno's Aesthetic Theory is bound to look significantly different today than it would have looked when the book was first published in 1970, or when it first appeared in English translation in the 1980s. In The Fleeting Promise of Art, Peter Uwe Hohendahl reexamines Aesthetic Theory along with Adorno's other writings on aesthetics in light of the unexpected return of the aesthetic to today's cultural debates. Is Adorno's aesthetic theory still relevant today? Hohendahl answers this question with an emphatic yes. As he shows, a careful reading of the work exposes different questions and arguments today than it did in the past. Over the years Adorno's concern over the fate of art in a late capitalist society has met with everything from suspicion to indifference. In part this could be explained by relative unfamiliarity with the German dialectical tradition in North America. Today's debate is better informed, more multifaceted, and further removed from the immediate aftermath of the Cold War and of the shadow of postmodernism. Adorno's insistence on the radical autonomy of the artwork has much to offer contemporary discussions of art and the aesthetic in search of new responses to the pervasive effects of a neoliberal art market and culture industry. Focusing specifically on Adorno's engagement with literary works, Hohendahl shows how radically transformative Adorno's ideas have been and how thoroughly they have shaped current discussions in aesthetics. Among the topics he considers are the role of art in modernism and postmodernism, the truth claims of artworks, the function of the ugly in modern artworks, the precarious value of the literary tradition, and the surprising significance of realism for Adorno.
Meanings of Abstract Art by
Traditional art is based on conventions of resemblance between the work and that which it is a representation "of". Abstract art, in contrast, either adopts alternative modes of visual representation or reconfigures mimetic convention. This book explores the relation of abstract art to nature (taking nature in the broadest sense--the world of recognisable objects, creatures, organisms, processes, and states of affairs). Abstract art takes many different forms, but there are shared key structural features centered on two basic relations to nature. The first abstracts from nature, to give selected aspects of it a new and extremely unfamiliar appearance. The second affirms a natural creativity that issues in new, autonomous forms that are not constrained by mimetic conventions. (Such creativity is often attributed to the power of the unconscious.) The book covers three categories: classical modernism (Mondrian, Malevich, Kandinsky, Arp, early American abstraction); post-war abstraction (Pollock, Still, Newman, Smithson, Noguchi, Arte Povera, Michaux, postmodern developments); and the broader historical and philosophical scope.
A Realist Theory of Art History by
As the theoretical alignments within academia shift, this book introduces a surprising variety of realism to abolish the old positivist-theory dichotomy that has haunted Art History. Demanding frankly the referential detachment of the objects under study, the book proposes a stratified, multi-causal account of art history that addresses postmodern concerns while saving it from its errors of self-refutation. Building from the very basic distinction between intransitive being and transitive knowing, objects can be affirmed as real while our knowledge of them is held to be fallible. Several focused chapters address basic problems while introducing philosophical reflection into art history. These include basic ontological distinctions between society and culture, general and "special" history, the discontinuity of cultural objects, the importance of definition for special history, scales, facets and fiat objects as forms of historical structure, the nature of evidence and proof, historical truth and controversies. Stressing Critical Realism as the stratified, multi-causal approach needed for productive research today in the academy, this book creates the subject of the ontology of art history and sets aside a theoretical space for metaphysical reflection, thus clarifying the usually muddy distinction between theory, methodology, and historiography in art history.
The course intends to explore the various 3-dimensional forms and as they interact with the space. The nature of these forms will be studied and rendered utilizing materials that can be molded, shaped and manipulated according to the theme or context of the project. The course tackles the tangible/tactile exploration of media from traditional to modern periods. An introduction to materials, techniques, and ideas that comprise the 3 dimensional expressions, the students are encouraged to explore man-made and natural forms and elements. The process of observation, examination and exploration of materials from line, plane, mass and space are tackled in order to create 3-dimensional compositions.
Architecture : form, space, & order by
THE CLASSIC ARCHITECTURAL REFERENCE, UPDATED WITHCONTEMPORARY EXAMPLES AND INTERACTIVE RESOURCES For more than forty years, the beautifully illustratedArchitecture: Form, Space, and Order has served as theclassic introduction to the basic vocabulary of architecturaldesign. The updated and revised Fourth Edition features thefundamental elements of space and form and is designed to encouragecritical thought in order to promote a more evocative understandingof architecture. Architecture: Form, Space, and Order distills complexconcepts of design into a clear focus and brings difficultabstractions to life. The book explains form and space in relationto light, view, openings, and enclosures and explores theorganization of space, and the elements and relationships ofcirculation, as well as proportion and scale. In addition, thetext?s detailed illustrations demonstrate the conceptspresented and reveal the relationships between fundamental elementsof architecture through the ages and across cultures. This edition includes an access card with a redemption code forthe online Interactive Resource Center, which featuresthirty-five animations, flashcards of key architectural terms, andan image gallery showcasing hundreds of photos that enrich thebook?s content.
Architecture in the Space of Flows by
Traditionally, architecture has been preoccupied with the resolution of form. That concern helps to make photogenic buildings, which have received a great deal of attention. This book looks instead at the idea of the flows, which connects things together and moves between things. It is more difficult to discuss, but more necessary, because it is what makes things work. Architects have to think about flow - the flow of people through buildings, the flow of energy into buildings, and waste out of them - but usually the effects of flow do not find expression. The essays gathered here present a collection ofnbsp;exploratory ideas andnbsp;offer an understanding of buildings, people and settlements through concepts of flow.
AutoCAD 2015 for Interior Design and Space Planning by
AutoCAD 2015 for Interior Design and Space Planning helps students understand the commands and features of AutoCAD 2015 and demonstrates how to use the program to complete interior design and space planning projects. Covering both two- and three-dimensional drawings, the text provides abundant exercises that walk students step-by-step through the use of AutoCAD prompts and commands. Using numerous illustrations, the text captures the essence of this powerful program and the importance it plays in the interior design, architecture and space planning professions.
Cine-Scapes : cinematic spaces in architecture and cities by
Cine-scapes explores the relationship between urban space, architecture and the moving image. While an impressive amount of research has been done with regards to the way in which architecture is portrayed in film, this book offers a new perspective.... What happens if we begin to see the city as a place for an embodied visual consumption; a visual apparatus or, perhaps, a system that is based on movement, light and the body, and which we can explore in kinematic, kinetic, and kinaesthetic ways? Using film as a lens through which we look at urban spaces and places, Richard Koeck reveals the filmic and cinematic phenomena and spatial qualities that are present in postmodern landscapes, and which are perhaps otherwise disregarded or merely passively consumed. Drawing on the author's extensive knowledge derived from architectural and film practice, Cine-scapes: offers insight into architecture and urban debates through the eyes of a practitioner working in the fields of film and architectural design emphasizes how filmic/cinematic tendencies take place or find their way into urban practices can be used as a tool for educators, students and practitioners in architecture and urban design to communicate and discuss design issues with regard to contemporary architecture and cities Cine-scapes ignites new ways of seeing, thinking and debating the nature of architecture and urban spaces.
Color in Space : brightening it up by
The choice to feature colour as a focal point in architecture makes it own bold statement. This title demonstrates how colour enhances and contextualises the environment of the projects within. The visual language of color can communicate symbols, status, spirit, strength, and a sense of purpose, and its new applications to buildings represent a great leap in the discipline of architecture. Brighten it Up promises to be a standard work on the subject that every architect and architectural office will want to have handy in their library, in addition to new enthusiasts.
Foundations of Landscape Architecture : integrating form and space using the language of site design by
A visually engaging introduction to landscape architectural design Landscape architectural design seeks to create environments that accommodate users' varying lifestyles and needs, incorporate cultural heritage, promote sustainability, and integrate functional requirements for optimal enjoyment. Foundations of Landscape Architecture introduces the foundational concepts needed to effectively integrate space and form in landscape design. With over five hundred hand-rendered and digital drawings, as well as photographs, Foundations of Landscape Architecture illustrates the importance of spatial language. It introduces concepts, typologies, and rudimentary principles of form and space. Including designs for projects such as parks, campuses, and memorials, this text provides the core concepts necessary for designers to shape functional landscapes. Additionally, chapters discuss organizational and spatial design structures based on orthogonal forms, angular forms, and circular forms. Helping students, professionals, and lifelong learners alike, Foundations of Landscape Arch-itecture delivers a concrete understanding of landscape architectural design to inspire one's imagination for countless types of projects.
Language of Space and Form : generative terms for architecture by
A unique graphical guide for using architectural terminology tojump-start the design process This design studio companion presents architectural terms withspecial emphasis on using these terms to generate design ideas. Ithighlights the architectural thinking behind the terminology andhelps readers gain a thorough understanding of space and form.Featuring double-page spreads with over 190 illustrated entries,the book fully explores, analyzes, and cross-references keyelements and techniques used in architecture and interior design.Each entry first defines the common meaning of the term, then goeson to discuss in detail its generative possibilities. Scenariosinvolving the use of a design principle, or the way it might beexperienced, further aid students in developing strategies fortheir own design. In addition, Language of Space and Form: Divides entries into five categories for quick access toconcepts, including process and generation, organization andordering, operation and experience, objects and assemblies, andrepresentation and communication Addresses studio practice from the ground up, encouragingreaders to develop creativity and critical thinking as they developa design process Offers supplemental online learning resources, includingexercises that correspond to the book A must-have reference for professionals and students inarchitecture and interior design, Language of Space and Form isdestined to become a classic introduction to design thinking.
Sensing Spaces : architecture reimagined by
More than any other art form, architecture is part of our everyday life. Despite this, its ability to dramatically affect the way we think, feel and interact with one another is often overlooked. This volume brings the focus back to the sensual aspects of architecture: the subtle and intangible ways it impacts on human experience. It approaches this subject through the work of six leading architects from around the world, all of whom have created a unique immersive installation for the Royal Academy. Conversations with each of these architects (including Kengo Kuma, Li Xiaodong and Pezo von Ellrichshausen) show the multiplicity of ways in which different approaches to the built environment can affect the way in which we connect with our surroundings, while an introduction by Philip Ursprung explores the background to this humanistic approach to design. The book is fully illustrated, featuring preparatory sketches of the installations as well as key buildings by each of the architects. AUTHOR: Philip Ursprung is professor of history of art and architecture at the Institute for the History and Theory of Architecture, Zurich. Kate Goodwin is Heinz Curator of Architecture at the Royal Academy of Arts. SELLING POINTS: * Focusing on installations made especially for the Royal Academy, this is a completely unique approch to the study of architecture * Features some of the most exciting architects working today, including Li Xiaodong and Pezo von Ellrichshausen * Includes photographs illustrating each architect's work, as well as preparatory studies for their RA installations 120 colour
The course intends to explore the various 3-dimensional forms and as they interact with the space. The nature of these forms will be studied and rendered utilizing materials that can be molded, shaped and manipulated according to the theme or context of the project. The course tackles the tangible/tactile exploration of media from traditional to modern periods. An introduction to materials, techniques, and ideas that comprise the 3 dimensional expressions, the students are encouraged to explore man-made and natural forms and elements. The process of observation, examination and exploration of materials from line, plane, mass and space are tackled in order to create 3-dimensional compositions.
Architecture and Interaction : human computer interaction in space and place Front cover image for Architecture and interaction : human computer interaction in space and place by
Ubiquitouscomputing has a vision of information and interaction being embedded in theworld around us; this forms the basis of this book. Built environments aresubjects of design and architects have seen digital elements incorporated intothe fabric of buildings as a way of creating environments that meet the dynamicchallenges of future habitation. Methods forprototyping interactive buildings are discussed and the theoretical overlapsbetween both domains are explored. Topics like the role of space and technologywithin the workplace as well as the role of embodiment in understanding howbuildings and technology can influence action are discussed, as well as investigating the creation of place with new methodologies toinvestigate the occupation of buildings and how they can be used to understandspatial technologies. Architectureand Interaction is aimed at researchers and practitioners in the field of computing who want togain a greater insight into the challenges of creating technologies in thebuilt environment and those from the architectural and urban design disciplineswho wish to incorporate digital information technologies in future buildings.
Architecture Timed : designing with time in mind by
The traditional veneration of architecture for its monumental and enduring qualities seems to be changing. Architects and other designers are moving away from seeking permanence towards a more open, creative use of what time has to offer. This is revealed in new approaches to historic preservation, the proliferation of temporary structures, concerns regarding sustainability, and the employment of time-efficient processes. Architecture Timed explores the role of ideas about time in the design inclinations and choices of contemporary designers of the environment. Contributors consider how the new can be incorporated into the old; how designing for the very short term has significant advantages; how what is temporary can be re-used; and how the design of materials, buildings and landscapes can improve sustainability and enhance experiences of time passing. Many designers have replaced the ideal of 'timelessness' and the view of time as a series of singular, static moments with an enriched and more nuanced perspective, treating time as a source of inspiration to be embraced, not a condition to be defended against. Contributors include: Juhani Pallasmaa, Brian McGrath, Federica Goffi, Jill Stoner, Richard Garber and Eric Parry. Designers featured include: Agence Ter, Shigeru Ban, BanG Studio, Diller Scofidio + Renfro, EMF Landscape Architects, Gluck+, GRO Architects, Interboro Partners, Toyo Ito, Kengo Kuma, Enric Miralles, Eric Parry Architects, Carlo Scarpa, Taylor Cullity Lethlean, UNStudio and Peter Zumthor.
The Drama of Space : Spatial Sequences and Compositions in Architecture by
The experience of architectural spaces is formed by the way they are staged. The Drama of Space examines the composition and articulation of architectural spaces in terms of spatial dramaturgy, as a repertoire of means and strategies for shaping spatial experience. This fundamental approach to architectural design is presented in four parts: Archetypal principles of spatial composition are traced from the study of three assembly buildings of the early modern period in Venice. Theatre, film, music, and theory provide background knowledge on dramaturgy. Detailed analyses of 18 international case studies offer new perspectives on contemporary architecture. The book ends with a systematic presentation of the dramaturgy of space, its parameters and tools, in architectural design.
Forms of Aid : architectures of humanitarian space by
For some time now, the subject of cooperation in the context of development aid has featured in the education of architects. However, up to now there have hardly been any attempts to critically place the work of architects and urban designers in this context. The book highlights the architectural consequences of humanitarian actions on the basis of three case studies - in Port-au-Prince, the West Bank, and Nairobi. The authors analyze twelve projects in terms of typology and construction and establish a differentiated position in the discourse on short-term housing for emergency situations. They investigate the far-reaching effects of such architectural aid and supply architects, town planners, and NGOs with useful advice for future planning and design.
Lost in Space by
Dementia presents immense challenges - both for individuals as well as for society as a whole. More than 35 million people all over the world currently live with dementia, a number that is expected to double by 2050. This also has implications for architecture and urban planning because dementia often affects people's sense of orientation and their ability to perceive space. How can homes, apartments, public buildings, outdoor spaces, neighbourhoods and cities, as well as environments and infrastructure, be designed to meet the needs of people with dementia as well as those of their caregivers? And can a consideration of the problems of dementia lead to a better understanding of space that can improve architecture and the built environment for us all? This book addresses these and other questions in a series of professional essays that examine the specific requirements for different disciplines. In addition, international case study projects illustrate the breadth of current actual solutions. The book is intended as a guide for all those involved in the design and planning process - architects, interior designers, engineers, town planners, local authorities and clients - and as a reader for the users themselves: for people with dementia, their family and friends, and all those in their social environment.
Space - Time - Matter : Analytic and Geometric Structures by
This monograph describes some of the most interesting results obtained by the mathematicians and physicists collaborating in the CRC 647 "Space - Time - Matter", in the years 2005 - 2016. The work presented concerns the mathematical and physical foundations of string and quantum field theory as well as cosmology. Important topics are the spaces and metrics modelling the geometry of matter, and the evolution of these geometries. The partial differential equations governing such structures and their singularities, special solutions and stability properties are discussed in detail. Contents Introduction Algebraic K-theory, assembly maps, controlled algebra, and trace methods Lorentzian manifolds with special holonomy - Constructions and global properties Contributions to the spectral geometry of locally homogeneous spaces On conformally covariant differential operators and spectral theory of the holographic Laplacian Moduli and deformations Vector bundles in algebraic geometry and mathematical physics Dyson-Schwinger equations: Fix-point equations for quantum fields Hidden structure in the form factors ofN = 4 SYM On regulating the AdS superstring Constraints on CFT observables from the bootstrap program Simplifying amplitudes in Maxwell-Einstein and Yang-Mills-Einstein supergravities Yangian symmetry in maximally supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory Wave and Dirac equations on manifolds Geometric analysis on singular spaces Singularities and long-time behavior in nonlinear evolution equations and general relativity
Spanish Clitics on the Move : Variation in Time and Space by
This volume explores the complex relationship between primary agreement by means of object marking or differential object marking (DOM), and secondary agreement through clitics in non-standardized variation data from Limeño Spanish contact varieties (LSCV). As such it is concerned with diachronic as well as synchronic morphosyntactic variation of the third person object pronoun paradigm, so called clitics, as used in Standard Spanish and non-standardized Spanish contact dialects. The argumentation as well as the data presented cross diachronic and synchronic boundaries.
Studio 2 : Studies on Light and Color
The course intends to allow the students to explore and know the basic language in the arts, with emphasis on the relevant art and design elements, their meanings and functions. It highlights nature observation to acquire the material characteristics, sensations, emotional and psychological value of each element. The meaning-conveying potential of the elements of art and design will be studied with emphasis on color theory, color relationships which affect optical, emotional, sensory, intellectual concepts and psychological dynamics. Techniques in rendering colors and design in various traditional media (watercolour, acrylic, pencils, markers) will be explored.
Color Collective's Palette Perfect by
Aimed to fashion students and designers, Palette Perfect is both a practical guide and an inspirational book that proposes a reflection on the universe of colour combinations, the moods and atmospheres they evoke and how we associate particular places and emotions to special colours. Each chapter explores a particular mood and describes the corresponding feelings and color combinations, using as examples exquisite photographs of objects, still-lives, landscapes, interiors and fashion. Atthe end of each chapter, a wide variety of palettes representing the chapter's particular mood or atmosphere is included.
Color Forecasting for Fashion by
Color is a powerful selling tool. It is the first thing to catch the consumer's eye in the shop window. Get the color choice wrong and an entire range can stay on the racks. So, how do colors arrive on the runway or the sales floor and why do different companies all seem to choose similar colors each season? The answer lies in work of the huge color forecasting industry. In this book, Kate Scully and Debra Johnston Cobb look at how the industry has developed and how it works before moving on to look at the skills a colour forecaster employs to draw a color palette together, often 18 to 24 months in advance of the selling season. With case studies that show the industry at work, this book breaks down the forecasting process from how to put together a color palette to color theory, and the way that colors behave and helps you to build the combination of research and intuitive skills that a successful designer or forecaster needs.
Color Studies by
The 3rd edition of Color Studies introduces students from all concentrations of visual arts to color theory, the physiology and psychology of color perception, and the physics of color. This text discusses in detail the four dimensions of color - hue, value, intensity and temperature - with tips for putting knowledge into practice in a variety of disciplines, from painting and other fine arts to interior design, architecture, fashion design, textile design, and graphic design. Feisner and Reed provide an up-to-date discussion of sustainable color applications and green materials as the underlying component of colorants, dyes, and inks in textiles, printmaking and paints. A new chapter on color and digital technology discusses illuminating with color (LED), color tools and management (Pantone), as well as color consulting and marketing. Taking a multidisciplinary approach, this lavishly illustrated edition balances traditional and modern perspectives and examples in all areas of fine art and design.
Colour design : theories and applications by
Colour Design: Theories and Applications, Second Edition, provides information on a broad spectrum of colour subjects written by seasoned industry professionals and academics. It is a multidisciplinary book that addresses the use of colour across a range of industries, with a particular focus on textile colouration. Part One deals with the human visual system, colour perception and colour psychology, while Part Two focuses on the practical application of colour in design, including specifically in textiles and fashion. Part Three covers cultural and historical aspects of colour, as well as recent developments, addressing areas such as dyes and pigments, architecture, colour theory, virtual reality games, colour printing, website development, and sustainability. This revised, expanded, and updated edition reflects recent technological developments, and new industry priorities. Bringing together the science of colouration and the more artistic elements of design, this book supports students, academics, and industry professionals in developing a deep knowledge of colour use. It will also be an important reference for those involved in textile dyeing, design and manufacture.
The Fashion Forecasters by
The fashion business has been collecting and analyzing information about colors, fabrics, silhouettes, and styles since the 18th century - activities that have long been shrouded in mystery. The Fashion Forecasters is the first book to reveal the hidden history of color and trend forecasting and to explore its relevance to the fashion business of the past two centuries. It sheds light on trend forecasting in the industrial era, the profession's maturation during the modernist moment of the 20th century, and its continued importance in today's digital fast-fashion culture. Based on in-depth archival research and oral history interviews, The Fashion Forecasters examines the entrepreneurs, service companies, and consultants that have worked behind the scenes to connect designers and retailers to emerging fashion trends in Europe, North America, and Asia. Here you will read about the trend studios, color experts, and international trade fairs that formalized the prediction process in the modern era, and hear the voices of leading contemporary practitioners at international forecasting companies such as the Doneger Group in New York and WGSN in London. Probing the inner workings of the global fashion system, The Fashion Forecasters blends history, biography, and ethnography into a highly readable cultural narrative.
Fashion Forward by
Fashion Forward demystifies the exciting career of a fashion forecaster and fosters skills that will benefit any design professional. The book begins with an overview of fashion forecasting theories and concepts and then leads readers through a step-by-step guide to creating and presenting a forecast. The authors reveal the inner workings of global fashion forecasting through real-world examples and interviews with both influential forecasters and the designers who rely upon them. Fashion Forward enables readers to start spotting tomorrow's trends today and compellingly communicate them-both visually and verbally-to inspire fashion innovators. New to this Edition - Current images and examples. Updated fashion photos to include current and trending images, professional presentations and forecast examples, plus new interviews and quotes. - Covers the latest methods and technology. New coverage of social media, technology and data analytics practices in fashion forecasting. - Enhanced global perspective. New content addressed the global apparel industry, emphasizes international forecasting firms, includes interviews with global forecaster and trend specialists, and more diverse images and examples throughout the book. - Practical career information and hands-on application. Updated and expanded career opportunities sections and enhanced activities provide real-world simulations and insights. - New online STUDIO resources offer students self-study quizzes, flashcards, additional projects and online resources. PLEASE NOTE: Purchasing or renting this ISBN does not include access to the STUDIO resources that accompany this text. To receive free access to the STUDIO content with new copies of this book, please refer to the book + STUDIO access card bundle ISBN 9781501328350 .
Pantone: the Twentieth Century in Color by
Pantone, the worldwide color authority, invites you on a rich visual tour of 100 transformative years. From the Pale Gold (15-0927 TPX) and Almost Mauve (12-2103 TPX) of the 1900 Universal Exposition in Paris to the Rust (18-1248 TPX) and Midnight Navy (19-4110 TPX) of the countdown to the Millennium, the 20th century brimmed with color. Longtime Pantone collaborators and color gurus Leatrice Eiseman and Keith Recker identify more than 200 touchstone works of art, products, d cor, and fashion, and carefully match them with 80 different official PANTONE color palettes to reveal the trends, radical shifts, and resurgences of various hues. This vibrant volume takes the social temperature of our recent history with the panache that is uniquely Pantone.
Pantone on Fashion by
Follow global color authority Pantone on this vivid journey through the rich history of color in fashion. Favorite hues and their appearances across the decades are profiled in informative text and copiously illustrated by runway photos and archival images. Track Bright Marigold from its heyday in the 1940s as Hermès' identifying hue to its showstopping appearance in Carolina Herrera's Spring/Summer 2013 collection, and trace Cyber Yellow from 1960s mod style to Anna Sui's 1990spunk-inspired looks. Complete with a survey of the industry-defining PANTONE Color of the Year,PANTONE on Fashion is the ultimate guide to the timeless shades the fashion world loves to love.
Pink by
Today, with the advent of 'millennial pink', the colour formerly associated with Barbie has acquired a new identity. Nor is this the first time the symbolism of pink has been radically transformed. In this volume, in collaboration with a major exhibition at the Museum at the Fashion Institute of Technology, New York, curator and fashion historian Valerie Steele explores the history and significance of pink in fashion, art and culture from the 18th century to the present. Steele and her co-authors tell the whole story of his controversial colour, emphasizing how its meanings changed throughout the centuries and across the globe, in cultures as diverse as France, India, Japan, Mexico and the United States. In 18th-century France, men and women alike wore pink, which was a fashionably 'new' colour. A century later, however, pink had become feminized and eroticized in the West (although it took longer for pink-versus-blue gender coding to develop). Pink is beautifully illustrated, with illustrations of stunning pink fashions given context by photographs, advertisements and works of art. It features essays by scholars across the disciplines, giving readers access to a wealth of research into subjects as diverse as Hollywood films and the symbolism of the pink triangle. This book will appeal to all those interested in fashion and culture, as well as those who love pink.
Tory Burch by
Tory Burch sees the world in colour, inspired by people, places, and ideas--all of which influence her brand, synonymous with print and color. In her first book, she explores what living in colour means to her. The book is organised by colour, each one brought to life through images of her own collections and travels; how she entertains; style icons; the works of artists, authors, and interior designers she admires; and the advice of business leaders--many of whom are interviewed within. The book also offers a glimpse into the more personal moments in Tory's life, such as family trips with her boys or the indelible ways in which her parents, Buddy and Reva Robinson, influenced her collection, company, and philosophy.The foreword is written by Anna Wintour, artistic director of Condé Nast and editor-in-chief of Vogue, and the cover features Damien Hirst's Beautiful Primal Urges Rug, © Damien Hirst and Science Ltd., all rights reserved / DACS, London / ARS, NY 2014. Courtesy of Other Criteria. 100% of the gross proceeds received by Tory Burch LLC from the sale of this book will benefit the Tory Burch Foundation.
Studio 2 : Studies on Light and Color
The course intends to allow the students to explore and know the basic language in the arts, with emphasis on the relevant art and design elements, their meanings and functions. It highlights nature observation to acquire the material characteristics, sensations, emotional and psychological value of each element. The meaning-conveying potential of the elements of art and design will be studied with emphasis on color theory, color relationships which affect optical, emotional, sensory, intellectual concepts and psychological dynamics. Techniques in rendering colors and design in various traditional media (watercolour, acrylic, pencils, markers) will be explored.
Color by
The one-stop reference to the essentials of color science and technology--now fully updated and revised The fully updated Third Edition of Color: An Introduction to Practice and Principles continues to provide a truly comprehensive, non-mathematical introduction to color science, complete with historical, philosophical, and art-related topics. Geared to non-specialists and experts alike, Color clearly explains key technical concepts concerning light, human vision, and color perception phenomena. It covers color order systems in depth, examines color reproduction technologies, and reviews the history of color science as well as its relationship to art and color harmony. Revised throughout to reflect the latest developments in the field, the Third Edition: Features many new color illustrations, now fully incorporated into the text Offers new perspectives on what color is all about, diverging from conventional thinking Includes new information on perception phenomena, color order, and technological advances Updates material on such topics as the CIE colorimetric system and optimal object colors Extends coverage of color reproduction to display systems, photography, and color management Contains a unique timetable of color in science and art, plus a glossary of important terms Praise for the previous editions: "A nice bridge to areas usually not covered in academic visual science programs . . . outstanding." --Joel Pokorny, visual scientist at The University of Chicago "A good addition to any library, this should be useful for the color interests of artists, designers, craftsmen, philosophers, psychologists, color technologies, and students in related fields." --CHOICE
Colour Design by
Given its importance in analysing and influencing the world around us, an understanding of colour is a vital tool in any design process. Colour design provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour, from the fundamental principles of what colour is to its important applications across a vast range of industries. Part one covers the main principles and theories of colour, focusing on the human visual system and the psychology of colour perception. Part two goes on to review colour measurement and description, including consideration of international standards, approval methods for textiles and lithographic printing, and colour communication issues. Forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement are then discussed in part three along with the history of colour theory, dyes and pigments, and an overview of dye and print techniques. Finally, part four considers the use of colour across a range of specific applications, from fashion, art and interiors, to food and website design. With its distinguished editor and international team of contributors, Colour design is an invaluable reference tool for all those researching or working with colour and design in any capacity. Provides a comprehensive review of the issues surrounding the use of colour in textiles Discusses the application of colour across a vast range of industries Chapters cover the theories, measurement and description of colour, forecasting colour trends and methods for design enhancement
Fashion Design by
Shows how the design process can be successfully applied to satisfy market needs and trends Fashion design seems to be a glamorous mystery for which only the fortunate few have sufficient talent to succeed. In reality, commercially successful results can be achieved if the right processes are followed in the early design process. Fashion Design sets out basic principles and exercises in order to make fashion design a logical process, providing a framework from which they can expand your skills steadily. Fashion Design, 2nd Edition: Shows how the design process can be successfully applied to satisfy market needs and trends Has a problem solving approach, with practical design projects and portfolio exercises to encourage readers to develop their innovation, experimentation and versatility Pays special attention to computer-aided design (CAD) and employment opportunities, including an overview of what is involved in studying and becoming a designer in the contemporary fashion industry.
Fashion Design Research by
Every fashion collection begins with research. But how do you start? How much should you do? How do you use that research?Fashion Design Research is designed to answer these questions and demystify the process for students. Illustrated throughout with inspirational photographs and images of good practice within student sketchbooks, the book begins with the basics of primary and secondary research sources and shows students how and where to gather information. Chapters on market, fabric, and color research follow before the final chapter shows how to gather all the information together, understand it, and use it in a process known as triangulation. Additionally, case studies from a wide range of international designers showcase different working methods. By offering a clear approach to research for fashion design, this book will inspire students to embrace an activity that is both fun and fruitful.
Fashion Talks by
Essays on the politics of everyday style.Fashion Talks is a vibrant look at the politics of everyday style. Shira Tarrant and Marjorie Jolles bring together essays that cover topics such as lifestyle Lolitas, Hollywood baby bumps, haute couture hijab, gender fluidity, steampunk, and stripper shoes, and engage readers with accessible and thoughtful analyses of real-world issues. This collection explores whether style can shift the limiting boundaries of race, class, gender, and sexuality, while avoiding the traps with which it attempts to rein us in. Fashion Talks will appeal to cultural critics, industry insiders, mainstream readers, and academic experts who are curious about the role fashion plays in the struggles over identity, power, and the status quo.Shira Tarrant,/b> is Associate Professor in the Women's, Gender and Sexuality Studies Department at California State University, Long Beach. She is the author of Men and Feminism and When Sex Became Gender and the editor of Men Speak Out: Views on Gender, Sex, and Power. Marjorie Jolles is Assistant Professor of Women's and Gender Studies at Roosevelt University.
Honolulu Street Style by
HawaiOCOi is one of the most ethnically and racially diverse places in the world due to its central location in the Pacific."
The Language of Fashion Design : 26 Principles Every Fashion Designer Should Know by
Learning a new discipline is similar to learning a new language; in order to master the foundation of fashion design, you must first master the basic building blocks of its language - the definitions, function, and usage." The Language of Fashion Design" provides students and fashion designers with the basic elements of fashion design, divided into twenty-six easy-to-comprehend chapters. This visual reference includes an introductory, historical view of the elements, as well as an overview of how these elements can and have been used across multiple design disciplines. Whether you're new to the field or have been a fashion designer for years, you'll want to flip through the pages of this book throughout your career and use it as the go-to reference for inspiration, ideas, and reminders of how a strong knowledge of the basics allows for meaningful, memorable, and beautiful fashion that extends beyond trends. This comprehensive learning tool is the one book you'll want as a staple in your library.
M2DANIM is a computer laboratory course, which aims to teach the students the digital side of 2D animation. This course will focus on the process of digital ink and paint, as well as background painting. Other post – production processes, such as compositing, rendering, editing and publishing will also be covered in this course.
M2DANIM is a course that enables students to familiarize themselves with the use of 2D animation software such as Adobe Flash and Photoshop. It will be an advantage to Multimedia Arts students if they know the basics of animation postproduction.
Animation plays a major role in the field of the Multimedia Arts. Almost all multimedia applications like: website design and web animation; graphical corporate presentations; educational cd-roms; video games; complex animation for advertisements, TV series, video and feature films, all use 2D and 3D animation.
Adobe Lightroom Classic CC : the official training workbook from Adobe by
Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book® New ways to assemble collections and more search filters make it easier than ever to organize your growing library and find the photos you need. Streamline your editing workflow using intelligent tools trained with thousands of professionally corrected images, and make more selective local adjustments with sophisticated color and tone range masking. Work on your photos on any device; then, create stylish books and print layouts, dynamic slideshows, and interactive web galleries to showcase your images-or publish them online with just a click. The fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC! Classroom in a Book®, the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks, offers what no other book or training program does-an official training series from Adobe, developed with the support of Adobe product experts. Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) contains 11 lessons that cover the basics and beyond, providing countless tips and techniques to help you become more productive with the program. You can follow the book from start to finish or choose only those lessons that interest you. Purchase of this book includes valuable online features. Follow the instructions in the book's Getting Started section to unlock access to: * Downloadable lesson files you need to work through the projects in the book * Web Edition containing the complete text of the book, interactive quizzes, and videos that walk you through the lessons step by step, and updated material covering new feature releases from Adobe What you need to use this book: Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC (2018 release) software, for either Windows or macOS. (Software not included.) Note: Classroom in a Book does not replace the documentation, support, updates, or any other benefits of being a registered owner of Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic CC software.
Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Photoshop choose Adobe Photoshop CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from Adobe Press. The 15 project-based lessons show key step-by-step techniques for working in Photoshop, including how to correct, enhance, and distort digital images, create image composites, and prepare images for print and the web. In addition to learning the essential elements of the Photoshop interface, this revised edition for the 2018 release covers features like search capabilities, Content-Aware Crop, Select and Mask, Face-Aware Liquify, designing with multiple artboards, creating and organizing enhanced brush presets, and much more! The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each chapter as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
Adobe Photoshop CC for Dummies by
The fast and easy way to grasp Photoshop CC essentials Photoshop is the gold standard when it comes to photo and image editing tools. But unless you've ever taken a class or gotten help from a Photoshop guru, you may find yourself a bit confused on where to start and how to get things done. Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition is the book for those of us who don't know a layer from a level and just want to learn how to make photos look better. This update to Photoshop CC For Dummies, the first since the product launched, packs an even more powerful punch to help you manage and enhance your images. In Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition you'll find clear explanations of the menus, panels, tools, options, and shortcuts you'll use the most. Plus, you'll discover invaluable tips for fixing common photo flaws, improving color quality, adjusting brightness, removing unwanted background elements, and more. Whether you want to improve how your family photos look or need to add a new skillset to your resume, this friendly guide gives you all the steps to navigating the software and getting top-notch results. Get a handle on the most common tools Improve focus and color in photos Add text and illustrations to create stunning graphics Find insider tips and tricks the pros use The sky's the limit for stunning photos and innovative images when you have Photoshop CC For Dummies, 2nd Edition in your design toolbox!
Drawing from the Model : fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
Fashion and Textile Design with Photoshop and Illustrator : professional creative practice by
Fashion and Textile Design with Photoshop and Illustrator is a step-by-step guide to two essential tools for textile and fashion designers. Adobe Photoshop ® and Illustrator ® have eclipsed many specialist textile and fashion systems due to their intuitive design, versatile function, and constant evolution. Designer and educator Robert Hume guides you from novice to expert through eighteen carefully crafted projects. You'll start by mastering layers and custom brushes, and learning about stripes and weaves, before moving on to repeats and colorways, and simple geometry, and finally learning key layout and presentation techniques in both programs. There's also advice on sharing, communication and output, and help with diagnosing and correcting common problems. Files for many of the projects are available from www.bloomsbury.com/hume-textile-design. In addition, seven case studies showcase the work and creative thinking of innovative professional designers. These designers reflect on the appeal of Illustrator and Photoshop and offer insight and inspiration to help you develop your own fun and inventive designs.
Photoshop Elements 2019 for Dummies by
Turn blah photos into dazzling images Photoshop Elements offers enough of the power you'll find in full Photoshop to make both basic and artistic edits to your photos. Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies helps you learn how to use Photoshop Elements to take your shots to stunning new heights! Photoshop Elements 2019 For Dummies offers photographers of all skill levels the power to turn run-of-the-mill digital pictures into beautiful photographs. This friendly and helpful guidebook directs you on how to harness all the tools this powerful software has to offer. Simple explanations for handling image editing Steps for giving your photos a digital makeover Ways to turn your photos into works of art Guidance on fixing your pics with one click No matter if you're a photo editing newcomer looking for advice on making the most common fixes or an experienced editor in need of a road map to this version of Photoshop Elements, this book has you covered!
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with Indesign by
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with InDesign guides readers to learn to create a wide range of interfaces, from mobile to desktop. With InDesign, interface prototyping takes minutes instead of days. This book is code-free and entirely hands-on with InDesign tools. This book acts as a guide for how to prototype user interfaces with InDesign, using diagrams, illustrations, and screen shots. This illustrated book concerns the creation and prototyping of eBooks, eMagazines, websites, desktop apps and movile apps. InDesign is an important tool for rapid prototyping, as no coding is involved. Key Features No available book provides this information. The reader will learn how to prototype a wide range of interfaces for both desktop and movile platforms. The book will include software screen shots and guide the reader step by step. The example prototypes will be interactive. Users can test them using interactive devices, such as desktop computers, tablets or mobile phones. The reader will learn how to prepare an effective portfolio and resume.
The Ultimate Beginner's Guide to Digital Painting in Photoshop by
Learn how to paint digitally in Adobe Photoshop; the key professional software for illustrators, video game artists, and the CG industry. Inside Digital Painting in Photoshop: Industry Techniques for Beginners is everything the budding digital painter needs to know about the customizable Photoshop interface, its efficient tools, essential painting brushes, and complex layers and masks. Explore the endless possibilities of digital painting through three highly detailed step-by-step tutorials which look intricately at key processes and techniques. Discover how to subtly integrate photo textures, create custom brushes, and generate impressive effects to develop your own incredible artworks. Digital Painting in Photoshop: Industry Techniques for Beginners is an essential guide for beginners, students, and those who want to learn more about how to harness the significant power of Photoshop as a painting tool.
M2DANIM is a computer laboratory course, which aims to teach the students the digital side of 2D animation. This course will focus on the process of digital ink and paint, as well as background painting. Other post – production processes, such as compositing, rendering, editing and publishing will also be covered in this course.
M2DANIM is a course that enables students to familiarize themselves with the use of 2D animation software such as Adobe Flash and Photoshop. It will be an advantage to Multimedia Arts students if they know the basics of animation postproduction.
Animation plays a major role in the field of the Multimedia Arts. Almost all multimedia applications like: website design and web animation; graphical corporate presentations; educational cd-roms; video games; complex animation for advertisements, TV series, video and feature films, all use 2D and 3D animation.
3D Photoshop for Creative Professionals : interactive guide for creating 3D art by
Photoshop is the cornerstone of the graphics industry and understanding its 3D capabilities is becoming a requirement for graphic designers, photographers, and creatives alike. Starting with the fundamental tools and ending with advanced resources, Adobe Community Professional Stephen Burns guides you with a clear voice and creative exercises that encourage you to work as you read. Accompanied by a free app that includes video tutorials, interactive models to compare your activity work from the book against, and on-going updates about the latest Photoshopreleases, this book will elevate your art off the page and into a new world of possibilities. (The app is available for the iPad and iPhone in the iTunes App Store, and Android users can find it through Google Play. Just search for 3D Photoshop on either of these platforms and download it to your device.)
Adobe master class advanced compositing in Adobe Adobe Photoshop CC : bringing the impossible to realityAdobe Photoshop Elements 2018 classroom in a book : the official training workbook from Adobe by The Adobe Photoshop Lightroom classic CC book : plus an introduction to the new Adobe Photoshop Lightroom CC across desktop, web, and mobile by Adobe Photoshop Lightroom Classic classroom in a book 2020 release : the official training workbook from Adobe by 
Amazing real-time applications using GPIO, RS232, ADC, DAC, timers, audio codecs, graphics LCD, and a touch screen by 
Graphics and multimedia for the web with Adobe Creative Cloud : navigating the Adobe software landscape by 
Learn Adobe Illustrator CC for Graphic Design and Illustration by
This study guide uses text integrated with video to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career in graphics, design, or illustration, and lays the foundation for taking the Illustrator ACA exam. A mix of project-based lessons, practical videos, and regular assessments throughout prepares you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market. Adobe conducted research to identify the foundational skills students need to effectively communicate using digital media tools. Based on feedback from educators, design professionals, businesses, and educational institutions around the world, the objectives cover entry-level skill expectations for each topic. The ACA exams have proved to be highly successful; Adobe reports that the total number of exams taken worldwide has reached one million since 2008. To create this new product, Peachpit and Adobe Press have joined forces with team of outstanding instructors who have a great track record getting students certified: Rob Schwartz and his colleagues at BrainBuffet.com.
Learn Autodesk Inventor 2018 basics : 3D modeling, 2D graphics, and assembly design by This course is an introduction to 3D modeling and animation production. It aims to train students to create dynamic presentation-like images focused on modeling, texturing, lighting, and animation. In this course, students will be taught how to create a 3D demo reel presentation that can be used for object/product/logo animation or as part of opening billboards production (OBB).
3D Filmmaking : techniques and best practices for stereoscopic filmmakers by
A visual book for the visual artist, 3D Filmmaking: Techniques and Best Practices for Stereoscopic Filmmakers provides a comprehensive overview of the theory, language, and methods behind stereoscopic 3D filmmaking, all in one package. Celebrated 3D filmmaker Celine Tricart explores every facet of the art, from the technical to the practical, including: 3D vision History of 3D cinema Stereoscopic basics and techniques How to shoot in 3D 3D VFXs, animation in 3D, and 2D to 3D conversion Live broadcast in 3D 3D viewing and projection 3D as a storytelling tool Screenwriting for 3D Working with a stereographer 3D storyboarding and previz 3D postproduction Sound design in-depth A must-read for any 3D filmmaker, producer, writer, or technician interested in the third dimension, 3D Filmmaking covers the history of the form, defines key 3D terms and places them into context, and offers lessons on using the medium as a visual storytelling tool, creating a perfect blend of concepts, practice, and history. Full color throughout, the book also includes a pair of 3D glasses for you to view the 3D images within, and each chapter features detailed color diagrams and examples in anaglyph 3D, as well as interviews with 3D visionaries like Jean Pierre Jeunet (Director, Amélie, Alien 4), Chris Sanders (Director, How to Train Your Dragon, The Croods), Demetri Portelli (Stereographer, Hugo), Phil McNally (Stereoscopic Supervisor, How to Train Your Dragon, Madagascar 4), Tim Webber (VFX supervisor, Gravity), Scott Farrar (VFX supervisor, the Transformers franchise), and Victoria Alonso (Stereoscopic Supervisor, Marvel Studios). A companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/tricart) features links to useful resources and footage from 3D films.
Animation - Process, Cognition and Actuality by
Animation - Process, Cognition and Actuality presents a uniquely philosophical and multi-disciplinary approach to the scholarly study of animation, by using the principles of process philosophy and Deleuzian film aesthetics to discuss animation practices, from early optical devices to contemporary urban design and installations. Some of the original theories presented are a process-philosophy based theory of animation; a cognitive theory of animation; a new theoretical approach to the animated documentary; an original investigative approach to animation; and unique considerations as to the convergence of animation and actuality. Numerous animated examples (from all eras and representing a wide range of techniques and approaches including television shows and video games) are examined, such as Fantastic Mr. Fox (2009), Madame Tutli-Putli (2007), Gertie the Dinosaur (1914), The Peanuts Movie (2015), Grand Theft Auto V (2013) and Dr. Katz- Professional Therapist (1995 2000). Divided into three sections, each to build logically upon each other, Dan Torre first considers animation in terms of process and process philosophy, which allows the reader to contemplate animation in a number of unique ways. Torre then examines animation in more conceptual terms in comparing it to the processes of human cognition. This is followed by an exploration of some of the ways in which we might interpret or read ' particular aspects of animation, such as animated performance, stop-motion, anthropomorphism, video games, and various hybrid forms of animation. He finishes by guiding the discussion of animation back to the more tangible and concrete as it considers animation within the context of the actual world. With a genuinely distinctive approach to the study of animation, Torre offers fresh philosophical and practical insights that prompt an engagement with the definitions and dynamics of the form, and its current literature.
Digital Forensics Trial Graphics : teaching the jury through effective use of visuals by
Digital Forensics Trial Graphics: Teaching the Jury Through Effective Use of Visuals helps digital forensic practitioners explain complex technical material to laypeople (i.e., juries, judges, etc.). The book includes professional quality illustrations of technology that help anyone understand the complex concepts behind the science. Users will find invaluable information on theory and best practices along with guidance on how to design and deliver successful explanations.
Drawing from the Model : fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
The field guide to supergraphics : graphics in the urban environment by 
Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion : the guide to non-puppet photographic animation techniques by
Single frame film-making has been around as long as film itself. It is the ancestor to modern day special effects and animation. Despite its age-old practice, Single frame film making and stop-motion animation continues to influence media and culture with its magic. Current advances in technology and classic stop motion techniques, such as pixilation, time-lapse photography and down shooting have combined to form exciting new approaches. Tom Gasek's Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion offers hands-on experience and various tricks, tips, and exercises to help strengthen skills and produce effective results. Interviews from experts in the field offer not only offer inspiration but also help readers learn how to apply skills and new applications. The companion website offers further instruction, recommended films, tools and resources for the both the novice and the expert. Key Features Features interviews with industry experts that offer inspiration and insight as well as detailed explanations of the inner workings of non-traditional stop motion techniques, processes, and workflows Applies professional stop motion techniques that have been taught and refined in the classroom and applied to leading stop motion films, exhibiting at South By Southwest, Cannes, and more Explores the stop motion opportunities beyond model rigs and puppetry. Re-visualizes stop motion character movements, build downshooter rigs, and configures digital workflows with After Effect tutorials while creating dynamic, creative and inspired stop motion films Offers new coverage of smart phones and their application in stop motion Covers motion control, Dragon Frame, evolution of timelapse, expanded light painting, DSLR cameras, and more
The Fundamentals of Animation by
Packed with examples from classic and contemporary films, The Fundamentals of Animation presents each stage of the animation production process in an engaging visual style, whilst providing an historical and critical context for four core disciplines- drawn/cel; 2D/3D stop-motion; computer generated; and experimental animation. With insightful commentary from leading animators, Wells and Moore also introduce you to the many different career paths open to aspiring animators, from storyboard artist or character designer to VFX artist or writer and director. They also provide you with key tips on producing engaging portfolios and show reels. - Illustrated with over 300 images, including preliminary sketches, frame-by-frame analyses and shots of animators at work. - Now explores the animated documentary genre and the role of visual effects and gaming in contemporary animation. - Features more than 20 interviews with a range of international practitioners including Pete Docter, Director, Monsters, Inc. (2001), Up (2009) and Inside Out (2015). Featured Artists Sarah Cox, ArthurCox Lluis Danti, Media Molecule Pete Docter, Pixar Paul Driessen Eric Fogel Cathal Gaffney, Brown Bag Films Adam Goddard Philip Hunt, STUDIO AKA The Brothers McLeod Bill Plympton Ellen Poon, Industrial Light and Magic Barry Purves Joanna Quinn Chris Randall, Second Home Studios Maureen Selwood Koji Yamamura
Graphic Design Solutions by
GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS, 6th EDITION, is the most comprehensive reference on graphic design for print and screen media. It introduces the principles of design and how they apply to the various graphic design disciplines--all explained and illustrated with vivid, professional art and diagrams. Providing a solid foundation for typographic design, advertising design and graphic design, its in-depth coverage includes such topics as design principles, the design process, concept generation, branding and visual identity, design for web and mobile, package design, portfolio development, social media, ad campaigns and more. GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS has everything you need to know to start formulating concepts and creating powerful, effective visual messages.
Independent Animation : developing, producing and distributing your animated films by
With the advent of advanced hand-held technology and the widespread nature of the internet, the world of animated filmmaking is more exciting and accessible than ever. Due to this cultural and technological development, the success of independent animated film makers is on the rise. Independent Animation showcases some of the greatest, most innovated giants in the field and helps guide readers through the artistic process and production techniques. Story development, casting, color, distribution, and the intimidating aspects of production are elucidated using various examples from all over the world. Readers will also explore the changing nature of the audiences' relationship with animation, granting firsthand guidance in navigating the diverse fields of animated film-making. Key Features Covers the entire process of creating an independent animated film, from story development and casting to editing and distribution Features input from some of the industry's most noteworthy animation talents and exclusive insight into their working processes Additional resources and interviews available through a special section of Skwigly Online Animation Magazine
Introduction to Visual Computing : core concepts in computer vision, graphics, and image processing by
Introduction to Visual Computing: Core Concepts in Computer Vision, Graphics, and Image Processing covers the fundamental concepts of visual computing. Whereas past books have treated these concepts within the context of specific fields such as computer graphics, computer vision or image processing, this book offers a unified view of these core concepts, thereby providing a unified treatment of computational and mathematical methods for creating, capturing, analyzing and manipulating visual data (e.g. 2D images, 3D models). Fundamentals covered in the book include convolution, Fourier transform, filters, geometric transformations, epipolar geometry, 3D reconstruction, color and the image synthesis pipeline. The book is organized in four parts. The first part provides an exposure to different kinds of visual data (e.g. 2D images, videos and 3D geometry) and the core mathematical techniques that are required for their processing (e.g. interpolation and linear regression.) The second part of the book on Image Based Visual Computing deals with several fundamental techniques to process 2D images (e.g. convolution, spectral analysis and feature detection) and corresponds to the low level retinal image processing that happens in the eye in the human visual system pathway. The next part of the book on Geometric Visual Computing deals with the fundamental techniques used to combine the geometric information from multiple eyes creating a 3D interpretation of the object and world around us (e.g. transformations, projective and epipolar geometry, and 3D reconstruction). This corresponds to the higher level processing that happens in the brain combining information from both the eyes thereby helping us to navigate through the 3D world around us. The last two parts of the book cover Radiometric Visual Computing and Visual Content Synthesis. These parts focus on the fundamental techniques for processing information arising from the interaction of light with objects around us, as well as the fundamentals of creating virtual computer generated worlds that mimic all the processing presented in the prior sections. The book is written for a 16 week long semester course and can be used for both undergraduate and graduate teaching, as well as a reference for professionals.
Layout Now: the arrangement of text & graphics by
An incredible resource for designers, Layout Now demystifies the principles of good layout design, utilising a grid-based approach to this fundamental component of effective graphic design, whether in print or online. It features an outstanding selection of design projects deconstructed with the help of gridlines and colour blocks to showcase the various systems in use and illuminate the proportions of text and graphics. With commentary by the designers on visual goals and the use of grids, examples include brand identities, posters, books, magazines, newspapers, catalogues and more.
The Multimedia Writing Toolkit : helping students incorporate graphics and videos for authentic purposes, grades 3-8 by
The Multimedia Writing Toolkit demonstrates how, by drawing on students' interest in and familiarity with technology, you can integrate multimedia to maximize the potential of writing instruction. In eight concise chapters, author Sean Ruday identifies and describes simple, common forms of multimedia that upper-elementary and middle school students can use to improve their argument, informational, and narrative writing and critical thinking. You'll learn how to: Incorporate multimedia into argument, informational, and narrative writing through students' use of video topic trailers, online discussion boards, webpages, and more. Evaluate students on effective use of multimedia through easy-to-follow rubrics and explicitly articulated learning goals. Understand more fully the key forms of multimedia through user-friendly overviews and explanations; you don't need to be a "techie" teacher to use these strategies! Overcome possible obstacles to the integration of multimedia in the classroom by learning from the author's concrete, first-hand examples and instructional recommendations. This book is complete with resources designed to provide you with extra support, including reproducible classroom-appropriate charts and forms, links to key web-based content discussed in the book, and a guide for teachers and administrators interested in using the book for group-based professional development. With The Multimedia Writing Toolkit, you'll have a clear game plan for encouraging your students to become more engaged, technologically savvy learners. Bonus: Blank templates of the handouts are available as printable eResources on our website (www.routledge.com/9781138200111).
Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation by
Stop motion animation is a challenging and time-consuming skill that requires patience, adaptability, and a close eye to detail. Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation, 3rd Edition is the essential guide to help stop motion animators overcome these challenges of this highly-skilled craft. Author Susannah Shaw provides a step-by-step guide to creating successful stop motioin films. Starting with some basic exercises, the reader will learn about developing a story, making models, creating sets and props, the mechanics of movements, filming postproduction, and how to set about finding that first elusive job in a modern studio. Key Features Interviews with current stars, step-by-step examples, coverage of Rapid Prototyping and Dragonframe Software　
This course is an introduction to 3D modeling and animation production. It aims to train students to create dynamic presentation-like images focused on modeling, texturing, lighting, and animation. In this course, students will be taught how to create a 3D demo reel presentation that can be used for object/product/logo animation or as part of opening billboards production (OBB).
3D Photoshop for Creative Professionals : interactive guide for creating 3D art by
Photoshop is the cornerstone of the graphics industry and understanding its 3D capabilities is becoming a requirement for graphic designers, photographers, and creatives alike. Starting with the fundamental tools and ending with advanced resources, Adobe Community Professional Stephen Burns guides you with a clear voice and creative exercises that encourage you to work as you read. Accompanied by a free app that includes video tutorials, interactive models to compare your activity work from the book against, and on-going updates about the latest Photoshopreleases, this book will elevate your art off the page and into a new world of possibilities. (The app is available for the iPad and iPhone in the iTunes App Store, and Android users can find it through Google Play. Just search for 3D Photoshop on either of these platforms and download it to your device.)
Animated Storytelling : simple steps for creating animation & motion graphics by
Animation is a limitless medium for telling stories. Artists can create worlds, defy gravity, flip from factual to fantasy, and transport audiences to places they never imagined. The challenge is having the discipline to reel it in and be intentional about your storytelling choices. This book shows you how. In Animated Storytelling, you'll learn how to create memorable stories using animation and motion graphics by following 10 simple guidelines that take you through the stages of concept development, pre-production, storyboarding, and design. Award-winning animator Liz Blazer uses clear examples and easy-to-follow exercises to provide you with the instruction, encouragement, and tools you need to get your designs moving. Whether your goal is to create exciting shorts for film festivals, effective messaging for broadcast or online, or simply to gain a deeper understanding of the medium, Animated Storytelling simplifies the process of creating clear and engaging stories for animation and motion graphics so you can get started easily. In Animated Storytelling, you'll learn how to: Write a creative brief for your project Find and communicate your story's big idea Create a tight story using linear and nonlinear story structures Use color to clarify and enrich your story Define the rules for your animated world, and commit to them Ease into the challenging task of animation Make the work you want to be hired to do Share your work with the world
Animation by
From the earliest motion pictures and cartoons of the 1900s, to the latest 3D animated feature and CGI blockbuster, animation has always been a part of the cinematic experience. While the boundaries between animation and live-action have often been carefully tended, the ubiquity of contemporary computer imaging certainly blurs those lines, thereby confirming the importance of animation for the history of American cinema. The last installment of the acclaimed Behind the Silver Screen series, Animation explores the variety of technologies and modes of production throughout the history of American animation: the artisanal, solitary labors of early animators such as Winsor McCay, or of independent animators such as Mary Ellen Bute; the industrial assembly lines of Hollywood studio-unit animation; the parsimonious production houses of the post-studio, post-war era; the collaborative approach of boutique animation and special-effect houses. Drawing on archival sources, this volume provides not only an overview of American animation history, but also, by focusing on the relationship between production and style, a unique approach to understanding animation in general.
Blender 3D printing by example : learn to use Blender's modeling tools for 3D printing by creating 4 projects by Learn Autodesk Inventor 2018 basics : 3D modeling, 2D graphics, and assembly design by 
Learning Vulkan : discover how to build impressive 3D graphics with the next-generation graphics API--Vulkan by 
A Practical Guide to Graphics Reporting : Information Graphics for Print, Web & Broadcast by
Since this book first published in 2006, the field of information visualization has changed dramatically. First, information visualization has exploded online and on other digital platforms. Second, information graphics reporting has encompassed nearly every sector of communication and business. Visual reporting skills are not only relevant in traditional news environments, but many other professions as well. This edition seeks to address these changes by providing learners with a cross-platform, cross-industry approach to instruction. It will include a robust, dynamic website complete with regularly updated examples of print, online, and broadcast graphics, as well as useful tutorials and exercises. This book covers everything you need to know about reporting with graphics; information visualization and graphic design from a journalistic perspective. A companion website includes regularly updated examples of print, online, and broadcast graphics, as well as tutorials and exercises. Chapters include relevant case studies and conclude with essays from experts. When appropriate, resource files for exercises (such as Illustrator templates, images, and/or other visual reference material) will also be provided on the companion website. thegraphicsreporter.com
Python graphics : a reference for creating 2D and 3D images by Real-time 3D graphics with WebGL 2 : build interactive 3D applications with JavaScript and WebGL 2 (OpenGL ES 3.0) by Basics of Audio and Video for Multimedia
Basics of Audio and Video for Multimedia will introduce the learner to the basics of audio and video. It will tackle the basic principles of audio and video composition, equipment handling and basic production. The course is designed to help the learner understand the intermediate and advanced concepts that will be learned in MMAUDIO and MDVIDEO.
The Art of Producing : how to create great audio projects by
The Art of Producingis the first book to standardize a specific production process for creating a successful music project from start to finish. Learn how to develop a step-by-step process for critiquing all of the musical components that go into creating a highly refined production that works for all styles of music. The book provides a well-rounded perspective on everything that goes into producing, including vital information on how to creatively work with bands, groups and record companies, and offers insight into high level values and secrets that famous producers have developed through years of trial and error. The book covers detailed production techniques for working with today's latest digital technologies including virtual recording, virtual instruments, and MIDI tracking. Take these concepts, adapt them to your own personal style and you will end up with a successful project of the highest attainable quality with the most potential to be become a hit - or just affect people really deeply.
Audio Mastering: the Artists : discussions from pre-production to mastering by
Audio Mastering: The Artists collects more than twenty interviews, drawn from more than 60 hours of discussions, with many of the world's leading mastering engineers.　 In these exclusive and often intimate interviews, engineers consider the audio mastering process as they, themselves, experience and shape it as the leading artists in their field.　 Each interview covers how engineers got started in the recording industry, what prompted them to pursue mastering, how they learned about the process, which tools and techniques they routinely use when they work, and a host of other particulars of their crafts.　 We also spoke with mix engineers, and craftsmen responsible for some of the more iconic mastering tools now on the market, to gain a broader perspective on their work. 　 This book is the first to provide such a comprehensive overview of the audio mastering process told from the point-of-view of the artists who engage in it.　 In so doing, it pulls the curtain back on a crucial, but seldom heard from, agency in record production at large.
Audio Production Principles : practical studio applications by
With this all-in-one manual, students and teachers have an easy-to-read reference that provides a reliable and current rundown of the world of sound production, from planning a recording session to mastering the final product. Organized by four main topics - pre-production, recording various instruments, mixing theories and tools, and mastering - Audio Production Principles follows the actual flow of instruction given over the course of a student's tenure. Chapters address etiquette and basic operations for any recording session written in useful, tutorial style language, providing guidelines for beginner audio engineers on topics including pre-production, equipment selection, and mixing tips by instrument. Jumpstarting the mastering process, lessons delve into features unique to specific tools and techniques. All sections offer instructional scenarios of studio setups, asking students to brainstorm the best production technique for each situation. These exercises also help teachers generate new ideas for instruction and production projects of their own.
Audio Production Tips : getting the sound right at the source by
Audio Production Tips: Getting the Sound Right at the Source provides practical and accessible information detailing the production processes for recording today's bands. By demonstrating how to "get the sound right at the source," author Peter Dowsett lays the appropriate framework to discuss the technical requirements of optimizing the sound of a source. Through its coverage of critical listening, pre-production, arrangement, drum tuning, gain staging and many other areas of music production, Audio Production Tips allows you to build the wide array of skills that apply to the creative process of music production. Broken into two parts, the book first presents foundational concepts followed by more specific production advice on a range of instruments. Key features: Important in-depth coverage of music theory, arrangement and its applications. Real life examples with key references to the author's music production background. Presents concepts alongside the production of a track captured specifically for the book. A detailed companion website, including audio, video, Pro Tools session files of the track recording process, and videos including accompanying audio that can be examined in the reader's DAW. Please visit the accompanying companion website, available at www.audioproductiontips.com, for resources that further support the book's practical approach.
How Video Works : from broadcast to the cloud by
How Video Works　raises the curtain on how video is created, scanned, transmitted, stored, compressed, encoded, delivered and streamed to its multitude of destinations. In today's digital world, every content creator--individual as well as network or corporation--must understand the process of how video works in order to deliver not only the best quality video, but a digital video file with the most appropriate specifications for each particular use. This complete guide covers key stages of video development, from image capture to the final stages of delivery and archiving, as well as workflows and new technologies, including Ultra High Definition, metadata, signal monitoring, streaming and managing video files - all presented in an easy to understand way. Whether you are a professional or new video technician discovering the ins and outs of digital distribution, this book has the information you need to succeed. The updated third edition contains: * New sections on image capture as well as streaming and video workflows * A hands-on approach to using digital scopes and monitoring the video signal * Thorough explanations of managing video files, including codecs and wrappers * In-depth coverage of compression, encoding, and metadata * A complete explanation of video and audio standards, including Ultra HD * An overview of video recording and storage formats * A complete glossary of terms for video, audio and broadcast
New Realities in Audio : a practical guide for VR, AR, MR, and 360 video by
The new realities are here. Virtual and Augmented realities and 360 video technologies are rapidly entering our homes and office spaces. Good quality audio has always been important to the user experience, but in the new realities, it is more than important, it's essential. If the audio doesn't work, the immersion of the experience fails and the cracks in the new reality start to show. This practical guide helps you navigate the challenges and pitfalls of designing audio for these new realities. This technology is different from anything we've seen before and requires an entirely new approach; this book will introduce the broad concepts you need to know before delving into the practical detail you need. Key Features This book covers audio for all types of new reality technology. At the moment, VR and 360 video are getting a lot of press, but in a few years we will be hearing a lot more about Augmented and Mixed reality technologies as well. A practical guide to creating, designing and implementing audio for this new technology by a leading sound design and implementation expert. Conceptual explanations address the new approaches necessary to designing effective audio for the new realities. Real-world examples and analysis of what does and does not work including detailed case study discussions.
Video Art Theory : a comparative approach by
Video Art Theory: A Comparative Approach demonstrates howvideo art functions on the basis of a comparative media approach,providing a crucial understanding of video as a medium incontemporary art and of the visual mediations we encounter in dailylife. A critical investigation of the visual media and selected videoartworks which contributes to the understanding of video as amedium in contemporary art The only study specifically devoted to theorizing the medium ofvideo from the perspective of prominent characteristics whichresult from how video works deal with time, space, representation,and narrative The text has emerged out of the author?s own lectures andseminars on video art Offers a comparative approach which students find especiallyuseful, offering new perspectives
Video Field Production and Editing by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
Basics of Audio and Video for Multimedia
Basics of Audio and Video for Multimedia will introduce the learner to the basics of audio and video. It will tackle the basic principles of audio and video composition, equipment handling and basic production. The course is designed to help the learner understand the intermediate and advanced concepts that will be learned in MMAUDIO and MDVIDEO.
Advanced Video Communications over Wireless Networks by
Wireless video communications encompass a broad range of issues and opportunities that serve as the catalyst for technical innovations. To disseminate the most recent advances in this challenging yet exciting field, Advanced Video Communications over Wireless Networks provides an in-depth look at the fundamentals, recent technical achievements, challenges, and emerging trends in mobile and wireless video communications. The editors have carefully selected a panel of researchers with expertise in diverse aspects of wireless video communication to cover a wide spectrum of topics, including the underlying theoretical fundamentals associated with wireless video communications, the transmission schemes tailored to mobile and wireless networks, quality metrics, the architectures of practical systems, as well as some novel directions. They address future directions, including Quality-of-Experience in wireless video communications, video communications over future networks, and 3D video communications. The book presents a collection of tutorials, surveys, and original contributions, providing an up-to-date, accessible reference for further development of research and applications in mobile and wireless video communication systems. The range of coverage and depth of expertise make this book the go-to resource for facing current and future challenges in this field.
E-Learning and the Science of Instruction : proven guidelines for consumers and designers of multimedia learning by
The essential e-learning design manual, updated with the latest research, design principles, and examples e-Learning and the Science of Instruction is the ultimate handbook for evidence-based e-learning design. Since the first edition of this book, e-learning has grown to account for at least 40% of all training delivery media. However, digital courses often fail to reach their potential for learning effectiveness and efficiency. This guide provides research-based guidelines on how best to present content with text, graphics, and audio as well as the conditions under which those guidelines are most effective. This updated fourth edition describes the guidelines, psychology, and applications for ways to improve learning through personalization techniques, coherence, animations, and a new chapter on evidence-based game design. The chapter on the Cognitive Theory of Multimedia Learning introduces three forms of cognitive load which are revisited throughout each chapter as the psychological basis for chapter principles. A new chapter on engagement in learning lays the groundwork for in-depth reviews of how to leverage worked examples, practice, online collaboration, and learner control to optimize learning. The updated instructor's materials include a syllabus, assignments, storyboard projects, and test items that you can adapt to your own course schedule and students. Co-authored by the most productive instructional research scientist in the world, Dr. Richard E. Mayer, this book distills copious e-learning research into a practical manual for improving learning through optimal design and delivery. Get up to date on the latest e-learning research Adopt best practices for communicating information effectively Use evidence-based techniques to engage your learners Replace popular instructional ideas, such as learning styles with evidence-based guidelines Apply evidence-based design techniques to optimize learning games e-Learning continues to grow as an alternative or adjunct to the classroom, and correspondingly, has become a focus among researchers in learning-related fields. New findings from research laboratories can inform the design and development of e-learning. However, much of this research published in technical journals is inaccessible to those who actually design e-learning material. By collecting the latest evidence into a single volume and translating the theoretical into the practical, e-Learning and the Science of Instruction has become an essential resource for consumers and designers of multimedia learning.
Graphics and multimedia for the web with Adobe Creative Cloud : navigating the Adobe software landscape by 
IPTV Delivery Networks : next generation architectures for live and video-on-demand services by
A guide to the current technologies related to the delivery process for both live and on-demand services within IPTV delivery networks IPTV Delivery Networks is an important resource thatoffers an in-depth discussion to the IPTV (Internet Protocol Television) delivery networks for both live and on demand IPTV services.This important book also includes a review of the issues and challenges surrounding the delivery of IPTV over various emerging networking and communications technologies. The authors -- an international team of experts -- introduce a framework for delivery network applicable for live and video-on-demand services. They review the fundamental issues of IPTV delivery networks and explore the QoS (Quality of Service) issue for IPTV delivery networks that highlights the questions of security and anomaly detection as related to quality. IPTV Delivery Networks also contains a discussion of the mobility issues and next-generation delivery networks. This guide captures the latest available and usable technologies in the field and: Explores the technologies related to delivery process for both live (real time) and on demand services in highly accessible terms Includes information on the history, current state and future of IPTV delivery Reviews all the aspects of delivery networks including storage management, resource allocation, broadcasting, video compression, QoS and QoE Contains information on current applications including Netflix (video on demand), BBC iPlayer (time-shifted IPTV) and live (real time) streaming Written for both researchers and industrial experts in the field of IPTV delivery networks. IPTV Delivery Networks is a groundbreaking book that includes the most current information available on live and on demand IPTV services.
Lights, Camera, Uh-Oh : How to Be Camera Savvy in a Video Driven World by
The invaluable handbook for acing your on-camera appearance On-Camera Coach is your personal coach for becoming great on camera. From Skype interviews and virtual conferences to shareholder presentations and television appearances, this book shows you how to master the art of on-camera presentation to deliver your message clearly, effectively, and with confidence. Fear of public speaking is common, but even the most seasoned speakers freeze in front of a single lens--being on camera demands an entirely new set of skills above and beyond the usual presentation to an audience you can actually see. It requires special attention to the way you move, the way you speak, and even the way you dress. This book provides the guidance and tools you need to ace it every time. Video is powerful, and it is everywhere; corporate YouTube channels, webinars, virtual meetings, TedTalks, and more are increasingly turning the lens on those who typically remain behind the scenes. This relatively recent trend will continue to expand as media plays a larger role in business, and the ability to appear confident, authoritative, and polished is becoming a necessary job skill. This book shows you everything you need to know about being on camera, from preparation through presentation and beyond. Learn how to prepare for an on-camera appearance Tailor your presentation to on-camera demands Discover how the camera interprets wardrobe and body language Appear dynamic, confident, and engaged when the lens points your way The lens captures everything--the awkward pauses, the nervous fidgets, poor posture, and every false start and mistake is captured for posterity. Is that the image you want to present? You want to get your message across and be heard; to do that, you must portray authority, energy, and confidence--even when you don't feel it. On-Camera Coach provides the expert instruction and insider secrets that help you make your message sing.
Mastering media with the Raspberry Pi : media centers, music, high end audio, video, and ultimate movie nights by 
Multimedia Foundations : core concepts for digital design by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Multimedia Networks : protocols, design, and applications by
The transportation of multimedia over the network requires timely and errorless transmission much more strictly than other data. This had led to special protocols and to special treatment in multimedia applications (telephony, IP-TV, streaming) to overcome network issues. This book begins with an overview of the vast market combined with the user's expectations. The base mechanisms of the audio/video coding (H.26x etc.) are explained to understand characteristics of the generated network traffic. Further chapters treat common specialized underlying IP network functions which cope with multimedia data in conjunction which special time adaption measures. Based on those standard functions these chapters can treat uniformly SIP, H.248, High-End IP-TV, Webcast, Signage etc. A special section is devoted to home networks which challenge high-end service delivery due to possibly unreliable management. The whole book treats concepts described in accessible IP-based standards and which are implemented broadly. The book is aimed at graduate students/practitioners with good basic knowledge in computer networking. It provides the reader with all concepts of currently used IP technologies of how to deliver multimedia efficiently to the end user.
QLab 4 : projects in video, audio, and lighting control by
Used from Broadway to Britain's West End, QLab software is the tool of choice for many of the world's most prominent sound, projection, and integrated media designers.　QLab 4: Projects in Video, Audio, and Lighting Control is a project-based book on QLab software covering sound, video, lighting, and show control. With information on audio, video, and lighting system basics and the more advanced functions of QLab such as show control, network capabilities, projection mapping, video effects, and cue cart integration, each chapter's specific projects will allow you to learn the software's capabilities at your own pace. In addition to the text, a companion website hosts project files, instructional videos, and more.
Digital Audio for Multimedia Applications
MDAUDIO is a course that enables the student to professionally record sound, edit and mix audio. Fundamentals of sound and audio are learned, along with proper selection and usage of microphones, digital recording concepts and techniques, usage of dynamic and delay related effects, clear multi-track mixing and effective vocal delivery. Sound Design plays an essential role in effectively communicating the sales message, complementing visuals produced as learned by the student in other subjects of the curriculum. This helps to achieve the objectives of the program by providing knowledge and skills to the student in becoming a resourceful and creative multimedia producer. This is valuable to the student in spawning, establishing and maintaining a prosperous career in multimedia. The student spawns creativity and develops problem solving skills with lab work that accompanies lecture and discussion.
Digital Media : concepts and applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Interaction Design : from concept to completion by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
Modern Recording Techniques by
Master the tools and day-to-day practices of music recording and production. Learn the ins and outs of room acoustics and designing a studio. Gain techniques for mic placement and running a session. Get a solid grounding in both theory and industry practice. Modern Recording Techniques, the bestselling, authoritative guide to recording, provides everything you need to improve your craft. "If you're serious about recording--whether you're an amateur enthusiast, a student, a musician, or an audio professional, you'll find this book an informative, in-depth, cover-to-cover read and a useful reference manual...an excellent read and a must-have reference book." - MusicTech magazine Expanded to include the latest digital audio technology, the eighth edition now has sections on touch technology, tablets, and newer connectivity options, such as Thunderbolt. It also includes revamped graphics throughout, and major updates of the sections covering DAWs, MIDI, and mastering. Whether you are just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry, Modern Recording Techniquesprovides an in-depth read on recording; it is a must-have for your audio bookshelf.
New Realities in Audio : a practical guide for VR, AR, MR, and 360 video by
The new realities are here. Virtual and Augmented realities and 360 video technologies are rapidly entering our homes and office spaces. Good quality audio has always been important to the user experience, but in the new realities, it is more than important, it's essential. If the audio doesn't work, the immersion of the experience fails and the cracks in the new reality start to show. This practical guide helps you navigate the challenges and pitfalls of designing audio for these new realities. This technology is different from anything we've seen before and requires an entirely new approach; this book will introduce the broad concepts you need to know before delving into the practical detail you need. Key Features This book covers audio for all types of new reality technology. At the moment, VR and 360 video are getting a lot of press, but in a few years we will be hearing a lot more about Augmented and Mixed reality technologies as well. A practical guide to creating, designing and implementing audio for this new technology by a leading sound design and implementation expert. Conceptual explanations address the new approaches necessary to designing effective audio for the new realities. Real-world examples and analysis of what does and does not work including detailed case study discussions.
Recording Studio Design by
Recording Studio Design, Fourth Edition explains the key principles of successful studio design and construction using straightforward language and the use of practical examples appreciated by readers of previous editions. Updated to reflect new industry standards, this fourth edition addresses improvements in cinema sound, with specific attention paid to B-chain electroacoustic response and calibration. Using over 50 years' experience, author Philip Newell provides detail on the practical aspects of recording in various environments, not only exploring the complex issues relating to the acoustics but also providing real-world solutions. While the book contains detailed discussions about performing rooms, control rooms, and mobile studios, concepts of the infrastructures are also discussed, because no studio can perform optimally unless the technical and human requirements are adequately provided for. In this new edition, sound for cinema provides a platform for highlighting many, wider electroacoustic topics in a way that is relatively easy to visualise. The way in which sound and vision interact is an important aspect of many modern multimedia formats. The new edition includes: A new Chapter 22 that will thoroughly reflect recently published SMPTE investigations which will drastically impact standards for cinema sound; The inclusion of new academic research and its practical applications; An entire new illustrated chapter on room construction principles; and The consolidation of ideas which were only emerging when the earlier editions were published.
Digital Audio for Multimedia Applications
MDAUDIO is a course that enables the student to professionally record sound, edit and mix audio. Fundamentals of sound and audio are learned, along with proper selection and usage of microphones, digital recording concepts and techniques, usage of dynamic and delay related effects, clear multi-track mixing and effective vocal delivery. Sound Design plays an essential role in effectively communicating the sales message, complementing visuals produced as learned by the student in other subjects of the curriculum. This helps to achieve the objectives of the program by providing knowledge and skills to the student in becoming a resourceful and creative multimedia producer. This is valuable to the student in spawning, establishing and maintaining a prosperous career in multimedia. The student spawns creativity and develops problem solving skills with lab work that accompanies lecture and discussion.
Logic Pro X : audio and music production by
From initial demos to mixing and mastering, seasoned authors Mark Cousins and Russ Hepworth-Sawyer show you how to get the most from Logic Pro X. By exploring the essential workflow and the creative possibilities offered by Logic's virtual instruments and effects, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production leads you through the music creation and production process, giving you all the tips and tricks used by the pros to create release-quality recordings. Using full color screenshots throughout, alongside related boxouts that expand on the key concepts, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production is an informative and easy-to-read guide to using Logic Pro X. Key features include: Production FAQs - Instructional Walkthroughs and Knowledgebases present information clearly and answer common production-specific problems. Methods - Professional techniques for recording and editing in Logic Pro X - whether you're dealing with real musicians or cutting-edge virtual instruments. Workflow - Use Logic Pro X's tools and functions in an optimal way. Website - Access audio examples, samples (Apple Loops), Logic projects, sampler instruments, and instrument patches at www.focalpress.com/cw/cousins Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production covers more than just the software; it will help you make the most out of every recording session and will illuminate and inspire your creative and sonic endeavors!
Modern Recording Techniques by
Modern Recording Techniques is the bestselling, authoritative guide to sound and music recording. Whether you're just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry, Modern Recording Techniques provides an in-depth read on the art and technologies of music production. It's a must-have reference for all audio bookshelves. Using its familiar and accessible writing style, this ninth edition has been fully updated, presenting the latest production technologies and includes an in-depth coverage of the DAW, networked audio, MIDI, signal processing and much more. A robust companion website features video tutorials, web-links, an online glossary, flashcards, and a link to the author's blog. Instructor resources include a test bank and an instructor's manual. The ninth edition includes: Updated tips, tricks and insights for getting the best out of your studio An introduction to the Apple iOS in music production Introductions to new technologies and important retro studio techniques The latest advancements in DAW systems, signal processing, mixing and mastering
Multimedia Foundations by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Multimedia Networks : protocols, design, and applications by
The transportation of multimedia over the network requires timely and errorless transmission much more strictly than other data. This had led to special protocols and to special treatment in multimedia applications (telephony, IP-TV, streaming) to overcome network issues. This book begins with an overview of the vast market combined with the user's expectations. The base mechanisms of the audio/video coding (H.26x etc.) are explained to understand characteristics of the generated network traffic. Further chapters treat common specialized underlying IP network functions which cope with multimedia data in conjunction which special time adaption measures. Based on those standard functions these chapters can treat uniformly SIP, H.248, High-End IP-TV, Webcast, Signage etc. A special section is devoted to home networks which challenge high-end service delivery due to possibly unreliable management. The whole book treats concepts described in accessible IP-based standards and which are implemented broadly. The book is aimed at graduate students/practitioners with good basic knowledge in computer networking. It provides the reader with all concepts of currently used IP technologies of how to deliver multimedia efficiently to the end user.
Recording Studio Design by
Recording Studio Design, Fourth Edition explains the key principles of successful studio design and construction using straightforward language and the use of practical examples appreciated by readers of previous editions. Updated to reflect new industry standards, this fourth edition addresses improvements in cinema sound, with specific attention paid to B-chain electroacoustic response and calibration. Using over 50 years' experience, author Philip Newell provides detail on the practical aspects of recording in various environments, not only exploring the complex issues relating to the acoustics but also providing real-world solutions. While the book contains detailed discussions about performing rooms, control rooms, and mobile studios, concepts of the infrastructures are also discussed, because no studio can perform optimally unless the technical and human requirements are adequately provided for. In this new edition, sound for cinema provides a platform for highlighting many, wider electroacoustic topics in a way that is relatively easy to visualise. The way in which sound and vision interact is an important aspect of many modern multimedia formats. The new edition includes: A new Chapter 22 that will thoroughly reflect recently published SMPTE investigations which will drastically impact standards for cinema sound; The inclusion of new academic research and its practical applications; An entire new illustrated chapter on room construction principles; and The consolidation of ideas which were only emerging when the earlier editions were published.
Basic Digital Photography for Multimedia Applications
MDPHOTO introduces the concepts and body of knowledge that forms the foundation for the professional practice of photography. This course lays the groundwork for the study and conceptualization of designs in photo-imaging, specifically in the field of multimedia arts. This course is designed for students who have acquired some skills in basic photography, but need to learn the intricacies of lighting set-ups so as to support their photo design concepts. The course will focus mainly on the technical aspect of photographic lighting and its strong and direct relationship to the photo concept and design. In the same manner, the creation of design concepts for photography will help the students in many of their succeeding subjects, as most of their subjects require the use of photographic images.
Camera and Craft : learning the technical art of digital photography by
#2 on Photo.net's list of Best Photography Books of 2014! To create successful imagery, you need to balance technical know-how and aesthetic vision. In Camera & Craft, we deconstruct photographic principles in new ways to help you think through your process. Together with nine guest photographers, we explore photographic practice and follow up with inventive exercises and demonstrations that challenge you to engage with your tools--all with the goal of helping you work more creatively. Along the way are conversations with our guest photographers that address each topic, from how the professionals work with clients and models to what they think about as they look through the viewfinder. Here's what you'll find inside: Advice and insights from professionals working in a variety of fields, from photojournalism and portraiture to fine-art, landscape and commercial photography Technical explanations about how photographic tools work--so you can connect knowledge to your practice and work more instinctively and creatively Key steps for improving digital workflow Innovative exercises at the end of each chapter as well as on our companion website that encourage you to experiment with and understand the photographic process--from learning how far you can push your camera's sensor to exploring the effects of neutral vs. creative color Interviews with technical and creative experts about developing skills and making images that matter This book is part of The Digital Imaging Masters Series, which features cutting-edge information from the most sought-after and qualified professionals and instructors in the photography field. Based on the progressive curriculum of the Master of Professional Studies in Digital Photography (MPS DP) program created by Katrin Eismann at the School of Visual Arts (SVA) in New York City, these books are the next best thing to being in the classroom with the Digital Photography Masters themselves.
David Busch's Mastering Digital SLR Photography by
This completely updated fourth edition of DAVID BUSCH'S MASTERING DIGITAL SLR PHOTOGRAPHY is a comprehensive guide to taking great photos with digital SLR cameras. Today's digital SLRs are more affordable--and more powerful--than ever, letting you create stunning images with technology that would have been unthinkable just a few years ago. If you're comfortable with the basic operations of your digital SLR camera and are eager to explore more advanced creative concepts, this book will help you expand your knowledge of the many new capabilities and improvements that are now standard on today's cameras. Suitable for pros and hobbyists alike, this book takes you beyond the coverage found in most general camera books and includes helpful how-to info on new technologies such as autofocus innovations, HDTV movie-making, and new tools from Wi-Fi to GPS. This fully-illustrated, full-color guide also covers the basics, including file formats, resolution, aperture/priority exposure, and much more. Master the art of digital photography, with DAVID BUSCH'S MASTERING DIGITAL SLR PHOTOGRAPHY, FOURTH EDITION.
Digital Photo Assignments : projects for all levels of photography classes by
This collection of more than 40 photo assignments is designed to help all students--from beginning freshmen to experienced seniors--improve or reinvigorate their work and reach their full potential as photographers. Whether you are building a syllabus for your first photography class, revitalizing assignments for your students, or looking to add DSLR video, workflow, or color correction to your class, you will find a wealth of ideas in this wonderful working guide. The assignments begin with using the camera, and progress through learning composition and lighting, working in genres, building a portfolio and more.
Digital Photography for Dummies by
Your fun guide to digital photography with any device Whether you're shooting with an inexpensive point-and-shoot camera, a smartphone or tablet, a high-priced contraption, or one of those new-fangled action cameras, it's possible to take your digital photos from good to great by applying a few simple tricks'and Digital Photography For Dummies shows you how! Packed with tips, advice, and insight you won't find in your camera's manual, this friendly guide quickly gets you up to speed on proven photography techniques to help your digital pictures say more than a thousand words! No longer a hobby or profession limited to those with access to fancy and expensive equipment, digital photography is all around us. But if you want to take your shoots a bit more seriously and produce images you'd be proud enough to give as gifts or decorate your home, this friendly guide has you covered. From figuring out how to make the most of your camera's settings to applying exposure tricks the pros use all the time, frame-worthy digital photos are a page'and a click'away. Interpret your camera's settings and apply them for better photos Shoot better portraits, action shots, and low-light photos Collect your photos in a place where you won't lose them Grasp simple digital photography techniques that apply to any kind of camera If you've been experimenting with digital photography for a while or just caught the bug, this new edition of Digital Photography For Dummies is the picture-perfect guide you'll turn to again and again.
Digital Snaps : the new face of photography by
Photography as an everyday practice is changing dramatically once again. At this moment of transition from analogue to digital, Digital Snaps aims to develop a new media ecology that can accommodate these changes to photography 'as we know it'. Expert contributors representing varied disciplines demonstrate how and to what extent the traditional social practices, technologies and images of analogue photography are being transformed with the movement to digital photography. They zoom in on typical, vernacular, everyday practices: the development of the family photo album from a physical object in the living room to a digital practice on the internet; the use of mobile phones in everyday life; photo communities on the internet; photo booth photography; studio photography; and fine arts' appropriation of amateur photography. They explore how this media convergence transforms the media ecology - the networks, objects, performances, meanings and circulations - of vernacular photography, as we research it through ordinary people's use of such new cameras and interactive internet spaces as part of their everyday lives.
Light and Lens : Photography in the digital age by
Light & Lens: Photography in the Digital Age is a groundbreaking introductory book that clearly and concisely provides the instruction and building blocks necessary to create thought-provoking digitally based photographs. It is an adventurous idea book that features numerous classroom-tested assignments and exercises from leading photographic educators to encourage you to critically explore and make images from the photographers' eye, an aesthetic point of view. Acquire a basic foundation for digital photography. Light and Lens covers the fundamental concepts of image-making; how to use today's digital technology to create compelling images; and how to output and preserve images in the digital world. Explore the history, theory and methods of digital image-making. Light and Lens translates the enduring aesthetics of art photography into the digital realm. You'll view, capture and think about images from a new perspective. Increase your ability to analyze, discuss and write about your own work and the images of others. Learn with exercises and assignments by leading digital educators. Innovative techniques will train your eye to make the strongest visual statement. Solve visual problems and overcome image challenges. Whether you use a digital SLR or a point-and-shoot camera, you'll get new strategies to master composition, design and light. View the full range of the digital terrain with stunning images and commentary by over 190 international artists. Robert Hirsch is a renowned photographer, educator, historian and writer. His book credits include Photographic Possibilities: The Expressive Use of Ideas, Materials and Processes; Exploring Color Photography: From the Darkroom to the Digital Studio; and Seizing the Light: A History of Photography. He has had many one-person shows and curated numerous exhibitions. Hirsch has also conducted many workshops and interviewed eminent photographers of our time. The former executive director of CEPA Gallery, he is now the director of Light Research in Buffalo, New York, and on the Visual Studies faculty of University of Buffalo/The State University of New York.
The Photographer's Handbook by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Photography: a Critical Introduction by
Photography: A Critical Introduction was the first introductory textbook to examine key debates in photographic theory and place them in their social and political contexts, and is now established as one of the leading textbooks in its field. Written especially for students in higher education and for introductory college courses, this fully revised edition provides a coherent introduction to the nature of photographic seeing. Individual chapters cover: Key debates in photographic theory and history Documentary photography and photojournalism Personal and popular photography Photography and the human body Photography and commodity culture Photography as art This revised and updated fifth edition includes: New case studies on topics such as: materialism and embodiment, the commodification of human experience, and an extended discussion of landscape as genre. 98 photographs and images, featuring work from: Bill Brandt, Susan Derges, Rineke Dijkstra, Fran Herbello, Hannah Höch, Karen Knorr, Dorothea Lange, Chrystel Lebas, Susan Meiselas, Lee Miller, Martin Parr, Ingrid Pollard, Jacob Riis, Alexander Rodchenko, Andres Serrano, Cindy Sherman and Jeff Wall. Fully updated resource information, including guides to public archives and useful websites. A full glossary of terms and a comprehensive bibliography. Contributors: Michelle Henning, Patricia Holland, Derrick Price, Anandi Ramamurthy and Liz Wells.
Photoshop CC in Easy Steps : for Windows and Mac by
Photoshop CC in easy steps delivers a solid, secure and lasting foundation that you can build on as you explore Photoshop and develop more and more control over one the most creative pieces of software available today. The author's extensive knowledge and understanding of the requirements and needs of the new user is distilled in this book which is written in simple, clear language with step by step instructions, breaking down complex functions into easy to follow learning sequences. Grasp the basics of color, file formats, key graphics and design terminology Master Photoshop window and the Tool panel Learn the tricks of the trade for image editing Explore Selection tools, Layers, Paths and Color adjustments to create your unique images Optimize images for print, web or multimedia Create effective animations for the web Download example images used in the book and get updates to the features covered - FREE Photoshop CC in easy steps allows you you to master the basics so you can proceed to unleash the full creative potential of the software. Covers Adobe Photoshop Creative Cloud.
Basic Digital Photography for Multimedia Applications
MDPHOTO introduces the concepts and body of knowledge that forms the foundation for the professional practice of photography. This course lays the groundwork for the study and conceptualization of designs in photo-imaging, specifically in the field of multimedia arts. This course is designed for students who have acquired some skills in basic photography, but need to learn the intricacies of lighting set-ups so as to support their photo design concepts. The course will focus mainly on the technical aspect of photographic lighting and its strong and direct relationship to the photo concept and design. In the same manner, the creation of design concepts for photography will help the students in many of their succeeding subjects, as most of their subjects require the use of photographic images.
David Busch's Sony Alpha a6000/ILCE-6000 : guide to digital photography by The Digital Photography Book by The digital photography book. Photo recipes. Part 5 : the step-by-step secrets for how to make your photos look like the pro's by 
Digital Photography for Dummies by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
Mastering Adobe Photoshop Elements : Excel in Digital Photography and Image Editing for Print and Web Using Photoshop Elements 2019 by 
The Practical Zone System for Film and Digital Photography : classic tool, universal applications by
This sixth edition of The Practical Zone System by Chris Johnson updates the classic manual on Ansel Adams's landmark technique for the digital age. For photographers working digitally or with film, in color or black and white, in the studio or on the go, this simple visual language helps to control contrast and, through a process called Previsualization, provides photographers with the power of free creative expression. This new edition discusses recent advances in technology and potentials for their use in zone photography, including HDR, smartphone cameras that shoot in raw format and smartphone light meters. Johnson demonstrates how the Zone System is a universal visual and conceptual language that dramatically simplifies the problem of creating and rendering complex lighting setups.
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo by Digital Video for Multimedia Applications
MDVIDEO is a digital video production course that seeks to train the students in the basics of video production and post production – shot size and composition, continuity, basic lighting, basic editing, basic motion graphics and compositing. These fundamentals will be covered within the trimester through a series of lectures, workshops, demonstrations, and projects. Through this course, a student will be equipped and trained to effectively translate and convey messages via the use of motion picture and its accompanying elements.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Exploring Critical Digital Literacy Practices : everyday video in a dual language context by
In this book, Jessica Zacher Pandya examines the everyday videomaking practices of students in a dual language, under-resourced school in order to explore the ways children interrogate their worlds, the kinds of identities they craft, and the language and literacy learning practices that emerge from digital video production. Focusing on vulnerable populations who are often left out of innovative in- and out-of-school digital media projects¿including English language learners, immigrants, and children with special needs¿this book offers an expanded understanding of children¿s critical digital literacy practices, and shows how videomaking in the regular curriculum affords opportunities for redistributive social justice. Weaving together pedagogical, methodological, social, and political concerns into her examination of a real-world context, Pandya offers a practical and informative analysis of making videos in schools; examines the impact of videomaking on students¿ language use and agency; and adds significantly to current theorizations of digital and new literacies.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices Front cover image for Film and video production in the cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
How Video Works : from broadcast to the cloud Front cover image for How video works : from broadcast to the cloud by
How Video Works　raises the curtain on how video is created, scanned, transmitted, stored, compressed, encoded, delivered and streamed to its multitude of destinations. In today's digital world, every content creator--individual as well as network or corporation--must understand the process of how video works in order to deliver not only the best quality video, but a digital video file with the most appropriate specifications for each particular use. This complete guide covers key stages of video development, from image capture to the final stages of delivery and archiving, as well as workflows and new technologies, including Ultra High Definition, metadata, signal monitoring, streaming and managing video files - all presented in an easy to understand way. Whether you are a professional or new video technician discovering the ins and outs of digital distribution, this book has the information you need to succeed. The updated third edition contains: * New sections on image capture as well as streaming and video workflows * A hands-on approach to using digital scopes and monitoring the video signal * Thorough explanations of managing video files, including codecs and wrappers * In-depth coverage of compression, encoding, and metadata * A complete explanation of video and audio standards, including Ultra HD * An overview of video recording and storage formats * A complete glossary of terms for video, audio and broadcast
The Movie making book skills and projects to learn and share by 
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Digital Video for Multimedia Applications
MDVIDEO is a digital video production course that seeks to train the students in the basics of video production and post production – shot size and composition, continuity, basic lighting, basic editing, basic motion graphics and compositing. These fundamentals will be covered within the trimester through a series of lectures, workshops, demonstrations, and projects. Through this course, a student will be equipped and trained to effectively translate and convey messages via the use of motion picture and its accompanying elements.
Corporate Video Production : beyond the board room (and out of the bored room) by
In this updated edition of Corporate Video Production, Stuart Sweetow teaches aspiring and seasoned videographers how to make imaginative corporate videos with eye-catching designs, rhythmic editing tricks, and essential scriptwriting and interview techniques. Readers will learn how to shoot on location or in a studio, work with employees-turned-actors, find new clients, and produce online videos and podcasts for corporations, government agencies, and non-profit organizations. Additionally, this new edition has been updated to include discussion questions, chapter summaries, and professional tips, and to cover live webcasting, mobile devices, shooting in 4K, micro-videos, micro-cameras, and storytelling techniques for corporate social responsibility programs. A companion website features downloadable forms and further resources.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video : production workflows and techniques by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Introduction to Video Production : studio, field, and beyond by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Productionfocuses on the fundamental principles of video production and the technologies used in production. This book discusses video aesthetics, technologies, and production practice in a clear and concise manner. It also emphasizes the importance of teamwork and planning in the production process. Chapters are clearly organized and heavily illustrated, with key terms identified in boldface. With Introduction to Video Production, readers will learn not only how the technology works, but how to work with the technology and with each other.
Video Field Production and Editing by
Video Field Production and Editing concentrates on video techniques and technology appropriate for "small scale" single-camera electronic field production (EFP) and electronic news gathering (ENG). This book offers the latest material on new digital field recording and editing technologies and is written in a concise, non-technical, user-friendly format. Reorganized and updated throughout, with new sections dedicated to HDV (High Definition Video) videotape recording formats, and tapeless digital recording media including high capacity optical discs, solid-state memory cards, and computer hard drives, the book walks the reader through the video production process from initial planning through final editing.
Video Production : disciplines and techniques by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
Video Production Handbook by
This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students, the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras, LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color, highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs.
Introduction to Graphic Design and Multimedia
This course serves as the foundation course for all graphic design and design focused multimedia subjects.
The course introduces the student to the practice of graphic design in the contemporary world; its beginnings in the early 20th century as a field of creative practice in its own right as opposed to advertising; the future it faces in the age of technological and digital advancements; and how these advancements and other social factors have affected the practice of graphic design well beyond how it was intended by its early practitioners. This course also serves as an overview to the various directions that a graphic design practitioner can choose to go to after graduation.
The laboratory component of the course introduces the students to the basic softwares used in the industry, and is taught the importance of the use of the proper software for various design project. An understanding of the differences between these softwares, and more importantly, their application, is shown through hands-on projects that go beyond mere creation but discusses the final output and the consequences of important choices made at the beginning. The student will be taught terms and practices used in the graphic design industry and its various media to prepare him for the higher graphic design subjects.
The Art of Graphic Design by
A revered classic of American design delights anew with the freshness and ingenuity of its approach Bradbury Thompson (1911-1995) remains one of the most admired and influential graphic designers of the twentieth century, having trained a generation of design students while on the faculty of the Yale School of Art for more than thirty years. The art director of Mademoiselle and design director of Art News and Art News Annual in the decades after World War II, Thompson was also a distinguished designer of limited-edition books, postage stamps, rationalized alphabets, corporate identification programs, trademarks, and sacred works (most notably the Washburn College Bible). Thompson also designed more than sixty issues of Westvaco Inspirations, a magazine that was published by the Westvaco Corporation and distributed to thousands of printers, designers, and teachers to show the range and versatility of printing papers. Thompson was especially revered for his ability to adapt classic typography for the modern world. Bradbury Thompson: The Art of Graphic Design is a landmark in the history of fine bookmaking. First published by Yale University Press in 1988 and designed by Thompson himself, it was praised by the New York Times as a book in which "art and design are gloriously and daringly mixed." Original texts by the author and other notable designers, critics, and art historians, including J. Carter Brown, Alvin Eisenman, and Steven Heller, explore Thompson's methods and design philosophy, and a newly commissioned afterword by Jessica Helfand attests to the enduring importance of his work. Both a retrospective and a manifesto, the book surveys Thompson's timeless contributions to American graphic design, including his experimental work and his work in magazines, typography, books, simplified alphabets, and contemporary postage stamps. Published for the first time in paperback, this classic text is now available for a new generation of designers and students. ]]>
Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer : a guide to careers in design by
Begin your graphic design career now, with the guidance ofindustry experts Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer is a singlesource guide to the myriad of options available to those pursuing agraphic design career. With an emphasis on portfolio requirementsand job opportunities, this guide helps both students andindividuals interested in entering the design field prepare forsuccessful careers. Coverage includes design inspiration, designgenres, and design education, with discussion of the specificcareer options available in print, interactive, and motion design.Interviews with leading designers like Michael Bierut, StefanSagmeister, and Mirko Ilic give readers an insider's perspective oncareer trajectory and a glimpse into everyday operations andinspirations at a variety of companies and firms. Design has become a multi-platform activity that involvesaesthetic, creative, and technical expertise. Becoming a Graphicand Digital Designer shows readers that the field once known as"graphic design" is now richer and more inviting than everbefore. Learn how to think like a designer and approach projectssystematically Discover the varied career options available within graphicdesign Gain insight from some of the leading designers in theirfields Compile a portfolio optimized to your speciality of choice Graphic designers' work appears in magazines, advertisements,video games, movies, exhibits, computer programs, packaging,corporate materials, and more. Aspiring designers are sure to findtheir place in the industry, regardless of specific interests.Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer provides a roadmapand compass for the journey, which begins today.
The Fundamentals of Graphic Design by
The book covers key aspects of design, including typography, art direction, production and finishing, environmental design, and self-promotion. It also examines the broader implications of graphic design, including social responsibility, its role in art and its future. The Fundamentals of Graphic Design places graphic design in its socio-historical context, discussing its influences and development. It includes contributions of work from contemporary designers, including Pentagram, Why Not Associates and Studio Myerscough. It is an ideal guide for anyone starting out or seeking a role in the world of graphic design.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
The Graphic Design Idea Book : inspiration from 50 masters by
This book serves as an introduction to the key elements of good design. Broken into sections covering the fundamental elements of design, key works by acclaimed designers serve to illustrate technical points and encourage readers to try out new ideas. Themes covered include form, narrative, color, type and image, ornament, simplicity, and wit and humour. The result is an instantly accessible and easy to understand guide to graphic design using professional techniques.
The Graphic Design Reader by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Graphic Design Solutions by
GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS, 6th EDITION, is the most comprehensive reference on graphic design for print and screen media. It introduces the principles of design and how they apply to the various graphic design disciplines--all explained and illustrated with vivid, professional art and diagrams. Providing a solid foundation for typographic design, advertising design and graphic design, its in-depth coverage includes such topics as design principles, the design process, concept generation, branding and visual identity, design for web and mobile, package design, portfolio development, social media, ad campaigns and more. GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS has everything you need to know to start formulating concepts and creating powerful, effective visual messages.
How To use graphic design to sell things, explain things, make things look better, make people laugh, make people cry, and (every once in a while) change the world by
The first monograph, design manual, and manifesto by Michael Bierut, one of the world's most renowned graphic designers--a career retrospective that showcases more than thirty-five of his most noteworthy projects for clients as the Brooklyn Academy of Music, the Yale School of Architecture, the New York Times, Saks Fifth Avenue, and the New York Jets, and reflects eclectic enthusiasm and accessibility that has been the hallmark of his career. Protégé of design legend Massimo Vignelli and partner in the New York office of the international design firm Pentagram, Michael Bierut has had one of the most varied and successful careers of any living graphic designer, serving a broad spectrum of clients as diverse as Saks Fifth Avenue, Harley-Davidson, the Atlantic Monthly, the William Jefferson Clinton Foundation, Billboard, Princeton University, the New York Jets, the Brooklyn Academy of Music, and the Morgan Library. How to, Bierut's first career retrospective, is a landmark work in the field. Featuring more than thirty-five of his projects, it reveals his philosophy of graphic design--how to use it to sell things, explain things, make things look better, make people laugh, make people cry, and (every once in a while) change the world. Specially chosen to illustrate the breadth and reach of graphic design today, each entry demonstrates Bierut's eclectic approach. In his entertaining voice, the artist walks us through each from start to finish, mixing historic images, preliminary drawings (including full-size reproductions of the notebooks he has maintained for more than thirty-five years), working models and rejected alternatives, as well as the finished work. Throughout, he provides insights into the creative process, his working life, his relationship with clients, and the struggles that any design professional faces in bringing innovative ideas to the world. Offering insight and inspiration for artists, designers, students, and anyone interested in how words, images, and ideas can be put together, How to provides insight to the design process of one of this century's most renowned creative minds.
Introduction to Graphic Design : a guide to thinking, process & style by
For a great foundation as a graphic design student, look no further than Aaris Sherin 's Introduction to Graphic Design. Sherin will introduce you to the formal structure of graphic design, so you can understand and utilise the main techniques of your chosen profession, and learn how they apply to print and screen-based projects. Whether you need to conceptualise a new poster, develop an exciting advertisement, structure an app or create eye-catching signage, chapters can be read in any order you choose, depending on which area you wish to concentrate. Whatever your approach, you 'll be encouraged to use critical thinking, visual exploration and understand the special relationship graphic designers have to creative problem solving. There are also chapters devoted to imagery, color, and typography, using a thematic approach to creative problem-solving. With over 500 images showing examples from international designers, helpful diagrams, highlighted key terms and concepts, Design in Action case studies, exercises and chapter-by-chapter Dos and Don 'ts, Introduction to Graphic Design will give newcomers to graphic design the confidence to give visual form to concepts and ideas.
Sustainable Graphic Design : principles and practices by
There is little appreciation for what happens to graphic design artifacts after their useful life has ended. Sustainable Graphic Design outlines graphic design's relationship to production and consumption, demonstrating how designers can contribute solution-oriented responses to consumption, through tools and methodologies applicable to both education and practice. The book provides an overview of sustainable graphic design, based on global engagement with design's relationship to consumption, and features highly creative work inspired by complex issues and including studies of a variety of visual artifacts, the larger built environment and the very ordinary products of consumption. Presenting cutting-edge work in graphic design from practitioners, educators and students from North America, Northern Europe, Australia and the Far East, the book helps students visualize their future roles engaging with the field in response to ecological concerns, social justice and present systems of design by using extensive case studies of student work with step-by step instructions adapted for use by instructors.
Introduction to Graphic Design and Multimedia
This course serves as the foundation course for all graphic design and design focused multimedia subjects.
The course introduces the student to the practice of graphic design in the contemporary world; its beginnings in the early 20th century as a field of creative practice in its own right as opposed to advertising; the future it faces in the age of technological and digital advancements; and how these advancements and other social factors have affected the practice of graphic design well beyond how it was intended by its early practitioners. This course also serves as an overview to the various directions that a graphic design practitioner can choose to go to after graduation.
The laboratory component of the course introduces the students to the basic softwares used in the industry, and is taught the importance of the use of the proper software for various design project. An understanding of the differences between these softwares, and more importantly, their application, is shown through hands-on projects that go beyond mere creation but discusses the final output and the consequences of important choices made at the beginning. The student will be taught terms and practices used in the graphic design industry and its various media to prepare him for the higher graphic design subjects.
Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer : a guide to careers in design by
Begin your graphic design career now, with the guidance of industry experts Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer is a single source guide to the myriad of options available to those pursuing a graphic design career. With an emphasis on portfolio requirements and job opportunities, this guide helps both students and individuals interested in entering the design field prepare for successful careers. Coverage includes design inspiration, design genres, and design education, with discussion of the specific career options available in print, interactive, and motion design. Interviews with leading designers like Michael Bierut, Stefan Sagmeister, and Mirko Ilic give readers an insider's perspective on career trajectory and a glimpse into everyday operations and inspirations at a variety of companies and firms. Design has become a multi-platform activity that involves aesthetic, creative, and technical expertise. Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer shows readers that the field once known as "graphic design" is now richer and more inviting than ever before. Learn how to think like a designer and approach projects systematically Discover the varied career options available within graphic design Gain insight from some of the leading designers in their fields Compile a portfolio optimized to your speciality of choice Graphic designers' work appears in magazines, advertisements, video games, movies, exhibits, computer programs, packaging, corporate materials, and more. Aspiring designers are sure to find their place in the industry, regardless of specific interests. Becoming a Graphic and Digital Designer provides a roadmap and compass for the journey, which begins today.
Design to Renourish : Sustainable Graphic Design in Practice by
Inspiration is everywhere when you stop to not just smell but watch the roses. Mother Nature's interwoven relationships between all life can serve as a powerful model for graphic designers to create sustainable print and digital work. Design to Renourish is a book for the graphic design professional that helps to integrate sustainability into their workflow through a design process called systems thinking. This process asks the graphic designer to approach a design problem by being more informed and aware of and influenced by the impacts that material and vendor choices have on one another, the planet, and consequently on us. The book not only walks the reader through how to design with Mother Nature as a model, but also offers solutions to the real life challenges of working with the client to create sustainable work. Through ten case studies that feature interviews with international design teams who embrace a sustainable systems methodology, the reader will gain valuable insights on how to design to renourish and improve life on Earth.
Draplin Design Co by
Esquire. Ford Motors. Burton Snowboards. The Obama Administration. While all of these brands are vastly different, they share at least one thing in common: a teeny, little bit of Aaron James Draplin. Draplin is one of the new school of influential graphic designers who combine the power of design, social media, entrepreneurship, and DIY aesthetic to create a successful business and way of life. Pretty Much Everything is a mid-career survey of work, case studies, inspiration, road stories, lists, maps, how-tos, and advice. It includes examples of his work--posters, record covers, logos--and presents the process behind his design with projects like Field Notes and the "Things We Love" State Posters. Draplin also offers valuable advice and hilarious commentary that illustrates how much more goes into design than just what appears on the page. With Draplin's humor and pointed observations on the contemporary design scene, Draplin Design Co. is the complete package for the new generation of designers.
Graphic icons : visionaries who shaped modern graphic design Front cover image for Graphic icons : visionaries who shaped modern graphic design by Learn Adobe Illustrator CC for Graphic Design and Illustration by
This study guide uses text integrated with video to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career in graphics, design, or illustration, and lays the foundation for taking the Illustrator ACA exam. A mix of project-based lessons, practical videos, and regular assessments throughout prepares you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market. Adobe conducted research to identify the foundational skills students need to effectively communicate using digital media tools. Based on feedback from educators, design professionals, businesses, and educational institutions around the world, the objectives cover entry-level skill expectations for each topic. The ACA exams have proved to be highly successful; Adobe reports that the total number of exams taken worldwide has reached one million since 2008. To create this new product, Peachpit and Adobe Press have joined forces with team of outstanding instructors who have a great track record getting students certified: Rob Schwartz and his colleagues at BrainBuffet.com.
Learn Adobe Illustrator CC for graphic design and illustration : Adobe Certified Associate exam preparation by 
White Space Is Not Your Enemy : a beginner's guide to communicating visually through graphic, web & multimedia design by
Designing a brochure or web site without an art background? Step away from the computer and read this breezy introduction to visual communications first. Written for non-designers, White Space is Not Your Enemy is a practical graphic design and layout text introducing the concepts and practices necessary for producing effective visual communications across a variety of formats, from print to Web. This beautifully illustrated, full-color book covers the basics to help you develop your eye and produce attractive work. Topics include: * The basics of effective design that communicates its intended message * Pre-design planning * 13 Layout Sins to avoid * Basic typography * Working with color * Storyboarding for video, Web, and presentions * Information graphics * Mini Art School--all the basics in one chapter * Outputting your work
Typography, Image and Visual Communication
This course introduces the student to the importance of typography and images in visual communication. Type history, important typefaces and creators, and how type creates and affects meaning will be discussed in the first part of the course. The second part deals with how combining images with type affects meaning, including iconography and symbolism in visual design.
The student is introduced to the design and communication process, the importance of the audience in communication, and specific communication theories (semiotics, polysemy, Marxist theory in visual communication, and the role of the “author” in communication) that affect the practice of graphic design.
The laboratory component of the course will reinforce these ideas through various visualization exercises and projects. These exercises and projects are treated and presented as purely formal problems that will focus on visual representation and expressions in visual communication. Experimentation with various media used in the Foundation Studies courses is highly encouraged, not limiting the projects to just computer-generated works to emphasize the idea that content and meaning creation and its corresponding interpretation is not determined by software but by the effectiveness of the idea.
Freehand : new typography sketchbooks by
Steven Heller, the world's foremost graphic-design commentator, and Lita Talarico, design educator, open up designers' personal sketchbooks to provide an intimate look at the creative processes behind typefaces, word-images and logos. Arranged alphabetically by name, the world's most exciting designers and typographers, including Philippe Apeloig, Ed Benguiat, Hoefler Type Foundry, Henrik Kubel, Toshi Omagari and Francesco Zorzi, present a staggering range of unique and exciting ways to communicate through letters and words. Sketchbook pages reveal the designers' creative processes across diverse briefs, concepts, languages and alphabets, from Roman to Cyrillic to Arabic. Aimed at all those who engage creatively with type, whether by hand or on screen, this rich compendium of typographic ideas stresses the importance of typographic thinking at a time when reading habits are evolving, while celebrating the varied and innovative ways that designers practise this time-honoured craft.
Graphic Design for Architects : a manual for visual communication by
Graphic Design for Architects is a handbook of techniques, explanations and examples of graphic design most relevant to architects. The book covers a variety of scales of graphic design, everything from portfolio design and competition boards, to signage and building super-graphics - to address every phase of architectural production.　 This book combines and expands on information typically found in graphic design, information design, and architectural graphics books. As architectural communication increases to include more territory and components of a project, it is important for designers to be knowledgeable about the various ways in which to communicate visually. For instance, signage should be designed as part of the process - not something added at the end of a project; and the portfolio is a manifestation of how the designer works, not just an application to sell a design sensibility. In thinking about architecture as a systematic and visual project, the graphic design techniques outlined in this book will help architects process, organize and structure their work through the lens of visual communication. Each chapter is titled and organized by common architectural modes of communication and production. The chapters speak to architects by directly addressing projects and topics relevant to their work, while the information inside each chapter presents graphic design methods to achieve the architects' work. In this way, readers don't have to search through graphic design books to figure out what's relevant to them - this book provides a complete reference of graphic techniques and methods most useful to architects in getting their work done.
The Little Know-It-All : common sense for designers by
What's a favicon? What's a galley proof? What's a single-page application? This updated edition of Gestalten's popular reference book gives designers practical answers to questions related to their daily work. We email on our smartphones, skype with colleagues around the world, and tweet about our favorite brands. Our work and our play are becoming increasingly digital, but how do these developments affect what creatives do on a daily basis? Because interdisciplinary work has become a matter of course, we need digital know-how. To achieve optimal results, it's essential that a designer can understand a programmer and a community manager knows the steps involved in print production. This updated edition of The Little Know-It-All provides the fundamental information designers need to know to thrive in their growing field of practice. Expanded to include social media, search engine marketing, and mobile devices, it is an indispensable manual of the knowledge currently required of designers as the evolution of media re-defines their role and expands the disciplines in which they must be competent. Divided into the eight chapters Design, Typography, Digital Media, Social Media, Production, Marketing, Law, and Organization, the book offers concise analysis as well as definitions of unique vocabulary. Written for a global audience, it expounds on various international formats and legalities. With its thematic structure and resourceful index, The Little Know-It-All has established itself as a clever and comprehensive collection of essential practical information. Complete with graphics and illustrations supplementing the texts, this updated edition is both a stimulating reference book for students and newcomers and a trusty companion for design and media professionals to use in their everyday work.
The Power and Influence of Illustration : achieving impact and lasting significance through visual communication by
Delving into the rationale behind influential communication, The Power And Influence Of Illustration helps you understand how to work with a message to create convincing illustrations for your audience. Alan Male explains how illustrative imagery can lampoon, shock, insult, threaten, subvert, ridicule, express discontent and proclaim political and religious allegiance. He explores how its tools have been used in the past, and looks at how contemporary illustrators can use their own work to persuade and discusses where the line between persuasion and propaganda lies. These issues are explored using hundreds of full colour images from international artists, both contemporary and historical.
Reinventing Print : technology and craft in typography by
With the rise of digital technology as a design tool and its acceptance as simply part of the tool chest for today's design studios, there has been a re-evaluation and return to exploring pre-digital typography. Design studios no longer flaunt their digital hardware, in fact quite the opposite. This attitudinal change toward digital technology has coincided with a growing fascination and re-evaluation of those pre-digital skills and processes that had been considered in recent years to be irrelevant. Mapping the rise of digital technology and examining the infinite possibilities it offers and the profound cultural and technical influence it has had in all aspects of visual communication. This text also focuses on our current post-digital age, in which the technology itself has become sufficiently common-place for us to fully recognize what it excels at and what it does less well. Reinventing Print focuses on those skills and processes which have been re-appropriated and irreverently liberated by a new generation of typographers, designers, and artists, raised with digital technology in their pockets and forever at their fingertips. In this post-digital age, traditional typographic craft is new, different and therefore exciting, potent and culturally subversive.
Typographic Design : form and communication by
Precise visual communication requires first-rate typography skills Typographic Design: Form and Communication, Sixth Edition is the latest update to the classic typography text that covers all aspects of designing with type. Revised to reflect the shift in graphic design conception and understanding, the book contains a brand-new exploration of typography in media versus typography in motion, and provides the latest information on emerging trends and technology in the design process. Full-color images showcase recent design examples and a companion website features a robust collection of resources for students and instructors. Striking a balance between fundamental information and pivotal new knowledge and ideas, the book provides the perfect basis for engaging new learners as well as seasoned professionals. Typography is the comprehensive design of type, encompassing selection, placement, manipulation, and communication. An integral element of the graphic designer's arsenal, typography skills translate across industry boundaries into print, video, film, television, packaging, advertising, digital design, and more. Typographic Design provides insight, information, and practical instruction for every step in the process, from concept to execution. Topics include: Letterforms, syntax, and legibility Communication and the typographic message Evolution and technology of typography Typographic design processes, and using the grid The book also contains case studies that illustrate the successful use of typography, demonstrating the impact of good type on the overall design, and a listing of type specimens that exhibit good communication through good design. Words are an important part of the human condition, and presentation can have a major impact on the message. Graphic designers must be able to manipulate type to convey precisely what's intended, and Typographic Design is a comprehensive guide to mastery.
Typography by
Typography is the most effective tool that graphic designers use to express ideas and convey a message. The ability to choose the right typeface for the right job, to design readable and legible pages, and to marry type and image to create visually compelling results are skills that every designer must master. This book introduces the student to the basic principles of typography with clear examples from international practitioners, interviews with designers and typographers, plus exercises to reinforce the concepts covered. With its attractive layout, approachable text and skillful use of typography on every spread, the author sets the standard to inspire the beginning student of design.
Typography and Motion Graphics: The 'Reading-Image' by
In his latest book, Michael Betancourt explores the nature and role of typography in motion graphics as a way to consider its distinction from static design using the concept of the 'reading-image' to model the ways that motion typography dramatizes the process of reading and audience recognition of language on-screen. Using both classic and contemporary title sequences--including The Man With the Golden Arm (1955), Alien (1979), Flubber (1998), Six Feet Under (2001), The Number 23 (2007) and Scott Pilgrim vs. The World (2010)--Betancourt develops an argument about what distinguishes motion graphics from graphic design. Moving beyond title sequences, Betancourt also analyzes moving or kinetic typography in logo designs, commercials, film trailers, and information graphics, offering a striking theoretical model for understanding typography in media.
Typography essentials : 100 design principles for working with type by
This completely revised and updated version of Typography Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Working with Type is a hands-on resource, organizing the many complex choices surrounding the effective use of typography.
Visual Communication Design : an introduction to design concepts in everyday experience by
Where do design principles come from? Are they abstract "rules" established by professionals or do they have roots in human experience? And if we encounter these visual phenomena in our everyday lives, how do designers use them to attract our attention, orient our behavior, and create compelling and memorable communication that stands out among the thousands of messages we confront each day? Today's work in visual communication design shifts emphasis from simply designing objects to designing experiences; to crafting form that acknowledges cognitive and cultural influences on interpretation. In response, Meredith Davis and Jamer Hunt provide a new slant on design basics from the perspective of audiences and users. Chapters break down our interactions with communication as a sequence of meaningful episodes, each with related visual concepts that shape the interpretive experience. Explanatory illustrations and professional design examples support definitions of visual concepts and discussions of context. Work spans print, screen, and environmental applications from around the world. This introduction to visual communication design demystifies the foundational concepts that underpin professional design decisions and shape our experiences in a complex visual world.
Typography, Image and Visual Communication
This course introduces the student to the importance of typography and images in visual communication. Type history, important typefaces and creators, and how type creates and affects meaning will be discussed in the first part of the course. The second part deals with how combining images with type affects meaning, including iconography and symbolism in visual design.
The student is introduced to the design and communication process, the importance of the audience in communication, and specific communication theories (semiotics, polysemy, Marxist theory in visual communication, and the role of the “author” in communication) that affect the practice of graphic design.
The laboratory component of the course will reinforce these ideas through various visualization exercises and projects. These exercises and projects are treated and presented as purely formal problems that will focus on visual representation and expressions in visual communication. Experimentation with various media used in the Foundation Studies courses is highly encouraged, not limiting the projects to just computer-generated works to emphasize the idea that content and meaning creation and its corresponding interpretation is not determined by software but by the effectiveness of the idea.
The Aesthetics of Global Protest Visual Culture and Communication by The Art of Type and Typography : explorations in use and practice by
The Art of Type and Typography is an introduction to the art and rules of typography. Incorporating the industry standard--InDesign--for typesetting from the outset, this book serves as a guide for beginning students to learn to set type properly through tutorials, activities, and examples of student work. Encompassing the history of typography from ancient times to widespread modern use, The Art of Type and Typography provides context and fosters creativity while developing key concepts, including: The history of type; Terminology; Classification; Measurement; Spacing; Alignment; Legibility; Hierarchy; Layout and Grids; Page Elements; InDesign tools and style sheets. Writing clearly and to the point, Mary Jo Krysinski brings over 30 years of design experience to this essential guide. With a glossary, sample class activities, additional online resources and a beautiful clean design, this book is the perfect introduction for a beginning typography student, and a handy reference for those needing a refresher.
InDesign type : professional typography with Adobe InDesign Front cover image for InDesign type : professional typography with Adobe InDesign by 
Killer Visual Strategies : engage any audience, improve comprehension, and get amazing results using visual communication by
Discover the foundation, power, and necessity of visual communication with this essential guide Visual communication has changed. It's gone from being an optional medium for relaying information to an important method for building connections and increasing understanding. We now use visual storytelling to help us establish and strengthen relationships, engage distracted audiences, and bring clarity to complexity. Killer Visual Strategies examines how visual communication has transformed how brands connect with their customers and colleagues alike. It looks at the growing audience demand for quality visual content and how organizations must meet this demand or risk being left behind. Killer Visual Strategies traces the history of visual communication and explores why it now plays an integral role in our daily lives. As Amy Balliett tells the story of this evolving medium, she naturally incorporates visuals, such as timelines and data visualizations throughout. In addition to providing actionable rules to follow for creating high-impact visual content, Balliett also explores the latest trends, including visual search, augmented reality (AR), and virtual reality (VR). Then, she looks forward to what lies ahead in this dynamic field. The book's topics can benefit readers in a range of professions where visual content is now vital to sharing a message. Learn best practices for visual communication Gain inspiration from countless visual examples Stay on top of the latest trends in visual communication Understand visual communication for marketing, sales, design, HR, and more Killer Visual Strategies provides a clearer picture of the evolution of visual communication as a fundamental part of how a story is told.
Learn Adobe Photoshop CC for visual communication : Adobe certified associate exam preparation by 
Lessons in Typography : must-know typographic principles presented through lessons, exercises, and examples by
Get hands on with type in this lesson-based addition to Jim Krause's popular new Creative Core series on design fundamentals. In Lessons in Typography, you'll learn the basics of identifying, choosing, and using typefaces and immediately put that knowledge to work through a collection of exercises designed to deepen and expand your typographic skills. After a crash course in type terminology, you're encouraged to walk the talk with lessons and exercises on creating type-based logos, crafting personal emblems, choosing and using the right fonts for layouts, designing your own fonts, fine-tuning text like a professional, hand lettering, and more. Krause uses practical advice, humor, and page after page of visual examples to give you a complete education in designing with type that you can read in a matter of hours and continue to learn from over the course of your career. In Lessons in Typography, you'll learn how to: Identify and discuss fonts like a design professional Choose and combine fonts effectively for use in your projects and layouts Create monograms and logos using existing typefaces and custom-built letterforms Modify fonts to meet your design's specific needs Space letters properly using tracking, kerning, and leading and create eye-pleasing layouts Lessons in Typography is the third book in the New Riders Creative Core series, which provides instruction on the fundamental concepts and techniques that all designers must master to become skilled professionals. Additional titles in the series include Visual Design and Color for Designers.
Studying Visual Communication by
"Worth had courage and originality enough not to take pictures for granted, but thought and struggled with some of the most difficult problems that cinematographers (and researchers in visual media) are faced with."--Edward T. Hall One of the central figures in the development of the study of visual communication, Sol Worth (1922-1977) was a filmmaker and painter before he turned to academic pursuits. He began with the question of how film could be understood and studied as a medium of communication and from there he moved on to the larger and more profound questions about the nature of visual media in general and the role that visual images play in shaping and constructing reality. Worth's pioneering work with Navajo filmmakers broadened our understanding of visual perception and communication even as it presented anthropologists with a means to achieve one of their most cherished goals: somehow to see the world through the eyes of their informants. The papers in this volume trace the development of Worth's thinking and research as he outlined the problems and issues that must be faced in the study of visual communication. He went further than anyone else in setting the intellectual agenda for the field, drawing upon such diverse disciplines as anthropology, sociology, psychology, linguistics, and semiotics. His broader interests are reflected in several papers that apply to problems and concerns of a more practical nature. Among them is Worth's innovative paper on the use of film in education. Worth's contributions to the serious task of understanding the role and potential of visual media and visual communication extend far beyond the intellectual realms of theory and speculation. Indeed, they speak clearly to issues facing all of us in a world that is so much shaped by visual communication.
Graphic Communication and Digital Media
This course builds on the different ideas introduced in MGRAPH2, and focuses on various design problems that the graphic designer faces in the world today. Formation of meaning and the importance of research, coming up with a solution and its expression through visual design is discussed and investigated through problems that range from branding, including identity creation and its application and various iterations; meaning-creation through type and image, and applied to specific print media like the poster or book cover; and the element of time and space added to type and image in multimedia projects that combine all of these to add layers of meaning and experience. Importance is given on original creations, from images, text, and other content included in the projects; to original ideas and solutions for existing design problems. Stylistic graphic expression throughout the decades will also be discussed, starting from the pre-modernist period, modernist, and post-modernist schools of thought, as well as contemporary graphic styles that shape and influence the practice.
The laboratory component of the course will focus on the various media that graphic designers use nowadays in visual expression. Emphasis will be given on the multi-media/vari-media approach on the application of an idea, investigating the strengths and weaknesses of each medium and using each to the fullest. The students will learn to work together as a team in coming up with solutions to the given design problems.
100 Classic Graphic Design Journals by
100 Classic Graphic Design Journals surveys a unique collection of the most influential magazines devoted to graphic design, advertising, and typography. These journals together span over 100 years of the history of print design and chart the rise of graphic design from a necessary sideline to the printing industry to an autonomous creative profession. Each magazine is generously illustrated with a large selection of spreads and covers. A descriptive text based, where possible, on interviews with editors, designers, and publishers is also included for each magazine alongside comprehensively researched bibliographic material. The magazines featured cover a range of industries and eras, from advertising (Publimondial, La Pubblicità Italiana), posters (Das Plakat, Affiche), and typography (Typografische Monatsblätter, Typographica), to Art Nouveau (Bradley, His Book), Modernist design (Neue Grafik, ULM) and Post-Modern and contemporary graphics (Emigre, It's Nice That). These 100 journals offer an invaluable resource to historians and students of graphic design, and a rich seam of visual research and inspiration for graphic designers.
The AIGA Guide to Careers in Graphic and Communication Design by
What graphic design is, what designers need to know, and who becomes a designer have all evolved as the computer went from being a tool to also becoming our primary medium for communication. How jobs are advertised and how prospective candidates communicate with prospective employers have changed as well, as has the culture and context for many workplaces, requiring new approaches for how to find your first (and last) position. Through clear prose, a broad survey of contexts where designers find themselves in the present day, and interviews with designers, The AIGA Guide to Careers in Graphic and Communication Design is an invaluable resource for finding your place in this quickly changing and growing field. The book includes interviews with over 40 designers at all levels working in-house and out-of-house in studios, consultancies, or alone, including: Nicholas Blechman, The New Yorker; Rob Giampietro, Google; Njoki Gitahi, IDEO; Hilary Greenbaum, Whitney Museum; Holly Gressley, Vox Media; Cemre Güngör, Facebook; Natasha Jen, Pentagram; Renda Morton, The New York Times; and Alisa Wolfson, Leo Burnett Worldwide.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
The Graphic Design Idea Book : inspiration from 50 masters by
This book serves as an introduction to the key elements of good design. Broken into sections covering the fundamental elements of design, key works by acclaimed designers serve to illustrate technical points and encourage readers to try out new ideas. Themes covered include form, narrative, color, type and image, ornament, simplicity, and wit and humour. The result is an instantly accessible and easy to understand guide to graphic design using professional techniques.
The Graphic Design Reader by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Graphic Design Solutions by
GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS, 6th EDITION, is the most comprehensive reference on graphic design for print and screen media. It introduces the principles of design and how they apply to the various graphic design disciplines--all explained and illustrated with vivid, professional art and diagrams. Providing a solid foundation for typographic design, advertising design and graphic design, its in-depth coverage includes such topics as design principles, the design process, concept generation, branding and visual identity, design for web and mobile, package design, portfolio development, social media, ad campaigns and more. GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS has everything you need to know to start formulating concepts and creating powerful, effective visual messages.
Layout for Graphic Designers : an introduction by
Layout for graphic design concerns the arrangement of text and images on a page. How these elements are positioned, both in relation to one another, and within the overall design scheme, will affect how content is viewed and received. Whether in print or online, it is key to powerful visual communication. Layout for Graphic Designers provides visual arts students with a theoretical and practical underpinning of this design subject. Packed with over 200 examples from key contemporary practices, and fully illustrated with clear diagrams and inspiring imagery, it offers an essential exploration of the subject. This third edition has been updated to include 25 new images and 6 new case studies from Lundgren + Lindqvist, TwoPoints.Net, Bruce Mau Design, Non-Format, Mind Design and Plau.
Star Wars Super Graphic : a visual guide to a galaxy far, far away by
Graphic design guru Tim Leong presents Star Wars trivia in an all-new way - through playful pie charts, bar graphs, and other data-driven infographics. From a Venn diagram of Yoda's idiosyncrasies to an organizational chart of the empire, Star Wars Super Graphic shines a new light on the much-adored universe. Equal parts playful and informative, this visual love letter to the vast Star Wars universe will enchant fans of all ages.
Visual Communication Design : an introduction to design concepts in everyday experience by
Where do design principles come from? Are they abstract "rules" established by professionals or do they have roots in human experience? And if we encounter these visual phenomena in our everyday lives, how do designers use them to attract our attention, orient our behavior, and create compelling and memorable communication that stands out among the thousands of messages we confront each day? Today's work in visual communication design shifts emphasis from simply designing objects to designing experiences; to crafting form that acknowledges cognitive and cultural influences on interpretation. In response, Meredith Davis and Jamer Hunt provide a new slant on design basics from the perspective of audiences and users. Chapters break down our interactions with communication as a sequence of meaningful episodes, each with related visual concepts that shape the interpretive experience. Explanatory illustrations and professional design examples support definitions of visual concepts and discussions of context. Work spans print, screen, and environmental applications from around the world. This introduction to visual communication design demystifies the foundational concepts that underpin professional design decisions and shape our experiences in a complex visual world.
Graphic Communication and Digital Media
This course builds on the different ideas introduced in MGRAPH2, and focuses on various design problems that the graphic designer faces in the world today. Formation of meaning and the importance of research, coming up with a solution and its expression through visual design is discussed and investigated through problems that range from branding, including identity creation and its application and various iterations; meaning-creation through type and image, and applied to specific print media like the poster or book cover; and the element of time and space added to type and image in multimedia projects that combine all of these to add layers of meaning and experience. Importance is given on original creations, from images, text, and other content included in the projects; to original ideas and solutions for existing design problems. Stylistic graphic expression throughout the decades will also be discussed, starting from the pre-modernist period, modernist, and post-modernist schools of thought, as well as contemporary graphic styles that shape and influence the practice.
The laboratory component of the course will focus on the various media that graphic designers use nowadays in visual expression. Emphasis will be given on the multi-media/vari-media approach on the application of an idea, investigating the strengths and weaknesses of each medium and using each to the fullest. The students will learn to work together as a team in coming up with solutions to the given design problems.
Communications Writing and Design by
Communications Writing and Design is an integrated, project-based introduction to effective writing and design across the persuasive domains of communication. Build a strong foundation of core writing and design skills using professionally-designed examples that illustrate and reinforce key principles Readers learn and analyze techniques by creating 15 projects in marketing, advertising, PR, and social media with the help of strategy suggestions, practical tips, and professional production techniques Written by an experienced professional and teacher, with a focus on the cross-disciplinary nature of contemporary communication work Learning is reinforced through a variety of pedagogical features: learning objectives, helpful mnemonics, real-life projects and applications, chapter references for further study, and end-of-chapter summaries and exercises A companion website with multimedia slides, exam questions, learning videos, and design guides provides additional learning tools for students and instructors
Design to Renourish : Sustainable Graphic Design in Practice by
Inspiration is everywhere when you stop to not just smell but watch the roses. Mother Nature's interwoven relationships between all life can serve as a powerful model for graphic designers to create sustainable print and digital work. Design to Renourish is a book for the graphic design professional that helps to integrate sustainability into their workflow through a design process called systems thinking. This process asks the graphic designer to approach a design problem by being more informed and aware of and influenced by the impacts that material and vendor choices have on one another, the planet, and consequently on us. The book not only walks the reader through how to design with Mother Nature as a model, but also offers solutions to the real life challenges of working with the client to create sustainable work. Through ten case studies that feature interviews with international design teams who embrace a sustainable systems methodology, the reader will gain valuable insights on how to design to renourish and improve life on Earth.
Learn Adobe Illustrator CC for Graphic Design and Illustration by
This study guide uses text integrated with video to help you gain real-world skills that will get you started in your career in graphics, design, or illustration, and lays the foundation for taking the Illustrator ACA exam. A mix of project-based lessons, practical videos, and regular assessments throughout prepares you for an entry-level position in a competitive job market. Adobe conducted research to identify the foundational skills students need to effectively communicate using digital media tools. Based on feedback from educators, design professionals, businesses, and educational institutions around the world, the objectives cover entry-level skill expectations for each topic. The ACA exams have proved to be highly successful; Adobe reports that the total number of exams taken worldwide has reached one million since 2008. To create this new product, Peachpit and Adobe Press have joined forces with team of outstanding instructors who have a great track record getting students certified: Rob Schwartz and his colleagues at BrainBuffet.com.
Signage and Wayfinding Design : a complete guide to creating environmental graphic design systems by
A new edition of the market-leading guide to signage and wayfinding design This new edition of Signage and Wayfinding Design: A Complete Guide to Creating Environmental Graphic Design Systems has been fully updated to offer you the latest, most comprehensive coverage of the environmental design process--from research and design development to project execution. Utilizing a cross-disciplinary approach that makes the information relevant to architects, interior designers, landscape architects, graphic designers, and industrial designers alike, the book arms you with the skills needed to apply a standard, proven design process to large and small projects in an efficient and systematic manner. Environmental graphic design is the development of a visually cohesive graphic communication system for a given site within the built environment. Increasingly recognized as a contributor to well-being, safety, and security, EGD also extends and reinforces the brand experience. Signage and Wayfinding Design provides you with Chris Calori's proven "Signage Pyramid" method, which makes solving complex design problems in a comprehensive signage program easier than ever before. Features full-color design throughout with 100+ new images from real-world projects Provides an in-depth view of design thinking applied to the EGD process Explains the holistic development of sign information, graphic, and hardware systems. Outlines the latest sign material, lighting, graphic application, and digital communication technologies Highlights code and updated ADA considerations If you're a design professional tasked with communicating meaningful information in the built environment, this vital resource has you covered.
White Space Is Not Your Enemy : a beginner's guide to communicating visually through graphic, web & multimedia design by
White Space Is Not Your Enemy is a practical graphic design and layout guide that introduces concepts and practices necessary for producing effective visual communication across a variety of formats--from web to print. Sections on Gestalt theory, color theory, and WET layout are expanded to offer more in-depth content on those topics. This new edition features new covering current trends in web design--Mobile-first, UI/UX design, and web typography--and how they affect a designer's approach to a project. The entire book will receive an update using new examples and images that show a more diverse set of graphics that go beyond print and web and focus on tablet, mobile and advertising designs.
Interface Design for Multimedia Applications
Many technological innovations rely upon User Interface Design to elevate their technical complexity to a usable product. Technology alone may not win user acceptance and subsequent marketability. The User Experience, or how the user experiences the end product, is the key to acceptance. And that is where User Interface Design enters the design process.
Thus, MINTER1 class is designed to harness the full potential of the multimedia designer’s ability to pool together design principles learned in the previous subjects and conceptualization skills to produce an effective user interface that will make their websites and interactive digital media visually appealing but also user acceptable.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Digital Media by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Interaction Design by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Making Media by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Multimedia demystified by
"This practical guide provides a background on multimedia, and then delves into the elements that make up a successful multimedia project. You'll learn about software and hardware tools, digital photography, sound editing, web authoring with HTML, vector graphics, file formats, computer animation, and much more. Detailed examples and concise explanations make it easy to understand the material, and end-of-chapter quizzes and a final exam help reinforce key concepts"-- Provided by publisher.
Multimedia Foundations by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, visual communication, and graphic design. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundationstrains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. Companion website features a wealth of web resources, illustrations, and video tutorials demonstrating the key techniques presented in the book.
Multimedia Ontology by
The result of more than 15 years of collective research, Multimedia Ontology: Representation and Applications provides a theoretical foundation for understanding the nature of media data and the principles involved in its interpretation. The book presents a unified approach to recent advances in multimedia and explains how a multimedia ontology can fill the semantic gap between concepts and the media world. It relays real-life examples of implementations in different domains to illustrate how this gap can be filled. The book contains information that helps with building semantic, content-based search and retrieval engines and also with developing vertical application-specific search applications. It guides you in designing multimedia tools that aid in logical and conceptual organization of large amounts of multimedia data. As a practical demonstration, it showcases multimedia applications in cultural heritage preservation efforts and the creation of virtual museums. The book describes the limitations of existing ontology techniques in semantic multimedia data processing, as well as some open problems in the representations and applications of multimedia ontology. As an antidote, it introduces new ontology representation and reasoning schemes that overcome these limitations. The long, compiled efforts reflected in Multimedia Ontology: Representation and Applications are a signpost for new achievements and developments in efficiency and accessibility in the field.
PHP, MySQL, and Javascript by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
Interface Design for Multimedia Applications
Many technological innovations rely upon User Interface Design to elevate their technical complexity to a usable product. Technology alone may not win user acceptance and subsequent marketability. The User Experience, or how the user experiences the end product, is the key to acceptance. And that is where User Interface Design enters the design process.
Thus, MINTER1 class is designed to harness the full potential of the multimedia designer’s ability to pool together design principles learned in the previous subjects and conceptualization skills to produce an effective user interface that will make their websites and interactive digital media visually appealing but also user acceptable.
Interactivity, Game Creation, Design, Learning, and Innovation by
This book constitutes the proceedings of two conferences: The 5th International Conference on ArtsIT, Interactivity and Game Creation (ArtsIT 2016) and the First International Conference on Design, Learning and Innovation (DLI 2016). ArtsIT is reflecting trends in the expanding field of digital art, interactive art, and how game creation is considered an art form. The decision was made to augment the title of ArtsIT to be in future known as "The International Conference on Interactivity, Game Creation, Design, Learning, and Innovation". The event was hosted in Esbjerg, Denmark in May 2016 and attracted 76 submissions from which 34 full papers were selected for publication in this book. The papers represent a forum for the dissemination of cutting-edge research results in the area of arts, design and technology.
Emerging technologies for education by
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-workshop proceedings of the First International Symposium, SETE 2016, held in conjunction with ICWL 2016, Rome, Italy, in October 2016. The 81 revised papers, 59 full and 22 short ones, were carefully reviewed and selected from 139 submission. They cover latest findings in various areas, such as emerging technologies for open access to education and learning; emerging technologies supported personalized and adaptive learning; emerging technologies support for intelligent tutoring; emerging technologies support for game-based and joyful learning; emerging technologies of pedagogical issues; emerging technologies for affective learning and emerging technologies for tangible learning.
Entertainment computing by
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Entertainment Computing, ICEC 2016, held in Vienna, Austria, in September 2016. The 16 full papers, 13 short papers, and 2 posters presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 46 submissions. The multidisciplinary nature of entertainment computing is reflected by the papers. They are organized in the following topical sections: games for health, learning, and social change; use and evaluation of digital entertainment; and entertainment technology.
Frontier Computing by
This volume contains the proceedings of the 4th InternationalConference on Frontier Computing (FC 2015), Bangkok, Thailand, September9-11, 2015, and brings together state-of-the-art results covering many aspectsof emerging computer science and information technology from internationalacademic and industrial researchers. FC 2015 aimed at providing an open forum to reach acomprehensive understanding of the recent advances and developing trends ininformation technology, computer science and engineering, with themes under thescope of communication networks, business intelligence and knowledge management,web intelligence, and any related fields that prompt the development ofinformation technology. Contributions cover a wide spectrum of topics:database and data mining, networking and communications, web and internet ofthings, embedded system, soft computing, social network analysis, security andprivacy, optics communication, and ubiquitous/pervasive computing. Many papershave shown great academic potential and value, and in addition indicatepromising directions of research in the focused realm of this conferenceseries. Readers, including students,researchers, and industry professionals, will benefit from the resultspresented in this book, and it provides indicators for emerging trends forthose starting their research careers.
Human-Computer Interaction. Theory, Design, Development and Practice by
The 3-volume set LNCS 9731, 9732, and 9733 constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 18th International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, HCII 2016, held in Toronto, ON, Canada, in July 2016. The total of 1287 papers and 186 posters presented at the HCII 2016 conferences and were carefully reviewed and selected from 4354 submissions. The papers thoroughly cover the entire field of Human-Computer Interaction, addressing major advances in knowledge and effective use of computers in a variety of application areas. The volumes constituting the full 27-volume set of the conference proceedings.
Intelligent Technologies for Interactive Entertainment by
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Intelligent technologies for Interactive Entertainment, INTETAIN 2016, held in Utrecht, The Netherlands, in June 2016. The 19 full papers, 5 short and 6 workshop papers were selected from 49 submissions and present novel interactive techniques and their application in entertainment, education, culture and art. The papers are grouped in six thematic sessions: serious games, novel applications and tools, exertion games, persuasion and motivation, interaction technologies and game studies.
Leap Motion for Developers by
Develop apps and games using the Leap Motion sensor. This book starts with a brief introduction to Leap Motion, then covers getting the Leap Motion working and setting up a Leap Motion development environment. Leap Motion for Developers also covers the life cycle of how you interact with Leap Motion and the workflow of making a complete app. You'll see how to use different programming languages for simple and steady development. The next part of the book walks through the basics of Leap Motion with Python and Java. We will then work on using Leap Motion with Unity, where we will build an app using Unity and then add different functionality to it. In the last part we cover Unreal 4, Processing, and JavaScript for Leap Motion. What You Will Learn Look at the basics of Leap Motion Develop apps for the Leap Motion sensor See how different languages work with Leap Motion Discover the future of Leap Motion Who This Book Is For Students, developers, game developers, and tech enthusiasts.
Mobile web and intelligent information systems : 13th International Conference, MobiWis 2016, Vienna, Austria, August 22-24, 2016, Proceedings by
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Mobile Web and Intelligent Information Systems, MobiWIS 2016, held in Vienna, Austria, in August 2016. The 36 papers presented in this volume were carefully reviewed and selected from 98 submissions. They were organization in topical sections named: mobile Web - practice and experience; advanced Web and mobile systems; security of mobile applications; mobile and wireless networking; mobile applications and wearable devices; mobile Web and applications; personalization and social networks.
Next generation computer animation techniques by
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-conference proceedings of the Third International Workshop on Next Generation Computer Animation Techniques, AniNex 2017, held in Bournemouth, UK, in June 2017. The workshop was held in conjunction with the 11th International Conference on E-Learning and Games, Edutainment 2017. The 17 full papers presented in this volume were carefully reviewed and selected from 27 submissions. The papers are structured according to the four main themes: simulation and rendering for computer animation; character modeling and dynamics; user centered design and modeling; computer animation systems and virtual reality based applications.
Serious Games, Interaction and Simulation by
This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-conference proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Serious Games, Interaction and Simulation, SGAMES 2016, held in Porto, Portugal, in June 2016. The 19 revised full papers presented together with 2 keynote papers and an editorial introduction were carefully reviewed and selected from all the submissions. The papers cover areas like cognition, psychology, technology-enhanced education, evaluation and assessment, multimedia and information technology and feature new scientific approaches and results from experiments and real-life applications.
Virtual, augmented and mixed reality by
This volume constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 8th International Conference on HCI in Virtual, Augmented and Mixed Reality, VAMR 2016, held as part of the 18th International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, HCII 2016, which took place in Toronto, Canada, in July 2016. HCII 2016 received a total of 4354 submissions, of which 1287 papers were accepted for publication after a careful reviewing process. The 70 papers presented in this volume are organized in topical sections named: Usability, User Experience and Design in VAMR, Perception, Cognition, Psychology and Behaviour in VAMR, Multimodal Interaction in VAMR, Novel Devices and Technologies in VAMR, VAMR Applications in Aviation, Space and the Military, Medicine, Health and Well-Being Applications of VAMR, VAMR in Industry, Design and Engineering, Novel Virtual Environments.
Introduction to Multimedia Programming
Introduction to Multimedia Programming is a course that aims to enable multimedia arts students to develop solutions/algorithms for problems related to multimedia programming. Solutions to be developed will be in the form of flowcharts, pseudo-codes, and scripts. The course prepares students for MMA courses like interactive authoring, web development, and other elective courses that involve programming/scripting.
The problems and cases to be given shall enable students to learn the basic programming constructs and know how to use and organize them into simple and yet, structured solutions. Discussions and activities will always tackle objects and how to manipulate their properties (OOP). The deliverables of this course include flowcharts, structured-English codes, and an interactive project (navigation menu) using any or combination of lingo, and java.
Beginning Programming with C++ for Dummies by
Learn to program with C++ quickly with this helpful ForDummies guide Beginning Programming with C++ For Dummies, 2ndEdition gives you plain-English explanations of the fundamentalprinciples of C++, arming you with the skills and know-how toexpertly use one of the world's most popular programming languages.You'll explore what goes into creating a program, how to put thepieces together, learn how to deal with standard programmingchallenges, and much more. Written by the bestselling author of C++ For Dummies,this updated guide explores the basic development concepts andtechniques of C++ from a beginner's point of view, and helps makesense of the how and why of C++ programming from the ground up.Beginning with an introduction to how programming languagesfunction, the book goes on to explore how to work with integerexpressions and character expressions, keep errors out of yourcode, use loops and functions, divide your code into modules, andbecome a functional programmer. Grasp C++ programming like a pro, even if you've never writtena line of code Master basic development concepts and techniques in C++ Get rid of bugs and write programs that work Find all the code from the book and an updated C++ compiler onthe companion website If you're a student or first-time programmer looking to masterthis object-oriented programming language, Beginning Programmingwith C++ For Dummies, 2nd Edition has youcovered.
Beginning Programming with Java for Dummies by
Learn to speak the Java language like the pros Are you new to programming and have decided that Java is your language of choice? Are you a wanna-be programmer looking to learn the hottest lingo around? Look no further! Beginning Programming with Java For Dummies, 5th Edition is the easy-to-follow guide you'll want to keep in your back pocket as you work your way toward Java mastery! In plain English, it quickly and easily shows you what goes into creating a program, how to put the pieces together, ways to deal with standard programming challenges, and so much more. Whether you're just tooling around or embarking on a career, this is the ideal resource you'll turn to again and again as you perfect your understanding of the nuances of this popular programming language. Packed with tons of step-by-step instruction, this is the only guide you need to start programming with Java like a pro. Updated for Java 9, learn the language with samples and the Java toolkit Familiarize yourself with decisions, conditions, statements, and information overload Differentiate between loops and arrays, objects and classes, methods, and variables Find links to additional resources Once you discover the joys of Java programming, you might just find you're hooked. Sound like fun? Here's the place to start.
C# 2012 for Programmers by
The professional programmer''s Deitel® guide tonbsp; C# 2012 and object-oriented development fornbsp; Windows® 7 and Windows® 8 nbsp; Written for programmers with a background in high-level language programming, this book applies the Deitel signature live-code approach to teaching programming and explores Microsoft''s C# 2012 and .NET 4.5 in depth. The book presents the concepts in the context of fully tested apps, complete with syntax shading,nbsp; code highlighting, code walkthroughs and program outputs. You''ll work through 200+ complete C# apps with 15,000+ lines of proven C# code and hundreds of savvy software-development tips. nbsp; Start with an introduction to C# using an early classes and objects approach, then rapidly move on to more advanced topics, including LINQ, asynchronous programming with async and await,nbsp; Windows® 8 UI and WPF graphics and multimedia, web services, Windows® Phone 8, Windows Azure(tm) and more. You''ll enjoy the treatment of object-oriented programming and an OOD/UML® ATM case study, including a complete C# implementation. When you''re finished, you''ll have everything you need to build industrial-strength, object-oriented C# apps. nbsp; Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel are the founders of Deitel & Associates, Inc.,nbsp; the internationally recognized programming languages authoring and corporate-training organization. Millions of people worldwide have used Deitel books, LiveLessons video training and online resource centers to master C#, .NET, Visual Basic®, C++, Visual C++®, C, Java(tm), Android(tm) app development, iOS® app development, Internet and web programming, JavaScript®, XML, Perl®, Python and more. nbsp; nbsp; nbsp; Practical, example-rich coverage of: *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; .NET, Types, Arrays, Exception Handling *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; LINQ, Object/Collection Initializers *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; Objects, Classes, Inheritance,nbsp; Polymorphism *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; Industrial-Strength, C#-Based Object-Oriented Design/UML® ATM Case Study *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; WinForms, WPF, Windows® 8 UI, XAML, Event Handling, Visual C# Debugging *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; WPF and Windows® 8 Graphicsnbsp; and Multimedia *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; Windows® Phone 8, Cloud Computing with Windows Azure(tm), Asynchronous Programming with async and await *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; Generic Collections, Methods and Classes *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; XML, LINQ to XML and LINQ to Entities *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; ASP.NET and ASP.NET Ajax *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; Web Forms, Web Controls *nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp; WCF REST-Based Web Services and more. nbsp; nbsp; Visit www.deitel.com For information on Deitel''s Dive Into® Seriesnbsp; programming trainingnbsp;courses delivered at organizations worldwide visit www.deitel.com/trainingnbsp;or write to deitel@deitel.com Download code examples Join the Deitel social networking communities on Facebook®nbsp; atnbsp;facebook.com/DeitelFan, Twitter® @deitel, Google+(tm) atnbsp;nbsp;gplus.to/deitel and LinkedIn®nbsp; at bit.ly/DeitelLinkedIn. To receive updates for this book, subscribe to the Deitel® Buzz Online e-mail newsletter at www.deitel.com/newsletter/ subscribe.html nbsp; nbsp;
Functional Programming for Dummies by
Your guide to the functional programming paradigm Functional programming mainly sees use in math computations, including those used in Artificial Intelligence and gaming. This programming paradigm makes algorithms used for math calculations easier to understand and provides a concise method of coding algorithms by people who aren't developers. Current books on the market have a significant learning curve because they're written for developers, by developers--until now. Functional Programming for Dummies explores the differences between the pure (as represented by the Haskell language) and impure (as represented by the Python language) approaches to functional programming for readers just like you. The pure approach is best suited to researchers who have no desire to create production code but do need to test algorithms fully and demonstrate their usefulness to peers. The impure approach is best suited to production environments because it's possible to mix coding paradigms in a single application to produce a result more quickly. Functional Programming For Dummies uses this two-pronged approach to give you an all-in-one approach to a coding methodology that can otherwise be hard to grasp. Learn pure and impure when it comes to coding Dive into the processes that most functional programmers use to derive, analyze and prove the worth of algorithms Benefit from examples that are provided in both Python and Haskell Glean the expertise of an expert author who has written some of the market-leading programming books to date If you're ready to massage data to understand how things work in new ways, you've come to the right place!
How to Design Programs : an introduction to programming and computing by
A completely revised edition, offering new design recipes for interactive programs and support for images as plain values, testing, event-driven programming, and even distributed programming. This introduction to programming places computer science at the core of a liberal arts education. Unlike other introductory books, it focuses on the program design process, presenting program design guidelines that show the reader how to analyze a problem statement, how to formulate concise goals, how to make up examples, how to develop an outline of the solution, how to finish the program, and how to test it. Because learning to design programs is about the study of principles and the acquisition of transferable skills, the text does not use an off-the-shelf industrial language but presents a tailor-made teaching language. For the same reason, it offers DrRacket, a programming environment for novices that supports playful, feedback-oriented learning. The environment grows with readers as they master the material in the book until it supports a full-fledged language for the whole spectrum of programming tasks. This second edition has been completely revised. While the book continues to teach a systematic approach to program design, the second edition introduces different design recipes for interactive programs with graphical interfaces and batch programs. It also enriches its design recipes for functions with numerous new hints. Finally, the teaching languages and their IDE now come with support for images as plain values, testing, event-driven programming, and even distributed programming.
Java for Dummies® by
The top-selling beginning Java book is now fully updated! As an unstoppably platform-independent, object-oriented programming language, Java is used for developing web and mobile applications. In this up-to-date bestselling book, veteran author Barry Burd shows you how to create basic Java objects and clearly explains when you should simply reuse existing code. Explores how the new version of Java offers more robust functionality and new features such as closures to keep Java competitive with more syntax-friendly languages like Python and Ruby Covers object-oriented programming basics with Java, code reuse, the essentials of creating a Java program using the new JDK 7, creating basic Java objects, and new Eclipse features Features a companion website that offers all code from the book and bonus chapters Java For Dummies, 6th Edition gets you started with creating Java applications quickly and easily.
Java Programming by
Discover the power of Java� for developing applications today when you trust the engaging, hands-on approach in Farrell's JAVA PROGRAMMING, 9E. Even if you're a first-time programmer, JAVA PROGRAMMING can show you how to quickly start developing useful programs, all while still mastering the basic principles of structured and object-oriented programming. Unique, reader-friendly explanations and meaningful programming exercises emphasize business applications and game creation while useful debugging exercises and contemporary case problems further expand your understanding. Additional digital learning resources within MindTap provide interactive learning tools as well as coding IDE (Integrated Development Environment) labs for practicing and expanding your skills.
Java Programming by
Discover the power of Java for developing applications with the engaging, hands-on approach in Farrell's JAVA PROGRAMMING, 8E. With this book, even first-time programmers can quickly develop useful programs while learning the basic principles of structured and object-oriented programming. The text incorporates the latest version of Java with a reader-friendly presentation and meaningful real-world exercises that highlight new Java strengths. Updated Programming Exercises and a wealth of case problems help you build skills critical for ongoing programming success. You can find additional tools to strengthen your Java programming success with the optional CourseMate that includes a wealth of interactive teaching and learning tools and unique Video Quizzes created by the book's author.
Learning Processing by
Learning Processing, Second Edition, is a friendly start-up guide to Processing, a free, open-source alternative to expensive software and daunting programming languages. Requiring no previous experience, this book is for the true programming beginner. It teaches the basic building blocks of programming needed to create cutting-edge graphics applications including interactive art, live video processing, and data visualization. Step-by-step examples, thorough explanations, hands-on exercises, and sample code, supports your learning curve. A unique lab-style manual, the book gives graphic and web designers, artists, and illustrators of all stripes a jumpstart on working with the Processing programming environment by providing instruction on the basic principles of the language, followed by careful explanations of select advanced techniques. The book has been developed with a supportive learning experience at its core. From algorithms and data mining to rendering and debugging, it teaches object-oriented programming from the ground up within the fascinating context of interactive visual media. This book is ideal for graphic designers and visual artists without programming background who want to learn programming. It will also appeal to students taking college and graduate courses in interactive media or visual computing, and for self-study.
PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
Python by
This book is an introduction to programming concepts that uses Python 3 as the target language. It follows a practical just-in-time presentation - material is given to the student when it is needed. Many examples will be based on games, because Python has become the language of choice for basic game development. Designed as a Year One textbook for introduction to programming classes or for the hobbyist who wants to learn the fundamentals of programming, the text assumes no programming experience. Features: * Introduces programming concepts that use Python 3 * Includes many examples based on video game development * 4-color throughout with game demos on the companion files
Introduction to Multimedia Programming
Introduction to Multimedia Programming is a course that aims to enable multimedia arts students to develop solutions/algorithms for problems related to multimedia programming. Solutions to be developed will be in the form of flowcharts, pseudo-codes, and scripts. The course prepares students for MMA courses like interactive authoring, web development, and other elective courses that involve programming/scripting.
The problems and cases to be given shall enable students to learn the basic programming constructs and know how to use and organize them into simple and yet, structured solutions. Discussions and activities will always tackle objects and how to manipulate their properties (OOP). The deliverables of this course include flowcharts, structured-English codes, and an interactive project (navigation menu) using any or combination of lingo, and java.
JavaScript and Open Data by
This book will teach you how to take advantage of the JavaScript language to process data provided on the Internet. Much attention is given to the main JavaScript backbone: prototype based objects, and functional capabilities, while common features (loops, etc.) are summarized in a few cheat-sheets. Only operational features are detailed through the coding of several applications -the second and largest part of the book-, on free-access datasets (e.g. World Bank). It includes: cartography (SVG or API's based), data-sheets access (via Ajax or Jsonp), video data and post-synchronization, and animation examples.
Learning Processing : a beginner's guide to programming images, animation, and interaction by
Learning Processing, Second Edition, is a friendly start-up guide to Processing, a free, open-source alternative to expensive software and daunting programming languages. Requiring no previous experience, this book is for the true programming beginner. It teaches the basic building blocks of programming needed to create cutting-edge graphics applications including interactive art, live video processing, and data visualization. Step-by-step examples, thorough explanations, hands-on exercises, and sample code, supports your learning curve. A unique lab-style manual, the book gives graphic and web designers, artists, and illustrators of all stripes a jumpstart on working with the Processing programming environment by providing instruction on the basic principles of the language, followed by careful explanations of select advanced techniques. The book has been developed with a supportive learning experience at its core. From algorithms and data mining to rendering and debugging, it teaches object-oriented programming from the ground up within the fascinating context of interactive visual media. This book is ideal for graphic designers and visual artists without programming background who want to learn programming. It will also appeal to students taking college and graduate courses in interactive media or visual computing, and for self-study. A friendly start-up guide to Processing, a free, open-source alternative to expensive software and daunting programming languages No previous experience required--this book is for the true programming beginner! Step-by-step examples, thorough explanations, hands-on exercises, and sample code supports your learning curve
PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
Pro HTML5 with CSS, JavaScript, and multimedia : complete website development and best practices by Python : an Introduction to Programming by
This book is an introduction to programming concepts that uses Python 3 as the target language. It follows a practical just-in-time presentation - material is given to the student when it is needed. Many examples will be based on games, because Python has become the language of choice for basic game development. Designed as a Year One textbook for introduction to programming classes or for the hobbyist who wants to learn the fundamentals of programming, the text assumes no programming experience. Features: * Introduces programming concepts that use Python 3 * Includes many examples based on video game development * 4-color throughout with game demos on the companion files
Ubuntu Linux Unleashed 2021 Edition, 14th Edition by Interactive Applications for Online Media 1
Interactive Applications for Online Media 1 lays the foundation of developing HTML websites using industry standards for development and ease of editing content. Client side script enhancements to create movement within the website are also part of this course. The course will also cover the configuring of forms to be used with available server side scripts to create simple online interactivity.
The course extensively uses lab work, homework, PBLs, and a project to create the necessary hands-on experience required to acquire the skills. This course will prepare the design and core skills required for the succeeding web track courses.
Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Dreamweaver CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks from Adobe Press. The 12 project-based step-by-step lessons in this book show users the key techniques for working in Dreamweaver. Learn how to create webpages for the modern web with a minimum of hand coding; incorporate graphics, and text; add links to text and images; add interactive elements to your sites, such as HTML5-compatible interactivity; work with the latest HTML5 and CSS3 code and structures; and publish a finished site to the web. Four additional online lessons provide valuable hands-on experience in working with code and how to use and customize web frameworks to build a fully responsive site design to support a wide variety of desktop computers and mobile devices. The online assets also include three bonus exercises for HTML and Cascading Style Sheets, and creating web assets, essential to your understanding of web design and website development. That's 16 total lessons chock full of invaluable information and real world examples. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
After Effects for Designers by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
Beep to Boom by
Drawing on decades of experience, Beep to Boom: The Development of Advanced Runtime Sound Systems for Games and Extended Realityis a rigorous, comprehensive guide to interactive audio runtime systems. Packed with practical examples and insights, the book explains each component of these complex geometries of sound. Using practical, lowest-common-denominator techniques, Goodwin covers soundfield creation across a range of platforms from phones to VR gaming consoles. Whether creating an audio system from scratch or building on existing frameworks, the book also explains costs, benefits and priorities. In the dynamic simulated world of games and extended reality, interactive audio can now consider every intricacy of real-world sound. This book explains how and why to tame it enjoyably.
Digital Marketing by
Digital Marketing: Communicating, Selling and Connecting is an invaluable and vital tool for students seeking a comprehensive introduction to the subject of digital marketing. Written by a leading expert in the field, it is an unparalleled resource for students in marketing, as well as an accessible supplementary text for business and management students.Covering digital marketing's background and development, its practical challenges and unique benefits, and its operational foundations, this textbook introduces both technological and marketing concepts. It culminates with discussion of the future of digital marketing in an increasingly networked world.Key Features:* In-depth introductions to the foundations and basic operating principles of digital marketing* Multiple chapters covering consumer decision making online, and how digital marketing affects the consumer* Chapters on service technology and visual design, for a deeper understanding of digital marketing* Coverage of digital marketing in both B2B and B2C contexts* Discussion of legal and ethical aspects of digital marketing* Discussion questions in each chapter to promote engagement with the material and deepen student understanding.Charles Hofacker has drawn on extensive expertise to create an invaluable resource. Written for undergraduate students of marketing and digital marketing this textbook will be useful for anyone looking for an introduction to the subject.
Exploding the Castle by
Lacking a digital crystal ball, we cannot predict the future of education or the precise instructional role games will have going forward. Yet we can safely say that games will play some role in the future of K-12 and higher education, and members of the games community will have to choose between being passive observers or active, progressive contributors to the complex and often political process of weaving together pedagogy, technology, and culture. This will involve agreeing that games--or, more specifically, game mechanics and the engagement in joyful learning that they engender--are not only critical for shaping online and classroom instruction but also the evolution of schooling as a whole. Likewise, it will involve a hard push beyond questions like "Are video games 'good' or 'bad' for education?" and "Are games 'better' for all students than traditional face-to-face teaching" to unpack how game experiences vary with individual learner goals as an interaction with the parameters of an educational environment. Simply put, we need to form a cohesive, compelling argument in support of the notion that games are entire learning ecologies in and of themselves. This edited volume is designed to anchor collective thinking with respect to the value-added nature of games for learning and the complexities involved in player experience, narrative context, and environmental-player interactions. As could be expected, we are not interested in debates about "gamification," game violence, individual game quality, and other topics that have become standard fare in extant games literature. Instead, we seek to emphasize issues of scalability, the induction of player goal adoption, affordances of game-based instructional environments, relationships between play and transfer, and the value of games as part of an ecopsychological worldview. As long-time contributors in a field that has made a habit of playing it safe--pun intended--we seek to bring the dialogue in a more nuanced and meaningful direction that will reach teachers, researchers, designers, and players alike.
Interaction Design by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
Media, Culture and Society by
′In his beautifully balanced, clear and broad-ranging account of a fast-changing field, Paul Hodkinson has successfully brought together myriad perspectives with which to critically analyse today′s media culture and media society.′- Sonia Livingstone, Professor of Media & Communication, LSE Paul Hodkinson′s bestseller is back, once again exploring the concepts and complexities of the media in an accessible, balanced and engaging style. Additions to the Second Edition include: A new chapter on advertising and sponsorship Extensive revision and updating throughout all chapters New material on technologies, censorship, online news, fan cultures and representations of poverty Greater emphasis on and examples of digital, interactive and mobile media throughout Fully reworked chapter on media, community and difference Up-to-date examples covering everything from social media, contemporary advertising, news events and mobile technologies, to representations of class, ethnicity and gender. Combining a critical survey of the field with a finely judged assessment of cutting-edge developments, this Second Edition cements its reputation as the must-have text for any undergraduate student studying media, culture and society.
Media Now by
Providing a thorough explanation of how media technologies develop, operate, converge, and affect society, MEDIA NOW: UNDERSTANDING MEDIA, CULTURE, AND TECHNOLOGY, 9e empowers you to think critically about the media and its effects on culture. It provides a comprehensive introduction to today's global media environment and the ongoing developments in technology, culture, and critical theory that continue to transform this rapidly evolving industry?and affect your everyday life. With its cutting-edge coverage of the essential history, theories, concepts, and technical knowledge, MEDIA NOW helps you sharpen your media literacy skills?preparing you for work in the expanding fields of the Internet, interactive media, and traditional media industries. It includes the latest developments and trends in social media, e-publishing, policy changes for Internet governance, online privacy protection, online ad exchanges, the changing video game industry, and much more.
Social Media for Fashion Marketing by
Social Media for Fashion Marketing uses cutting edge case studies and detailed interviews to show how the business of fashion is changing in the digital landscape. Bendoni (@BendoniStyle) also considers the psychological impact of being a hyper-connected consumer and the generational gaps in social media communication. Using academic research, alongside her 25 years of fashion marketing experience, Bendoni offers a clear picture of the changing narrative of storytelling, social confirmation, digital nesting and how to use data to shape a brand's online presence. With practical and critical thinking activities to hone your skills into professional practice, this is the ultimate guide to social marketing, promotion, SEO, branding and communication. Featured topics - Rules of Digital Storytelling - Rethinking Gamification - Strategic Digital Marketing - The Role of Citizen Journalists - The Social Media Looking Glass - World of Influencer Marketing - Visual Consumption Economy - Global Perspective of Social Media
Video Games by
The Game Business offers a highly visual, example-led introduction to the videogame industry, its context and practitioners. Filled with full-colour, illustrated interviews and case studies, Bossom and Dunning give insights into the creative processes involved in making games, the global business behind the big budget productions, console and online markets, as well as web and app gaming and the (re)emergence of the indie game scene. The Game Business is a visually engaging, easy to navigate resource providing discussion points, practical exercises and inspiring examples. It takes an enthusiastic and critical approach to the subject matter supported by insight from professionals working within and across various game industry formats, leaving the reader primed for their first steps in the industry. The breadth of topics covered in this book will stand out from other game industry titles for its inclusiveness; giving a truly unique overview of what has become a diverse business. With an eye on the changing nature of publishing The Game Business is supported by web-based resources, providing walk-through tutorials, additional exercises, interactive examples, exemplar work and extended interviews. Finally, both in print and online, the authors have selected links to relevant content, such as TED talks, studio addresses and other websites/blogs to help place the book in the wider games' industry community. Interviewees include- Sir Clive Sinclair, entrepenur and inventor (UK) Dylan Beale, Chief Production Officer, Born Ready Games (UK) Daisuke Yamamoto, Producer, GungHo Entertainment (Japan) Joe Ryan, freelance web and game designer (UK) Alex Williams, Head of Games, Miniclip (US) John McCarten, Oscar-winning Programmer(New Zealand) Lady ShotGun Games (UK) Aram Bartholl, Artist (German) Peter Molyneux, 22 Cans (UK) Neal Stephenson, author and game designer (US) Will Du Toit, Lead Animator, Hitman Absolution (South Africa/Denmark) David Bowman, Lead Artist, Traveler's Zoo (UK)
Virtual Reality Marketing by
If a picture is worth a thousand words, then virtual reality (VR) is priceless. This new medium is booming - by 2025, the industry is expected to become bigger than TV. Virtual Reality Marketing is a comprehensive exploration of all things VR, providing readers with everything they need to know about the current VR landscape, and the unprecedented opportunity it offers brands to create unique emotional connections with consumers. A truly comprehensive guide, Virtual Reality Marketing covers all aspects of the industry, including interactive and passive VR, 360 video, social VR marketing, and the role that influencers and bloggers are set to play in its development. It also looks to the future - exploring how VR is evolving and the changes it will undergo in the future. Virtual Reality Marketing is the only complete guide to VR marketing available, written by a recognized industry expert who has facilitated VR coverage for major international brands including Facebook, Audi, Google and Mercedes F1. Packed with fascinating case studies, tips and strategies, this text is the leading resource for any reader looking to incorporate VR in their own marketing campaigns.
The World News Prism by
Now available in a fully revised and updated ninth edition, World News Prism provides in-depth analysis of the changing role of transnational news media in the 21st-century. Includes three new chapters on Russia, Brazil, and India and a revised chapter on the Middle East written by regional media experts Features comprehensive coverage of the growing impact of social media on how news is being reported and received Charts the media revolutions occurring throughout the world and examines their effects both locally and globally Surveys the latest developments in new media and forecasts future developments
Interactive Applications for Online Media 1
Interactive Applications for Online Media 1 lays the foundation of developing HTML websites using industry standards for development and ease of editing content. Client side script enhancements to create movement within the website are also part of this course. The course will also cover the configuring of forms to be used with available server side scripts to create simple online interactivity.
The course extensively uses lab work, homework, PBLs, and a project to create the necessary hands-on experience required to acquire the skills. This course will prepare the design and core skills required for the succeeding web track courses.
Adobe InDesign interactive digital publishing : tips, techniques, and workarounds for formatting across your devices by
This book is written for graphic designers, book designers, and publishers who want to expand their knowledge for laying out and formatting documents and eBooks deployed for screen viewing on computers, tablets, and smart phones. Adobe InDesign Interactive Digital Publishing covers how to add interactivity to reflowable and fixed layout eBooks, interactive PDF documents, and take advantage of Adobe?s new Publish Online (Preview). Tips, techniques, and workarounds offer you a comprehensive view at adding interactivity to any kind of document and deploy them on social media and web sites. Learn essential skills for composing documents in Adobe InDesign, how to work with styles, format text and graphics, work with rich media, create multi-state objects, hyperlinks, and animations.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
The Digital Nexus by
Over half a century ago, in The Gutenberg Galaxy (1962), Marshall McLuhan noted that the overlap of traditional print and new electronic media like radio and television produced widespread upheaval in personal and public life: Even without collision, such co-existence of technologies and awareness brings trauma and tension to every living person. Our most ordinary and conventional attitudes seem suddenly twisted into gargoyles and grotesques. Familiar institutions and associations seem at times menacing and malignant. These multiple transformations, which are the normal consequence of introducing new media into any society whatever, need special study. The trauma and tension in the daily lives of citizens as described here by McLuhan was only intensified by the arrival of digital media and the Web in the following decades. The rapidly evolving digital realm held a powerful promise for creative and constructive good--a promise so alluring that much of the inquiry into this new environment focused on its potential rather than its profound impact on every sphere of civic, commercial, and private life. The totalizing scope of the combined effects of computerization and the worldwide network are the subject of the essays in The Digital Nexus, a volume that responds to McLuhan's request for a "special study" of the tsunami-like transformation of the communication landscape. These critical excursions provide analysis of and insight into the way new media technologies change the workings of social engagement for personal expression, social interaction, and political engagement. The contributors investigate the terms and conditions under which our digital society is unfolding and provide compelling arguments for the need to develop an accurate grasp of the architecture of the Web and the challenges that ubiquitous connectivity undoubtedly delivers to both public and private life. With contributions by Ian Angus, Maria Bakardjieva, Daryl Campbell, Sharone Daniel, Andrew Feenberg, Raphael Foshay, Carolyn Guertin, David J. Gunkel, Bob Hanke, Leslie Lindballe, Mark McCutcheon, Roman Onufrijchuk, Josipa G. Petrunić, Peter J. Smith, Lorna Stefanick, and Karen Wall.
Human-computer interaction : theory, design, development and practice by
The 3-volume set LNCS 9731, 9732, and 9733 constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 18th International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, HCII 2016, held in Toronto, ON, Canada, in July 2016. The total of 1287 papers and 186 posters presented at the HCII 2016 conferences and were carefully reviewed and selected from 4354 submissions. The papers thoroughly cover the entire field of Human-Computer Interaction, addressing major advances in knowledge and effective use of computers in a variety of application areas. The volumes constituting the full 27-volume set of the conference proceedings.
Interactive Modeling and Simulation in Business System Design by
This classroom-texted textbook/reference presents a set of useful modeling techniques, describing how these can be combined into a powerful framework for the analysis and design of business systems. These techniques follow an interactive modeling and simulation (IMS) approach, enabling the modeling and simulation of separate parts of the system at different levels of abstraction, and the composition of these parts in a flexible crosscutting manner that preserves the behavior of the individual parts. Topics and features: presents a detailed introduction to the foundations of IMS for business system design, covering protocol modeling and goal modeling semantics; describes the practical application of IMS for business system design, illustrated by a selection of useful case studies; highlights the advantages of this approach to IMS for business system design, with a focus on performance management, motivation modeling, and communication; includes review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter.
Michael Allen's Guide to E-Learning by
Explore effective learning programs with the father of e-learning Michael Allen's Guide to e-Learning: Building Interactive, Fun, and Effective Learning Programs for Any Company, Second Edition presents best practices for building interactive, fun, and effective online learning programs. This engaging text offers insight regarding what makes great e-learning, particularly from the perspectives of motivation and interactivity, and features history lessons that assist you in avoiding common pitfalls and guide you in the direction of e-learning success. This updated edition also considers changes in technology and tools that facilitate the implementation of the strategies, guidelines, and techniques it presents. E-learning has experienced a surge in popularity over the past ten years, with education professionals around the world leveraging technology to facilitate instruction. From hybrid courses that integrate technology into traditional classroom instruction to full online courses that are conducted solely on the internet, a range of e-learning models is available. The key to creating a successful e-learning program lies in understanding how to use the tools at your disposal to create an interactive, engaging, and effective learning experience. Gain a new perspective on e-learning, and how technology can facilitate education Explore updated content, including coverage regarding learner interface, gamification, mobile learning, and individualization Discuss the experiences of others via targeted case studies, which cover good and not so good e-learning projects Understand key concepts through new examples that reinforce essential ideas and demonstrate their practical application Michael Allen's Guide to e-Learning: Building Interactive, Fun, and Effective Learning Programs for Any Company, Second Edition is an essential resource if you are studying for the e-Learning Instructional Design Certificate Program.
Tangible Interactive Systems by
Distinguishingbetween tangible user interfaces (TUI) and tangible interactive systems (TISs),this book takes into account not only the user interfaces but also looks at howinteraction can be enabled by using digital information through the physicalenvironment. TISs go far beyond the concept of tangible user interfaces,addressing large complex systems in the framework of human-centred design andputting the human at the center of the design process from the start. Howcan human-centered designers grasp the real world with computers? This questionis explored by looking at concepts such as innovation, complexity, flexibility,maturity, stability, sustainability and art to see whether we can assess bothphysical and figurative tangibility during the design process before productdelivery. Concepts like creativity, design thinking and team spirit arefundamental to TIS's human-centered design, and are presented together withhuman-systems integration (HSI), agile development and formative evaluations tobuild a greater understanding of this new area of research. TangibleInteractive Systems wouldbe an essential read to designers, academics and other professionals concernedwith product design within HCI, industrial design, virtual engineering andother related areas.
Teaching with interactive technology by
The practice of marketing continues to become more strategized, particularly direct and highly focused, with what seems to be consistently updated and/or new interactive technology. Teaching with interactive technology allows those educating to engage in a way that differs from the traditional lecture-style model. Additionally, it allows those teaching to bridge the gap between marketing and practice by allowing learners hands-on opportunities to interact with platforms that are used in the daily practice of marketing.Although teaching can be highly rewarding, it can also be quite daunting with the ever-changing technology that is available. The aim to strike a balance between conceptual knowledge and theory with that of skills training can be challenging. The pressure of responsibility for preparing the next generation of marketing professionals in our global society can be stressful. Yet, even with these challenges, interactive technology has opened new doors and helped propel marketing education into engaging and exciting new arena in pedagogy.The goal of this ebook is the further develop our understanding of teaching with interactive technology by expanding the body of knowledge pertaining to the subject and advancing the marketing pedagogy in respect to the applications, tools, and techniques of teaching with interactive technological platforms. This issue includes a wide variety of work from wide-lens view of how storytelling and interactive technology is reshaping the experiences our students have within the marketing classroom to very specific studies focusing on social media platforms such as Twitter and LinkedIn.
Visual Content Marketing by
Your ticket to generating better results through infographics Visual Content Marketing is a more than just a guide to infographics. Written for business people dealing with complex offerings, this is a hands-on, in-the-trenches guide to leveraging this emerging medium to reach bottomline business goals. Uniquely, this book addresses the full range of visual solutions, with an emphasis on using these products to create real business value. Inside, you'll learn the ins and outs of infographics, interactive pictograms, video, animations, data-driven visualizations, and other conversion-generating graphical content. Get inspired by the groundbreaking examples showcased here, and learn how to manage every aspect of visual content, from sourcing suppliers to leveraging content on the appropriate media platforms. Author Stephen Gamble is a leader in visual marketing solutions, with over twenty years of experience in the industry. Thousands look to his firm, Frame Concepts, for insider tips on generating revenue with the help of innovative graphics. This insider knowledge is at your fingertips in Visual Content Marketing. To meet your demanding business goals, you need new ideas. This book will show you how to infuse visual content where and when it counts. Generate high-quality leads and revenue with infographics, video, data visualizations, and more Identify the visual marketing and engagement strategies that will work for your business Source and manage talented content suppliers who will deliver on your strategic vision Integrate eye-popping visual solutions to update your brand and achieve your business goals Focusing on the visual is the secret to success in the effort to win customer engagement and attention. Visual Content Marketing is applicable to every business function and industry. With this book, you have the start-to-finish information you need to leverage visual solutions to great effect.
The World News Prism by
Now available in a fully revised and updated ninth edition, World News Prism provides in-depth analysis of the changing role of transnational news media in the 21st-century. Includes three new chapters on Russia, Brazil, and India and a revised chapter on the Middle East written by regional media experts Features comprehensive coverage of the growing impact of social media on how news is being reported and received Charts the media revolutions occurring throughout the world and examines their effects both locally and globally Surveys the latest developments in new media and forecasts future developments
Interactive Applications for Offline Digital Media
MINTER4 is an introduction to the interactive applications for offline digital media that trains the students in proper conceptualization for new media technology. Students will be made familiar with the scripting language of Adobe Flash Action Script 3 and its potentials to creating effective interactive applications. It aims to enable multimedia arts students to create an effective and fully functional Activity Based Instructional Media for users to experience, interact and learn from. Research is a key component in this class, which goes hand in hand with learning tools such as scripting and interactive software in developing such experiences.
This class is designed to harness the full potential of the multimedia designer’s ability to pool together design/material elements from different media. The students will be exposed to different concepts of interaction both on human and machine level. By way of example, the students will feel and think their way around this new alley for creativity, which would prepare them for higher concepts such as sharing knowledge with others.
A Companion to New Media Dynamics by
A Companion to New Media Dynamics presents a state-of-the-art collection of multidisciplinary readings that examine the origins, evolution, and cultural underpinnings of the media of the digital age in terms of dynamic change Presents a state-of-the-art collection of original readings relating to new media in terms of dynamic change Features interdisciplinary contributions encompassing the sciences, social sciences, humanities and creative arts Addresses a wide range of issues from the ownership and regulation of new media to their form and cultural uses Provides readers with a glimpse of new media dynamics at three levels of scale: the 'macro' or system level; the 'meso' or institutional level; and 'micro' or agency level
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Digital Media : human-technology connection by
Digital Media: Human-Technology Connection examines what it is like to be alive in today s technologically textured world and showcases specific digital media technologies that makes this kind of world possible. So much of human experience occurs through digital media that it is time to pause and consider the process and proliferation of digital consumption and humanity s role in it through an interdisciplinary array of sources from philosophy, media studies, film studies, media ecology and philosophy of technology. When placed in the interpretive lens of artifact, instrument, and tool, digital media can be studied in a uniquely different way, as a kind of technology that pushes the boundaries on production, distribution and communication and alters the way humans and technology connect with each other and the world. The book is divided into two sections to provide overarching definitions and case study specifics. Section one, Raw Materials, examines pertinent concepts like digital media, philosophy of technology, phenomenology and postphenomenology by author Stacey O Irwin. In Section Two, Feeling the Weave, Irwin uses conversations with digital media users and other written materials along with the postphenomenological framework to explore nine empirical cases that focus on deep analysis of screens, sound, photo manipulation, data-mining, aggregate news and self-tracking. Postphenomenological concepts like multistability, variational theory, microperception, macroperception, embodiment, technological mediation, and culture figure prominently in the investigation. The aim of the book is to recognize that digital media technologies and the content it creates and proliferates are not neutral. They texture the world in multiple and varied ways that transform human abilities, augment experience and pattern the world in significant and comprehensive ways."
Digital Media and Society by
What can flame-throwing squirrels tell us about human emotion? Can social media empower political activism? How has the Internet changed the way we form our identities? Do algorithms have a social role? What is digital society?In the early 21st century, digital media and the social have become irreversibly intertwined. In this cutting-edge introduction, author Simon Lindgren explores what it means to live in a digital society. Neatly divided into three sections, Digital Media and Society expertly leads students through: Theories: from social media and cyber-optimism, to online social interaction and social change Topics: from emotion, participation and the public sphere, to the impact of data, software and mobile technology Tools: from digital ethnography, social network analysis and text-mining, to guidance on digital ethics and mixing methods With succinct explanations of key concepts and theories, practical exercises to aid understanding and application, and suggested further reading sections to guide students through the literature and enhance their own research, this is a must-have resource for all students of the digital society.Digital Media and Societyis essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate courses exploring digital media, social media, media and society, media sociology, and the Internet.Available with Perusall--an eBook that makes it easier to prepare for classPerusall is an award-winning eBook platform featuring social annotation tools that allow students and instructors to collaboratively mark up and discuss their SAGE textbook. Backed by research and supported by technological innovations developed at Harvard University, this process of learning through collaborative annotation keeps your students engaged and makes teaching easier and more effective. Learn more.
The Digital Plenitude : the decline of elite culture and the rise of digital media by
How the creative abundance of today's media culture was made possible by the decline of elitism in the arts and the rise of digital media.Media culture today encompasses a universe of forms-websites, video games, blogs, books, films, television and radio programs, magazines, and more-and a multitude of practices that include making, remixing, sharing, and critiquing. This multiplicity is so vast that it cannot be comprehended as a whole. In this book, Jay David Bolter traces the roots of our media multiverse to two developments in the second half of the twentieth century- the decline of elite art and the rise of digital media. Bolter explains that we no longer have a collective belief in "Culture with a capital C." The hierarchies that ranked, for example, classical music as more important than pop, literary novels as more worthy than comic books, and television and movies as unserious have broken down. The art formerly known as high takes its place in the media plenitude. The elite culture of the twentieth century has left its mark on our current media landscape in the form of what Bolter calls "popular modernism." Meanwhile, new forms of digital media have emerged and magnified these changes, offering new platforms for communication and expression. Bolter outlines a series of dichotomies that characterize our current media culture- catharsis and flow, the continuous rhythm of digital experience; remix (fueled by the internet's vast resources for sampling and mixing) and originality; history (not replayable) and simulation (endlessly replayable); and social media and coherent politics.
Emotional AI : the rise of empathic media by
What happens when media technologies are able to interpret our feelings, emotions, moods, and intentions? In this cutting edge new book, Andrew McStay explores that very question and argues that these abilities result in a form of technological empathy. Offering a balanced and incisive overview of the issues raised by 'Emotional AI', this book: Provides a clear account of the social benefits and drawbacks of new media trends and technologies such as emoji, wearables and chatbots Demonstrates through empirical research how 'empathic media' have been developed and introduced both by start-ups and global tech corporations such as Facebook Helps readers understand the potential implications on everyday life and social relations through examples such as video-gaming, facial coding, virtual reality and cities Calls for a more critical approach to the rollout of emotional AI in public and private spheres Combining established theory with original analysis, this book will change the way students view, use and interact with new technologies. It should be required reading for students and researchers in media, communications, the social sciences and beyond.
Introduction to Digital Media by
New and updated English translation of the highly successful book on digital media This book introduces readers to the vast and rich world of digital media. It provides a strong starting point for understanding digital media's social and political significance to our culture and the culture of others--drawing on an emergent and increasingly rich set of empirical and theoretical studies on the role and development of digital media in contemporary societies. Touching on the core points behind the discipline, the book addresses a wide range of topics, including media economics, online cooperation, open source, social media, software production, globalization, brands, marketing, the cultural industry, labor, and consumption. Presented in six sections--Media and Digital Technologies; The Information Society; Cultures and Identities; Digital Collaboration; Public Sphere and Power; Digital Economies--the book offers in-depth chapter coverage of new and old media; network infrastructure; networked economy and globalization; the history of information technologies; the evolution of networks; sociality and digital media; media and identity; collaborative media; open source and innovation; politics and democracy; social movements; surveillance and control; digital capitalism; global inequalities and development; and more. Delivers a reliable, compact and quick introduction to the core issues analyzed by digital culture studies and sociology of information societies Interweaves main topics and theories with several examples and up-to-date case studies, often linked to our everyday lives on the internet, as well as suggestions for further readings Anchors examples to discussions of the main sociological, political, and anthropological theoretical approaches at stake to help students make sense of the changes brought about by digital media Uses critical sociological and political theory alongside every day examples to discuss concepts such as online sociality, digital labor, digital value creation, and the reputation economy Clear and concise throughout, Introduction to Digital Media is an excellent primer for those teaching and studying digital culture and media.
Management of Electronic and Digital Media by
Offering numerous real-world examples and case studies, MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRONIC AND DIGITAL MEDIA, 6e, equips you with the latest trends, practices, and research on the management and leadership techniques used in the electronic and digital media industries. Extremely reader friendly, the text offers a clear and concise presentation of key issues facing future managers, leaders, and entrepreneurs in the rapidly evolving media industries. New coverage highlights trends in big data, mobile, social media, and the cloud, as well as the latest on the evolution of social media and digital platforms. An all-new chapter details the multifaceted manager/leader/entrepreneurial role of a media manager. Giving you hands-on experience with real-life challenges, end-of-chapter case studies put you directly in the role of decision-maker -- helping prepare you for a career in today's electronic and digital media field.
Routledge Handbook of New Media in Asia by
While a decade ago much of the discussion of new media in Asia was couched in Occidental notions of Asia as a "default setting" for technology in the future, today we are seeing a much more complex picture of contesting new media practices and production. As "new media" becomes increasingly an everyday reality for young and old across Asia through smartphones and associated devices, boundaries between art, new media, and the everyday are transformed. This Handbook addresses the historical, social, cultural, political, philosophical, artistic and economic dimensions of the region's new media. Through an interdisciplinary revision of both "new media" and "Asia" the contributors provide new insights into the complex and contesting terrains of both notions. The Routledge Handbook of New Media in Asia will be the definitive publication for readers interested in comprehending all the various aspects of new media in Asia. It provides an authoritative, up-to-date, intellectually broad, conceptually cutting-edge guide to the important aspects of new media in the region -- as the first point of consultation for researchers, advanced level undergraduate and postgraduate students in fields of new media and Asian studies.
Interactive Applications for Offline Digital Media
MINTER4 is an introduction to the interactive applications for offline digital media that trains the students in proper conceptualization for new media technology. Students will be made familiar with the scripting language of Adobe Flash Action Script 3 and its potentials to creating effective interactive applications. It aims to enable multimedia arts students to create an effective and fully functional Activity Based Instructional Media for users to experience, interact and learn from. Research is a key component in this class, which goes hand in hand with learning tools such as scripting and interactive software in developing such experiences.
This class is designed to harness the full potential of the multimedia designer’s ability to pool together design/material elements from different media. The students will be exposed to different concepts of interaction both on human and machine level. By way of example, the students will feel and think their way around this new alley for creativity, which would prepare them for higher concepts such as sharing knowledge with others.
Digital Media, Projection Design, and Technology for Theatre by
Digital Media, Projection Design, and Technology for Theatre covers the foundational skills, best practices, and real-world considerations of integrating digital media and projections into theatre.　The authors, professional designers and university professors of digital media in live performance, provide readers with a narrative overview of the professional field, including current industry standards and expectations for digital media/projection design, its related technologies and techniques. The book offers a practical taxonomy of what digital media is and how we create meaning through its use on the theatrical stage. The book outlines the digital media/projection designer's workflow into nine unique phases. From the very first steps of landing the job, to reading and analyzing the script and creating content, all the way through to opening night and archiving a design. Detailed analysis, tips, case studies, and best practices for crafting a practical schedule and budget, to rehearsing with digital media, working with actors and directors, to creating a unified design for the stage with lighting, set, sound, costumes, and props is discussed. The fundamentals of content creation, detailing the basic building blocks of creating and executing digital content within a design is offered in context of the most commonly used content creation methods, including: photography and still images, video, animation, real-time effects, generative art, data, and interactive digital media. Standard professional industry equipment, including media servers, projectors, projection surfaces, emissive displays, cameras, sensors, etc. is detailed. The book also offers a breakdown of all key related technical tasks, such as converging, warping, and blending projectors, to calculating surface brightness/luminance, screen size and throw distance, to using masks, warping content and projection mapping, making this a complete guide to digital media and projection design today. An eResource page offers sample assets and interviews that link to current and relevant work of leading projection designers.
Going offline by 
Producing New and Digital Media by
Producing New and Digital Media is your guide to understanding new media, diving deep into topics such as cultural and social impacts of the web, the importance of digital literacy, and creating in an online environment. It features an introductory, hands-on approach to creating user-generated content, coding, cultivating an online brand, and storytelling in new and digital media. This book is accompanied by a companion website--designed to aid students and professors alike--that features chapter-related questions, links to resources, and lecture slides. In showing you how to navigate the world of digital media and also complete digital tasks, this book not only teaches you how to use the web, but understand why you use it. KEY FEATURES For students- a companion site that features research resources and links for further investigation For instructors- a companion site that features lecture slides, a sample syllabus, and an Instructor's Manual. Features a unique approach that covers media studies aspects with production and design tutorials. Covers up-to-date forms of communication on the web such as memes, viral videos, social media, and more pervasive types of online languages.
The Textbook and the Lecture by
Why are the fundamentals of education apparently so little changed in our era of digital technology? Is their obstinate persistence evidence of resilience or obsolescence? Such questions can best be answered not by imagining an uncertain high-tech future, but by examining a well-documented past--a history of instruction and media that extends from Gilgamesh to Google. Norm Friesen looks to the combination and reconfiguration of oral, textual, and more recent media forms to understand the longevity of so many educational arrangements and practices. Friesen examines the interrelationship of reading, writing, and pedagogy in the case of the lecture and the textbook--from their premodern to their postmodern incarnations. Over hundreds of years, these two forms have integrated textual, oral, and (more recently) digital media and connected them with changing pedagogical and cultural priorities. The Textbook and the Lecture opens new possibilities for understanding not only mediated pedagogical practices and their reform but also gradual changes in our conceptions of the knowing subject and of knowledge itself. Drawing on wide-ranging scholarship in fields as diverse as media ecology and German-language media studies, Foucauldian historiography, and even archaeological research, The Textbook and the Lecture is a fascinating investigation of educational media.
Interactive Applications for Online Media 2
MINTER5 is the second web subject that teaches the students to create animated websites. Students will understand the difference between static and dynamic website, and techniques in creating the latter. Furthermore, students will be tasked to determine and generate some of its contents based on the user’s needs.
Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Dreamweaver CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks from Adobe Press. The 12 project-based step-by-step lessons in this book show users the key techniques for working in Dreamweaver. Learn how to create webpages for the modern web with a minimum of hand coding; incorporate graphics, and text; add links to text and images; add interactive elements to your sites, such as HTML5-compatible interactivity; work with the latest HTML5 and CSS3 code and structures; and publish a finished site to the web. Four additional online lessons provide valuable hands-on experience in working with code and how to use and customize web frameworks to build a fully responsive site design to support a wide variety of desktop computers and mobile devices. The online assets also include three bonus exercises for HTML and Cascading Style Sheets, and creating web assets, essential to your understanding of web design and website development. That's 16 total lessons chock full of invaluable information and real world examples. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
After Effects for Designers by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
Beep to Boom by
Drawing on decades of experience, Beep to Boom: The Development of Advanced Runtime Sound Systems for Games and Extended Realityis a rigorous, comprehensive guide to interactive audio runtime systems. Packed with practical examples and insights, the book explains each component of these complex geometries of sound. Using practical, lowest-common-denominator techniques, Goodwin covers soundfield creation across a range of platforms from phones to VR gaming consoles. Whether creating an audio system from scratch or building on existing frameworks, the book also explains costs, benefits and priorities. In the dynamic simulated world of games and extended reality, interactive audio can now consider every intricacy of real-world sound. This book explains how and why to tame it enjoyably.
Digital Marketing by
Digital Marketing: Communicating, Selling and Connecting is an invaluable and vital tool for students seeking a comprehensive introduction to the subject of digital marketing. Written by a leading expert in the field, it is an unparalleled resource for students in marketing, as well as an accessible supplementary text for business and management students.Covering digital marketing's background and development, its practical challenges and unique benefits, and its operational foundations, this textbook introduces both technological and marketing concepts. It culminates with discussion of the future of digital marketing in an increasingly networked world.Key Features:* In-depth introductions to the foundations and basic operating principles of digital marketing* Multiple chapters covering consumer decision making online, and how digital marketing affects the consumer* Chapters on service technology and visual design, for a deeper understanding of digital marketing* Coverage of digital marketing in both B2B and B2C contexts* Discussion of legal and ethical aspects of digital marketing* Discussion questions in each chapter to promote engagement with the material and deepen student understanding.Charles Hofacker has drawn on extensive expertise to create an invaluable resource. Written for undergraduate students of marketing and digital marketing this textbook will be useful for anyone looking for an introduction to the subject.
Interaction Design by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
Media, Culture and Society by
′In his beautifully balanced, clear and broad-ranging account of a fast-changing field, Paul Hodkinson has successfully brought together myriad perspectives with which to critically analyse today′s media culture and media society.′- Sonia Livingstone, Professor of Media & Communication, LSE Paul Hodkinson′s bestseller is back, once again exploring the concepts and complexities of the media in an accessible, balanced and engaging style. Additions to the Second Edition include: A new chapter on advertising and sponsorship Extensive revision and updating throughout all chapters New material on technologies, censorship, online news, fan cultures and representations of poverty Greater emphasis on and examples of digital, interactive and mobile media throughout Fully reworked chapter on media, community and difference Up-to-date examples covering everything from social media, contemporary advertising, news events and mobile technologies, to representations of class, ethnicity and gender. Combining a critical survey of the field with a finely judged assessment of cutting-edge developments, this Second Edition cements its reputation as the must-have text for any undergraduate student studying media, culture and society.
Social Media for Fashion Marketing by
Social Media for Fashion Marketing uses cutting edge case studies and detailed interviews to show how the business of fashion is changing in the digital landscape. Bendoni (@BendoniStyle) also considers the psychological impact of being a hyper-connected consumer and the generational gaps in social media communication. Using academic research, alongside her 25 years of fashion marketing experience, Bendoni offers a clear picture of the changing narrative of storytelling, social confirmation, digital nesting and how to use data to shape a brand's online presence. With practical and critical thinking activities to hone your skills into professional practice, this is the ultimate guide to social marketing, promotion, SEO, branding and communication. Featured topics - Rules of Digital Storytelling - Rethinking Gamification - Strategic Digital Marketing - The Role of Citizen Journalists - The Social Media Looking Glass - World of Influencer Marketing - Visual Consumption Economy - Global Perspective of Social Media
Story Structure and Development by
Professor Craig Caldwell's Story Structure and Development offers a clear approach to the essentials of story. It lays out the fundamental elements, principles, and structure for animators, designers, and artists so they can incorporate these concepts in their work. As a practical guide it includes extensive insights and advice from industry professionals. Readers will learn the universal patterns of story and narrative used in today's movies, animation, games, and VR. With over 200 colorful images, this book has been designed for visual learners, and is organized to provide access to story concepts for the screen media professional and student. Readers will discover the story fundamentals referred to by every director and producer when they say "It's all about story". Key Features Consolidates into one text universal story structure used across the digital media industry Includes enormous visuals that illustrate and reinforce concepts for visual learners Organizes content for faculty to use sections in a non-linear manner Includes chapter objectives, review questions, and key terms to guide the reader
TV Writing on Demand by
TV Writing On Demand: Creating Great Content in the Digital Era takes a deep dive into writing for today's audiences, against the backdrop of a rapidly evolving TV ecosystem. Amazon, Hulu and Netflix were just the beginning. The proliferation of everything digital has led to an ever-expanding array of the most authentic and engaging programming that we've ever seen. No longer is there a distinction between broadcast, cable and streaming. It's all content. Regardless of what new platforms and channels will emerge in the coming years, for creators and writers, the future of entertainment has never looked brighter. This book goes beyond an analysis of what makes great programming work. It is a master course in the creation of entertainment that does more than meet the standards of modern audiences--it challenges their expectations. Among other essentials, readers will discover how to: Satisfy the binge viewer: analysis of the new genres, trends and how to make smart initial decisions for strong, sustainable story. Plus, learn from the rebel who reinvented an entire format. Develop iconic characters: how to foster audience alignment and allegiance, from empathy and dialogue to throwing characters off their game, all through the lens of authenticity and relatability. Create a lasting, meaningful career in the evolving TV marketplace: how to overcome trips, traps and tropes, the pros and cons of I.P.; use the Show Bible as a sales tool and make the most of the plethora of new opportunities out there. A companion website offers additional content including script excerpts, show bible samples, interviews with television content creators, and more.
Virtual Reality Filmmaking by
Virtual Reality Filmmaking presents a comprehensive guide to the use of virtual reality in filmmaking, including narrative, documentary, live event production, and more. Written by Celine Tricart, a filmmaker and an expert in new technologies, the book provides a hands-on guide to creative filmmaking in this exciting new medium, and includes coverage on how to make a film in VR from start to finish. Topics covered include: The history of VR; VR cameras; Game engines and interactive VR; The foundations of VR storytelling; Techniques for shooting in live action VR; VR postproduction and visual effects; VR distribution; Interviews with experts in the field including the Emmy-winning studios Felix & Paul and Oculus Story Studio, Wevr, Viacom, Fox Sports, Sundance's New Frontier, and more.
The World News Prism by
Now available in a fully revised and updated ninth edition, World News Prism provides in-depth analysis of the changing role of transnational news media in the 21st-century. Includes three new chapters on Russia, Brazil, and India and a revised chapter on the Middle East written by regional media experts Features comprehensive coverage of the growing impact of social media on how news is being reported and received Charts the media revolutions occurring throughout the world and examines their effects both locally and globally Surveys the latest developments in new media and forecasts future developments
Interactive Applications for Online Media 2
MINTER5 is the second web subject that teaches the students to create animated websites. Students will understand the difference between static and dynamic website, and techniques in creating the latter. Furthermore, students will be tasked to determine and generate some of its contents based on the user’s needs.
Beginning Adobe Animate CC : learn to efficiently create and deploy animated and interactive content by
This is one of the first comprehensive books on Adobe Animate CC to thoroughly examine and demonstrate how to create and deploy interactive and motion design content to mobile, tablet, and desktop screens. Through the use of solid and practical exercises, you will soon master the fundamentals of Adobe Animate CC. Using a series of carefully developed tutorials, Beginning Adobe Animate CC will lead you from basic Animate CC document workflows to the point where you can create animations, interactive projects, and anything else using a variety of techniques. Each chapter focuses on a major aspect of Animate CC and then lets you take over with a series of "Your Turn" exercises that let you create amazing projects based on what you have learned. Beginning Adobe Animate CC focuses on the core skill set needed to master Animate CC and while you are at it, you will be guided to the mastery of the fundamentals, such as drawing tools, movie clips, video and audio content, text, graphics, external data, components, and a solid overview of the code you need to know to take your skills to the next level. .
Collaboration meets interactive spaces by
This book explores the technological advances and social interactions between interactive spaces, surfaces and devices, aiming to provide new insights into emerging social protocols that arise from the experimentation and long-term usage of interactive surfaces. This edited volume brings together researchers from around the world who investigate interactive surfaces and interaction techniques within large displays, wearable devices, software development, security and emergency management. Providing both theory and practical case studies, the authors look at current developments and challenges into 3D visualization, large surfaces, the interplay of mobile phone devices and large displays, wearable systems and head mounted displays (HMD'S), remote proxemics and interactive wall displays and how these can be employed throughout the home and work spaces. Collaboration Meets Interactive Spaces is both for researchers and industry practitioners, providing readers with a coherent narrative into the current state-of-the-art within interactive surfaces and pervasive display technology, providing necessary tools and techniques as interactive media increasingly permeates everyday contexts.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Human-computer interaction : theory, design, development and practice by
The 3-volume set LNCS 9731, 9732, and 9733 constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 18th International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, HCII 2016, held in Toronto, ON, Canada, in July 2016. The total of 1287 papers and 186 posters presented at the HCII 2016 conferences and were carefully reviewed and selected from 4354 submissions. The papers thoroughly cover the entire field of Human-Computer Interaction, addressing major advances in knowledge and effective use of computers in a variety of application areas. The volumes constituting the full 27-volume set of the conference proceedings.
Information Systems and Management in Media and Entertainment Industries by
This book defines an agenda for research in information management and systems for media and entertainment industries. It highlights their particular needs in production, distribution, and consumption. Chapters are written by practitioners and researchers from around the world, who examine business information management and systems in the larger context of media and entertainment industries. Human, management, technological, and content creation aspects are covered in order to provide a unique viewpoint. With great interdisciplinary scope, the book provides a roadmap of research challenges and a structured approach for future development across areas such as social media, eCommerce, and eBusiness. Chapters address the tremendous challenges in organization, leadership, customer behavior, and technology that face the entertainment and media industries every day, including the transformation of the analog media world into its digital counterpart. Professionals or researchers involved with IT systems management, information policies, technology development or content creation will find this book an essential resource. It is also a valuable tool for academics or advanced-level students studying digital media or information systems.
Interactive Modeling and Simulation in Business System Design by
This classroom-texted textbook/reference presents a set of useful modeling techniques, describing how these can be combined into a powerful framework for the analysis and design of business systems. These techniques follow an interactive modeling and simulation (IMS) approach, enabling the modeling and simulation of separate parts of the system at different levels of abstraction, and the composition of these parts in a flexible crosscutting manner that preserves the behavior of the individual parts. Topics and features: presents a detailed introduction to the foundations of IMS for business system design, covering protocol modeling and goal modeling semantics; describes the practical application of IMS for business system design, illustrated by a selection of useful case studies; highlights the advantages of this approach to IMS for business system design, with a focus on performance management, motivation modeling, and communication; includes review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter.
Interactive Object Oriented Programming in Java by
Discover object oriented programming with Java in this unique tutorial. This book uses Java and Eclipse to write and generate output for examples in topics such as classes, interfaces, overloading, and overriding. Interactive Object Oriented Programming in Java uniquely presents its material in a dialogue with the reader to encourage thinking and experimentation. Later chapters cover further Java programming concepts, such as abstract classes, packages, and exception handling. At each stage you'll be challenged by the author to help you absorb the information and become a proficient Java programmer. Additionally, each chapter contains simple assignments to encourage you and boost your confidence level. What You Will Learn Become proficient in object oriented programming Test your skills in the basics of Java Develop as a Java programmer Use the Eclipse IDE to write your code Who This Book Is For Software developers and software testers.
Interactivity, Collaboration, and Authoring in Social Media by
This book includes a short history of interactive narrative and an account of a small group collaboratively authored social media narrative: Romeo and Juliet on Facebook: After Love Comes Destruction. At the forefront of narrative innovation are social media channels - speculative spaces for creating and experiencing stories that are interactive and collaborative. Media, however, is only the access point to the expressiveness of narrative content. Wikis, messaging, mash-ups, and social media (Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and others) are on a trajectory of participatory story creation that goes back many centuries. These forms offer authors ways to create narrative meaning that reflects our current media culture, as the harlequinade reflected the culture of the 18th century, and as the volvelle reflected that of the 13th century. Interactivity, Collaboration, and Authoring in Social Media first prospects the last millennium for antecedents of today's authoring practices. It does so with a view to considering how today's digital manifestations are a continuation, perhaps a reiteration, perhaps a novel pioneering, of humans' abiding interest in interactive narrative. The book then takes the reader inside the process of creating a collaborative, interactive narrative in today's social media through an authoring experience undertaken by a group of graduate students. The engaging mix of blogs, emails, personal diaries , and fabricated documents used to create the narrative demonstrates that a social media environment can facilitate a meaningful and productive collaborative authorial experience and result in an abundance of networked, personally expressive, and visually and textually referential content. The resulting narrative, After Love Comes Destruction, based in Shakespeare's Romeo and Juliet, shows how a generative narrative space evolved around the students' use of social media in ways they had not previously considered both for authoring and for delivery of their final narrative artifact.
Pro HTML5 with CSS, JavaScript, and multimedia : complete website development and best practices by
Learn broad and thorough coverage of HTML5, including markup, styling, and scripting. Accessible for both the beginner and expert, with lots of practical examples and best practice insights. You'll quickly understand the new HTML markup elements and when to use them, and then apply the new and improved CSS features to create amazing web pages. Learn how to use JavaScript to create web applications that are dynamic and interactive. With Pro HTML5 with CSS, JavaScript, and Multimedia, you'll learn both the fundamentals of client-side scripting as well as explore the immense functionality available to you as browser vendors converge on the HTML5 standards. This book is full of practical examples and advanced content, including audio, video, SVG, and drag and drop capabilities. Using practical hands-on demonstrations you will learn all of the really cool features that you can start using now. HTML5 promises to revolutionize the way websites are developed with an impressive set of built-in client-side features. It as a preferred development language in Windows 10, and along with growing support from the major browser vendors, HTML5 is likely to become the de facto standard for all future web development. What You Will Learn: How, and when, to use all the HTML5 markup tags Use CSS3 features to create dramatic websites Master the JavaScript fundamentals and advanced features Use canvas and SVG to build some amazing web pages Leverage the native browser support for Geolocation, IndexedDB, and drag and drop capabilitiesvolutionize the way websites are developed with an impressive set of built-in client-side features. It as a preferred development language in Windows 10, and along with growing support from the major browser vendors, HTML5 is likely to become the de facto standard for all future web development. What You Will Learn: How, and when, to use all the HTML5 markup tags Use the new CSS3 features to create dramatic websites Master the JavaScript fundamentals and advanced features Use canvas and SVG to build some amazing web pages Leverage the native browser support for Geolocation, IndexedDB, and drag and drop capabilities.
Visual Content Marketing by
Your ticket to generating better results through infographics Visual Content Marketing is a more than just a guide to infographics. Written for business people dealing with complex offerings, this is a hands-on, in-the-trenches guide to leveraging this emerging medium to reach bottomline business goals. Uniquely, this book addresses the full range of visual solutions, with an emphasis on using these products to create real business value. Inside, you'll learn the ins and outs of infographics, interactive pictograms, video, animations, data-driven visualizations, and other conversion-generating graphical content. Get inspired by the groundbreaking examples showcased here, and learn how to manage every aspect of visual content, from sourcing suppliers to leveraging content on the appropriate media platforms. Author Stephen Gamble is a leader in visual marketing solutions, with over twenty years of experience in the industry. Thousands look to his firm, Frame Concepts, for insider tips on generating revenue with the help of innovative graphics. This insider knowledge is at your fingertips in Visual Content Marketing. To meet your demanding business goals, you need new ideas. This book will show you how to infuse visual content where and when it counts. Generate high-quality leads and revenue with infographics, video, data visualizations, and more Identify the visual marketing and engagement strategies that will work for your business Source and manage talented content suppliers who will deliver on your strategic vision Integrate eye-popping visual solutions to update your brand and achieve your business goals Focusing on the visual is the secret to success in the effort to win customer engagement and attention. Visual Content Marketing is applicable to every business function and industry. With this book, you have the start-to-finish information you need to leverage visual solutions to great effect.
Interactive Applications for Mobile Media
MINTER6 is the sixth web subject that teaches the students how to develop interactive applications for mobile devices. Students will learn how to build web sites for mobile phones and other handheld devices. They will learn design principles, usability standards and best practices for mobile web development.
Android Application Development in 24 Hours by
In just 24 sessions of one hour or less, learn how to build powerful apps for the world's most popular mobile platform: Android 4.3. Using this book's straightforward, step-by-step approach, you'll build complete Android 4.3 apps from the ground up as you master the skills you need to design, develop, test, and publish powerful solutions. Extensively updated for Android's newest features and tools, every lesson builds on what you've already learned, giving you a rock-solid foundation for real-world success! Highlights of this new Third Edition include: Extensive new coverage: fragments, action bar, SQLite, content providers, Facebook SDK, and more Practical guidance on developing for multiple Android versions How to use open source projects to simplify Android development New topic-focused structure with at least one complete project in nearly every chapter Register your book at informit.com/register to gain access to the Bonus KitKat chapter online. Learn how to... Quickly set up your development environment and create Android projects Use Android layouts and fragments to create apps that look great on phones, tablets, and even TVs Develop intuitive user interfaces using Android controls Access the cloud and retrieve data using the Flickr API Create a full-blown app that parses JSON, stores metadata, and displays Flickr images Use a SQLite database and content providers to create responsive, data-driven apps Write social apps using the Facebook Android SDK Use contact and calendar data Build location-based apps using LocationManager APIs or the new Google Play Location Services Internationalize your apps Work with media and cameras Use open-source libraries to add "finishing touches" Package and publish apps to Google Play and other app stores
Building Android Apps in Easy Steps by
Have you ever wondered how to create an app for Android devices? Here's your chance to find out! Android has become the dominant operating system for smartphones and a host of connected devices.Building Android Apps in easy steps, 2nd edition will help you develop your own brilliant Android App using the popular Android App Inventor 2. Your App idea can now become a reality! Assuming no prior knowledge of any programming language, this book is ideal for newcomers wanting to easily create apps for Android devices, as well as programmers and web developers looking to quickly expand their skill set. Starting from setting up your computer to develop and test your Android apps, the book shows how to create graphical interfaces; define application properties; add interactivity; integrate with the web; build and deploy complete Android apps and more - all using simple drag-and-drop blocks - and demonstrated here by examples. Each chapter builds your knowledge so by the end of the book you'll have gained a sound understanding of application development for the Android platform. UseBuilding Android Apps in easy steps to create your own Android apps without doing any coding. Covers App Inventor 2 (released December 2013).
Contemporary Digital Forensic Investigations of Cloud and Mobile Applications by
Contemporary Digital Forensic Investigations of Cloud and Mobile Applications comprehensively discusses the implications of cloud (storage) services and mobile applications on digital forensic investigations. The book provides both digital forensic practitioners and researchers with an up-to-date and advanced knowledge of collecting and preserving electronic evidence from different types of cloud services, such as digital remnants of cloud applications accessed through mobile devices. This is the first book that covers the investigation of a wide range of cloud services. Dr. Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo and Dr. Ali Dehghantanha are leading researchers in cloud and mobile security and forensics, having organized research, led research, and been published widely in the field. Users will gain a deep overview of seminal research in the field while also identifying prospective future research topics and open challenges.
Contemporary Digital Forensic Investigations of Cloud and Mobile Applications by
Contemporary Digital Forensic Investigations of Cloud and Mobile Applications comprehensively discusses the implications of cloud (storage) services and mobile applications on digital forensic investigations. The book provides both digital forensic practitioners and researchers with an up-to-date and advanced knowledge of collecting and preserving electronic evidence from different types of cloud services, such as digital remnants of cloud applications accessed through mobile devices. This is the first book that covers the investigation of a wide range of cloud services. Dr. Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo and Dr. Ali Dehghantanha are leading researchers in cloud and mobile security and forensics, having organized research, led research, and been published widely in the field. Users will gain a deep overview of seminal research in the field while also identifying prospective future research topics and open challenges.
Creating Smart Enterprises : leveraging cloud, big data, web, social media, mobile and IoT technologies by
"Vivek Kale's Creating Smart Enterprises goes smack-dab at the heart of harnessing technology for competing in today's chaotic digital era. Actually, for him, it's SMACT-dab: SMACT (Social media, Mobile, Analytics and big data, Cloud computing, and internet of Things) technologies. This book is required reading for those that want to stay relevant and win, and optional for those that don't." --Peter Fingar, Author of Cognitive Computing and business technology consultant Creating Smart Enterprises unravels the mystery of social media, mobile, analytics and big data, cloud, and Internet of Things (SMACT) computing and explains how it can transform the operating context of business enterprises. It provides a clear understanding of what SMACT really means, what it can do for smart enterprises, and application areas where it is practical to use them. All IT professionals who are involved with any aspect of a SMACT computing project will profit by using this book as a roadmap to make a more meaningful contribution to the success of their computing initiatives. This pragmatic book: Introduces the VUCA (volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity) business ecosystem confronted by the businesses today. Describes the challenges of defining business and IT strategies and of aligning them as well as their impact on enterprise governance. Provides a very wide treatment of the various components of SMACT computing, including the Internet of Things (IoT) and its constituting technologies like RFID, wireless networks, sensors, and wireless sensor networks (WSNs). This book addresses the key differentiator of SMACT computing environments and solutions that combine the power of an elastic infrastructure with analytics. The SMACT environment is cloud-based and inherently mobile. Information management processes can analyze and discern recurring patterns in colossal pools of operational and transactional data. Analytics, big data, and IoT computing leverage and transform these data patterns to help create successful, smart enterprises.
Interaction Flow Modeling Language : model-driven UI engineering of web and mobile apps with IFML by
Interaction Flow Modeling Language describes how to apply model-driven techniques to the problem of designing the front end of software applications, i.e., the user interaction. The book introduces the reader to the novel OMG standard Interaction Flow Modeling Language (IFML). Authors Marco Brambilla and Piero Fraternali are authors of the IFML standard and wrote this book to explain the main concepts of the language. They effectively illustrate how IFML can be applied in practice to the specification and implementation of complex web and mobile applications, featuring rich interactive interfaces, both browser based and native, client side components and widgets, and connections to data sources, business logic components and services. Interaction Flow Modeling Language provides you with unique insight into the benefits of engineering web and mobile applications with an agile model driven approach. Concepts are explained through intuitive examples, drawn from real-world applications. The authors accompany you in the voyage from visual specifications of requirements to design and code production. The book distills more than twenty years of practice and provides a mix of methodological principles and concrete and immediately applicable techniques.
Pro Windows Phone App Development by
The Windows Phone 8 platform provides a remarkable opportunity for Windows developers to create state-of-the-art mobile applications using their existing skills and a familiar toolset. Pro Windows Phone App Development, Third Edition, helps you unlock the potential of this platform and create dazzling, visually rich, and highly functional applications for the Windows Phone Store and bring you up to speed on the new features the Windows Phone 8 API provides. For developers new to the Windows Phone platform--whether with .NET, iOS, or Android experience--this book starts by introducing the requirements, specifications, and basics of Windows Phone development, and then leads you through the complete application development process, using an array of complementary technologies and Microsoft's modern-style app design. Along the way, you'll learn how to Use Microsoft technologies like XAML, .NET, Visual Studio 2012, and Expression Blend effectively to develop modern-style Windows Phone apps Take advantage of the device's sensors with the location service, accelerometer, and touch Make your apps location-aware using GPS data Develop rich media applications that harness the graphics capabilities of Windows Phone models Design and develop Windows Phone applications using the Model-View-ViewModel architecture Publish and sell your application through the Windows Phone Store Whether you're a Microsoft developer, an iOS or Android developer, or someone with prior Windows Phone experience, Pro Windows Phone App Development, Third Edition, is an ideal guide for mastering the Windows Phone 8 platform and compelling Windows Phone app development.
Smartphones As Locative Media by
Smartphone adoption has surpassed 50% of the population in morethan 15 countries, and there are now more than one million mobileapplications people can download to their phones. Many of theseapplications take advantage of smartphones as locative media, whichis what allows smartphones to be located in physical space.Applications that take advantage of people?s location arecalled location-based services, and they are the focus of thisbook. Smartphones as locative media raise important questions abouthow we understand the complicated relationship between the Internetand physical space. This book addresses these questions through aninterdisciplinary theoretical framework and a detailed analysis ofhow various popular mobile applications including Google Maps,Facebook, Instagram, Yelp, and Foursquare use people?slocation to provide information about their surrounding space. The topics explored in this book are essential reading foranyone interested in how smartphones and location-based serviceshave begun to impact the ways we navigate and engage with thephysical world.
Interactive Applications for Mobile Media
MINTER6 is the sixth web subject that teaches the students how to develop interactive applications for mobile devices. Students will learn how to build web sites for mobile phones and other handheld devices. They will learn design principles, usability standards and best practices for mobile web development.
5G Verticals : customising applications, technologies and deployment techniques by
A comprehensive text to an understanding the next generation mobile broadband and wireless Internet of Things (IoT) technologies 5G Verticals brings together in one comprehensive volume a group of visionaries and technical experts from academia and industry. The expert authors discuss the applications and technologies that comprise 5G verticals. The earlier network generations (2G to 4G) were designed as on-size-fits-all, general-purpose connectivity platforms with limited differentiation capabilities. 5G networks have the capability to demand customizable mobile networks and create an ecosystem for technical and business innovation involving vertical markets such as automotive, healthcare, manufacturing, energy, food and agriculture, city management, government, public transportation, media and more. 5G will serve a large portfolio of applications with various requirements ranging from high reliability to ultra-low latency going through high bandwidth and mobility. In this book, the authors explore applications and usages of various 5G verticals including a set of key metrics for these uses and their corresponding target requirements. The book also examines the potential network architectures and enabling technologies to meet the requirements of 5G verticals. This important book: Offers a comprehensive resource to the promise of 5G Verticals Provides a set of key metrics for the uses and target requirements Contains illustrative examples of the technology and applications Includes contributions from experts in the field and professionals that developed the 5G standards Provides an analysis of specific vertical industries which have the potential to be among the first industries to use 5G Written for industry practitioners, engineers and researchers, 5G Verticals discusses the technology that enables the 5G system to be flexibly deployed and scaled.
Beginning Hybrid Mobile Application Development by
Create HTML5, JQuery, and CSS3-based hybrid applications and deploy them on multiple mobile devices, including on Android, iOS and Windows Phone. This kind of application development has the edge over native application development. Beginning Hybrid Mobile Application Development shows you how you can convert existing web application into mobile applications with minimal effort. You'll see how hybrid applications can give many web applications a larger audience by making them available as mobile applications. What You Will Learn Understand the basics of hybrid application development Discover the platforms and frameworks used for hybrid application development Master hybrid application development using the available APIs Access data in hybrid application See the role of JSON versus XML in hybrid applications Secure your code Who This Books Is For Mobile and web application developers.
Beginning PowerApps : the non-developers guide to building business mobile applications by 
Contemporary Digital Forensic Investigations of Cloud and Mobile Applications by
Contemporary Digital Forensic Investigations of Cloud and Mobile Applications comprehensively discusses the implications of cloud (storage) services and mobile applications on digital forensic investigations. The book provides both digital forensic practitioners and researchers with an up-to-date and advanced knowledge of collecting and preserving electronic evidence from different types of cloud services, such as digital remnants of cloud applications accessed through mobile devices. This is the first book that covers the investigation of a wide range of cloud services. Dr. Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo and Dr. Ali Dehghantanha are leading researchers in cloud and mobile security and forensics, having organized research, led research, and been published widely in the field. Users will gain a deep overview of seminal research in the field while also identifying prospective future research topics and open challenges. Presents the most current, leading edge research on cloud and mobile application forensics, featuring a panel of top experts in the field Introduces the first book to provide an in-depth overview of the issues surrounding digital forensic investigations in cloud and associated mobile apps Covers key technical topics and provides readers with a complete understanding of the most current research findings Includes discussions on future research directions and challenges
Learning Swift : building apps for macOS, iOS, and beyond by Mobile app analytics : optimize your apps with user experience monitoring by 
Mobile app development with Ionic 2 : cross-platform apps with Ionic, Angular, and Cordova by 
Unreal for mobile and standalone VR : create professional VR apps without coding by 
UX design for mobile : design apps that deliver impressive mobile experiences by Multimedia Portfolio and Branding
Multimedia Portfolio (MMAPORT) is a course focused on helping the students prepare for their OJT and the industry by directing them from branding themselves to promotion as distinct multimedia artists/designers.
Students will be guided throughout the whole course: from assessing themselves as to how they would like to brand themselves distinctively, to creating their own portfolio (from conceptualization, choosing quality of works and producing it), to pitching what they can do to a panel, and finally, to publicly exhibit their works.
Advertising and Integrated Brand Promotion by
Place yourself in the midst of today's fast-paced exhilarating world of advertising with ADVERTISING AND INTEGRATED BRAND PROMOTION, 8E. This cutting-edge approach provides intriguing insights into advertising in today's world. You see how strong advertising is the result of hard work and careful planning. A leader for its emphasis on integrated brand promotion, this edition combines a solid understanding of advertising strategy and important theory with hands-on practice.Advertising strategy comes to life with dynamic visuals and examples from today's most contemporary ads. Coverage of the latest practices and industry developments highlights social media, design thinking, and globalization. The book focuses on real advertising practice with content that follows the same process as an advertising agency. Accompanying MindTap provides integrated discussion of video and other medium.
Branding and Identity by
Following our successful first and second volumes of Touch Branding, this third volume does not only highlight design elements and styles of brands, but also emphasizes more on the branding process and the extensive use of branding in real life. This book collects the latest branding design works from brilliant designers and design studios worldwide, classified and sorted according to different industries which the relevant brands belonging to, with detailed description of the cases. The rich diversity of branding design works provides not only a visual feast to the readers, but also a great catalyst for gaining inspiration in brand design and innovation.
Branding for Dummies by
Discover how brands are created, managed, differentiated,leveraged, and licensed Whether your business is large or small, global or local, thisnew edition of Branding For Dummies gives you the nuts andbolts to create, improve, and maintain a successful brand. It'llhelp you define your company's mission, the benefits and featuresof your products or services, what your customers and prospectsalready think of your brand, what qualities you want them toassociate with your company, and so much more. Packed with plain-English advice and step-by-step instructions,Branding For Dummies covers assembling a top-notch brandingteam, positioning your brand, handling advertising and promotions,avoiding blunders, and keeping your brand viable, visible, andhealthy. Whether you're looking to develop a logo and tagline,manage and protect your brand, launch a brand marketing plan, fix abroken brand, make customers loyal brand champions?oranything in between?Branding For Dummies makes it fastand easy. Includes tips and cautionary advice on social media and itsimpact on personal and business branding programs Covers balancing personal and business brand development References some of the major brand crises?and how toavoid making the same mistakes Shows brand marketers how to create brands that match theiremployers' objectives while launching their own careers If you're a business leader looking to set your brand up for theultimate success, Branding For Dummies has you covered.
The Definitive Book of Branding by
With the growing body of knowledge on branding, there are now more facets of branding that brand custodians need to know than ever before. A unique compilation of branding experts, The Definitive Book of Branding addresses the needs of branding professionals across the world. The book walks the reader through the different ways in which brands drive the company's strategy, bring meaning to employees, instil passion in consumers, and maintain their appeal over time and across countries.It does not look only at the marketing aspect of brands but also at the organizational aspects of branding, which provides a holistic approach to the subject.
The Gen Z Frequency : how brands tune in and build credibility by
Generation Z, ranging from tweens to young adults, has enormous spending power; yet it is one of the most challenging generational cohorts for brands to reach. It is projected to be the largest consumer demographic in history, driving a forecast from the HRC Retail Advisory of 40% of all US consumer spending, and another 40% of all consumers in the US, Europe and BRIC by 2020 (Brazil, Russia, India, China), according to other sources. Embodying an unrelenting relationship with information and mobile technology from a young age, Generation Z's ecosystem is infinitely more complex and varied than any generation before. Staying tuned-in to this demographic's impatience, confidence and constantly evolving trends can be daunting for any marketer trying to keep up. The Gen Z Frequency offers a comprehensive guide for any brand or organization trying to reach this demographic, covering fundamental truths, content creation, engagement strategies and tactics such as social media, experiential, emerging technologies, and much more. It is woven with fascinating case studies and real-world stories from the trenches, plus key insights from leading youth brands and Gen Z themselves. Whether you are new to marketing or a seasoned expert, The Gen Z Frequency is the ultimate resource for tuning in to Generation Z.
The Graphic Designer's Guide to Portfolio Design by
Landing a job in graphic design or multimedia starts with the creation of a portfolio that showcases a student's best work. With sample portfolios, interviews with leaders in graphic design and advertising industries, and step-by-step instruction for creating professional print and digital portfolios, this book helps students successfully transition from design student to design professional. Now fully updated, it is the only guide to creating job-winning print-based and digital portfolios specifically for graphic designers.
The Language of Branding : theories, strategies, and tactics by
The Language of Branding: Theory, Strategies and Tactics shows marketers how to use language successfully to improve brand value and influence consumer behavior. Luna and Lerman are among only a few researchers who take a multidisciplinary perspective on the ways language influences how consumers act. Together with Morais, an anthropologist engaged in market research, they show how understanding the power of language can impact the essence - and sales - of a brand. The book covers the fundamentals of brand language and applications for an array of marketing initiatives. Readers will learn why brand language matters, how language is used in marketing, and how to build a brand strategy that capitalizes on the richness and complexity of language. This book includes real-world case histories that demonstrate vividly how brand language is created and exercises that enable both students of marketing and marketing professionals to apply the book's concepts and stimulate class discussion. The Language of Branding: Theory, Strategies and Tactics can be used in a number of courses, including consumer behavior, branding, advertising, linguistics, and communications.
Myths of Branding : a brand is just a logo, and other popular misconceptions by
A brand is just a logo - everyone knows that, don't they? After all, it's not as though a good brand can save a bad business, and besides, the digital revolution is making branding irrelevant... Myths of Branding, written by renowned branding experts Andy Milligan and Simon Bailey, explores the huge number of misguided, mistaken and blatantly false myths that abound in the branding arena. From the belief that developing brands is nothing more than fiddling with logos, to the perception that it's a 'soft' area of marketing that doesn't go beyond visual identity - these myths are all surprisingly entrenched, yet could not be further from the truth. Myths of Branding takes the most up-to-date research and evidence to debunk these popular misconceptions, and replaces them with the reality of what it's really like to work in the world of branding. Jam-packed with entertaining anecdotes and useful information that practitioners can learn from, it guarantees a deeper, sharper understanding of the realities of branding and brand management.
Personal Branding for Dummies by
The simple guide to managing your personal brand, a vitalelement of success in the professional world Personal Branding For Dummies, 2nd Edition, isyour guide to creating and maintaining a personal trademark byequating self-impression with other people's perceptions. Thisupdated edition includes new information on expanding your brandthrough social media, online job boards, and communities, using thetried and true methods that are the foundation of personalbranding. Marketing your skills and personality, and showing therest of the world who you are, gives you a competitive edge.Whether you're looking for your first job, considering changingcareers, or just want to be more viable and successful in yourcurrent career, this guide provides the step-by-step informationyou need to develop your personal brand. Distinguishing yourself from the competition is important in anyfacet of business, and the rise of personal branding has evolvedspecifically to help candidates stand out from the global talentpool. Establishing a professional presence with a clear and conciseimage, reputation, and status is a must, whether you're a new grador an accomplished executive. Personal marketing has never beenmore important, and your personal brand should communicate the bestyou have to offer. Personal Branding For Dummies, 2ndEdition, leads you step by step through the self-brandingprocess. Includes information on how to know the "real" you Explains how to develop a target market positioningstatement Helps you make plans for your personal brandcommunications Instructs you with ways to make your mark on your brandenvironment The book also discusses continued brand building, demonstratingyour brand, and the 10 things that can sink your brand. A personalbrand is more than just a business card and a resume. It should beexquisitely crafted to capture exactly the image you wish toproject. Personal Branding For Dummies, 2ndEdition provides the information, tips, tricks, and techniquesyou need to do it right.
Power Branding : leveraging the success of the world's best brands by
Every one of the largest, most successful corporations were, at some point, mere startups. McKee explains what enables some companies to growbigger and better, while others stumble along year after year, running but never winning the race. The difference is that the biggest and best brands aren't slaves to conventional marketing wisdom. McKee shows by example how the same, sometimes counter-intuitive, strategies used by the biggest brands can also best serve small and mid-sized companies. Among the topics explored: How can a company grow big by thinking small? Why do the best companies sometimes avoid being better? Why do brands that create the most memorable advertising stay away from focus groups? What is the secret to an effective slogan? When can admitting a negative become a positive? A diverse selection of companies provides powerful lessons, ranging from traditional icons like Coca-Cola, McDonald's, and General Motors, to new media models like Google and Facebook. Thisbook appeals not only to time- starved executives, but also to middle managers and owners of small businesses who have a wide variety of marketing problems to address and who need to change the way they think about how to generate healthy, consistent growth.
Multimedia Portfolio and Branding
Multimedia Portfolio (MMAPORT) is a course focused on helping the students prepare for their OJT and the industry by directing them from branding themselves to promotion as distinct multimedia artists/designers.
Students will be guided throughout the whole course: from assessing themselves as to how they would like to brand themselves distinctively, to creating their own portfolio (from conceptualization, choosing quality of works and producing it), to pitching what they can do to a panel, and finally, to publicly exhibit their works.
Branding for Dummies by
Discover how brands are created, managed, differentiated,leveraged, and licensed Whether your business is large or small, global or local, thisnew edition of Branding For Dummies gives you the nuts andbolts to create, improve, and maintain a successful brand. It'llhelp you define your company's mission, the benefits and featuresof your products or services, what your customers and prospectsalready think of your brand, what qualities you want them toassociate with your company, and so much more. Packed with plain-English advice and step-by-step instructions,Branding For Dummies covers assembling a top-notch brandingteam, positioning your brand, handling advertising and promotions,avoiding blunders, and keeping your brand viable, visible, andhealthy. Whether you're looking to develop a logo and tagline,manage and protect your brand, launch a brand marketing plan, fix abroken brand, make customers loyal brand champions?oranything in between?Branding For Dummies makes it fastand easy. Includes tips and cautionary advice on social media and itsimpact on personal and business branding programs Covers balancing personal and business brand development References some of the major brand crises?and how toavoid making the same mistakes Shows brand marketers how to create brands that match theiremployers' objectives while launching their own careers If you're a business leader looking to set your brand up for theultimate success, Branding For Dummies has you covered.
Branding for the Public Sector : creating, building and managing brands people will value by
How to apply for-profit marketing strategies to non-profit organizations Branding for the Public Sector presents powerful and effective branding strategies for the public sector illustrated through case studies and examples. The book covers branding architecture, brand vision, market research, brand perception, engagement, communication, managing brand change and much more. Additionally, the book highlights the future of public sector branding and how organizations in the public sector may be a key driver of economic growth and prosperity through the twenty-first century. Branding for the Public Sector offers expert guidance for managers and leaders who want to build powerful, influential brands in the public sector. Presents strategies and actions for building a powerful, memorable public sector brand Explains why the public sector will be the next huge growth sector in branding Explores the competencies needed to successfully manage a public sector brand
Brand Zero : the complete branding guide for start-ups by
If you are thinking of starting up a business OCo whether online or in a pushcart or a small caf(r) OCo you need to look into your branding. (how does it work, anyway?), brace yourself...According to Jacky Tai, you should start your branding exercise as early as possible. Brand Zero distils the authorOCOs wealth of experience in grappling with branding strategies in the real world into a practical and easy-to-understand guide anyone."
Follow the Feeling : Branding Yourself in a Noisy World by
Elevate your brand, rise above the crowd, and build tribe In Follow the Feeling, strategy advisor Kai D. Wright answers a critical question plaguing entrepreneurs, brand strategists, marketers, and leaders: how do you grow your brand in a noisy world? Analyzing 1,500 fast-growing companies from Alibaba to Zara, the Columbia University lecturer and Ogilvy global consulting partner unpacks five branding secrets. Starting with behavioral economic principles and ending with a new systems-based approach to brand building, Wright offers readers one metric that trumps the hundreds entangling brand value, feelings. Follow the Feeling will show you how to best build and position your brand so you can stand out from competitors, build a tribe, and engineer a positive feeling across five important branding territories--lexicon, audio cues, visual stimuli, experience, and culture. Sharing real-world lessons and practical advice he has gained helping everyone from Sean Diddy Combs and Meghan Trainor to Bank of America and HP develop and implement shareable, culturally-infectious branding strategies. Through storytelling, global research, and practical tips, this valuable book will help you and your organization: Efficiently create and deploy a comprehensive brand strategy across the organization Quickly launch new brands or reboot existing brands for growth Build tribes from audiences, consumers, clients, and partners Lean into the convergence of communication, culture, digital, and technology Regardless of industry or sector, branding is essential for companies, non-profits, and even individuals. Follow the Feeling: Brand Building in a Noisy World is a must-have resource for anyone from C-Suite executives to aspiring entrepreneurs seeking to unleash the full potential of their brand. And in this world of ever-increasing metrics paired with waning attentiveness, the most important signal of brand health is how you, through your brand, make people feel.
The Graphic Designer's Guide to Portfolio Design by
Landing a job in graphic design or multimedia starts with the creation of a portfolio that showcases a student's best work. With sample portfolios, interviews with leaders in graphic design and advertising industries, and step-by-step instruction for creating professional print and digital portfolios, this book helps students successfully transition from design student to design professional. Now fully updated, it is the only guide to creating job-winning print-based and digital portfolios specifically for graphic designers.
Recruitment advertising as an instrument of employer branding : a linguistic perspective by 
Social Media Branding for Small Businesses : the 5-sources model : a manifesto for your branding revolution by
Social media branding provides the thinking, evidence, and practice to create a road map for practitioners in small businesses to develop and implement their brand in online and of ine communities. It provides a starting point, as one of the biggest issues for small businesses is where to start. Social Media Branding For Small Businesses provides a framework to guide your strategy and implementation. The approach is called the 5-Sources Model. The resources are the have fundamental branding principles that focus on simply outsourcing your brand. Putting the customer back in control while focusing on the community and this group of dedicated customers and other stakeholders. The 5-Sources Model simply says that the social media brand for small businesses needs to play an important role in your customers' functional and emotional existence. It is both the serious and the fun experience of your brand.
Multimedia Project 2 - Design and Production
MMAPRJ2 is the second course in a series of three designed to enable the student to produce a culminating Multimedia project. It guides the student in executing his/her proposed topic and content into a viable Multimedia project. The course includes the design of the project, the production of a substantial portion of the project depending on the format, and the preparation of the design document under the guidance of the student’s preferred adviser. This course covers the actual production of the project elements, which is guided and monitored to ensure the feasibility of project completion and the viability of the product itself.
The Multimedia Arts student is envisioned to be proficient in content development and adept in the technical skills required to integrate various multimedia disciplines to produce a worthwhile and substantive Multimedia Arts project. As such, MMAPRJ2 is designed to enable the student to produce both the content and form of his/her project.
After Effects for Designers by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
Digital Design in Action : creative solutions for designers by
Digital design is not only about creating visually appealing products and promotions; it needs to possess a practical aspect in addition to being aesthetically appealing. Digital Design in Action explores these pragmatic applications and the creative design aspects for various mediums, including the web, apps, ePub, visual presentations, and PDF. Using the latest digital publishing tools and a project-based pedagogy, this book includes projects ranging from real-world to experimental. Each chapter contains the perfect balance of vibrant figures, techniques and applications to help guide the reader into harnessing their inner potential. Key Features Presents methodologies used to deploy layouts for multiple digital output, using the latest tools and techniques Includes a supporting companion website containing digital examples, plus all exercise files and supporting art Contains end-of-chapter exercises and real-world and experimental projects Structured to help design students create dynamic content in class and on the job later down the line.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Graphic Icons : visionaries who shaped modern graphic design by
Who are history's most iconic graphic designers? Let the debate begin here. In this gorgeous, visual overview of the history of graphic design, students are introduced to 50 of the most important designers from the early 20th century to the present day. This fun-to-read, pretty-to-look-at graphic design history primer introduces them to the work and notable achievements of such industry luminaries as El Lissitzky, Alexander Rodchenko, A.M. Cassandre, Alvin Lustig, Cipe Pineles, Armin Hofmann, Paul Rand, Saul Bass, Herb Lubalin, Milton Glaser, Stefan Sagmeister, John Maeda, Paula Scher, and more. Who coined the term "graphic design"? Who designed the first album cover? Who was the first female art director of a mass-market American magazine? Who created the "I Want My MTV" ad campaign? Who created the first mail-order font shop? In Graphic Icons: Visionaries Who Shaped Modern Graphic Design, students start with the who and quickly learn the what, when, why, and where behind graphic design's most important breakthroughs and the impact they had, and continue to have, on the world we live in.
Interaction Design : from concept to completion by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Network Innovation Through OpenFlow and SDN by
Software-defined networking (SDN) technologies powered by the OpenFlow protocol provide viable options to address the bandwidth needs of next-generation computer networks. And, since many large corporations already produce network devices that support the OpenFlow standard, there are opportunities for those who can manage complex and large-scale networks using these technologies. Network Innovation through OpenFlow and SDN: Principles and Design explains how you can use SDN and OpenFlow to build networks that are easy to design, less expensive to build and operate, and more agile and customizable. Among the first books to systematically address the design aspects in SDN/OpenFlow, it presents the insights of expert contributors from around the world. The book's four sections break down basic concepts, engineering design, QoS (quality-of-service), and advanced topics. Introduces the basic principles of SDN/OpenFlow and its applications in network systems Illustrates the entire design process of a practical OpenFlow/SDN Addresses the design issues that can arise when applying OpenFlow to cloud computing platforms Compares various solutions in QoS support Provides an overview of efficient solutions to the integration of SDN with optical networks Identifies the types of network attacks that could occur with OpenFlow and outlines possible solutions for overcoming them Supplying a cutting-edge look at SDN and OpenFlow, this book gives you the wide-ranging understanding required to build, deploy, and manage OpenFlow/SDN products and networks. The book's comprehensive coverage includes system architectures, language and programming issues, switches, controllers, multimedia support, security, and network operating systems. After reading this book you will understand what it takes to make a smooth transition from conventional networks to SDN/OpenFlow networks.
PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Web Design : introductory by
WEB DESIGN: INTRODUCTORY, 5th Edition explains the connection between a detailed design plan that considers audience expectations, sound design principles and various technical considerations to create successful Web sites.
Multimedia Project 2 - Design and Production
MMAPRJ2 is the second course in a series of three designed to enable the student to produce a culminating Multimedia project. It guides the student in executing his/her proposed topic and content into a viable Multimedia project. The course includes the design of the project, the production of a substantial portion of the project depending on the format, and the preparation of the design document under the guidance of the student’s preferred adviser. This course covers the actual production of the project elements, which is guided and monitored to ensure the feasibility of project completion and the viability of the product itself.
The Multimedia Arts student is envisioned to be proficient in content development and adept in the technical skills required to integrate various multimedia disciplines to produce a worthwhile and substantive Multimedia Arts project. As such, MMAPRJ2 is designed to enable the student to produce both the content and form of his/her project.
Content Delivery Networks : fundamentals, design, and evolution by
The definitive guide to developing robust content delivery networks This book examines the real-world engineering challenges of developing robust content delivery networks (CDNs) and provides the tools required to overcome those challenges and to ensure high-quality content delivery that fully satisfies operators' and consumers' commercial objectives. It is informed by the author's two decades of experience building and delivering large, mission-critical live video, webcasts, and radio streaming, online and over private IP networks. Following an overview of the field, the book cuts to the chase with in-depth discussions--laced with good-natured humor--of a wide range of design considerations for different network topologies. It begins with a description of the author's own requirement filtration processes. From there it moves on to initial sketches, through considerations of stakeholder roles and responsibilities, to the complex challenges of managing change in established teams. Agile versus waterfall considerations within large blue chip companies, security, commercial models, and value chain alignment are explored in detail. Featured throughout the book are numerous "what if" scenarios that help provide a clear picture of the wide spectrum of practical contexts for which readers may be tasked with building and implementing a CDN. In addition, the book: Discusses delivery of live, catch-up, scheduled on-demand, TVOD and SVOD Offers insights into the decisions that can to be made when architecting a content distribution system over IP-based networks Covers CDN topologies, including Edge-Caching, Streaming-Splitting, Pure-Play, Operator, Satellite, and Hybrid Examines computer hosting and orchestration for dedicated appliances and virtualization Includes real-world cases covering everything from IETF, regulatory considerations, and policy formation, to coding, hardware vendors, and network operators Considers the future of CDN technologies and the market forces driving its evolution Written by a back-room engineer for back-room engineers, Content Delivery Networks gets readers up to speed on the real-world challenges they can face as well as tried-and-true strategies for addressing those challenges in order to ensure the delivery of the high-quality content delivery networks that clients demand and users expect.
Graphics and multimedia for the web with Adobe Creative Cloud : navigating the Adobe software landscape by Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment by
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment is a guide to understanding the concepts and equipment used in projection and video design for live performances. After an introduction in the principles of design elements as well as information on content, this book focuses on how content is used and transmitted by describing the essential components of systems, providing definitions used in communicating video concepts, and including basic system troubleshooting tips and tricks. A brief history of projected imagery is included, as well as information on analog systems, as outdated technology continues to be used either by choice of the designer or by necessity due to budget. By providing the information to understand the tools and how to use them, the reader should be able to create their own systems to meet his or her design ideas.
Multimedia Foundations : core concepts for digital design by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Multimedia Networks : protocols, design, and applications by
The transportation of multimedia over the network requires timely and errorless transmission much more strictly than other data. This had led to special protocols and to special treatment in multimedia applications (telephony, IP-TV, streaming) to overcome network issues. This book begins with an overview of the vast market combined with the user's expectations. The base mechanisms of the audio/video coding (H.26x etc.) are explained to understand characteristics of the generated network traffic. Further chapters treat common specialized underlying IP network functions which cope with multimedia data in conjunction which special time adaption measures. Based on those standard functions these chapters can treat uniformly SIP, H.248, High-End IP-TV, Webcast, Signage etc. A special section is devoted to home networks which challenge high-end service delivery due to possibly unreliable management. The whole book treats concepts described in accessible IP-based standards and which are implemented broadly. The book is aimed at graduate students/practitioners with good basic knowledge in computer networking. It provides the reader with all concepts of currently used IP technologies of how to deliver multimedia efficiently to the end user.
Multimedia Networks : protocols, design, and applications by
The transportation of multimedia over the network requires timely and errorless transmission much more strictly than other data. This had led to special protocols and to special treatment in multimedia applications (telephony, IP-TV, streaming) to overcome network issues. This book begins with an overview of the vast market combined with the user's expectations. The base mechanisms of the audio/video coding (H.26x etc.) are explained to understand characteristics of the generated network traffic. Further chapters treat common specialized underlying IP network functions which cope with multimedia data in conjunction which special time adaption measures. Based on those standard functions these chapters can treat uniformly SIP, H.248, High-End IP-TV, Webcast, Signage etc. A special section is devoted to home networks which challenge high-end service delivery due to possibly unreliable management. The whole book treats concepts described in accessible IP-based standards and which are implemented broadly. The book is aimed at graduate students/practitioners with good basic knowledge in computer networking. It provides the reader with all concepts of currently used IP technologies of how to deliver multimedia efficiently to the end user.
Recording Studio Design by
Recording Studio Design, Fourth Edition explains the key principles of successful studio design and construction using straightforward language and the use of practical examples appreciated by readers of previous editions. Updated to reflect new industry standards, this fourth edition addresses improvements in cinema sound, with specific attention paid to B-chain electroacoustic response and calibration. Using over 50 years' experience, author Philip Newell provides detail on the practical aspects of recording in various environments, not only exploring the complex issues relating to the acoustics but also providing real-world solutions. While the book contains detailed discussions about performing rooms, control rooms, and mobile studios, concepts of the infrastructures are also discussed, because no studio can perform optimally unless the technical and human requirements are adequately provided for. In this new edition, sound for cinema provides a platform for highlighting many, wider electroacoustic topics in a way that is relatively easy to visualise. The way in which sound and vision interact is an important aspect of many modern multimedia formats. The new edition includes: A new Chapter 22 that will thoroughly reflect recently published SMPTE investigations which will drastically impact standards for cinema sound; The inclusion of new academic research and its practical applications; An entire new illustrated chapter on room construction principles; and The consolidation of ideas which were only emerging when the earlier editions were published.
Sound Systems: Design and Optimization : modern techniques and tools for sound system design and alignment by
Sound Systems: Design and Optimization provides an accessible and unique perspective on the behavior of sound systems in the practical world. The third edition reflects current trends in the audio field thereby providing readers with the newest methodologies and techniques. In this greatly expanded new edition, you'll find clearer explanations, a more streamlined organization, increased coverage of current technologies and comprehensive case studies of the author's award-winning work in the field. As the only book devoted exclusively to modern tools and techniques in this emerging field, Sound Systems: Design and Optimization provides the specialized guidance needed to perfect your design skills. This book helps you: Improve your design and optimization decisions by understanding how audiences perceive reinforced sound Use modern analyzers and prediction programs to select speaker placement, equalization, delay and level settings based on how loudspeakers interact in the space Define speaker array configurations and design strategies that maximize the potential for spatial uniformity Gain a comprehensive understanding of the tools and techniques required to generate a design that will create a successful transmission/reception model
Multimedia Project 3 - Post Production and Marketing
MMAPRJ3 is designed to enable the student to produce and create a marketing plan for the student’s culminating Multimedia project (in coordination with MMBUSI2). It is expected that the student has already mastered the basic production courses needed to complete his/her chosen project. As such, this course is designed as a consultation venue between student and adviser in the area of project viability as well as monitoring the effectiveness of production management. The adviser also assists in the post-production phase of the project, the completion of documentation papers, the development of a suitable marketing plan and the preparation for an External Defense before a panel composed of practitioners in the field/s relevant to the project.
Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production by
See Why Blender Is Right for Your Studio¿s Pipeline Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production explores why Blender is ideal for animation films. It demonstrates Blender¿s capability to do the job in each production department. Whether you are a beginner or more advanced user, you¿ll see why Blender should be taken into consideration in animation and film production. This Blender reference will help you: Manage your projects from start to finish Understand the different stages in any animation production See how studios work and develop their animation projects Describing the versatility and power of Blender, the book shows you why studios should incorporate Blender in their pipeline. It avoids tedious tutorials and incomprehensible examples. Instead, the book guides you toward finding efficient solutions for issues with your production files or pipeline. It familiarizes you with the animation industry and explores the risks involved in choosing Blender as a primary tool in animation studios.
The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production by
This expanded, updated, and revised third edition of Lorene Wales' The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production offers a comprehensive introduction to the positions/roles, procedures, and logistics of the film and digital video production process, from development and pre-production all the way to marketing and distribution. Lorene Wales offers a hands-on approach suitable for projects of any budget and scale, explaining every stage and key role/position in the life of a film and providing a wealth of sample checklists, schedules, accounting paperwork, and downloadable forms and templates for practical use. Other topics include a description of the latest mobile apps used in production, tax incentives, the DIT, set safety, and an expanded chapter on copyright, fair use and other legal matters. A companion website includes video tutorials, a personnel hierarchy, a guide to mobile apps useful during production, PowerPoints for instructor use, and a complete set of sample production forms and templates for download, including schedules, accounting paperwork, releases, and production checklists.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers : developing a marketing mindset from concept to release by
Written for working and aspiring filmmakers, directors, producers and screenwriters, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers walks through every stage of the marketing process - from concept to post-production - and illustrates how creative decisions at each stage will impact the marketability of a film. In this book, marketing experts Schwartz and MacDonald welcome you behind the curtain into the inner workings of Marketing department at both the studios and independents. They also track films of different budgets (studio, genre, independent and documentary) through the marketing process, examining how each discipline will approach your film. Featuring interviews with both marketers and filmmakers throughout, an extensive glossary and end-of-chapter exercises, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers offers a unique introduction to film marketing and a practical guide for understanding the impact of marketing on your film.
Production Pipeline Fundamentals for Film and Games by
Every production is built on the backbone of the pipeline. While a functional and flexible pipeline can't assure a successful project, a weak pipeline can guarantee its demise. A solid pipeline produces a superior product in less time and with happier artists who can remain creative throughout the grueling production schedule. Walk through the foundational layers of the production pipeline, including IT infrastructure, software development practices and deployment policies, asset management, shot management, and rendering management. Production Pipeline Fundamentals for Film and Games will teach you how to direct limited resources to the right technological initiatives, getting the most for every dollar spent. Learn how to prepare for and manage all aspects of the pipeline with this entirely unique, one-of-a-kind guide. Expand your knowledge with real-world pipeline secrets handed to you by a stellar group of professionals from across the globe. Visit the companion website for even further resources on the pipeline.
The Stage Manager's Toolkit : templates and communication techniques to guide your theatre production from first meeting to final performance by
As a Stage Manager, you are responsible for organizing rehearsals, running performances, and keeping everyone and everything on track and in sync. To do the job well, you need to be a communication wizard--able to collect a wide range of details and share them as effectively as possible. The Stage Manger's Toolkitis more than another overview book which generalizes how to be a Stage Manager. It presents the day-to-day duties in detail--discussing not only what to do but also why. Focusing on communication best practices, the book explores objectives, paperwork, and the questions that need to be asked in order to ensure a smooth production whether on Broadway, at a university, or somewhere in between. Introduces strategies for sharing information both in person and in writing Explores how document design can enhance the accessibility and effectiveness of your reports, charts, and lists Contains principles for web-based information sharing as well as hard-copy paperwork Provides customizable paperwork templates on the accompanying website, allowing you to put the ideas to work on your own show Other features: Organized based on the chronology of a typical theatre production: pre-production work, rehearsals, the tech period, performances, and post-production duties. In each section, the book outlines the objectives for the stage manager and the communication techniques that will ensure success. Provides examples of paperwork a stage manager commonly works with, including variations for plays and musicals, shortcuts for shows on an abbreviated time table, and strategies for maintaining consistency and legibility. The book highlights differences the stage manager may encounter when working on professional and academic productions.
The Videomaker Guide to Video Production by
From the editors of Videomaker Magazine comes this new edition that you have been waiting for. The Videomaker Guide Digital Video, fifth edition, provides information on all of the latest cutting edge tools and techniques necessary to help you shoot and edit video like the pro's. Learn about equipment, lighting, editing, audio, high definition, and all aspects of video from the leading experts on videography!
Multimedia Project 3 - Post Production and Marketing
MMAPRJ3 is designed to enable the student to produce and create a marketing plan for the student’s culminating Multimedia project (in coordination with MMBUSI2). It is expected that the student has already mastered the basic production courses needed to complete his/her chosen project. As such, this course is designed as a consultation venue between student and adviser in the area of project viability as well as monitoring the effectiveness of production management. The adviser also assists in the post-production phase of the project, the completion of documentation papers, the development of a suitable marketing plan and the preparation for an External Defense before a panel composed of practitioners in the field/s relevant to the project.
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment by
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment is a guide to understanding the concepts and equipment used in projection and video design for live performances. After an introduction in the principles of design elements as well as information on content, this book focuses on how content is used and transmitted by describing the essential components of systems, providing definitions used in communicating video concepts, and including basic system troubleshooting tips and tricks. A brief history of projected imagery is included, as well as information on analog systems, as outdated technology continues to be used either by choice of the designer or by necessity due to budget. By providing the information to understand the tools and how to use them, the reader should be able to create their own systems to meet his or her design ideas.
Modern Recording Techniques by
Modern Recording Techniques is the bestselling, authoritative guide to sound and music recording. Whether you're just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry, Modern Recording Techniques provides an in-depth read on the art and technologies of music production. It's a must-have reference for all audio bookshelves. Using its familiar and accessible writing style, this ninth edition has been fully updated, presenting the latest production technologies and includes an in-depth coverage of the DAW, networked audio, MIDI, signal processing and much more. A robust companion website features video tutorials, web-links, an online glossary, flashcards, and a link to the author's blog. Instructor resources include a test bank and an instructor's manual. The ninth edition includes: Updated tips, tricks and insights for getting the best out of your studio An introduction to the Apple iOS in music production Introductions to new technologies and important retro studio techniques The latest advancements in DAW systems, signal processing, mixing and mastering
Multimedia Networks : protocols, design, and applications by
The transportation of multimedia over the network requires timely and errorless transmission much more strictly than other data. This had led to special protocols and to special treatment in multimedia applications (telephony, IP-TV, streaming) to overcome network issues. This book begins with an overview of the vast market combined with the user's expectations. The base mechanisms of the audio/video coding (H.26x etc.) are explained to understand characteristics of the generated network traffic. Further chapters treat common specialized underlying IP network functions which cope with multimedia data in conjunction which special time adaption measures. Based on those standard functions these chapters can treat uniformly SIP, H.248, High-End IP-TV, Webcast, Signage etc. A special section is devoted to home networks which challenge high-end service delivery due to possibly unreliable management. The whole book treats concepts described in accessible IP-based standards and which are implemented broadly. The book is aimed at graduate students/practitioners with good basic knowledge in computer networking. It provides the reader with all concepts of currently used IP technologies of how to deliver multimedia efficiently to the end user.
The Entrepreneurial Journalist's Toolkit : manage your media by
Today's journalism and communication students need the tools to develop and maintain their own media businesses and freelance careers. In addition to mastering the basics of converged journalism practice, they need training in business entrepreneurship, mass communication and business law, and career and reputation management. The Entrepreneurial Journalist's Toolkit provides a solid foundation of multimedia journalism and also teaches readers to create solid business plans and develop funding proposals while maintaining high legal and ethical standards. This book details the process of pitching and working with clients, managing multi-platform communication campaigns to maximize reach, keeping the books, and filing taxes. It is provides everything a new or experienced journalist needs to get started as a media entrepreneur.
Logic Pro X : audio and music production by
From initial demos to mixing and mastering, seasoned authors Mark Cousins and Russ Hepworth-Sawyer show you how to get the most from Logic Pro X. By exploring the essential workflow and the creative possibilities offered by Logic's virtual instruments and effects, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production leads you through the music creation and production process, giving you all the tips and tricks used by the pros to create release-quality recordings. Using full color screenshots throughout, alongside related boxouts that expand on the key concepts, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production is an informative and easy-to-read guide to using Logic Pro X. Key features include: Production FAQs - Instructional Walkthroughs and Knowledgebases present information clearly and answer common production-specific problems. Methods - Professional techniques for recording and editing in Logic Pro X - whether you're dealing with real musicians or cutting-edge virtual instruments. Workflow - Use Logic Pro X's tools and functions in an optimal way. Website - Access audio examples, samples (Apple Loops), Logic projects, sampler instruments, and instrument patches at www.focalpress.com/cw/cousins Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production covers more than just the software; it will help you make the most out of every recording session and will illuminate and inspire your creative and sonic endeavors!
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment by
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment is a guide to understanding the concepts and equipment used in projection and video design for live performances. After an introduction in the principles of design elements as well as information on content, this book focuses on how content is used and transmitted by describing the essential components of systems, providing definitions used in communicating video concepts, and including basic system troubleshooting tips and tricks. A brief history of projected imagery is included, as well as information on analog systems, as outdated technology continues to be used either by choice of the designer or by necessity due to budget. By providing the information to understand the tools and how to use them, the reader should be able to create their own systems to meet his or her design ideas.
Recording Studio Design by
Recording Studio Design, Fourth Edition explains the key principles of successful studio design and construction using straightforward language and the use of practical examples appreciated by readers of previous editions. Updated to reflect new industry standards, this fourth edition addresses improvements in cinema sound, with specific attention paid to B-chain electroacoustic response and calibration. Using over 50 years' experience, author Philip Newell provides detail on the practical aspects of recording in various environments, not only exploring the complex issues relating to the acoustics but also providing real-world solutions. While the book contains detailed discussions about performing rooms, control rooms, and mobile studios, concepts of the infrastructures are also discussed, because no studio can perform optimally unless the technical and human requirements are adequately provided for. In this new edition, sound for cinema provides a platform for highlighting many, wider electroacoustic topics in a way that is relatively easy to visualise. The way in which sound and vision interact is an important aspect of many modern multimedia formats. The new edition includes: A new Chapter 22 that will thoroughly reflect recently published SMPTE investigations which will drastically impact standards for cinema sound; The inclusion of new academic research and its practical applications; An entire new illustrated chapter on room construction principles; and The consolidation of ideas which were only emerging when the earlier editions were published.
Multimedia Strategic Marketing and Positioning for Multimedia
Strategic Marketing & Positioning (MMSTRAM) involves the development of a vision for the markets of interest to the organization. Specifically, it covers the development of cognitive skills in selecting target market strategies, setting objectives, developing, implementing, and managing marketing programs. The course aims to develop multimedia students’ critical thinking and a set of skills important to strategizing and positioning in the market place.
Applied Strategic Marketing : a step-by-step approach by
This book, originally published in Dutch, provides a uniquely practical approach to strategic marketing planning. Combining a comprehensive overview of theory with practice, each chapter takes the reader step by step through the strategic marketing process. Beginning with identifying the value proposition, it moves on to the situational analysis that underpins the corporate strategy, and finally details the overall implementation and creation of a customer and brand values. Applied Strategic Marketing equips the reader with the necessary tools and techniques to develop and deliver a thorough and effective marketing strategy. With a broad range of international case studies that bring the theory to life, this well-renowned and updated translation is vital reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing management and strategic marketing. It should also be of interest to marketing practitioners who want a clear overview to aid them in the planning process. ing process.
The Definitive Guide to Strategic Content Marketing by
Understand content marketing best practice from a new perspective with exclusive insight and contributions from leading academics, experts, global thought leaders and influencers in the industry on key topics, to create a truly unique resource - including a foreword by Tom Goodwin and bonus online chapters. Marketers everywhere are talking about content, but not everyone is saying the same thing. Some professionals love content and believe it has revolutionized the practice of marketing. To others, it is mere hype: a new name for what marketers have always done. The Definitive Guide to Strategic Content Marketing brings together all these diverse perspectives, structuring them around useful key topics that provide insight into the multi-faceted nature of content marketing, weaving together different voices to present a balanced view of the subject. Grouping the discussion around relevant subjects such as content monetization, native advertising, visuals vs video, and the challenge of measuring results, this book allows readers to cherry-pick the most useful aspects of each discussion according to their interests and apply it to their own marketing initiatives. With a foreword written by Tom Goodwin (author of Digital Darwinism and EVP, Head of Innovation at Zenith USA) and containing contributions from brands such as GE, General Motors, HSBC, Football Association, Diageo and Pernod Ricard, plus agencies including Oglivy Group UK, Havas, Zenith, Vizeum, Accenture, this book is a truly unique resource. Insight and contributions from A-list industry professionals and influencers, include: Tim Lindsay, Bob Garfield, Bob Hoffman, Faris Yakob, Thomas Kolster, Rebecca Lieb, Tia Castagno, Scott Donaton, Rober Rose, David Berkowitz, Professors Mara Einstein, Mark Ritson and Douglas Rushkoff.
Digital Marketing : a practical approach by
As in the previous editions of this book, whilst strategic issues are included where appropriate, by concentrating on the operational and functional aspects of this dynamic subject, Digital Marketing: A Practical Approach provides a step-by-step guide to implementing the key aspects of online marketing. Similarly, although primarily aimed at an academic market, the practical - rather than purely theoretical - nature of the book means that it will be equally useful in both training and self-learning scenarios. After reading this book - and completing the exercises within it - the reader will be equipped to undertake any digital marketing role within a variety of organizations. The practical case-study exercises - based on theory and recognized good practice - will ensure that readers will be able to analyse situations within the work place, identify the most appropriate course of action and implement the strategies and tactics that will help the organization meet its online objectives. A key aspect to this digital marketing book is the use of a number of bespoke case studies that are designed to make clear how the impact of each online application varies between organizations and markets. For each section of every chapter there is a case study question that is pertinent to that subject - though readers are welcome to switch case studies for each question if they so wish, or even substitute their own organization. This makes the book an excellent text for work-based learning programmes such as Degree Apprenticeships. As the subject has evolved in recent years, so too has the structure of the third edition of this book. The book is now in two distinct parts. Part I considers the environment in which digital marketing is practised, digital buyer behaviour and has a chapter that includes sections covering strategic digital issues such as content marketing, attribution, influencers and digital marketing objectives. Part II replicates the successful structure of the first two editions of the book by having chapters devoted to the key elements of operational digital marketing. Essential updates made necessary by both technology and consumer behaviour are made to all elements, but specifically to programmatic advertising and marketing on social media. There is also the addition of a chapter devoted to e-metrics and online analytics. Online support and subject updates that both complement and enhance each chapter's content can be found on the author's website at AlanCharlesworth.com/DigitalMarketing.
Digital Marketing : strategic planning & integration by
An unbiased approach to the latest digital marketing models, offering students and practitioners a range of tools to implement in their digital marketing planning and strategy. Covering all aspects of digital marketing planning, and the latest digital marketing models, the book aims to provide a roadmap for a digital marketing journey. As such, its structure maps against the development of a digital marketing plan and concludes with a ready-made digital marketing plan template to download and adapt. In addition to this, the content is supported by case examples from real-world organizations, and a number of features throughout the chapters: Smartphone sixty seconds features in every chapter, to evaluate influencers in relation to the topic covered. Digital tool boxes introduce professional tools (for example how Google shares its aggregate data to inform marketers about shopping insights, trends and benchmarks Ethical insights provide a reflective and challenging look at social issues and the negative sides to marketing. The book is complemented by online resources for both instructors and students, these include PowerPoint slides, an instructor's guide, exercises and activities relating to each chapter, digital marketing planning documents, digital marketing model templates, quizzes, annotated recommended video links, links to free online tools and SAGE journal article recommendations.Suitable for digital and e-marketing courses on marketing and advertising degrees as well as professional courses for anyone interested in gaining a holistic understanding of digital marketing.
Digital Marketing for Dummies by
Does your digital marketing pack a punch? Written with the marketer's best interests in mind, this friendly, down-to-earth guide shows you how to use proven digital marketing strategies and tactics to expand the reach of your brand, increase audience engagement, and acquire and monetize customers. From current best practices in SEO and SEM to the latest ways to effectively use content marketing and influencer marketing'and everything in between?Digital Marketing For Dummies helps you get the most out of all your digital marketing efforts. What worked in digital marketing just a few years ago is quickly losing relevance as electronic platforms'and the people who use them'continue to evolve. So how do you keep afloat in this fast-paced and ultra-competitive environment? Don't sweat it! Digital Marketing For Dummies takes the guesswork out of marketing in the digital age, offering the latest tips and techniques for utilizing technology to get your product or services out to the masses. Whether you're looking to craft a killer campaign from scratch or just want to beef up your social media presence, you'll find everything you need to meet your business goals'and boost your bottom line. Develop an individually tailored digital marketing campaign Offer an effective lead magnet to convert visitors Keep your audience invested in your brand, products, and services Create a return path with frequent and strategic communication with your customers If you're ready to benefit from the latest and greatest digital marketing has to offer, this no-nonsense guide sets you up for success.
Global Content Marketing: How to Create Great Content, Reach More Customers, and Build a Worldwide Marketing Strategy That Works by
Engage Customers Around the World with Cross-Regional Content Marketing Technology has virtually erased national borders, forever transforming the way we reach and engage customers, as well as the way we search for and consume content. Global Content Marketing takes you step-by-step through the process of creating and refining your strategies to meet this new reality. LEARN HOW TO: Create content that engages people--regardless of their country and culture Identify key actions and strategies to apply to your projects Connect "dots" that others don't see and connect them in ways you never thought of before "Content marketing across geographies is a diff erent animal. In this smart, practical, and authoritative book, Pam Didner has tamed this animal for all of us." -- DOUG KESSLER, Creative Director, Velocity "A valuable guide to developing and distributing your global content effectively." -- NANCY BHAGAT, former VP, Global Marketing Strategy, Intel, and current Divisional CMO, TE Connectivity "This book is the blueprint for engineering a modern scalable content marketing operation." -- PAWAN DESHPANDE, CEO, Curata "Finally the book that explores all critical aspects of global content marketing! Whether you are a small business or a Fortune 500 company, it is essential to understand the 4P's developed by Pam Didner. Read it and take your content strategy to the whole new level." -- EKATERINA WALTER, author of Think Like Zuck and coauthor of The Power of Visual Storytelling
Inbound Content : a step-by-step guide to doing content marketing the inbound way by
Develop and implement an effective content strategy tailored to your business's needs Inbound Content is a step-by-step manual for attracting the right people, turning them into leads, and closing them into customers. Today, everyone knows that content is king. It's how we engage, how we inform, and how we pass the time; content is everywhere, and if you're not leveraging its power to promote your business, you've already been left behind. Having a website and social media is not enough; if you truly want to take advantage of unprecedented levels of connectedness, you have to create content that draws customers in. It's not about blindly expanding reach, it's about reaching out to the right audience. Today's marketplace is no longer about chasing the sale--with the right approach to content, your customers will come to you. Your content must be valuable, relevant, and consistent--but how should it be implemented at the actual content-creation level? This book shows you how to develop a unified strategy, create compelling content tailored to your needs, and utilize that content to its greatest advantage in order to build your brand. Discover the power of storytelling and generate effective content ideas Plan a long-term content strategy and a content creation framework Create great content, promote it, measure it, and analyze its performance Extend your content's value, become a more effective writer, and develop a growth mentality Effective content is worth its weight in marketing gold. It stands out from the noise, and to the customer, looks like an oasis in a desert of clickbait and paid reviews. Inbound Content shows you how to plan, build, and implement your content strategy for unprecedented engagement and sales.
Social Media Marketing : a Strategic Approach by
Prepare for a successful career in social media marketing or a related field with the unique emphasis found only in SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING: A STRATEGIC APPROACH, 2E. Each chapter in this popular book includes a section on creating a personal brand, which is useful to current or future professionals at any stage of career development. This edition emphasizes how to use social media techniques, detailed in the book, to develop and maintain a strong personal brand. Helpful discussions also address a full range of online and offline elements you can use to create a viable personal branding strategy. You learn how to use graphical concepts to structure and strategize within what is otherwise a chaotic social media milieu. This edition summarizes many of today�s best practices for marketing activities on social media platforms to assist you in functioning most effectively and dealing with the rapid change that is a hallmark of social media.
Strategic Marketing for High Technology Products by
In order for High Technology (HT) companies to tackle contemporary demanding market challenges, they frequently deploy time-reduction strategies with respect to product launch. Marketing of technology related products ¿ and especially cutting edge ones ¿ involves a complex and multidimensional bundle of specific and unique characteristics, such as the complexity of products, the intensity of the competition, confusion and/ or fear of adoption among consumers, fast pacing changes in the external environment. The very nature of the interrelations that evolve as part of the dynamic process of strategy formulation contributes further to the formulation of a very challenging environment which is described as tumultuous, volatile and turbulent. These specific features, qualities and characteristics constitute the core of the innate need for an integrated approach that requires and depends on the cooperation and coordination of specific functional competencies. This book employs a systemic approach that accommodates the integration of specialized departmental capabilities as a fundamental prerequisite and a cornerstone for the successful navigation of high-tech organizations in their extremely competitive environments. It provides a solid and extant context of compact and consistent cognitive background that is specific to the HT strategic marketing field, and a strategic tool that utilizes, relies and is built on the turbulent environment of HT rather than just overlooking, avoiding or ignoring it, and that assumes a proactive point of view, capitalizing on characteristics specific to this field, through the provision of a strategic managerial and marketing model that is overlaid onto a reliably assessed foundation of dynamic qualities, with a long-term orientation and scope, albeit one that would be easy to apply and which will generate immediate results.
Strategic Writing : multimedia writing for public relations, advertising and more by
In its fourth edition, Strategic Writing emphasizes the goal-oriented mission of high-quality public relations and media writing with clear, concise instructions for more than 40 types of documents. This multidisciplinary text covers writing for public relations, advertising, sales and marketing, and business communication. In addition, it includes concise chapters on topics such as diversity, ethics and the legal aspects of strategic writing. Featuring a spiral binding, examples for each document and a user-friendly "recipe" approach, Strategic Writing is ideal for undergraduate PR or advertising writing classes that take an interdisciplinary approach. This new edition devotes new attention throughout to social media and writing in the digital realm, and features new and updated online resources for students and instructors.
Multimedia Strategic Marketing and Positioning for Multimedia
Strategic Marketing & Positioning (MMSTRAM) involves the development of a vision for the markets of interest to the organization. Specifically, it covers the development of cognitive skills in selecting target market strategies, setting objectives, developing, implementing, and managing marketing programs. The course aims to develop multimedia students’ critical thinking and a set of skills important to strategizing and positioning in the market place.
The Art of Digital Marketing : the definitive guide to creating strategic, targeted and measurable online campaigns by
The premier guide to digital marketing that works, and a solid framework for success The Art of Digital Marketing is the comprehensive guide to cracking the digital marketing 'code,' and reaching, engaging, and serving the empowered consumer. Based on the industry's leading certification from the Digital Marketing Institute (DMI), this book presents an innovative methodology for successful digital marketing: start with the customer and work backwards. A campaign is only effective as it is reflective of the consumer's wants, needs, preferences, and inclinations; the DMI framework provides structured, implementable, iterative direction for getting it right every time. The heart of the framework is a three-step process called the 3i Principles: Initiate, Iterate, and Integrate. This simple idea translates into higher engagement, real customer interaction, and multichannel campaigns that extend even into traditional marketing channels. The evolution of digital marketing isn't really about the brands; it's about consumers exercising more control over their choices. This book demonstrates how using this single realization as a starting point helps you build and implement more effective campaigns. Get inside the customer's head with deep consumer research Constantly improve your campaigns based on feedback and interactions Integrate digital activities across channels, including traditional marketing Build campaigns based on customer choice and control Digital marketing turns traditional marketing models on their heads. Instead of telling the customer what to think, you find out what they already think and go from there. Instead of front-loading resources, you continually adjust your approach based on real interactions with real customers every day. Digital marketing operates within its own paradigm, and The Art of Digital Marketing opens the door for your next campaign.
The Art of Opportunity : how to build growth and ventures through strategic innovation and visual thinking by
Innovate your way toward growth using practical, research-backed frameworks The Art of Opportunity offers a path toward new growth, providing the perspective and methods you need to make innovation happen. Written by a team of experts with both academic and industry experience--and a client roster composed of some of the world's leading companies--this book provides you with the necessary tools to help you capture growth instead of chasing it. The visual frameworks and research-based methodology presented in The Art of Opportunity merge business design thinking and strategic innovation to help you change your growth paradigm. You'll learn creative and practical methods for exploring growth opportunities and employ a new approach for identifying what "opportunity" looks like in the first place. Put aside the old school way of focusing on new products and new markets, to instead applying value creation to find your new opportunity, craft your offering, design your strategy and build new growth ventures. The changing business ecosystem is increasingly pushing traditional thinking out to pasture. New consumers and the new marketplace are demanding a profound adjustment to the way companies plan and execute growth strategies. This book gives you the tools to create your roadmap toward the new state of growth, and gain invaluable insight into a new way of thinking. The Art of Opportunity will help you to: Start looking at business growth from a new perspective Create value for the customers, company and ecosystem Innovate strategically and design new business models Develop a new active business design thinking approach to innovation Your company's goal is to grow, and to turn non-customers into customers. The old ways are becoming less tenable and less cost-effective. The Art of Opportunity outlines the new growth paradigm and gives you a solid framework for putting new ideas into practice.
Managing Packaging Design for Sustainable Development : a compass for strategic directions by
Packaging design is a powerful vehicle for making our lives friendlier, our planet greener and our businesses richer. It is an essential link between the producer and the customer, where it contributes to the positioning and presentation of a product; and on many occasions, the use of the product after purchase. What is missing is a compass that can guide practitioners in the right direction. This is particularly so in the field of packaging where the routes you take may contradict rather than contribute to sustainable development. Managing Packaging Design for Sustainable Development: A Compass for Strategic Directions emphasizes the need to rethink packaging system design, by presenting a strategic packaging design tool; a compass. The compass encourages you to go off-road, to develop and innovate, and to remake the packaging design solution that previously was best practice. Theory and practical applications are balanced by outlining the most crucial tenets of packaging design for sustainability and by illustrating wide range of real-life cases that will inspire and challenge the mindsets of those who apply the compass in packaging design related projects. This is a must-have book for designers, engineers, logisticians, marketers, supply chain professionals and other managers who seek guidance on sustainable solutions through packaging design.
Marketing above the Noise : achieve strategic advantage with marketing that matters by
Marketing today is out of control. With all the new marketing techniques accessible to the masses, it's becoming harder and harder to stand out from the crowd. The result is more and more messages, hitting us more often in new and more intrusive ways. For customers, it's a lot of noise. Through her work with a wide range of organizations from small companies to professional service providers to Fortune 500 companies, Linda Popky has developed Dynamic Market Leverage(tm), an approach to help cut through the clutter, stand out, and effectively build business. The book introduces the Dynamic Market Leverage Model, which measures marketing clout by looking at eight core marketing disciplines and five additional Leverage Factors that can help an organization focus on key aspects of their marketing function that will provide the most significant return on their marketing investment. Most organizations don't have the luxury of being able to start from a clean slate to develop new marketing strategies. They have existing customers, existing channels and relationships, existing ways of doing business. With limited resources, they're not able to integrate every new tactic as it appears and they're not sure how to prioritize all of these options. What's needed is a timeless framework--a way of looking at marketing as tied to both business growth and the building and nurturing of ongoing customer engagement. It's time to move the focus from social media and evangelists, sales and marketing alignment, and the latest hot cloud-based marketing tools, to what really counts: convincing customers to trust you with their business--not just once, but time and time again.
Strategic Marketing for High Technology Products by
In order for High Technology (HT) companies to tackle contemporary demanding market challenges, they frequently deploy time-reduction strategies with respect to product launch. Marketing of technology related products - and especially cutting edge ones - involves a complex and multidimensional bundle of specific and unique characteristics, such as the complexity of products, the intensity of the competition, confusion and/ or fear of adoption among consumers, fast pacing changes in the external environment. The very nature of the interrelations that evolve as part of the dynamic process of strategy formulation contributes further to the formulation of a very challenging environment which is described as tumultuous, volatile and turbulent. These specific features, qualities and characteristics constitute the core of the innate need for an integrated approach that requires and depends on the cooperation and coordination of specific functional competencies. This book employs a systemic approach that accommodates the integration of specialized departmental capabilities as a fundamental prerequisite and a cornerstone for the successful navigation of high-tech organizations in their extremely competitive environments. It provides a solid and extant context of compact and consistent cognitive background that is specific to the HT strategic marketing field, and a strategic tool that utilizes, relies and is built on the turbulent environment of HT rather than just overlooking, avoiding or ignoring it, and that assumes a proactive point of view, capitalizing on characteristics specific to this field, through the provision of a strategic managerial and marketing model that is overlaid onto a reliably assessed foundation of dynamic qualities, with a long-term orientation and scope, albeit one that would be easy to apply and which will generate immediate results.
Strategic Social Media : from marketing to social change by
Strategic Social Media is the first textbook to go beyond the marketing plans and how-to guides, and provide an overview of the theories, action plans, and case studies necessary for teaching students and readers about utilizing social media to meet marketing goals. Explores the best marketing practices for reaching business goals, while also providing strategies that students/readers can apply to any past, present or future social media platform Provides comprehensive treatment of social media in five distinct sections: landscape, messages, marketing and business models, social change, and the future Emphasizes social responsibility and ethics, and how this relates to capitalizing on market share Highlights marketing strategies grounded in research that explains how practitioners can influence audience behaviour Each chapter introduces theory, practice, action plans, and case studies to teach students the power and positive possibilities that social media hold
The Strategic Storyteller : content marketing in the age of the educated consumer by
The world needs more storytellers. Storytelling is an inherently innovative activity. When organizations find their best stories and tell them to the world, they're not only building a reputation, they're flexing the same muscles that allow them to pivot quickly around crisis or opportunity, and solve problems more creatively. For individuals, crafting stories is the primary way we can make sense of the world and our place in it. The Strategic Storyteller is a comprehensive, practical guide to transformative storytelling. In its pages you will learn how to: Tap into your and your organization's unique sources of wonder, wisdom, and delight Boost individual and collective creativity Understand the storytelling strategies behind some of the world's most powerful brands Unlock the secrets of the great strategic storytellers of the past Build a place where your stories can live online Distribute stories so they have staying power and reach in the digital age Convene audiences by going beyond demographic stereotypes and tapping into enduring human needs Understand how unshakable reputations are built out of stories that accumulate over time Sooner or later all of us will be asked to tell stories in the course of our professional lives. We will be asked to make a case for ourselves, our work, our companies, and our future. The Strategic Storyteller tells you how.
Top of mind : use content to unleash your influence and engage those who matter to you by Multimedia Communication Theory
MMCOMTH is an introductory course on the theories of communication as it lends itself to a better understanding of the communication process relevant to the study of multimedia arts. Communication theories shed light on how individuals, in particular, and societies, in general, receive messages, react to it, and affect others consequently.
Applied Mass Communication Theory : a guide for media practitioners by
Applied Mass Communication Theory: A Guide for Media Practitioners, Second Edition bridges a review of theory to the contemporary work of media professionals. The text provides a framework for constructing an undergraduate research project. It also presents vital chronological information on the progression of theory in mass communication, including a model that integrates mass communication theories and shows how they relate to one another. It concludes with information on media law, ethics, economics, and mass media careers, establishing a critical framework for students as they leave college and begin their first jobs. This Second Edition discusses mass communication theory and its applications in both traditional print and broadcast applications. By exploring advertising and public relations in this new digital multi-media environment, this text remains relevant, and in fact necessary, for students in the field.
Applying Communication Theory for Professional Life by
Updated Edition of Bestseller! Applying Communication Theory for Professional Life, by Marianne Dainton and Elaine D. Zelley is the first communication theory textbook to provide practical material for career-oriented readers. Featuring new case studies, updated examples, and the latest research, the Fourth Edition of this bestseller introduces communication theory in a way that helps you understand its importance to careers in communication and business. Real-world case studies within each chapter are designed to illustrate the application of theory in a variety of professional settings. New to the Fourth Edition All case studies now include specific questions about ethical issues associated with the narrative of the case and how knowledge of theory can help you negotiate these ethical dilemmas. The simulated "Education as Entertainment Theory" includes apps and other new media forms of educational content, keeping you up-to-date with the latest technology. Four new case studies have been added to show you how the theories are tied to recent events. The cases are titled: 1. "You're Fired" 2. "Bad Move" 3. "Million Dollar Manipulation" 4. "The (New) Media Culture Wars" New research and scholarship for all theories can be found in the "Chapter Summaries" and "Research Applications" of each chapter. Numerous political examples have been added to reflect the increasingly divergent political rhetoric in the United States.
Communication in Our Lives by
COMMUNICATION IN OUR LIVES, 8th Edition, provides everything you need to become a more confident and effective communicator -- in both your personal and professional life. Award-winning teacher Julia T. Wood combines the latest research, theory, and best practices with hands-on skills development. Extremely student friendly, the text features an engaging, personal tone, while frequent Student Voice sections highlight how past students have experienced key communication concepts. In addition to its signature emphasis on social and cultural diversity, the eighth edition includes expanded coverage of digital media, a new focus on health communication, and an early introduction to public speaking -- with plenty of sample speeches. The text also illustrates the importance of effective communication to today's careers. Interactive, online study tools help you put what you learn into practice as you strengthen your interpersonal, group, public speaking, and media skills.
The Handbook of Communication Training : a best practices framework for assessing and developing competence by
Communication remains a significant topic for job acquisition, development, and advancement. As such, there are no shortage of classes, seminars and books written on the subject. However, there are few designed for the corporate consultant that are not aligned with some proprietary system, traditional academic classrooms, or author's speculation. These tend to be either inaccessible, questionable in their content, or specifically aligned with the producers' interests. So where can the Communication trainers and consultants go to focus on fundamental touchstone research and practices? The Handbook of Communication Training is a powerful template, and first of its kind, for communication practitioners and academicians who wish to strengthen their professional capabilities. It also acts as a guide and standard for consumers and clients of these services. The chapters within are an outgrowth of the National Communication Association's Training & Development Division's desire to provide guidance, structure, and support for members and non-members alike. It is specifically targeted at those pursuing best practices regarding communication consulting, coaching, teaching and training. The 7 Best Practices presented in this book represent capabilities that are foundational to the effective transfer of communication promotion and skill enhancement. As such, these practices, and supporting chapters, should appeal to novice and experts alike.
Looseleaf for a First Look at Communication Theory by
The tenth edition of A First Look at Communication Theory justifies again the program's enduring popularity. Em Griffin, now joined by colleagues Andrew Ledbetter and Glenn Sparks, encourages students who are encountering the field for the first time to tackle theories without fear. The text's conversational style and relevant examples keep complex theories within the grasp of first-time theory students. The authors introduce 32 diverse theories that are a mix of foundational and recent scholarship and, with the benefit of numerous examples and connections to pop culture, help students apply them to their own lives. The discrete presentation of the theories ensures a well-rounded understanding of each while promoting integrative thinking and facilitating the ability of instructors to skip or rearrange their presentation. The broad selection of theories-from the classics to the cutting edge-ensures that students have a solid foundation with which to begin understanding the relationships between theories. New to This Edition ●Responding to instructors' desire to offer students more than one social media theory, a new chapter highlights Caroline Hawthornthwaite's media multiplexity theory. ●A new chapter features Marc Orbe's co-cultural theory, which is based on extensive phenomenological research among the LGBTQ community, people with physical disabilities, and African American men. ●The discussion of relational dialectics theory has been fully updated to center on Baxter's second version of the theory, which draws heavily on the thinking of Mikhail Bahktin. ●Updated examples will appeal to current students, including the illustration of social judgment theory with the issue of gun control rather than airline safety. ●A revised critique of social information processing theory cites MIT professor Sherry Turkle's challenge to Walther's basic claim that anything we do face-to-face can be done just as well or better online. ●Cultural studies now includes Larry Frey's appeal for communicative activism for social justice. This is the only ethical reflection in the book highlighting an ethicist currently active in the field of communication. ●Based on updated research, the presentation of face-negotiation theory has been simplified. ●End-of-chapter Critique sections are sharpened.
Practicing Communication Ethics : development, discernment, and decision making by
Practicing Communication Ethics: Development, Discernment, and Decision Making presents a theoretical framework for developing a personal standard of ethics that can be applied in everyday communication situations. This second edition focuses on how the reader's communication matters ethically in cocreating their relationships, family, workgroups, and communities. Through an examination of ethical values including truth, justice, freedom, care, integrity, and honor, the reader can determine which values they are ethically committed to upholding. Blending communication theory, ethics as practical philosophy, and moral psychology, the text presents the practice of communication ethics as part of the lifelong process of personal development and fosters the ability in its readers to approach communication decision making through an ethical lens.
Skilled Interpersonal Communication : research, theory and practice Front cover image for Skilled interpersonal communication : research, theory and practice by
There is a fundamental, powerful, and universal desire amongst humans to interact with others. People have a deep-seated need to communicate, and the greater their ability in this regard the more satisfying and rewarding their lives will be. The contribution of skilled interpersonal communication to success in both personal and professional contexts is now widely recognised and extensively researched. As such, knowledge of various types of skills, and of their effects in social interaction, is crucial for effective interpersonal functioning. Previous editions have established Skilled Interpersonal Communication as the foremost textbook on communication. This thoroughly revised and expanded 6th edition builds on this success to provide a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the current research, theory and practice in this popular field of study. The first two chapters introduce the reader to the nature of skilled interpersonal communication and review the main theoretical perspectives. Subsequent chapters provide detailed accounts of the fourteen main skill areas, namely: nonverbal communication; reinforcement; questioning; reflecting; listening; explaining; self-disclosure; set induction; closure; assertiveness; influencing; negotiating; and interacting in, and leading, group discussions. Written by one of the foremost international experts in the field and founded solidly in research, this book provides a key reference for the study of interpersonal communication. This theoretically informed yet practically oriented text will be of interest both to students of interpersonal communication in general, and to qualified personnel and trainees in many fields.
Multimedia Communication Theory
MMCOMTH is an introductory course on the theories of communication as it lends itself to a better understanding of the communication process relevant to the study of multimedia arts. Communication theories shed light on how individuals, in particular, and societies, in general, receive messages, react to it, and affect others consequently.
Beyond the Word : reconstructing sense in the Joyce era of technology, culture, and communication by
Beyond the Word provides an implicit critique of postmodernism, redefining it as a further radical stage of modernism.
Communication and Media Ethics by
Ethics in communication and media has arguably reached a pivotal stage of maturity in the last decade, moving from disparate lines of inquiry to a theory-driven, interdisciplinary field presenting normative frameworks and philosophical explications for communicative practices. The intent of this volume is to present this maturation, to reflect the vibrant state of ethics theorizing and to illuminate promising pathways for future research.
Critical theory of communication : new readings of Lukács, Adorno, Marcuse, Honneth and Habermas in the age of the internet by E-Learning and the Science of Instruction : proven guidelines for consumers and designers of multimedia learning by
The essential e-learning design manual, updated with the latest research, design principles, and examples e-Learning and the Science of Instruction is the ultimate handbook for evidence-based e-learning design. Since the first edition of this book, e-learning has grown to account for at least 40% of all training delivery media. However, digital courses often fail to reach their potential for learning effectiveness and efficiency. This guide provides research-based guidelines on how best to present content with text, graphics, and audio as well as the conditions under which those guidelines are most effective. This updated fourth edition describes the guidelines, psychology, and applications for ways to improve learning through personalization techniques, coherence, animations, and a new chapter on evidence-based game design. The chapter on the Cognitive Theory of Multimedia Learning introduces three forms of cognitive load which are revisited throughout each chapter as the psychological basis for chapter principles. A new chapter on engagement in learning lays the groundwork for in-depth reviews of how to leverage worked examples, practice, online collaboration, and learner control to optimize learning. The updated instructor's materials include a syllabus, assignments, storyboard projects, and test items that you can adapt to your own course schedule and students. Co-authored by the most productive instructional research scientist in the world, Dr. Richard E. Mayer, this book distills copious e-learning research into a practical manual for improving learning through optimal design and delivery. Get up to date on the latest e-learning research Adopt best practices for communicating information effectively Use evidence-based techniques to engage your learners Replace popular instructional ideas, such as learning styles with evidence-based guidelines Apply evidence-based design techniques to optimize learning games e-Learning continues to grow as an alternative or adjunct to the classroom, and correspondingly, has become a focus among researchers in learning-related fields. New findings from research laboratories can inform the design and development of e-learning. However, much of this research published in technical journals is inaccessible to those who actually design e-learning material. By collecting the latest evidence into a single volume and translating the theoretical into the practical, e-Learning and the Science of Instruction has become an essential resource for consumers and designers of multimedia learning.
Indoor Wireless Communications : from theory to implementation by
Indoor Wireless Communications: From Theory to Implementation provides an in-depth reference for design engineers, system planners and post graduate students interested in the vastly popular field of indoor wireless communications. It contains wireless applications and services for in-building scenarios and knowledge of key elements in the design and implementation of these systems. Technologies such as Wireless Local Area Networks, Bluetooth, ZigBee, Indoor Optical Communications, WiMAX, UMTS and GSM for indoor environments are fully explained and illustrated with examples. Antennas and propagation issues for in-building scenarios are also discussed, emphasizing models and antenna types specifically developed for indoor communications. An exhaustive survey on indoor wireless communication equipment is also presented, covering all available technologies including antennas, distribution systems, transceivers and base stations.
Single Channel Phase-Aware Signal Processing in Speech Communication : theory and practice by
An overview on the challenging new topic of phase-aware signal processing Speech communication technology is a key factor in human-machine interaction, digital hearing aids, mobile telephony, and automatic speech/speaker recognition. With the proliferation of these applications, there is a growing requirement for advanced methodologies that can push the limits of the conventional solutions relying on processing the signal magnitude spectrum. Single-Channel Phase-Aware Signal Processing in Speech Communication provides a comprehensive guide to phase signal processing and reviews the history of phase importance in the literature, basic problems in phase processing, fundamentals of phase estimation together with several applications to demonstrate the usefulness of phase processing. Key features: Analysis of recent advances demonstrating the positive impact of phase-based processing in pushing the limits of conventional methods. Offers unique coverage of the historical context, fundamentals of phase processing and provides several examples in speech communication. Provides a detailed review of many references and discusses the existing signal processing techniques required to deal with phase information in different applications involved with speech. The book supplies various examples and MATLAB® implementations delivered within the PhaseLab toolbox. Single-Channel Phase-Aware Signal Processing in Speech Communication is a valuable single-source for students, non-expert DSP engineers, academics and graduate students.
The W.R. Bion tradition : lines of development : evolution of theory and practice over the decades by Communication Research Methods
Multimedia Communication Research presents frameworks by which communication research is designed, conducted, interpreted, critically evaluated and applied. This course introduces a variety of research methodologies based on the three general paradigms in the field of communication; social-scientific, interpretive, and rhetorical/critical. Students will be taught to select and apply the correct method to generate valid data to create their intended communication content relevant to the practice of multimedia arts.
Communication Research : asking questions, finding answers by 
Communication Research Methodology : a strategic approach to applied research by
This introduction to communication research methods takes the student from the conceptual beginnings of a research project through the design and analysis. Emphasizing the correct questions to ask and how to approach the answers, authors Gary Petty, Cheryl Campanella Bracken, and Elizabeth Babin approach social science methods as a language to be learned, requiring multiple sessions and reinforcement through practice. They explain the basics of conducting communication research, facilitating students' understanding of the operation and roles of research so that they can better critique and consume the materials in their classes and in the media. The book takes an applied methods approach, introducing students to the conceptual elements of communication science and then presenting these elements in a single study throughout the text, articulating the similarities and differences of individual methods along the way. The study is presented as a communication campaign, involving multiple methodologies. The approach highlights how one method can build upon another and emphasizes the fact that, given the nature of methodology, no single study can give complete answers to our research questions. Unique features of the text: It introduces students to research methods through a conceptual approach, and the authors demonstrate that the statistics are a tool of the concepts. It employs an accessible approach and casual voice to personalize the experience for the readers, leading them through the various stages and steps. The presentation of a communication campaign demonstrates each method discussed in the text. This campaign includes goals and objectives that will accompany the chapters, demonstrates each individual methodology, and includes research questions related to the communication campaign. The tools gained herein will enable students to review, use, understand, and critique research, including the various aspects of appropriateness, sophistication and utility of research they encounter.
Composing Research, Communicating Results : writing the communication research paper by
Composing Research, Communicating Results: Writing the Communication Research Paper provides communication students with the knowledge and necessary tools to compose a variety of course-required papers that are scholarly, accessible, and well-written. The first work of its kind to take students from brainstorming to outlining to sentence and paragraph construction to paper presentation, drawing on student-written examples Easy-to-understand explanations of passive voice, point of view, commonly accepted citation styles, and more, with current and relatable student-written examples Covers common writing assignments in communication and related courses, including the literature review, application paper, and empirical research paper Four pedagogical features enhance comprehension and support learning: "Write Away" quick exercises, integratable "Building Blocks" assignments, "Engaging Ethics" tips, and "Student Spotlight" examples
An Integrated Approach to Communication Theory and Research by
This new edition provides a comprehensive overview of current theory and research written by the top theorists and researchers in each area. It has been updated to address the growing influence of technology, changing relationships, and several growing integrated approaches to communication and includes seven new chapters on: ■ Digital Media ■ Media Effects ■ Privacy ■ Dark Side ■ Applied Communication ■ Relational Communication ■ Instructional Communication ■ Communication and the Law The book continues to be essential reading for students and faculty who want a thorough overview of contemporary communication theory and research.
Qualitative Communication Research Methods by
Qualitative Communication Research Methods, Fourth Edition introduces you to qualitative research in speech and mass communication. Award-winning scholars and authors Thomas R. Lindlof and Bryan C. Taylor guide you through every step of the qualitative process, from developing research topics and questions through writing a final report. You are given numerous examples of work in the field to illustrate how studies are designed, carried out, written, evaluated, and related to theory. In addition to covering the theories and methods currently used in qualitative communication research, the authors also discuss important trends influencing the future of that research, helping you make informed judgments about the significance and consequences of recent trends.New to the Fourth Edition: A new chapter titled "The Diversity of Qualitative Research in Communication Subfields" provides readers with a complete guide to the field's distinctive subfields and enables you to identify the research agenda that best represents your own interests.Two rising subfields-- Political Communication and Communication Activism-- have been added, resulting in 13 subfields covered. Two major phases of data analysis have been split into separate chapters, enabling you to concentrate on the initial steps of analysis before moving on to the interpretation phase of analysis. Discussions of important intellectual and institutional trends currently reshaping the landscape of qualitative research, including Materialist Theory, Big Data, and Open-Access publishing, provide you with cutting-edge knowledge and skills that affect what you study and how you study it. An analysis of new developments in media and technology shows you how social media networks and other digital platforms are not only topics of research, but also the means for collecting and analyzing data.
Qualitative Research Methods : collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact by
The definitive step-by step resource for qualitative and ethnographic research Qualitative Research Methods: Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact is a comprehensive guide on both the theoretical foundations and practical application of qualitative methodology. Adopting a phronetic-iterative approach, this foundational book leads readers through the chronological progression of a qualitative research project, from designing a study and collecting and analyzing data to developing theories and effectively communicating the results--allowing readers to employ qualitative methods in their projects as they follow each chapter. Coverage of topics such as qualitative theories, ethics, sampling, interview techniques, qualitative quality, and advice on practical fieldwork provides clear and concise guidance on how to design and conduct sound research projects. Easy-to-follow instructions on iterative qualitative data analysis explain how to organize, code, interpret, make claims, and build theory. Throughout, the author offers her own backstage stories about fieldwork, analysis, drafting, writing, and publishing, revealing the emotional and humorous aspects of practicing qualitative methods. Now in its second edition, this thorough and informative text includes new and expanded sections on topics including post-qualitative research, phenomenology, textual analysis and cultural studies, gaining access to elite and difficult to access populations, on persuasive writing, novel interviewing approaches, and more. Numerous examples, case studies, activities, and discussion questions have been updated to reflect current research and ensure contemporary relevance. Written in an engaging and accessible narrative style by an acclaimed scholar and researcher in the field Offers new and updated examples of coding and qualitative analysis, full-color photos and illustrations, and a companion instructor website Synthesizes the most up-to-date multidisciplinary literature on qualitative research methods including seven main approaches to qualitative inquiry: grounded theory, case study, ethnography, phenomenology, narrative and autoethnography, participatory action research, and arts-based research Presents innovative qualitative data collection methods and modern representation strategies, such as virtual ethnography, photo-voice, and mobile interviewing Qualitative Research Methods: Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact is an ideal resource for undergraduate and graduate students, instructors, and faculty across multiple disciplines including the social sciences, healthcare, education, management, and the humanities, and for practitioners seeking expert guidance on practical qualitative methods.
Strategic Communication at Work : the impact paradigm by
Strategic Communication at Work provides the reader with a practical approach to engaging in all types of communication¿one-on-one, small group, and large group¿to achieve intended results. The framework presented enables readers to make informed decisions that increase the effectiveness of their communication and enhance their credibility. Lennard presents the IMPACT Paradigm¿Intending, Messaging, Presence, Attending, Connecting, and Together¿in the first part of the book explaining the benefits of using a single framework for all strategic communication. The second part illustrates how to apply these principles and approach interactions with a purposeful mindset, express ideas congruently, and connect with others. The third part offers curated exercises for practicing communication skills, along with specific ways to integrate the paradigm into everyday communication interactions. The text¿s clear and practical approach will appeal to graduate students of business communication, as well as instructors and professionals interested in improving their communication skills.
Communication Research Methods
Multimedia Communication Research presents frameworks by which communication research is designed, conducted, interpreted, critically evaluated and applied. This course introduces a variety of research methodologies based on the three general paradigms in the field of communication; social-scientific, interpretive, and rhetorical/critical. Students will be taught to select and apply the correct method to generate valid data to create their intended communication content relevant to the practice of multimedia arts.
Communication and discourse theory : collected works of the Brussels Discourse Theory Group by 
Constructions in Cognitive Contexts : Why Individuals Matter in Linguistic Relativity Research by
In what ways are language, cognition and perception interrelated? Do they influence each other? This book casts a fresh light on these questions by putting individual speakers' cognitive contexts, i.e. their usage-preferences and entrenched patterns of linguistic knowledge, into the focus of investigation. It presents findings from original experimental research on spatial language use which indicate that these individual-specific factors indeed play a central role in determining whether or not differences in the current and/or habitual linguistic behaviour of speakers of German and English are systematically correlated with differences in non-linguistic behaviour (visual attention allocation to and memory for spatial referent scenes). These findings form the basis of a new, speaker-focused usage-based model of linguistic relativity, which defines language-perception/cognition effects as a phenomenon which primarily occurs within individual speakers rather than between speakers or speech communities.
Insights from practices in community-based research : from theory to practice around the globe by Mixed-Methods Communication Research : Combining Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches in the Study of Online Journalism by 
Movements in Organizational Communication Research : current issues and future directions by
Movements in Organizational Communication Research is an essential resource for anyone wishing to become familiar with the current state of organizational communication research and key trends in the field. Seasoned organizational communication scholars will find that the book provides unique insights by way of the intergenerational dialogue that is found in the book, as well as the contributors' stories about their scholarly trajectories. Those who are new to the field will find that the book enables them to familiarize themselves with the field and become a part of the organizational communication scholarly community in an inviting and accessible way. Key features of the book include: A review of current issues and future directions in 13 topical areas of organizational communication research. Intergenerational dialogue and collaboration between both established and emerging scholars in their specialty areas. Reflections by the authors on their scholarly trajectories and how they became a part of the field. Discussion questions at the end of each chapter that prompt reflections and debate. The book also features online resources for instructors: Sample course syllabus Suggested case studies from the book Cases in Organization and Managerial Communication to align with this book's chapters The book is recommended as the anchor text for introductory graduate-level courses and upper-level undergraduate courses in organizational communication. It is also an excellent supplementary text for advanced doctoral-level courses in organizational communication, and courses in related fields such as organization studies, organizational behavior, and management.
The SAGE encyclopedia of communication research methods. Volume 1 by Interactive Content for Multimedia
MMICONT is a course for interactive media (web, offline digital and mobile). It prepares the student for interactive content by making them understand the content gathering and organizing process, as well as content preparation which includes writing. At the end of the course, the student should be able to plan, gather/create content for interactive applications. The course extensively uses creative skills in creating content, as well as logical skills in organizing the content. Since content is not writing alone, it would be beneficial for the student to have experience in graphic software and photography. The final project of the students should be good enough to be developed in their integration subjects (MINTER3 & 5 – web applications, MINTER 4 & 6 – author & mobile).
Advanced Content Delivery, Streaming, and Cloud Services by
While other books on the market provide limited coverage of advanced CDNs and streaming technologies, concentrating solely on the fundamentals, this book provides an up-to-date comprehensive coverage of the state-of-the-art advancements in CDNs, with a special focus on Cloud-based CDNs. The book includes CDN and media streaming basics, performance models, practical applications, and business analysis. It features industry case studies, CDN applications, and open research issues to aid practitioners and researchers, and a market analysis to provide a reference point for commercial entities. The book covers Adaptive Bitrate Streaming (ABR), Content Delivery Cloud (CDC), Web Acceleration, Front End Optimization (FEO), Transparent Caching, Next Generation CDNs, CDN Business Intelligence and more. Provides an in-depth look at Cloud-based CDNs Includes CDN and streaming media basics and tutorials Aimed to instruct systems architects, practitioners, product developers, and researchers Material is divided into introductory subjects, advanced content, and specialist areas
Analyzing Media Messages : using quantitative content analysis in research by
Analyzing Media Messages, Fourth Editionprovides a comprehensive guide to conducting content analysis research. It establishes a formal definition of quantitative content analysis; gives step-by-step instructions on designing a content analysis study; and explores in depth several recurring questions that arise in such areas as measurement, sampling, reliability, data analysis, and the use of digital technology in the content analysis process. The fourth edition maintains the concise, accessible approach of the first three editions while offering updated discussions and examples. It examines in greater detail the use of computers to analyze content and how that process varies from human coding of content, incorporating more literature about technology and content analysis throughout. Updated topics include sampling in the digital age, computerized content analysis as practiced today, and incorporating social media in content analysis. Each chapter contains useful objectives and chapter summaries to cement core concepts. useful objectives and chapter summaries to cement core concepts.
The Content Analysis Guidebook by
Content analysis is one of the most important but complex research methodologies in the social sciences. In this thoroughly updated Second Edition of The Content Analysis Guidebook, author Kimberly Neuendorf draws on examples from across numerous disciplines to clarify the complicated aspects of content analysis through step-by-step instruction and practical advice. Throughout the book, the author also describes a wide range of innovative content analysis projects from both academia and commercial research that provide readers with a deeper understanding of the research process and its many real-world applications. Available with Perusall--an eBook that makes it easier to prepare for class Perusall is an award-winning eBook platform featuring social annotation tools that allow students and instructors to collaboratively mark up and discuss their SAGE textbook. Backed by research and supported by technological innovations developed at Harvard University, this process of learning through collaborative annotation keeps your students engaged and makes teaching easier and more effective. Learn more.
Content Is King : news media management in the digital age by
From the viewpoint of newspaper organizations the main competitive media has shrunk to only one, the internet. But the effect of this innovation has been devastating in capturing the vast majority of the advertising revenues on which newspapers have depended. The larger the internet-based media became the more newspapers and other media shrank. Pairing an academic and former industry news manager, this textbook assesses the situation in which the regional news media industry finds itself, and explores methods, processes and techniques, which might usefully be introduced to help the news media firm secure a viable future. In focusing on newspapers, magazines, TV and radio, the work is filled with real-life examples and interviews with news media managers, illustrating how management is being conducted in this age of turbulence. The goal is to give students practice in solving complex strategic problems and to provide them with a series of intellectual and professional exercises. Their method of using case studies will enable students to explore in detail key theoretical issues before applying them to real life management settings.
Custodians of the Internet : platforms, content moderation, and the hidden decisions that shape social media by
A revealing and gripping investigation into how social media platforms police what we post online--and the large societal impact of these decisions Most users want their Twitter feed, Facebook page, and YouTube comments to be free of harassment and porn. Whether faced with "fake news" or livestreamed violence, "content moderators"--who censor or promote user‑posted content--have never been more important. This is especially true when the tools that social media platforms use to curb trolling, ban hate speech, and censor pornography can also silence the speech you need to hear. In this revealing and nuanced exploration, award‑winning sociologist and cultural observer Tarleton Gillespie provides an overview of current social media practices and explains the underlying rationales for how, when, and why these policies are enforced. In doing so, Gillespie highlights that content moderation receives too little public scrutiny even as it is shapes social norms and creates consequences for public discourse, cultural production, and the fabric of society. Based on interviews with content moderators, creators, and consumers, this accessible, timely book is a must‑read for anyone who's ever clicked "like" or "retweet."
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Media/Society : technology, industries, content, and users by
Providing a framework for understanding the relationship between media and society, this updated Sixth Edition of Media/Society helps you develop the skills you need to critically evaluate both conventional wisdom and your own assumptions about the social role of the media. Authors David Croteau and William Hoynes retain the book's basic sociological framework but now include additional discussions of new studies and up-to-date material on today's rapidly changing media landscape. Now featuring streamlined content and a more engaging narrative, this edition offers expanded discussions of the "new media" world, including digitization, the internet, the spread of mobile media devices, the role of user-generated content, the potential social impact of new media on society, and new media's effect on traditional media outlets
Race and Gender in Electronic Media by
This volume examines the consequences, implications, and opportunities associated with issues of diversity in the electronic media. With a focus on race and gender, the chapters represent diverse approaches, including social scientific, humanistic, critical, and rhetorical. The contributors consider race and gender issues in both historical and contemporary electronic media, and their work is presented in three sections: content, context (audiences, effects, and reception), and culture (media industries, policy, and production). In this book, the authors investigate, problematize, and theorize a variety of concerns which at their core relate to issues of difference. How do we use media to construct and understand different social groups? How do the media represent and affect our engagement with and responses to different social groups? How can we understand these processes and the environment within which they occur? Although this book focuses on the differences associated with race and gender, the questions raised by and the theoretical perspectives presented in the chapters are applicable to other forms of socially-constructed difference.
Interactive Content for Multimedia
MMICONT is a course for interactive media (web, offline digital and mobile). It prepares the student for interactive content by making them understand the content gathering and organizing process, as well as content preparation which includes writing. At the end of the course, the student should be able to plan, gather/create content for interactive applications. The course extensively uses creative skills in creating content, as well as logical skills in organizing the content. Since content is not writing alone, it would be beneficial for the student to have experience in graphic software and photography. The final project of the students should be good enough to be developed in their integration subjects (MINTER3 & 5 – web applications, MINTER 4 & 6 – author & mobile).
Adaptation in the Age of Media Convergence by
This collection considers new phenomena emerging in a convergence environment from the perspective of adaptation studies. The contributions take the most prominent methods within the field to offer reconsiderations of theoretical concepts and practices in participatory culture, transmedia franchises, and new media adaptations. The authors discuss phenomena ranging from mash-ups of novels and YouTube cover songs to negotiations of authorial control and interpretative authority between media producers and fan communities to perspectives on the fictional and legal framework of brands and franchises. In this fashion, the collection expands the horizons of both adaptation and transmedia studies and provides reassessments of frequently discussed (BBC's Sherlock or the LEGO franchise) and previously largely ignored phenomena (self-censorship in transnational franchises, mash-up novels, or YouTube cover videos).
Content Area Writing That Rocks (and Works!) by
Engage third through twelfth grade students with creative strategies to develop their writing skills with the help of Content Area Writing That Rocks. This standards-based resource provides teachers with strategies and suggestions to build writing skills based on students' interests in technology, social media, and other contemporary topics. This guide supports overall writing instruction across the content areas.
Content Delivery Networks : fundamentals, design, and evolution by
The definitive guide to developing robust content delivery networks This book examines the real-world engineering challenges of developing robust content delivery networks (CDNs) and provides the tools required to overcome those challenges and to ensure high-quality content delivery that fully satisfies operators' and consumers' commercial objectives. It is informed by the author's two decades of experience building and delivering large, mission-critical live video, webcasts, and radio streaming, online and over private IP networks. Following an overview of the field, the book cuts to the chase with in-depth discussions--laced with good-natured humor--of a wide range of design considerations for different network topologies. It begins with a description of the author's own requirement filtration processes. From there it moves on to initial sketches, through considerations of stakeholder roles and responsibilities, to the complex challenges of managing change in established teams. Agile versus waterfall considerations within large blue chip companies, security, commercial models, and value chain alignment are explored in detail. Featured throughout the book are numerous "what if" scenarios that help provide a clear picture of the wide spectrum of practical contexts for which readers may be tasked with building and implementing a CDN. In addition, the book: Discusses delivery of live, catch-up, scheduled on-demand, TVOD and SVOD Offers insights into the decisions that can to be made when architecting a content distribution system over IP-based networks Covers CDN topologies, including Edge-Caching, Streaming-Splitting, Pure-Play, Operator, Satellite, and Hybrid Examines computer hosting and orchestration for dedicated appliances and virtualization Includes real-world cases covering everything from IETF, regulatory considerations, and policy formation, to coding, hardware vendors, and network operators Considers the future of CDN technologies and the market forces driving its evolution Written by a back-room engineer for back-room engineers, Content Delivery Networks gets readers up to speed on the real-world challenges they can face as well as tried-and-true strategies for addressing those challenges in order to ensure the delivery of the high-quality content delivery networks that clients demand and users expect.
Content Marketing Strategies for Dummies by
Drive your content marketing campaign toward success Blogs and social platforms are all the rage right now--especially for strategists looking to cultivate influence among target audience members through content marketing. Content Marketing Strategies For Dummies explains how you can use content marketing to gain an edge over your competition, even in the most crowded of marketplaces. This timely text introduces you to the Five C Cycle: Company Focus, Customer Experience, Content Creation, Channel Promotion, and Closed-Loop Analysis. The Five C Cycle drives the creation and documentation of a targeted content marketing strategy, and allows you to approach your content marketing campaign with confidence. By helping you determine your company's focus, uncover your customers' experience with data, develop channel promotions across social platforms, create actionable online content, and use closed-loop analysis to build on previous success, this will become your go-to content marketing guide. Content marketing entails creating and curating content online via blog posts, social media platforms, and more. The goal is to acquire and retain customers by creating content that brings value to their lives, and that encourages them to engage with your brand. This easy-to-understand guide will help you do just that. Analyze customer data to better understand your target audience's journey Leverage social platforms, such as Facebook and Twitter, to develop channel promotions Create and curate intelligent, engaging content that leads to action Build upon your previous success with closed-loop analysis Whether you work for a large corporation, are part of a small business, are a solo thought leader, or are an educator, Content Marketing Strategies For Dummies tells you how to gain a critical, competitive advantage through targeted content marketing strategies.
Media Across the African Diaspora : Content, Audiences, and Influence by
This volume gathers scholarship from varying disciplinary perspectives to explore media owned or created by members of the African diaspora, examine its relationship with diasporic audiences, and consider its impact on mainstream culture in general. Contributors highlight creations and contributions of people of the African diaspora, the interconnections of Black American and African-centered media, and the experiences of audiences and users across the African diaspora, positioning members of the Black and African Diaspora as subjects of their own narratives, active participants and creators. In so doing, this volume addresses issues of identity, culture, audiences, and global influence.
The New Rules of Marketing and PR : how to use content marketing, podcasting, social media, AI, live video, and newsjacking to reach buyers directly by
The seventh edition of the pioneering guide to generating attention for your idea or business, packed with new and updated information In the Digital Age, marketing tactics seem to change on a day-to-day basis. As the ways we communicate continue to evolve, keeping pace with the latest trends in social media, the newest online videos, the latest mobile apps, and all the other high-tech influences can seem an almost impossible task. How can you keep your product or service from getting lost in the digital clutter? The seventh edition of The New Rules of Marketing and PR provides everything you need to speak directly to your audience, make a strong personal connection, and generate the best kind of attention for your business. An international bestseller with more than 400,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages, this revolutionary guide gives you a proven, step-by-step plan for leveraging the power of technology to get your message seen and heard by the right people at the right time. You will learn the latest approaches for highly effective public relations, marketing, and customer communications--all at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising! The latest edition of The New Rules of Marketing & PR has been completely revised and updated to present more innovative methods and cutting-edge strategies than ever. The new content shows you how to harness AI and machine learning to automate routine tasks so you can focus on marketing and PR strategy. Your life is already AI-assisted. Your marketing should be too! Still the definitive guide on the future of marketing, this must-have resource will help you: Incorporate the new rules that will keep you ahead of the digital marketing curve Make your marketing and public relations real-time by incorporating techniques like newsjacking to generate instant attention when your audience is eager to hear from you Use web-based communication technologies to their fullest potential Gain valuable insights through compelling case studies and real-world examples Take advantage of marketing opportunities on platforms like Facebook Live and Snapchat The seventh edition of The New Rules of Marketing and PR: How to Use Content Marketing, Podcasting, Social Media, AI, Live Video, and Newsjacking to Reach Buyers Directly is the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and managers in organizations of all types and sizes.
Powering content : building a nonstop content marketing machine by 
Race and Gender in Electronic Media by
This volume examines the consequences, implications, and opportunities associated with issues of diversity in the electronic media. With a focus on race and gender, the chapters represent diverse approaches, including social scientific, humanistic, critical, and rhetorical. The contributors consider race and gender issues in both historical and contemporary electronic media, and their work is presented in three sections: content, context (audiences, effects, and reception), and culture (media industries, policy, and production). In this book, the authors investigate, problematize, and theorize a variety of concerns which at their core relate to issues of difference. How do we use media to construct and understand different social groups? How do the media represent and affect our engagement with and responses to different social groups? How can we understand these processes and the environment within which they occur? Although this book focuses on the differences associated with race and gender, the questions raised by and the theoretical perspectives presented in the chapters are applicable to other forms of socially-constructed difference.
Regulating Content on Social Media Copyright, Terms of Service and Technological Features by Introduction to Multimedia Arts
MMINTRO gives the incoming Multimedia Arts students an overview of Multimedia Arts as a field. It will cover the definition, history and evolution of Multimedia Arts as well the current and future growth directions of the industry. Different areas of specialization will explained in line with current and future trends. To orient the student with the technical aspects of the course, the definition and functions of multimedia equipment and its application in the creation of multimedia products will be explained, as well as the phases of the multimedia development process and its interactivity. Finally, the two mother theories explaining the evolution of multimedia namely Technological Determinism and Mediamorphosis will also be tackled to provide the student with a theoretical framework as s/he proceeds with the course.
Becoming Rhetorical : Analyzing and Composing in a Multimedia World with APA 7e Updates by
In your courses and career, you will compose essays, reports, photos, graphics, web pages, and more. BECOMING RHETORICAL gives you the tools and the training you need to create successful communications in all of these formats and in different situations. First you will learn tools of analysis -- ways to investigate different aspects of a situation that will guide you to respond in the best possible way. Then you will learn how to draw on the specific capabilities of each medium of composition -- words, still images, sounds, video -- to create compositions that affect your audience in the ways you intend. As you learn to analyze and compose, you will read examples annotated by the author to show you exactly how it is done, and practice on projects large and small. Whether you have to design a brochure or make a video, BECOMING RHETORICAL gives you the foundations to make it work.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Multimedia Artist RED-HOT Career Guide; 2512 REAL Interview Questions by
3 of the 2512 sweeping interview questions in this book, revealed: Flexibility question: All in all, how satisfied are you with your Multimedia artist job? - Interpersonal Skills question: What have you done in past situations to contribute toward a teamwork Multimedia artist environment? - Business Acumen question: Describe a time you recommended a change to Multimedia artist procedure. What did you learn from that experience? Land your next Multimedia artist role with ease and use the 2512 REAL Interview Questions in this time-tested book to demystify the entire job-search process. If you only want to use one long-trusted guidance, this is it. Assess and test yourself, then tackle and ace the interview and Multimedia artist role with 2512 REAL interview questions; covering 70 interview topics including Teamwork, Believability, Problem Resolution, Customer Orientation, Persuasion, Evaluating Alternatives, Time Management Skills, Planning and Organization, Communication, and Adaptability...PLUS 60 MORE TOPICS... Pick up this book today to rock the interview and get your dream Multimedia artist Job.
Multimedia Ontology : representation and applications by
The result of more than 15 years of collective research, Multimedia Ontology: Representation and Applications provides a theoretical foundation for understanding the nature of media data and the principles involved in its interpretation. The book presents a unified approach to recent advances in multimedia and explains how a multimedia ontology can fill the semantic gap between concepts and the media world. It relays real-life examples of implementations in different domains to illustrate how this gap can be filled. The book contains information that helps with building semantic, content-based search and retrieval engines and also with developing vertical application-specific search applications. It guides you in designing multimedia tools that aid in logical and conceptual organization of large amounts of multimedia data. As a practical demonstration, it showcases multimedia applications in cultural heritage preservation efforts and the creation of virtual museums. The book describes the limitations of existing ontology techniques in semantic multimedia data processing, as well as some open problems in the representations and applications of multimedia ontology. As an antidote, it introduces new ontology representation and reasoning schemes that overcome these limitations. The long, compiled efforts reflected in Multimedia Ontology: Representation and Applications are a signpost for new achievements and developments in efficiency and accessibility in the field.
New Realities in Audio : a practical guide for VR, AR, MR, and 360 video by
The new realities are here. Virtual and Augmented realities and 360 video technologies are rapidly entering our homes and office spaces. Good quality audio has always been important to the user experience, but in the new realities, it is more than important, it's essential. If the audio doesn't work, the immersion of the experience fails and the cracks in the new reality start to show. This practical guide helps you navigate the challenges and pitfalls of designing audio for these new realities. This technology is different from anything we've seen before and requires an entirely new approach; this book will introduce the broad concepts you need to know before delving into the practical detail you need. Key Features This book covers audio for all types of new reality technology. At the moment, VR and 360 video are getting a lot of press, but in a few years we will be hearing a lot more about Augmented and Mixed reality technologies as well. A practical guide to creating, designing and implementing audio for this new technology by a leading sound design and implementation expert. Conceptual explanations address the new approaches necessary to designing effective audio for the new realities. Real-world examples and analysis of what does and does not work including detailed case study discussions.
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Introduction to Multimedia Arts
MMINTRO gives the incoming Multimedia Arts students an overview of Multimedia Arts as a field. It will cover the definition, history and evolution of Multimedia Arts as well the current and future growth directions of the industry. Different areas of specialization will explained in line with current and future trends. To orient the student with the technical aspects of the course, the definition and functions of multimedia equipment and its application in the creation of multimedia products will be explained, as well as the phases of the multimedia development process and its interactivity. Finally, the two mother theories explaining the evolution of multimedia namely Technological Determinism and Mediamorphosis will also be tackled to provide the student with a theoretical framework as s/he proceeds with the course.
Global Cinematic Cities : New Landscapes of Film and Media by
Engaging with a rapidly transforming urban world, the contributions to this collection rethink the cinematic city at a global scale. By presenting a global constellation of screen cities, the book encourages juxtapositions and comparisons across the North and South to capture the global city and its dynamics of exchange, hybridity, and circulation.
Multimedia Foundations by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Multimedia Networks : protocols, design, and applications by
The transportation of multimedia over the network requires timely and errorless transmission much more strictly than other data. This had led to special protocols and to special treatment in multimedia applications (telephony, IP-TV, streaming) to overcome network issues. This book begins with an overview of the vast market combined with the user's expectations. The base mechanisms of the audio/video coding (H.26x etc.) are explained to understand characteristics of the generated network traffic. Further chapters treat common specialized underlying IP network functions which cope with multimedia data in conjunction which special time adaption measures. Based on those standard functions these chapters can treat uniformly SIP, H.248, High-End IP-TV, Webcast, Signage etc. A special section is devoted to home networks which challenge high-end service delivery due to possibly unreliable management. The whole book treats concepts described in accessible IP-based standards and which are implemented broadly. The book is aimed at graduate students/practitioners with good basic knowledge in computer networking. It provides the reader with all concepts of currently used IP technologies of how to deliver multimedia efficiently to the end user.
Multimedia Ontology : representation and applications by
The result of more than 15 years of collective research, Multimedia Ontology: Representation and Applications provides a theoretical foundation for understanding the nature of media data and the principles involved in its interpretation. The book presents a unified approach to recent advances in multimedia and explains how a multimedia ontology can
Ready, Set, Create : a Manual of Style for Multimedia by
Want to learn something well? Make media to advance knowledge and gain new ideas. You don't have to be a communication professional to create to learn. Today, with free and low-cost digital tools, everyone can compose videos, blogs and websites, remixes, podcasts, screencasts, infographics, animation, remixes and more. By creating to learn, people internalize ideas and express information creatively in ways that may inspire others. Create to Learn is a ground-breaking book that helps learners create multimedia texts as they develop both critical thinking and communication skills. Written by Renee Hobbs, one of the foremost experts in media literacy, this book introduces a wide range of conceptual principles at the heart of multimedia composition and digital pedagogy. Its approach is useful for anyone who sees the profound educational value of creating multimedia projects in an increasingly digital and connected world. Students will become skilled multimedia communicators by learning how to gather information, generate ideas, and develop media projects using contemporary digital tools and platforms. Illustrative examples from a variety of student-produced multimedia projects along with helpful online materials offer support and boost confidence. Create to Learn will help anyone make informed and strategic communication decisions as they create media for any academic, personal or professional project.
White Space Is Not Your Enemy : a beginner's guide to communicating visually through graphic, web & multimedia design by
White Space Is Not Your Enemy is a practical graphic design and layout guide that introduces concepts and practices necessary for producing effective visual communication across a variety of formats--from web to print. Sections on Gestalt theory, color theory, and WET layout are expanded to offer more in-depth content on those topics. This new edition features new covering current trends in web design--Mobile-first, UI/UX design, and web typography--and how they affect a designer's approach to a project. The entire book will receive an update using new examples and images that show a more diverse set of graphics that go beyond print and web and focus on tablet, mobile and advertising designs.
Project Management for Multimedia
The Project Management (MMPRMAN) course examines project management roles and environments, the project life cycle and various techniques of work planning, resources allocation, cost estimating and budgeting, and control and evaluation to achieve project objectives.
Fundamentals of Project Management by
Having already sold more than 200,000 copies and helped generations of project managers navigate the ins and outs of every aspect of successful project management, this revised fifth edition of Fundamentals of Project Management remains the perfect resource for succeeding in this complex discipline that has changed greatly in recent years. Fully updated in accordance with the latest version of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), this all-encompassing book contains new information and expanded coverage on topics including estimating; stakeholder management; procurement management; creating a communication plan; project closure; requirements for PMP certification; and much more. Readers will also learn how to:* Clarify project goals and objectives* Develop a work breakdown in structure* Create a project risk plan* Produce a realistic schedule* Manage change requests* Control and evaluate progress at every stageChock full of tools, techniques, examples, and instructive exercises, don't go one more day without equipping yourself with what PM World Journal calls " . . . a great resource for helping a project manager or other team member to learn new tools and techniques or refresh their knowledge."
Information Technology Project Management by
Develop a strong understanding of IT project management as you learn to apply today's most effective project management tools and techniques with the unique approach found in Schwalbe's INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 9E. Examine the latest developments and skills as you prepare for the Project Management Professional (PMP) or Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) exams. This edition reflects content from the latest PMBOK® Guide, 6E and the Agile Practice Guide while providing a meaningful context. Examples from familiar companies featured in today's news discussion, exercises and cases reinforce learning. Time-saving template files assist in completing tasks. Agile information, a guide to using Microsoft Project 2016 and MindTap online resources will help you master today's most marketable IT project management skills.
Practical Management Science by
Learn to take full advantage of the power of spreadsheet modeling with PRACTICAL MANAGEMENT SCIENCE, 6E, geared entirely to Excel 2016. This edition uses an active-learning approach and realistic problems with the right amount of theory to ensure you establish a strong foundation. Exercises offer practical, hands-on experience with the methodologies. Examples and problems from finance, marketing, and operations management, and other areas of business illustrate how management science applies to your chosen profession -- and how you can use these skills on the job. The authors emphasize modeling rather than algebraic formulations and memorization of particular models. This edition also includes access to Palisade DecisionTools Suite (BigPicture, @RISK, PrecisionTree, StatTools, TopRank, NeuralTools, and Evolver) as well as SolverTable, for sensitivity analysis on optimization models. Chapters 15-17 are available online via MindTap.
Project Management Best Practices: Achieving Global Excellence by
The comprehensive guide to project management implementation, updated with the latest in the field Project management has spread beyond the IT world to become a critical part of business in every sphere; built on efficiency, analysis, and codified practice, professional project management leads to the sort of reproducible results and reliable processes that make a business successful. Project Management Best Practices provides implementation guidance for every phase of a project, based on the real-world methodologies from leading companies around the globe. Updated to align with the industry's latest best practices, this new Fourth Edition includes new discussion on Agile and Scrum, tradeoffs and constraints, Portfolio PMO tools, and much more. Get up-to-date information on the latest best practices that add value at every level of an organization Gain insight from more than 50 project managers at world-class organizations including Airbus, Heineken, RTA, IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Sony, Cisco, Nokia, and more Delve deeper into implementation guidance for Agile, Scrum, and Six Sigma Explore more efficient methodologies, training, measurement, and metrics that boost organization-wide performance Adopt new approaches to culture and behavioral excellence, including conflict resolution, situational leadership, proactive management, staffing, and more Ideal for both college and corporate training, this book is accompanied by an Instructor's Manual and PowerPoint lecture slides that bring project management concepts right into the classroom. As the field continues to grow and evolve, it becomes increasingly important to stay current with new and established practices; this book provides comprehensive guidance on every aspect of project management, with invaluable real-world insight from leaders in the field.
Project Management Beyond Waterfall and Agile by
This book goes beyond the paint by numbers approach, transcending the "how" of project management to the "what" and "why," which is critical for leaders of change. -- Dr. Joel B. Carboni, President and Founder, GPM Global and President, IPMA-USA Project Management beyond Waterfall and Agile presents a flexible, universal, and integrated three-dimensional model for managing projects, the Customizable and Adaptable Methodology for Managing Projects(tm) (CAMMP(tm) ). By tailoring and customizing the model to a specific industry or organization and by adapting it to a function or project classification, this model can be used to manage any project. CAMMP(tm) can also be used both in a traditional or an Agile environment. CAMMP(tm) integrates leading concepts on competence, processes, and sustainability. The model's three dimensions are project lifecycle, project management processes, and, finally, competence, sustainability, and best practices. The book explains how to integrate these dimensions to manage a project across the three dimensions and the project stages. CAMMP(tm) is a stage-gate process, which is vital for project success. The current state of practice in project management is not sustainable. The root causes of this problem include a lack of standardized processes, missing methods or methodological approaches, and no real organizational system for managing projects. This book introduces a system to address these shortcomings. It focuses on the elements of this system, which is a practical and systematic methodological approach for managing and delivering all types of projects. CAMMP(tm) integrates the best learning from the various global associations in the field. The book distills the experience and knowledge of a practitioner working in different roles for more than three decades on various types of projects of all sizes and complexities. It is a practical book by a practitioner writing for practitioners.
Project Management Case Studies by
THE #1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT CASE STUDIES BOOK NOW FEATURING NEW CASES FROM DISNEY, THE OLYMPICS, AIRBUS, BOEING, AND MORE After on-the-job experience, case studies are the most important part of every project manager's training. This Fifth Edition of Project Management Case Studies features more than one hundred case studies that detail projects at high-profile companies around the world. These cases offer you a unique opportunity to experience, first-hand, project management in action within a variety of contexts and up against some of the most challenging conditions any project manager will likely face. New to this edition are case studies focusing on agile and scrum methodologies. Contains 100-plus case studies from companies that illustrate both successful and not-so-successful project management Represents an array of industries, including medical and pharmaceutical, aerospace, entertainment, sports, manufacturing, finance, telecommunications, and more Features 18 new case studies, including high-profile cases from Disney, the Olympics, Boeing 787 Dreamliner, and Airbus 380 Follows and supports preparation for the Project Management Professional (PMP)® Certification Exam Experienced PMs, project managers in training, and students alike will find this book to be an indispensable resource whether used as a standalone or combined with the bestselling Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling, 12th Edition. PMI, CAPM, PMBOK, PMP and Project Management Professional are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.
Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology by
Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology, 5th edition, addresses project management across all industries. First covering the essential background, from origins and philosophy to methodology, the bulk of the book is dedicated to concepts and techniques for practical application. Coverage includes project initiation and proposals, scope and task definition, scheduling, budgeting, risk analysis, control, project selection and portfolio management, program management, project organization, and all-important "people" aspects--project leadership, team building, conflict resolution and stress management. The Systems Development Cycle is used as a framework to discuss project management in a variety of situations, making this the go-to book for managing virtually any kind of project, program or task force. The authors focus on the ultimate purpose of project management--to unify and integrate the interests, resources and work efforts of many stakeholders, as well as the planning, scheduling, and budgeting needed to accomplish overall project goals. This new edition features: Updates throughout to cover the latest developments in project management methodologies New examples and 18 new case studies throughout to help students develop their understanding and put principles into practice A new chapter on agile project management and lean Expanded coverage of program management, stakeholder engagement, buffer management, and managing virtual teams and cultural differences in international projects Alignment with PMBOK terms and definitions for ease of use alongside PMI certifications Cross-reference to IPMA, APM, and PRINCE2 methodologies Extensive instructor support materials, including an Instructor's Manual, PowerPoint slides, answers to chapter review questions, problems and cases, and a test bank of questions. Taking a technical yet accessible approach, Project Management for Business, Engineering and Technology, 5th edition, is an ideal resource and reference for all advanced undergraduate and graduate students in project management courses as well as for practicing project managers across all industry sectors.
Project Management for Information Professionals by
Aimed at practitioners, this handbook imparts guidance on project management techniques in the cultural heritage sector. Information professionals often direct complex endeavors with limited project management training or resources. Project Management for Information Professionals demystifies the tools and processes essential to successful project management and advises on how to manage the interpersonal dynamics and organizational culture that influence the effectiveness of these methods. With this book, readers will gain the knowledge to initiate, plan, execute, monitor, and close projects.
Project Management Jumpstart by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
Successful Project Management by
Master everything you need to work successfully in today's project management environment with SUCCESSFUL PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 7E. This best-selling book details how to organize and manage project teams -- from planning and scheduling to cost management.Each chapter aligns with PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) to ensure best practices. The book covers the latest business challenges, including project constraints, stakeholder concerns, the project charter, and how projects support strategic plans.Learn the keys to effective communication and discover how project management applies in the workplace with new cases and real-world vignettes. End-of-chapter and Internet exercises review concepts critical to project management. New MindTap digital resources provide videos, quizzes, and case animations. You work with the latest, popular project management software: Microsoft® Project 2016, available on the website. Find everything you need to manage projects in business today.
Project Management for Multimedia
The Project Management (MMPRMAN) course examines project management roles and environments, the project life cycle and various techniques of work planning, resources allocation, cost estimating and budgeting, and control and evaluation to achieve project objectives.
Agile Project Management for Business Transformational Success by
This book is intended to provide project management office (PMO) executives' practical information to promote enterprise Agile for business value compatibility within their organization. The primary benefit of this book is to promote a sense of common purpose and collaboration between the project delivery and the organization. Agile project delivery methods are adaptable to the emergence of unknown requirements identified in the later part of the project delivery lifecycle. The key success factor is direct business participation and collaboration to ensure that a business focus determines the output. Agile promotes innovation and creates synergies through a business focus viewing technology deployments as a catalyst for change rather than the final objective. Technology investments implemented through Agile processes result in improved market leadership, organizational alignment, and resource efficiency delivering competitive advantage.
Guide to Good Practice in the Management of Time in Major Projects by
A practical treatise on the processes and standards required for the effective time management of major construction projects This book uses logical step-by-step procedures and examples from inception and risk appraisal--through design and construction to testing and commissioning--to show how an effective and dynamic time model can be used to manage the risk of delay in the completion of construction projects. Integrating with the CIOB major projects contract, the new edition places increased emphasis on the dynamic time model as the way to manage time and cost in major projects, as opposed to the use of a static target baseline program. It includes a new chapter distinguishing the principal features of the dynamic time model and its development throughout the life of a project from inception to completion. Guide to Good Practice in the Management of Time in Major Projects--Dynamic Time Modelling, 2nd Edition features new appendices covering matters such as complexity in construction and engineering projects, productivity guides (including specific references to the UK, Australia, and the USA), and a number of case studies dealing with strategic time management and high-density, resource-based scheduling. Provides guidance for the strategic management of time in construction and civil engineering projects Demonstrates how to use a dynamic time model to manage time pro-actively in building and civil engineering projects Sets out processes and standards to be achieved ensuring systematic documentation and quality control of time management Integrates with the CIOB major projects contract Guide to Good Practice in the Management of Time in Major Projects--Dynamic Time Modelling, 2nd Edition is an ideal handbook for project and program management professionals working on civil engineering and construction projects, including those from contractors, clients, and project management consultants.
The Multiple Facets of Innovation Project Management by
For firms and other organizations, innovation has become a means of anticipating and managing major changes in their external context and overcoming societal challenges such as sustainable development. As a result, they must innovate repeatedly and continuously. This book explores the multiple facets of innovation project management, defined as the set of activities implemented to bring into being and successfully complete one or several innovation projects. It combines research experience, in cooperation with practitioners, and a theoretical, transversal and global overview inspired from different research streams. The author develops methodologies and frameworks that might be put into practice, provides a case study of research conducted with an air systems manufacturing firm, and outlines avenues for further reflection on innovation project management practice improvement.
Project and Program Management by
This third edition of Project and Program Management: A Competency-Based Approach expands on the second edition in every chapter. It brings fresh, updated insights gained from years of teaching and research. Specifically, the third edition delves deeper into the qualitative nature of program/project management to deepen the reader's understanding of key concepts. The new edition also expands its approach to instruction to accommodate a variety of learning scenarios, from the new student encountering program/project management for the first time, to the working professional advancing job skills and exploring practical aspects of the multifaceted discipline.
Project management basics : how to manage your project with checklists by 
Project Management for Information Professionals by
Aimed at practitioners, this handbook imparts guidance on project management techniques in the cultural heritage sector. Information professionals often direct complex endeavors with limited project management training or resources. Project Management for Information Professionals demystifies the tools and processes essential to successful project management and advises on how to manage the interpersonal dynamics and organizational culture that influence the effectiveness of these methods. With this book, readers will gain the knowledge to initiate, plan, execute, monitor, and close projects. offers guidance based on real-world experience prepares readers without prior project management knowledge or experience provides lean, easy-to-read, and jargon-free instructions aimed at information professionals working in libraries, archives, museums
Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards by
Harold Kerzner's essential strategies on measuring project management performance With the growth of complex projects, stakeholder involvement, and advancements in visual-based technology, metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) are key factors in evaluating project performance. Dashboard reporting systems provide accessible project performance data, and sharing this vital data in a concise and consistent manner is a key communication responsibility of all project managers. This third edition of Kerzner's groundbreaking work, Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards: A Guide to Measuring and Monitoring Project Performance, helps functional managers gain a thorough grasp of what metrics and KPIs are and how to use them. Plus, this edition includes new sections on processing dashboard information, portfolio management PMO and metrics, and BI tool flexibility. * Offers comprehensive coverage of the different dashboard types, design issues, and applications Provides full-color dashboards from some of the most successful project management companies, including IBM, Microsoft, and others Aligns with PMI's PMBOK® Guide and stresses value-driven project management PPT decks are available by chapter and a test bank will be available for use in seminar presentations and courses Get ready to bolster your awareness of what good metrics management really entails today--and be armed with the knowledge to measure performance more effectively.
Project Success by
In chapters dedicated to factors such as leadership, teams, communication, information management and risk management, the author shines a light on the key behaviours in which project managers and others engage and how those behaviours predict success or
Projects Without Boundaries by
Clear, proven solutions for virtual project management challenges Projects Without Boundaries offers project managers a clear framework for bringing both project management practices and project team leadership principles to the virtual space. Written by a team of authors with years of experience managing nationally and internationally distributed teams, this book provides a suite of best practices, checklists, and actionable strategies for managing a project and building a high-performing team in a virtual and multicultural environment. Real-world examples illustrate the application of the concepts discussed, and the Virtual Project Readiness Assessment facilitates both team evaluation and transformation planning for virtual project management improvement. Each chapter focuses on the critical challenges encountered while managing virtual projects and details proven solutions that improve a virtual organization, boost project performance, and facilitate positive outcomes. Globalization and technological advances have merged to create dynamic, productive teams that work together from around the globe; this opportunity can bring great difficulty for project managers, who must negotiate hurdles that do not exist on traditional projects. This book provides ready-made solutions specific to distributed and multicultural teams, to help you achieve the full potential of the global talent pool. Overcome common challenges of virtual projects with distributed teams Navigate complex team dynamics to ensure effective collaboration Work seamlessly across borders, time zones, and cultures Determine optimal virtual communication and collaboration tools Apply traditional project management practices in a virtual setting A team fails or thrives on the strength of its management. Fitting the group's needs, expectations, personalities, and skills into a cohesive whole is seldom simple -- and distance adds an additional layer of complexity. Projects Without Boundaries provides expert guidance on keeping it together, with proven practices, tools, and virtual team leadership strategies.
Project Teams by
Projects generally require skills and effort from multiple disciplines to develop project deliverables. Projects are executed in teams, as project tasks require multiple skills, judgment, and experience. Project teams roles should be assigned based on strengths of individuals. Project team process is a mediating mechanism linking variables such as members, team, and organizational characteristics that include structure, culture, supporting systems, performance and incentive systems, employee morality, and top management support. Team performance or teamwork is impacted by the structure of a team. Team structural characteristics include the number of team members, the status hierarchy, roles and responsibilities, and accepted norms for behaviors of individuals within the team. Further, understanding characteristics of virtual teams and their key attributes for improving global project performance are of critical importance. Social and behavioral skills that each person brings are important influencing factors in interactions with other team members and in forming a cohesive and productive team. Also, organization and national cultures influence their behaviors. Project Teams is an attempt to address all these topics in detail and offer a practical approach to managing projects successfully in the current business environment by including concepts, processes, techniques, and tools to manage and enhance performance of project teams and projects. This book would be meaningful for project management professionals and project managers in any organization and can be a useful resource for academic institutions in teaching management and project management disciplines.
Law and Professional Ethics for Multimedia
MMPROFS is a survey of the local and international laws and business management practices that affect the domain of designers, artists, musicians, dancers and other practitioners of the creative industries. The course will focus on the study of significant legal concepts on intellectual property rights, infringement, trademark, piracy, unfair competition and other related laws as well as give an introduction to Entrepreneurship.
Offers a unique learning experience that provides the student with the necessary knowledge and skills to create a service business related to the student's field of interest, which will further be developed in higher business courses.
Communication Law : practical applications in the digital age by
Now in its second edition, Communication Law: Practical Applications in the Digital Age is an engaging and accessible text that brings a fresh approach to the fundamentals of mass media law. Designed for students of communication that are new to law, this volume presents its readers with key principles and emphasizes the impact of timely, landmark cases on today's media world, providing an applied learning experience. This new edition offers a brand new chapter on digital media law, a wealth of new case studies, and expanded discussions of current political, social, and cultural issues.
Human Rights in the Media : fear and fetish by
This collection sets about untangling some of the knotty issues in the underexplored relationship between human rights and the media. We investigate how complex debates in political, judicial, academic and public life on the role and value of human rights are represented in the media, particularly, in print journalism. To focus the discussion, we concentrate on media representation of the controversial proposals in the United Kingdom to repeal the Human Rights Act 1998 and to replace it with a British Bill of Rights. The collection is underpinned by the observation that views on human rights and on the proposals to repeal and replace are polarised. On the one hand, human rights are presented as threatening and, therefore, utterly denigrated; on the other hand, human rights are idolised, and, therefore, uncritically celebrated. This is the ¿fear and fetish¿ in our title. The media plays a decisive role in constructing this polarity through its representation of political and ideological viewpoints. In order to get to grips with the fear, the fetish and this complex interrelationship, the collection tackles key contemporary themes, amongst them: the proposed British Bill of Rights, Brexit, prisoner-voting, the demonisation of immigrants, press freedom, tabloid misreporting, trial by media and Magna Carta. The collection explores media representation, investigates media polarity and critiques the media¿s role.
Intellectual Property : valuation, exploitation, and infringement damages by
A new edition of the trusted book on intellectual property Intellectual Property simplifies the process of attaching a dollar amount to intellectual property and intangible assets, be it for licensing, mergers and acquisitions, loan collateral, investment purposes, and determining infringement damages. Written by Russell L. Parr, an expert in the valuation/intellectual property field, this book comprehensively addresses IP Valuation, the Exploitation Strategies of Licensing and Joint Ventures, and determination of Infringement Damages. The author explains commonly used strategies for determining the value of intellectual property, as well as methods used to set royalty rates based on investment rates of returns. This book examines the business economics of strategies involving intellectual property licensing and joint ventures, provides analytical models that can be used to determine reasonable royalty rates for licensing and for determining fair equity splits in joint venture arrangements. Key concepts in this book are brought to life by presenting real-world examples of exploitation strategies being used by major corporations. Provides practical tools for and examines the business economics for determining the value intellectual property in licensing and joint venture decisions Presents analytical models for determining reasonable royalty rates for licensing and for determining fair equity splits in joint venture arrangements Provides a detailed discussion about determining intellectual property infringement damages focusing on lost profits and reasonable royalties.
Intellectual Property and Innovation by
This illuminating two-volume collection presents leading articles on the theory and practice of intellectual property law as it applies to the promotion of innovation in economic, social, and legal dimensions. Topics include the role of law and incentives, cumulative and open forms of innovation, as well as discussion of its social dimensions, relationship with market institutions and how to chart a course for future innovation policy. Together with an original introduction by the editor, this collection offers a compelling overview of the ideas that ignite and enliven innovation scholarship, invaluable to academics and policymakers alike.
Major Principles of Media Law by
Current through the most recent Supreme Court term, MAJOR PRINCIPLES OF MEDIA LAW, 2016 delivers a comprehensive summary of the latest additions, changes, and developments in communication law. The text fully integrates recent developments through July 1 -- the end of the Court's 2014-15 term -- and is available in August for fall classes. Reflecting the authors' experience in the courtroom and classroom, the text focuses on the issues more important to media law, while student-friendly features help you truly engage with the material. "Focus On" sidebars explore key legal issues in more depth, end-of-chapter "What should I know about my state?" features highlight key issues from your home state, and in-margin definitions of glossary terms make even the most complex topics easy to understand.
Major Principles of Media Law by
Current through the most recent Supreme Court term, MAJOR PRINCIPLES OF MEDIA LAW, 2017, delivers a comprehensive summary of the latest additions, changes, and developments in communication law. This authoritative resource fully integrates recent developments through July 1 -- the end of the Court's 2015-16 term -- and is available in August for fall classes. Drawing from the authors' experience and expertise in both the courtroom and the classroom, the text focuses on the issues most important to media law. "Focus On" sidebars enable you to explore key legal issues in more depth, and end-of-chapter "What should I know about my state?" features highlight issues from your home state. In addition, in-margin definitions of glossary terms make even the most complex topics easy to understand.
Media Law, Ethics, and Policy in the Digital Age by
The growing presence of digital technologies has caused significant changes in the protection of digital rights. With the ubiquity of these modern technologies, there is an increasing need for advanced media and rights protection. Media Law, Ethics, and Policy in the Digital Age is a key resource on the challenges, opportunities, issues, controversies, and contradictions of digital technologies in relation to media law and ethics and examines occurrences in different socio-political and economic realities. Highlighting multidisciplinary studies on cybercrime, invasion of privacy, and muckraking, this publication is an ideal reference source for policymakers, academicians, researchers, advanced-level students, government officials, and active media practitioners.
Media Piracy in the Cultural Economy : intellectual property and labor under neoliberal restructuring by
This book takes a Marxist approach to the study of media piracy ¿ the production, distribution, and consumption of media texts in violation of intellectual property laws ¿ to examine its place as an endemic feature of the cultural economy since the rise of the Internet. The author explores media piracy not in terms of its moral or legal failings, or as the inevitable by-product of digital technologies, but as a symptom of a much larger restructuring of cultural labor in the era of the Internet: labor that is digital, entrepreneurial, informal, and even illegal, and increasingly politicized. Sketching the contours of this new political economy while engaging with theories of digital media, both critical and celebratory, Mueller reveals piracy as a submerged social history of the digital world, and potentially the key to its political reimagining. This significant contribution to the study of piracy and digital culture will be vital reading for scholars and students of critical media studies, cultural studies, political theory, or digital humanities, and particularly those researching media piracy, digital labor, the digital economy, and Marxist theory.
The Object of Copyright : a conceptual history of originals and copies in literature, art, and design by
Recent years have seen a number of pressing developments in copyright law: there has been an enormous increase in the range and type of work accorded protection; the concept of the 'original work' has entered into national copyright acts; and intangible entities are now entitled to protection by copyright. All these are consequences of legislative and technological developments that can be traced back over two centuries and more. the result. This book presents an interdisciplinary study of the growth of copyright law, largely based on archival research and on archival materials only recently made available online. The new history here articulated helps to explain why print is no longer today the sole or even the chief object of copyright protection. Taking its key examples from British, French and Danish copyright law, the book begins by exploring how the earliest copyright laws emerged out of the technological understanding of a printed 'copy,' and out of the philosophical notions of originals and copies, tangibles and intangibles. Dr Teilmann-Lockgoes on to examine the concept of the 'work' as it develops both conceptually and legally, as the object of protection, and then explains how, in a curious consequence, 'the work' turns the 'copy' into the 'mere' material instantiation of the intangible 'original'. The book concludes by addressing the considerable and complicated problems now emerging in copyright law following the inclusion of design within the scope of its protection. In this field Danish law, striving to protect Danish design, has been setting the trend for over a hundred years. In its examination of terminological exchanges between the diverse legal traditions and philosophical discourse, and in its thorough investigation of particular terms central to copyright legislation, this interdisciplinary book will be of great interest to scholars and students of copyright and intellectual property law; it also makes an important contribution to literary studies, legal history and cultural theory.
Research Handbook on Intellectual Property in Media and Entertainment by
The phenomenal growth of the media and entertainment industries has contributed to a fragmented approach to intellectual property rights. Written by a range of experts in the field, this Handbook deals with contemporary aspects of intellectual property law (IP), and examines how they relate to different facets of media and entertainment.A stimulating array of chapters cover topics such as: IP rights in the news, spectacles and other ephemera; copyright and fan activities; performers' and moral rights; IP protection of television formats; publicity and personality rights; trade marks in entertainment products; traditional knowledge, and the global digital distribution of media content. Highlighting the need for the law to accommodate a rapidly expanding and modernizing industry, suggestions are made for future developments.Novel and contemporary, this Handbook will appeal to both academics and students across the field of IP, particularly in relation to media and entertainment. Its practical focus will also appeal to both practitioners and judges looking to work within and develop this most fascinating and topical area of the law.
Law and Professional Ethics for Multimedia
MMPROFS is a survey of the local and international laws and business management practices that affect the domain of designers, artists, musicians, dancers and other practitioners of the creative industries. The course will focus on the study of significant legal concepts on intellectual property rights, infringement, trademark, piracy, unfair competition and other related laws as well as give an introduction to Entrepreneurship.
Offers a unique learning experience that provides the student with the necessary knowledge and skills to create a service business related to the student's field of interest, which will further be developed in higher business courses.
Creativity without law : challenging the assumptions of intellectual property by Cyberethics : morality and law in cyberspace by
The Sixth Edition of CyberEthics: Morality and Law in Cyberspace provides a comprehensive examination of the social costs and moral issues emerging from the ever-expanding use of the internet and new information technologies. Focusing heavily on content control, free speech, intellectual property, and security, the sixth edition offers a legal and philosophical discussion of these critical issues.
Intellectual Property and Innovation Protection : new practices and new policy issues by
This book analyses the various ways in which intellectual property (IP) operates in relation to innovation activity. It reflects on the "classical" issues of the IP system related to the necessity of protecting risky and often costly investments undertaken by firms and others players involved in the innovation process. Beyond this, it stresses the numerous challenges addressed by contemporary technological and societal change, especially in a world where the digital revolution is rapidly transforming the way in which innovation is organized. In this context, the new corporate IP and innovation practices call for responses on the part of public policies.
Law and the "sharing economy" : regulating online market platforms by MMWRITE equips the Multimedia Arts student with the technical and narrative writing skills needed to create text content for multimedia projects. This subject will cover technical writing of all non-narrative multimedia content including copywriting, content for web and authored CDs, abstracts, product descriptions and manual-type instructions for the operation of products. It will also tackle the creation of narrative and audio-visual (AV) scripts for video and animation including branching storylines used for hyper-narratives.
301 Ways to Use Social Media to Boost Your Marketing by
Join the TubeMoguls, get Delicious, StumbleUponcustomers--and 298 more great tips! MARKETING The time to start social media marketing was yesterday. Don't worry, though--this book will get you going today!301 Ways to Use Social Media to Boost Your Marketing is packed with quick "snapshot" lessons for spreading your message and building customers--with little effort and virtually no cost. Designed to help you take action right away, each tip is presented in a stand-alone format to help you focus on what you need to do--and only what you need to do. 301 Ways to Use Social Media to Boost Your Marketing provides simple strategies for capitalizing on the top social media platforms like: * BLOGS * MICROMEDIA * SOCIAL NETWORKING SITES * BOOKMARKING SITES * MULTIMEDIA SITES * REVIEW AND OPINION SITES * WIKIS You'll own the crowds on Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube--as well as on niche sites like Yelp, Ning, SmugMug, and Reddit. Potential customers are already having a conversation about your brand. Use 301 Ways to Use Social Media to Boost Your Marketing to grab them before your competitors can say "tweet"!
Increasing Student Engagement and Retention Using Multimedia Technologies by
Increasing Student Engagement and Retention Using Multimedia Technologies: Video Annotation, Multimedia Applications, Videoconferencing and Transmedia Storytelling examines new research on how videoconferencing, video annotation, video mapping, and related technologies are being used in higher education to increase learner engagement in an epoch of increasing globalization and diversity. These enabling technologies are reshaping and reframing the practice of teaching and learning in higher education. Through case studies, surveys, and literature reviews, this volume will examine how video, mapping, and related technologies are being used to improve writing/publishing skills, academic literacies in students, and create engaging communities of practice through digital storytelling, narratives, and inter-culturalism. This volume will also discuss a framework for deploying and assessing these technologies.
The Multimedia Writing Toolkit by
The Multimedia Writing Toolkit demonstrates how, by drawing on students' interest in and familiarity with technology, you can integrate multimedia to maximize the potential of writing instruction. In eight concise chapters, author Sean Ruday identifies and describes simple, common forms of multimedia that upper-elementary and middle school students can use to improve their argument, informational, and narrative writing and critical thinking. You'll learn how to: Incorporate multimedia into argument, informational, and narrative writing through students' use of video topic trailers, online discussion boards, webpages, and more. Evaluate students on effective use of multimedia through easy-to-follow rubrics and explicitly articulated learning goals. Understand more fully the key forms of multimedia through user-friendly overviews and explanations; you don't need to be a "techie" teacher to use these strategies! Overcome possible obstacles to the integration of multimedia in the classroom by learning from the author's concrete, first-hand examples and instructional recommendations. This book is complete with resources designed to provide you with extra support, including reproducible classroom-appropriate charts and forms, links to key web-based content discussed in the book, and a guide for teachers and administrators interested in using the book for group-based professional development. With The Multimedia Writing Toolkit, you'll have a clear game plan for encouraging your students to become more engaged, technologically savvy learners. Bonus: Blank templates of the handouts are available as printable eResources on our website (www.routledge.com/9781138200111).
Reading the Visual by
Today's teachers need up-to-the-minute information to help their students make sense of the multimodal texts they encounter daily in and out of school. Reading the Visual is an essential introduction that focuses on what teachers should know about multimodal literacy and how to teach it. This engaging book provides theoretical, curricular, and pedagogical frameworks for teaching a wide-range of visual and multimodal texts, including historical fiction, picture books, advertisements, websites, comics, graphic novels, news reports, and film. Each unit of study presented contains suggestions for selecting cornerstone texts and visual images and launching the unit, as well as lesson plans, text sets, and analysis guides. These units are designed to be readily adapted to fit the needs of a variety of settings and grade levels. Book Features: An accessible introduction to visual literacy and multimodality. Classroom strategies and demonstrations for analyzing and interpreting multimodal texts. Hands-on examples of units of study for ten types of multimodal texts. Resources for developing and adapting units, including suggested texts, analysis guides, and learning objectives.
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Strategic Writing by
In its fourth edition, Strategic Writing emphasizes the goal-oriented mission of high-quality public relations and media writing with clear, concise instructions for more than 40 types of documents. This multidisciplinary text covers writing for public relations, advertising, sales and marketing, and business communication. In addition, it includes concise chapters on topics such as diversity, ethics and the legal aspects of strategic writing. Featuring a spiral binding, examples for each document and a user-friendly "recipe" approach, Strategic Writing is ideal for undergraduate PR or advertising writing classes that take an interdisciplinary approach. This new edition devotes new attention throughout to social media and writing in the digital realm, and features new and updated online resources for students and instructors.
Talk to Me by
Published in conjunction with an exhibition at The Museum of Modern Art, Talk to Me thrives on an important late 20th-century cultural development in design: a shift from the centrality of function to that of meaning. From this new perspective, objects contain information that goes well beyond their immediate use or appearance, providing access to complex systems and networks and acting as gateways and interpreters. Whether openly and actively, or in subtle, subliminal ways, things talk to us, and designers write the initial script that lets us develop and improvise the dialogue. Talk to Me focuses on objects that involve direct interaction, such as interfaces, information systems, communication devices, and projects that establish a practical, emotional or even sensual connection between their users and entities such as cities, companies, governmental institutions, as well as other people. The featured objects range in date from the early 1980s - beginning with the first Graphic User Interface, developed by Xerox Parc in 1981 - with particular attention given to projects from the last five years and to several ones currently in development. Included are a diverse array of examples, from computer and machine interfaces to websites, video games, devices and tools, and installations. Organized thematically, Talk to Me features essays by Paola Antonelli, Jamer Hunt, Alexandra Midel, Kevin Slavin, and Koi Vinh. By introducing design practices that are becoming increasingly crucial to our world, the book presents a highly distilled sample of today's best design production that uses technology in creative and unexpected ways, showing how rich and deep design's influence will be on our future.
Transforming Writing Instruction in the Digital Age by
An innovative, practical guide for middle and high school teachers, this book is packed with specific ways that technology can help serve the goals of effective writing instruction. It provides ready-to-implement strategies for teaching students to compose and edit written work electronically; conduct Internet inquiry; create blogs, websites, and podcasts; and use text messaging and Twitter productively. The book is grounded in state-of-the-art research on the writing process and the role of writing in content-area learning. Teacher-friendly features include vivid classroom examples, differentiation tips, links to online resources, and reproducible worksheets and forms. The large-size format facilitates photocopying.
Writing by
WRITING: A MANUAL FOR THE DIGITAL AGE, BRIEF 2nd Edition is the rhetorical handbook for composing in the 21st century. Blakesley and Hoogeveen place students' writing front and center with an innovative page format that keeps students' attention focused on their own writing and on activities, checklists, projects, and visual aids that help them write. The page design and innovative visuals make information about writing, reading, research, documentation, technology, and grammar easy for students to access and understand. the importance of the rhetorical context at the start of any writing project. Because writing and reading occur both in print and online, WRITING: A MANUAL FOR THE DIGITAL AGE prepares students to work with images, audio, video, and print. "Technology Toolbox" features throughout, as well as two dedicated parts of the book (Parts 6 and 7), teach students how to compose with technology intelligently. A new chapter on Writing in Online Courses, the first of its kind in a handbook, will guide students in addressing this new but increasingly common context for writing.
Writing and Research for Graphic Designers by
For designers, writing and research skills are more necessary than ever before, from the basic business compositions to critical writing. In this competitive climate, designers are routinely called upon to make words about the images and designs they create for clients. Writing about design is not just "trade" writing, but should be accessible to everyone with an interest in design. This book is a complete, introductory guide to various forms of research and writing in design--and how they explain visuals and can be visualized. These pages address communication on various levels and to all audiences: - Designers to Designers - Designers to Clients - Designers to the Design-literate - Designers to the Design-agnostic Being able to express the issues and concerns of the design practice demands facts, data, and research. With Writing and Research for Graphic Designers, you'll learn how to turn information into a valuable asset-- one of the key talents of the design researcher.
MMWRITE equips the Multimedia Arts student with the technical and narrative writing skills needed to create text content for multimedia projects. This subject will cover technical writing of all non-narrative multimedia content including copywriting, content for web and authored CDs, abstracts, product descriptions and manual-type instructions for the operation of products. It will also tackle the creation of narrative and audio-visual (AV) scripts for video and animation including branching storylines used for hyper-narratives.
Current Trends in Narratology by
Current Trends in Narratology offers an overview of cutting-edge approaches to theories of storytelling. The introduction details how new emphases on cognitive processing, non-prose and multimedia narratives, and interdisciplinary approaches to narratology have altered how narration, narrative, and narrativity are understood. The volume also introduces a third post-classical direction of research ‑ comparative narratology ‑ and describes how developments in Germany, Israel, and France may be compared with Anglophone research. Leading international scholars including Monika Fludernik, Richard Gerrig, Ansgar Nünning, John Pier, Brian Richardson, Alan Palmer, and Werner Wolf describe not only their newest research but also how this work dovetails with larger narratological developments.
Increasing Student Engagement and Retention Using Multimedia Technologies by
Increasing Student Engagement and Retention Using Multimedia Technologies: Video Annotation, Multimedia Applications, Videoconferencing and Transmedia Storytelling examines new research on how videoconferencing, video annotation, video mapping, and related technologies are being used in higher education to increase learner engagement in an epoch of increasing globalization and diversity. These enabling technologies are reshaping and reframing the practice of teaching and learning in higher education. Through case studies, surveys, and literature reviews, this volume will examine how video, mapping, and related technologies are being used to improve writing/publishing skills, academic literacies in students, and create engaging communities of practice through digital storytelling, narratives, and inter-culturalism. This volume will also discuss a framework for deploying and assessing these technologies.
Intelligent Interactive Multimedia Systems and Services by
At a time when computers are more widespread than ever, intelligent interactive systems have become a necessity. The term 'multimedia systems' refers to the coordinated storage, processing, transmission and retrieval of multiple forms of information, such as audio, image, video, animation, graphics and text. The growth of multimedia services has been exponential, as technological progress keeps up with the consumer's need for content. The solution of 'one fits all' is no longer appropriate for the wide ranges of users with various backgrounds and needs, so one important goal of many intelligent interactive systems is dynamic personalization and adaptivity to users.This book presents 37 papers summarizing the work and new research results presented at the 6th International Conference on Intelligent Interactive Multimedia Systems and Services (KES-IIMSS2013), held in Sesimbra, Portugal, in June 2013. The conference series focuses on research in the fields of intelligent interactive multimedia systems and services and provides an internationally respected forum for scientific research in related technologies and applications.
Invention, Copyright, and Digital Writing by
This is the first empirical, mixed-methods study of copyright issues that speaks to writing specialists and legal scholars about the complicated intersections of rhetoric, technology, copyright law, and writing for the Internet. Martine Courant Rife opens up new conversations about how invention and copyright work together in the composing process for digital writers and how this relationship is central to contemporary issues in composition pedagogy and curriculum. In this era of digital writing and publishing, composition and legal scholars have identified various problems with writers' processes and the law's construction of textual ownership, such as issues of appropriation, infringement, and fair use within academic and online contexts. Invention, Copyright, and Digital Writing unpacks digital writers' complex perceptions of copyright, revealing how it influences what they choose to write and how it complicates their work. Rife uses quantitative and qualitative approaches and focuses on writing as a tool and a technology-mediated activity, arguing the copyright problem is about not law but invention and the attendant issues of authorship. Looking at copyright and writing through a rhetorical lens, Rife leverages the tools and history of rhetoric to offer insights into how some of our most ancient concepts inform our understanding of the problems copyright law creates for writers. In this innovative study that will be of interest to professional and technical writers, scholars and students of writing and rhetoric, and legal professionals, Rife offers possibilities for future research, teaching, curriculum design, and public advocacy in regard to composition and changing copyright laws.
Multimodal Literacies and Emerging Genres by
A student's avatar navigates a virtual world and communicates the desires, emotions, and fears of its creator. Yet, how can her writing instructor interpret this form of meaningmaking? Today, multiple modes of communication and information technology are challenging pedagogies in composition and across the disciplines. Writing instructors grapple with incorporating new forms into their curriculums and relating them to established literary practices. Administrators confront the application of new technologies to the restructuring of courses and the classroom itself. Multimodal Literacies and Emerging Genres examines the possibilities, challenges, and realities of mutimodal composition as an effective means of communication. The chapters view the ways that writing instructors and their students are exploring the spaces where communication occurs, while also asking "what else is possible." The genres of film, audio, photography, graphics, speeches, storyboards, PowerPoint presentations, virtual environments, written works, and others are investigated to discern both their capabilities and limitations. The contributors highlight the responsibility of instructors to guide students in the consideration of their audience and ethical responsibility, while also maintaining the ability to "speak well." Additionally, they focus on the need for programmatic changes and a shift in institutional philosophy to close a possible "digital divide" and remain relevant in digital and global economies. Embracing and advancing multimodal communication is essential to both higher education and students. The contributors therefore call for the examination of how writing programs, faculty, and administrators are responding to change, and how the many purposes writing serves can effectively converge within composition curricula.
New Literary Hybrids in the Age of Multimedia Expression by
Begun in 2010 as part of the "Histories of Literatures in European Languages" series sponsored by the International Comparative Literature Association, the current project on New Literary Hybrids in the Age of Multimedia Expression recognizes the global shift toward the visual and the virtual in all areas of textuality: the printed, verbal text is increasingly joined with the visual, often electronic, text. This shift has opened up new domains of human achievement in art and culture. The international roster of 24 contributors to this volume pursue a broad range of issues under four sets of questions that allow a larger conversation to emerge, both inside the volume's sections and between them. The four sections cover, 1) Multimedia Productions in Theoretical and Historical Perspective; 2) Regional and Intercultural Projects; 3) Forms and Genres; and, 4) Readers and Rewriters in Multimedia Environments. The essays included in this volume are examples of the kinds of projects and inquiries that have become possible at the interface between literature and other media, new and old. They emphasize the extent to which hypertextual, multimedia, and virtual reality technologies have enhanced the sociality of reading and writing, enabling more people to interact than ever before. At the same time, however, they warn that, as long as these technologies are used to reinforce old habits of reading/ writing, they will deliver modest results. One of the major tasks pursued by the contributors to this volume is to integrate literature in the global informational environment where it can function as an imaginative partner, teaching its interpretive competencies to other components of the cultural landscape.
New Narratives by
Just as the explosive growth of digital media has led to ever-expanding narrative possibilities and practices, so these new electronic modes of storytelling have, in their own turn, demanded a rapid and radical rethinking of narrative theory. This timely volume takes up the challenge, deeply and broadly considering the relationship between digital technology and narrative theory in the face of the changing landscape of computer-mediated communication. New Narratives reflects the diversity of its subject by bringing together some of the foremost practitioners and theorists of digital narratives. It extends the range of digital subgenres examined by narrative theorists to include forms that have become increasingly prominent, new examples of experimental hypertext, and contemporary video games. The collection also explicitly draws connections between the development of narrative theory, technological innovation, and the use of narratives in particular social and cultural contexts. Finally, New Narratives focuses on how the tools provided by new technologies may be harnessed to provide new ways of both producing and theorizing narrative. Truly interdisciplinary, the book offers broad coverage of contemporary narrative theory, including frameworks that draw from classical and postclassical narratology, linguistics, and media studies.
Participatory Composition by
Like. Share. Comment. Subscribe. Embed. Upload. Check in. The commands of the modern online world relentlessly prompt participation and encourage collaboration, connecting people in ways not possible even five years ago. This connectedness no doubt influences college writing courses in both form and content, creating possibilities for investigating new forms of writing and student participation. In this innovative volume, Sarah J. Arroyo argues for a "participatory composition," inspired by the culture of online video sharing and framed by theorist Gregory Ulmer's concept of electracy. Electracy, according to Ulmer, "is to digital media what literacy is to alphabetic writing." Although electracy can be compared to digital literacy, it is not something shut on and off with the power buttons on computers or mobile devices. Rather, electracy encompasses the cultural, institutional, pedagogical, and ideological implications inherent in the transition from a culture of print literacy to a culture saturated with electronic media, regardless of the presence of actual machines. Arroyo explores the apparatus of electracy in many of its manifestations while focusing on the participatory practices found in online video culture, particularly on YouTube. Chapters are devoted to questions of subjectivity, definition, authorship, and pedagogy. Utilizing theory and incorporating practical examples from YouTube, classrooms, and other social sites, Arroyo presents accessible and practical approaches for writing instruction. Additionally, she outlines the concept of participatory composition by highlighting how it manifests in online video culture, offers student examples of engagement with the concept, and advocates participatory approaches throughout the book. Arroyo presents accessible and practical possibilities for teaching and learning that will benefit scholars of rhetoric and composition, media studies, and anyone interested in the cultural and instructional implications of the digital age.
The Plugged-In Professor by
New technologies are transforming the way students work. The Plugged in Professor provides a timely and exceptional resource for using social media and other new technologies to help college students meet both general and discipline-specific objectives. The title covers techniques built around well-known social networking technologies, as well as other emerging technologies such as mobile phone and tablet apps. With a practical focus and reader-friendly format, this book shows educators how to apply techniques in each technology, and includes clear student learning objectives, step-by-step directions, observations and advice, and supplemental readings and resources. Twenty-five chapters by leading contributors cover key aspects of new technologies in education, in four parts: Writing, research and information fluency; Communication and collaboration; Critical thinking and creativity; and Integrative learning. Provides a cutting-edge resource for academics and practitioners in effective ways of reaching today's students through the use of their favourite tool, social media Outlines a range of strategies taking advantage of the unique learning styles and habits of net generation learners Exposes students to ways in which these technologies can be used in their professional and personal lives
Wordpress Mobile Web Development by
Beginner's Guide. If you have dabbled in WordPress or been working with it for years, and want to build mobile or responsive themes or sites, this book is for you. Even if you can't write a line of code, the first few chapters will help you create a simple mobile site. But to get the most from the book, you will need a good understanding of HTML, CSS and WordPress itself. This book is for owners of self-hosted WordPress sites, not sites hosted at wordpress.com.
Social Design is a course that offers a window to the world. Students are tasked to identify social problems, propose solutions, and create up a visual design project that best answers the identified problem. Graphic Design is continually evolving as a practice and as a discipline, and this course aims to keep the students at par, if not on the vanguard, of the practice. Design authorship and social design will be discussed and explorations of its application by the student encouraged. The role of intuition and improvisation in design will be thoroughly discussed. This course also reinforces knowledge of the various design and communication theories learned by the student in FSTHEOR3, MMINTRO, and MMCOMTH by applying these theories to real-world projects. The course will combine all that the student has learned in the past MGRAPH subjects, as well as other multimedia courses, into a final project that underlines the value of visual communication in the world today.
Futurekind : design by and for the people by
We have grown accustomed to two beliefs: first, that only experts can be designers, and second, that our everyday activities are harming the planet. Yet, by bringing together digital communication and engaged online communities, products can be designed by anyone for the social and environmental good.From a playground-powered water pump in South Africa to a DIY cellphone, Futurekind showcases design projects--across every scale, budget, and material--that have made a genuine difference in individual lives and in communities around the world. Each of these groundbreaking projects is presented through fascinating and life-affirming narratives, and reveal how design practice is being transformed by crowd-sourcing and the latest digital technologies that enable people to actualize ideas together.Vivid photography celebrates the humanity of the endeavor and the mechanisms and motivations behind each design approach. Both manual and manifesto, inspiration and call to arms, this rich and timely survey tells the true stories of world-changing collaborations between designers and communities, providing hope for humankind.
The Graphic Design Reader by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Interaction Design by
A new edition of the #1 text in the human computer Interaction field! Hugely popular with students and professionals alike, the Fifth Edition of Interaction Design is an ideal resource for learning the interdisciplinary skills needed for interaction design, human-computer interaction, information design, web design, and ubiquitous computing. New to the fifth edition: a chapter on data at scale, which covers developments in the emerging fields of 'human data interaction' and data analytics. The chapter demonstrates the many ways organizations manipulate, analyze, and act upon the masses of data being collected with regards to human digital and physical behaviors, the environment, and society at large. Revised and updated throughout, this edition offers a cross-disciplinary, practical, and process-oriented, state-of-the-art introduction to the field, showing not just what principles ought to apply to interaction design, but crucially how they can be applied. Explains how to use design and evaluation techniques for developing successful interactive technologies Demonstrates, through many examples, the cognitive, social and affective issues that underpin the design of these technologies Provides thought-provoking design dilemmas and interviews with expert designers and researchers Uses a strong pedagogical format to foster understanding and enjoyment An accompanying website contains extensive additional teaching and learning material including slides for each chapter, comments on chapter activities, and a number of in-depth case studies written by researchers and designers.
Learning Design : conceptualizing a framework for teaching and learning online by
The new field of learning design has the potential to revolutionize not only technology in education, but the whole field of teaching and learning through the application of design thinking to education. Learning Design looks inside the "black box" of pedagogy to understand what teachers and learners do together, and how the best teaching ideas can be shared on a global scale. Learning design supports all pedagogical approaches, content areas, and fields of education. The book opens with a new synthesis of the field of learning design and its place in educational theory and practice, and goes on to explore the implications of learning design for many areas of education--both practical and theoretical--in a series of chapters by Larnaca Declaration authors and other international experts.
Mobilities Design by
Contemporary society is marked and defined by the ways in which mobile goods, bodies, vehicles, objects, and data are organized, moved and staged. Against the background of the 'mobilities turn' this book articulates a new and emerging research field, namely that of 'mobilities design'. The book revolves around the following research question: How are design decisions and interventions staging mobilities? It builds upon the 'Staging Mobilities' model (Jensen 2013) in an exploratory inquiry into the problems and potentials of the design of mobilities. The exchange value between mobilities and design research is twofold. To mobilities research this means getting closer to the 'material', and to engage in the creative, exploratory and experimental approaches of the design world which offer new potential for innovative research. Design research, on the other hand, might enter into a fruitful relationship with mobilities research, offering a relational and mobile design thinking and a valuable basis for design reflections around the ubiquitous structures, spaces and systems of mobilities.
Rebranding Design by
Rebranding is a delicate exercise that can often have many pitfalls, both for the brand that ventures into such a project and for the agency who has been chosen to engage with this process. The business undergoing rebranding must ask the following questions: is this an appropriate time for such substantive work? Are we talking about a soft evolution or metamorphosis? Does this rebranding address a clearly identified problem, and can it represent a genuine asset for development? For designers, even if these questions remain central, other issues also arise: how to produce a distinctive project in the face of a profusion of branding works available online? How to produce relevant and appreciated work in a challenging economic and social environment? This book brings together some of the best rebranding projects in the world and addresses these key issues formally and with real substance. It places the crucial (and sometimes underestimated) role of the brand design into the developmental processes of companies, institutions or associations. SELLING POINT: * Explores how to design for rebranding concepts that result in optimum commercial success 400 colour photographs
Research Design by
This user-friendly book provides a step-by-step guide to using the five major approaches to research design: quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research. Chapters on each approach follow a unique format--they present a template for a research proposal and explain in detail how to conceptualize and fill in every section. Terminology commonly used within each approach is identified, and key moments of ethical decision making are flagged. Interdisciplinary research examples draw on current events and social justice topics. Unique coverage includes hot topics: replication studies and data sharing, tailoring proposals to different audiences, and more. The book also includes a general introduction to social research; an in-depth, practical discussion of ethics; and a chapter on how to begin a research study, from planning a topic to developing a research question via a literature review. Pedagogical Features *Multiple "Review Stops" in each chapter--quick quizzes with answer keys. *End-of-chapter writing exercises, research activities, and suggested resources. *Bold-face key terms and an end-of-book glossary. *Boxed tips from experts in the respective approaches. *Supplemental PowerPoint slides for instructors using the book in a class. Winner (Third Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award, Nursing Research Category
Social Design : participation and empowerment by
Architects and designers have always played a vital role in shaping society. Social Design presents a long-overdue survey of current international activity in this realm, from new infrastructures and the reclaiming of cities by their inhabitants as seen in the work of Assemble and Gehl Architects to build-it-yourself housing by Urban Think Tank, all the way to GRAFT's solar kiosk, an energy source that is driving sustainable development opportunities for communities. The book addresses this enormous topic in six chapters: Urban Space and Landscape (including works by Antonio Scarponi and Organization for Permanent Modernity); Living, Education, Work (including Francis KErE and Urban Think Tank); Migration (including Shigeru Ban, the Refugee Nation); Production (including Andreas MOller); Networks (including One Laptop per Child, GRAFT); and Environment (including Olafur Eliasson, Frederik Ottesen and Philips Design). Some 27 projects in the areas of cityscape and countryside, housing, education and work, production, migration, networks and the environment are framed by three research studies that trace the historical roots and foundations of social design and look at today's theoretical discourse as well as future trends.
The Social Imperative by
This book contains multiple short critiques, reflections and manifestos, affording each contributing architect and intellectual the time and space to imagine new social paradigms in China. Emerging from a tumultuous history of high culture and complex territorial conditions, there is nothing straightforward about the social development of China. The complexity of the social practices developed by architects and shapers of the built environment can be explained in part by the last three decades of an intensified adoption of the market economy by the Communist Party of China, after an equally short three decades of closed-door communist control. There is no political meltdown like the democratization of the former Communist Bloc, but there is a constant managing of discontent and resistance across China. At the apex of the many creative and intellectual forces in China, architects harbor and give form to many tactics of resistance. Unfortunately, architects are also the instruments and minds complicit with profit-mongering developers and governments, pursuing unchecked urbanization, degradation of the environment, exploitation of the marginalized, and the creation of a very inequitable China. This book begins with an introduction that defines the forms and tendencies of China's society as it stands today, and it positions the work of a small number of architects and intellectuals who are at the forefront of reforming, rethinking and even revolutionizing the Chinese society. Beneath the veneer of a very successful China that the world readily acknowledges, a quiet revolution is taking place within the realms of architecture and the city. The social, architectural and urban theories documented in this book are organized around the established canons of social actions - from mobilizing, laboring, resisting and mediating, to networking, controlling, rationalizing and aestheticizing. This book aims to put the social agenda squarely back in the rapid development of the built environment in China. This publication is the culmination of a three-year study of social issues in the architecture and cities of China. It involved visits to sites undergoing massive change, discussions and debates among architects and critics, reflections by practitioners about their own work, and activists lobbying for social change. Supported by the non-profit AA Asia, the edition of the contents relied heavily on original input and exchanges between architects and theorists committed to China, from Asia and beyond. Since the 1990s, AA Asia remains one of a few unique think tanks committed to the study of architecture and cities in Asia. As an advocacy with strong academic roots, it seeks to establish the differences across various postcolonial and Asian contexts, and recalibrate the role of architecture in a technocratic era dominated by the global economy. With Contributions of Robert Adams, Lee Ambrozy, Yung Ho Chang, Chen Ling, Jeremy Chia, Cui Kai, Dong Gong, Dong Yugan, Mario Gandelsonas, Han Tao, Andrei Harwell, He Jianxiang, Hu Yan, Hua Li, Huang Weiwen, Huang Wenjing, Jiang Jun, Jeffrey Johnson, Michael Kokora, Kengo Kuma, Andrew Lee, Joan Leung Lye, Li Han, Li Hu, Li Shiqiao, Nartano Lim, William S.W. Lim, Liu Jiakun, Liu Kecheng, Liu Yichun, Long Ying, Ma Qingyun, Robert Mangurian, Meng Yan, Ou Ning, Alan Plattus, Mary-Ann Ray, Daan Roggeveen, Ruan Hao, Eunice Seng, Shi Jian, Victor Su, Sun Yimin, Wang Fei, Wang Shu, Wang Yan, H. Koon Wee, Shirley Woo, Wu Gang, Wu Liangyong, Xu Tiantian, Rocco Yim, Yu Kongjian, Zhang Ke, Zhao Liang, Zhou Yi, Zhu Tao, Zhu
Urban Design by
Urban Design: A Typology of Procedures and Products, 2nd Edition provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to urban design, defining the field and addressing the controversies and goals of urban design. Including over 50 updated international case studies, this new edition presents a three-dimensional model with which to categorize the processes and products involved: product type, paradigm type, and procedural type. The case studies not only illuminate the typology but provide information that designers can use as precedents in their own work. Uniquely, these case study projects are framed by the design paradigm employed, categorized by procedural type instead of instrumental or land use function. The categories used here are Total Urban Design, All-of-a-piece Urban Design, Plug-in Urban Design, and Piece-by-piece Urban Design. Written for both professionals and those encountering urban design in their day-to-day life, Urban Design is an essential introduction to the field and practice, considering the future direction of the field and what can be learned from the past.
Social Design is a course that offers a window to the world. Students are tasked to identify social problems, propose solutions, and create up a visual design project that best answers the identified problem. Graphic Design is continually evolving as a practice and as a discipline, and this course aims to keep the students at par, if not on the vanguard, of the practice. Design authorship and social design will be discussed and explorations of its application by the student encouraged. The role of intuition and improvisation in design will be thoroughly discussed. This course also reinforces knowledge of the various design and communication theories learned by the student in FSTHEOR3, MMINTRO, and MMCOMTH by applying these theories to real-world projects. The course will combine all that the student has learned in the past MGRAPH subjects, as well as other multimedia courses, into a final project that underlines the value of visual communication in the world today.
Art, design and technology : collaboration and implementation by
"This book examines how digital technology is being used to assist the artists and designers. The computer is able to store data and reproduce designs, thus facilitating the speed-up of the iterative process towards a final design which meets the objectives of the designer and the requirements of the user. Collaborative design enables the sharing of information across digital networks to produce designed objects in virtual spaces. Augmented and virtual reality techniques can be used to preview designs before they are finalized and implemented. Art and design have shaped the values, social structures, communications, and the culture of communities and civilisations. The direct involvement of artists and designers with their creative works has left a legacy enabling subsequent generations to understand more about their skills, their motivations, and their relationship to the wider world, and to see it from a variety of perspectives. This in turn causes the viewers of their works to reflect upon their meaning for today and the lasting value and implications of what has been created. Art installations are harnessing modern technology to process information and to display it. Such environments have also proved useful in engaging users and visitors with real-time images and interactive art"-- Provided by publisher.
Art and Design Education in Times of Change : Conversations Across Cultures by
It has always been the case that the teaching of art has had to deal with social changes. We are currently facing historic challenges and phenomena which we could never have imagined - the global financial crisis, the massive migration flows, and the ubiquitous spread of new technologies in our everyday life. Creative competence is needed for overcoming the disciplinary boundaries and in order to make equal opportunities for education possible in a diverse society. This publication takes a critical look at the role of art and design education amidst these social changes - using theoretical reflection, practical experience, and empirical analysis.
Community informatics design applied to digital social systems : communicational foundations, theories and methodologies by
This book introduces a Digital Social System Praxis Framework (DSSPF) integrating Computational Media, Evolutionary Systems Thinking and Design Thinking approaches to E-transformation practice, also called Community Informatics Design (CID). The DSSPF framework is intended to create communication spaces dedicated to knowledge production and sharing for social and organizational change. It allows social systems researchers and practitioners to recognize their synergistic roles in the praxis process to shape their future through social innovation projects. This transdisciplinary text provides potential students and practitioners fundamental concepts and tools for such design. It offers resources from the Pragmatic and Systemic philosophy of science for the co-construction of social architectures and infrastructures, and multi-aspectual design methodologies by which government, organizations and civil society can learn to ethically co-design common ground. This approach provides complementary and common patterns from known methods, models, and theories of social systems interventions that could support a generic framing of large scale sociotechnical systems: digital social innovation ecosystem, living Labs, Fab Labs, enterprise collaborative networks. There will be a particular focus on understanding and addressing the dimensions that make people from different communities of practice able to communicate and collaborate through multiple digital media, design platforms, worldviews and modeling approaches.
Human-Experiential Design of Presence in Everyday Blended Reality by
This book explores how our lives and social interactions have become split between two intertwined, but not integrated, realities: the physical and the digital. Our sense of presence in the here and now has become fragmented, and yet earlier design approaches reinforced the problem, rather than leading to improvements. The authors address these issues by laying out a new human computer interaction (HCI) design approach - human-experiential design - rooted in a return to first principles of how people understand the world, both consciously and unconsciously. The application of this approach to the design of blended reality spaces is described in detail. Examples and scenarios of designing them to overcome the problems inherent in a variety of mixed reality settings are provided. Human-Experiential Design of Presence in Everyday Blended Reality will appeal to undergraduate and graduate students and researchers in interaction design, psychology, HCI and computer application studies, as well as practicing interaction designers and computer professionals. It will also be of interest to communication, media and urban design students, and to all readers with an interest in the technology-mediated future.
Presumptive Design : Design Provocations for Innovation by
Everything you know about the future is wrong. Presumptive Design: Design Provocations for Innovation is for people "inventing" the future: future products, services, companies, strategies and policies. It introduces a design-research method that shortens time to insights from months to days. Presumptive Design is a fundamentally agile approach to identifying your audiences' key needs. Offering rapidly crafted artifacts, your teams collaborate with your customers to identify preferred and profitable elements of your desired outcome. Presumptive Design focuses on your users' problem space, informing your business strategy, your project's early stage definition, and your innovation pipeline. Comprising discussions of design theory with case studies and how-to's, the book offers business leadership, management and innovators the benefits of design thinking and user experience in the context of early stage problem definition. Presumptive Design is an advanced technique and quick to use: within days of reading this book, your research and design teams can apply the approach to capture a risk-reduced view of your future. Provides actionable approaches to inform strategy and problem definition through design thinking Offers a design-based research method to complement existing market, ethnographic and customer research methods Demonstrates a powerful technique for identifying disruptive innovation early in the innovation pipeline by putting customers first Presents each concept with case studies and exploration of risk factors involved including warnings for situations in which the technique can be misapplied
Social computing and social media : human behavior by
This book constitutes the proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Social Computing and Social Media, SCSM 2017, held as part of the 19th International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction, HCII 2017, held in Vancouver, Canada, in July 2017. HCII 2017 received a total of 4340 submissions, of which 1228 papers were accepted for publication after a careful reviewing process. The papers thoroughly cover the entire field of Human-Computer Interaction, addressing major advances in knowledge and effective use of computers in a variety of application areas. The two volumes set of SCSM 2017 presents 67 papers which are organized in the following topical sections: user experience and behavior in social media, costumer behavior and social media, social issues in social media, social media for communication, learning and aging, opinion mining and sentiment analysis, social data and analytics.
Social Knowledge Management in Action by
Knowledge management (KM) is about managing the lifecycle of knowledge consisting of creating, storing, sharing and applying knowledge. Two main approaches towards KM are codification and personalization. The first focuses on capturing knowledge using technology and the latter on the process of socializing for sharing and creating knowledge. Social media are becoming very popular as individuals and also organizations learn how to use it. The primary applications of social media in a business context are marketing and recruitment. But there is also a huge potential for knowledge management in these organizations. For example, wikis can be used to collect organizational knowledge and social networking tools, which leads to exchanging new ideas and innovation. The interesting part of social media is that, by using them, one immediately starts to generate content that can be useful for the organization. Hence, they naturally combine the codification and personalisation approaches to KM. This book aims to provide an overview of new and innovative applications of social media and to report challenges that need to be solved. One example is the watering down of knowledge as a result of the use of organizational social media (Von Krogh, 2012).
Social Network Analysis in Predictive Policing by
This book focuses on applications of social network analysis in predictive policing. Data science is used to identify potential criminal activity by analyzing the relationships between offenders to fully understand criminal collaboration patterns. Co-offending networks--networks of offenders who have committed crimes together--have long been recognized by law enforcement and intelligence agencies as a major factor in the design of crime prevention and intervention strategies. Despite the importance of co-offending network analysis for public safety, computational methods for analyzing large-scale criminal networks are rather premature. This book extensively and systematically studies co-offending network analysis as effective tool for predictive policing. The formal representation of criminological concepts presented here allow computer scientists to think about algorithmic and computational solutions to problems long discussed in the criminology literature. For each of the studied problems, we start with well-founded concepts and theories in criminology, then propose a computational method and finally provide a thorough experimental evaluation, along with a discussion of the results. In this way, the reader will be able to study the complete process of solving real-world multidisciplinary problems.
Social Presence in Online Learning by
Published in Association with Social presence continues to emerge as a key factor for successful online and blended learning experiences. It is commonly described as the degree to which online participants feel connected to one another. Understanding social presence--with its critical connections to community-building, retention, and learning outcomes--allows faculty and instructional designers to better support and engage students. This volume, Social Presence in Online Learning, addresses the evolution of social presence with three distinct perspectives, outlines the relevant research, and focuses on practical strategies that can immediately impact the teaching and learning experience. These strategies include creating connections to build community, applying content to authentic situations, integrating a careful mix of tools and media, leveraging reflective and interactive opportunities, providing early and continuous feedback, designing with assessment in mind, and encouraging change in small increments. Because student satisfaction and motivation plays a key role in retention rates and because increased social presence often leads to enriched learning experiences, it is advantageous to mindfully integrate social presence into learning environments. Social Presence in Online Learningbrings together eminent scholars in the field to distinguish among three different perspectives of social presence and to address how these viewpoints immediately inform practice. This important volume: * Provides an overview of the evolution of social presence, key findings from social presence research, and practical strategies that can improve the online and blended learning experience * Differentiates three distinct perspectives on social presence and explains the ideas and models that inform these perspectives * Explores specific ways in which social presence relates to course satisfaction, retention, and outcomes * Offers practical implications and ready-to-use techniques that are applicable to multiple disciplines * Introduces current research on social presence by prominent researchers in the field with direct inferences to the practice of online and blended learning * Looks at future directions for social presence Social Presence in Online Learningis appropriate for practitioners, researchers and academics involved in any level of online learning program design, course design, instruction, support, and leadership as well as for graduate students studying educational technology, technology-enhanced learning, and online and blended learning. It brings together multiple perspectives on social presence from the most influential scholars in the field to help shape the future of online and blended learning.
Social robotics by
This book constitutes the refereed proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Social Robotics, ICSR 2016, held in Tsukuba, Japan, in November 2017. The 74 revised full papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 110 submissions. The theme of the 2017 conference is: Embodied Interactive Robots. In addition to the technical sessions, ICSR 2017 included four workshops: 1) Social Robot Intelligence for Social Human-Robot Interaction of Service Robots; 2) Human Safety and Comfort in Human-Robot Interactive Social Environments; 3) Modes of Interaction for Social Robots (MISR 2017): Postures, Gestures and Microinteractions; and 4) Religion in Robotics.
Multimedia Arts: An Introduction
MINTRMA gives you an overview of Multimedia Arts as a field. It aims you to explore and understand the history, principles and evolution of Multimedia Arts. It will also cover an up-to-date and future directions of multimedia arts, local and international laws affecting multimedia practices and orientation with the technical aspects and functions of multimedia equipment and its application. Moreover, it will also discuss the phases of multimedia development process.
In this course, exposes you in the aspect of service-learning. It is where you can identify a problem in a certain community and create a Multimedia project as a solution for final project.
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Interaction Design : from concept to completion by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling : creating immersive stories across new media platforms by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Multimedia Artist RED-HOT Career Guide; 2512 REAL Interview Questions by
3 of the 2512 sweeping interview questions in this book, revealed: Flexibility question: All in all, how satisfied are you with your Multimedia artist job? - Interpersonal Skills question: What have you done in past situations to contribute toward a teamwork Multimedia artist environment? - Business Acumen question: Describe a time you recommended a change to Multimedia artist procedure. What did you learn from that experience? Land your next Multimedia artist role with ease and use the 2512 REAL Interview Questions in this time-tested book to demystify the entire job-search process. If you only want to use one long-trusted guidance, this is it. Assess and test yourself, then tackle and ace the interview and Multimedia artist role with 2512 REAL interview questions; covering 70 interview topics including Teamwork, Believability, Problem Resolution, Customer Orientation, Persuasion, Evaluating Alternatives, Time Management Skills, Planning and Organization, Communication, and Adaptability...PLUS 60 MORE TOPICS... Pick up this book today to rock the interview and get your dream Multimedia artist Job.
The Multimedia Writing Toolkit : helping students incorporate graphics and videos for authentic purposes, grades 3-8 by
The Multimedia Writing Toolkit demonstrates how, by drawing on students' interest in and familiarity with technology, you can integrate multimedia to maximize the potential of writing instruction. In eight concise chapters, author Sean Ruday identifies and describes simple, common forms of multimedia that upper-elementary and middle school students can use to improve their argument, informational, and narrative writing and critical thinking. You'll learn how to: Incorporate multimedia into argument, informational, and narrative writing through students' use of video topic trailers, online discussion boards, webpages, and more. Evaluate students on effective use of multimedia through easy-to-follow rubrics and explicitly articulated learning goals. Understand more fully the key forms of multimedia through user-friendly overviews and explanations; you don't need to be a "techie" teacher to use these strategies! Overcome possible obstacles to the integration of multimedia in the classroom by learning from the author's concrete, first-hand examples and instructional recommendations. This book is complete with resources designed to provide you with extra support, including reproducible classroom-appropriate charts and forms, links to key web-based content discussed in the book, and a guide for teachers and administrators interested in using the book for group-based professional development. With The Multimedia Writing Toolkit, you'll have a clear game plan for encouraging your students to become more engaged, technologically savvy learners. Bonus: Blank templates of the handouts are available as printable eResources on our website (www.routledge.com/9781138200111).
The Routledge Companion to Labor and Media by
Labor resides at the center of all media and communication production, from the workers who create the information technologies that form the dynamic core of the global capitalist system and the designers who create media content to the salvage workers who dismantle the industry's high-tech trash. The Routledge Companion to Labor and Media is the first book to bring together representative research from the diverse body of scholarly work surrounding this often fragmentary field, and seeks to provide a comprehensive resource for the study and teaching of media and labor. Essays examine work on the mostly unglamorous side of media and cultural production, technology manufacture, and every occupation in between. Specifically, this book features: -wide-ranging international case studies spanning the major global hubs of media labor; -interdisciplinary approaches for thinking about and analyzing class and labor in information communication technology (ICT), consumer electronics (CE), and media/cultural production; -an overview of global political economic conditions affecting media workers; -reports on chemical environments and their effect on the health of media workers and consumers; -activist scholarship on media and labor, and inspiring stories of resistance and solidarity.
Multimedia Arts: An Introduction
MINTRMA gives you an overview of Multimedia Arts as a field. It aims you to explore and understand the history, principles and evolution of Multimedia Arts. It will also cover an up-to-date and future directions of multimedia arts, local and international laws affecting multimedia practices and orientation with the technical aspects and functions of multimedia equipment and its application. Moreover, it will also discuss the phases of multimedia development process.
In this course, exposes you in the aspect of service-learning. It is where you can identify a problem in a certain community and create a Multimedia project as a solution for final project.
Communication and Media Ethics by
Ethics in communication and media has arguably reached a pivotal stage of maturity in the last decade, moving from disparate lines of inquiry to a theory-driven, interdisciplinary field presenting normative frameworks and philosophical explications for communicative practices. The intent of this volume is to present this maturation, to reflect the vibrant state of ethics theorizing and to illuminate promising pathways for future research.
Intelligent Multimedia Data Analysis by
This volume comprises eight well-versed contributed chapters devoted to report the latest findings on the intelligent approaches to multimedia data analysis. Multimedia data is a combination of different discrete and continuous content forms like text, audio, images, videos, animations and interactional data. At least a single continuous media in the transmitted information generates multimedia information. Due to these different types of varieties, multimedia data present varied degrees of uncertainties and imprecision, which cannot be easy to deal by the conventional computing paradigm. Soft computing technologies are quite efficient to handle the imprecision and uncertainty of the multimedia data and they are flexible enough to process the real-world information. Proper analysis of multimedia data finds wide applications in medical diagnosis, video surveillance, text annotation etc. This volume is intended to be used as a reference by undergraduate and post graduate students of the disciplines of computer science, electronics and telecommunication, information science and electrical engineering. THE SERIES: FRONTIERS IN COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE The series Frontiers In Computational Intelligence is envisioned to provide comprehensive coverage and understanding of cutting edge research in computational intelligence. It intends to augment the scholarly discourse on all topics relating to the advances in artifi cial life and machine learning in the form of metaheuristics, approximate reasoning, and robotics. Latest research fi ndings are coupled with applications to varied domains of engineering and computer sciences. This field is steadily growing especially with the advent of novel machine learning algorithms being applied to different domains of engineering and technology. The series brings together leading researchers that intend to continue to advance the fi eld and create a broad knowledge about the most recent state of the art.
The Literariness of Media Art by
The beginning of the 20th century saw literary scholars from Russia positing a new definition for the nature of literature. Within the framework of Russian Formalism, the term 'literariness' was coined. The driving force behind this theoretical inquiry was the desire to identify literature--and art in general--as a way of revitalizing human perception, which had been numbed by the automatization of everyday life. The transformative power of 'literariness' is made manifest in many media artworks by renowned artists such as Chantal Akerman, Mona Hatoum, Gary Hill, Jenny Holzer, William Kentridge, Nalini Malani, Bruce Nauman, Martha Rosler, and Lawrence Weiner. The authors use literariness as a tool to analyze the aesthetics of spoken or written language within experimental film, video performance, moving image installations, and other media-based art forms. This volume uses as its foundation the Russian Formalist school of literary theory, with the goal of extending these theories to include contemporary concepts in film and media studies, such as Neoformalism, intermediality, remediation, and postdrama.
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment : essential tools for video presentation by
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment is a guide to understanding the concepts and equipment used in projection and video design for live performances. After an introduction in the principles of design elements as well as information on content, this book focuses on how content is used and transmitted by describing the essential components of systems, providing definitions used in communicating video concepts, and including basic system troubleshooting tips and tricks. A brief history of projected imagery is included, as well as information on analog systems, as outdated technology continues to be used either by choice of the designer or by necessity due to budget. By providing the information to understand the tools and how to use them, the reader should be able to create their own systems to meet his or her design ideas.
Media Effects : advance in theory and research by
Now in its fourth edition, Media Effects again features essays from some of the finest scholars in the field and serves as a comprehensive reference volume for scholars, teachers, and students. This edition contains both new and updated content that reflects our media-saturated environments, including chapters on social media, video games, mobile communication, and virtual technologies. In recognition of the multitude of research trajectories within media effects, this edition also includes new chapters on narratives, positive media, the self and identity, media selection, and cross-cultural media effects. As scholarship in media effects continues to evolve and expand, Media Effects serves as a benchmark of theory and research for the current and future generations of scholars. The book is ideal for scholars and for undergraduate and graduate courses in media effects, media psychology, media theory, psychology, sociology, political science, and related disciplines.
Multimedia Foundations : core concepts for digital design by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Ready, Set, Create : a Manual of Style for Multimedia by
Want to learn something well? Make media to advance knowledge and gain new ideas. You don't have to be a communication professional to create to learn. Today, with free and low-cost digital tools, everyone can compose videos, blogs and websites, remixes, podcasts, screencasts, infographics, animation, remixes and more. By creating to learn, people internalize ideas and express information creatively in ways that may inspire others. Create to Learn is a ground-breaking book that helps learners create multimedia texts as they develop both critical thinking and communication skills. Written by Renee Hobbs, one of the foremost experts in media literacy, this book introduces a wide range of conceptual principles at the heart of multimedia composition and digital pedagogy. Its approach is useful for anyone who sees the profound educational value of creating multimedia projects in an increasingly digital and connected world. Students will become skilled multimedia communicators by learning how to gather information, generate ideas, and develop media projects using contemporary digital tools and platforms. Illustrative examples from a variety of student-produced multimedia projects along with helpful online materials offer support and boost confidence. Create to Learn will help anyone make informed and strategic communication decisions as they create media for any academic, personal or professional project.
Drawing 1: Basic Form and Shape
The main intention is to develop the students’ fundamental skills basic drawing. The course enables the student to refine drawing techniques through its emphasis on form, texture, and depth. Students will be trained to handle well the drawing materials specially the dry medium based on the requirements of the assignment by introducing to the students ranges of forms and step by step example of different approaches of techniques and media.
Artist's Drawing Techniques by
Learn how to draw with charcoal, pen, and pastel with step-by-step workshops from professional artists. Artist's Drawing Techniques is your guide to every aspect of drawing, from choosing a subject to mounting your finished masterpiece. Follow the workshops that teach you more than 80 artist's techniques, including cross-hatching, stippling, blending, and masking using pencil, charcoal, colored pencils, and pastels. Develop your artistic style by following step-by-step drawing tutorials through beginner, intermediate, and advanced projects. Explore new creative challenges with inspiring exercises and art projects to develop your skills, and study the stunning feature drawings that showcase every artistic technique and show you how that technique can be applied. Artist's Drawing Techniques will help you tap into your creative potential and unlock new talents.
Basics Detail Drawing by
The aesthetic and constructive quality of a building is also significantly determined by the careful design and implementation of details. Detailed drawings are developed on the basis of the working drawings; they form an important part of the specification and contain precise information for the tradesmen, indicating how materials are to be used and how they are to be joined. Drawings are produced in various degrees of detail. Depending on the function of the drawings, they are produced in scales from 1:20 to 1:1 in order to define the materials and method of joining, and to better illustrate the various dimensions. Basics Detailed Drawings explains, step by step, how to compose detailed designs and produce correct construction drawings, using clear examples.
The Complete Guide to Perspective Drawing by
Computers can calculate perspective angles and create a drawing for us, but the spontaneity of mark making, the tactile quality of a writing surface, the weight of a drawing instrument, and the immediacy of the human touch are sensations that keep traditional drawing skills perpetually relevant. The sensuality and convenience of the hand persists and will survive as a valuable communication tool, as will the need to accurately express your ideas on paper. As a professional, understanding the foundations of drawing, how we process images, and how we interpret what we see are principal skills. Understanding linear perspective enables artists to accurately communicate their ideas on paper. The Complete Guide to Perspective Drawing offers a step-by-step guide for the beginner as well as the advanced student on how to draw in one-point through six-point perspective and how to make scientifically accurate conceptual illustrations from simple to complex situations.
Design Drawing by
THE CLASSIC GUIDE TO DRAWING FOR DESIGNERS, REVISED AND UPDATED TO INCLUDE CURRENT DIGITAL-DRAWING TECHNIQUES Hand drawing is an integral part of the design process and central to the architecture profession. An architect's precise interpretation and freedom of expression are captured through hand drawing, and it is perhaps the most fundamental skill that the designer must develop in order to communicate thoughts and ideas effectively. In his distinctive style, world-renowned author Francis D. K. Ching presents Design Drawing, Third Edition, the classic guide to hand drawing that clearly demonstrates how to use drawing as a practical tool for formulating and working through design problems. While digital tools continue to evolve, this Third Edition includes new illustrations and information on the latest digital-drawing techniques. Design Drawing, Third Edition covers the basics of drawing, including line, shape, tone, and space. Guiding the reader step-by-step through the entire drawing process, this Third Edition also examines different types of drawing techniques such as multiview, paraline, and perspective drawings--and reveals how the application of these techniques creates remarkable results. In addition, Design Drawing, Third Edition: * Features over 1,500 hand drawings--stunning illustrations in the author's signature style that reinforce the concepts and lessons of each chapter * Offers new exercises and illustrative examples that range in complexity * Presents all-new digital drawing topics, such as hybrid floor plans, digital models and fabrication, and hand-to-digital fluency * Includes access to a new website featuring videos of the author demonstrating freehand techniques in a step-by-step manner in the studio and on location Written and illustrated for professional architects, designers, fine artists, illustrators, instructors and students, Design Drawing, Third Edition is an all-in-one package and effective tool that clearly demonstrates drawing concepts and techniques in a visually stimulating format that outshines other works in the field.
Drawing clothed figures by
Including numerous step by step projects and a diverse collection of inspirational examples, this book will help you master the clothed figure. Whether you want to draw a beloved close relative or a characterful passer-by, Lucy Swinburne's new book explains the techniques and materials clearly, simply and effectively. Master your art.
Drawing Difference by
Drawing has been growing in recognition and stature within contemporary fine art since the mid-1970s. Simultaneously, feminist activism has been widespread, leading to the increased prominence of women artists, scholars, critics and curators and the wide acknowledgement of the crucial role played by gender and sexual difference in constituting the subject. Drawing Difference argues that these developments did not occur in parallel simply by coincidence. Rather, the intimate interplay between drawing and feminism is best characterised as allotropic a term originating in chemistry that describes a single pure element which nevertheless assumes varied physical structures, denoting the fundamental affinities which underlie apparently differing material forms. The book takes as its starting point three works from the 1970s by Annette Messager, Dorothea Rockburne and Carolee Schneeman, that are used to exemplify critical developments in feminist art history and key moments for drawing as a means of expression.Throughout the chapters, these works are further explored in relation to the contemporary drawing practices of Marco Maggi, Sian Bowen, Susan Hauptmann, Cornelia Parker, Christoph Fink and Toba Kheedori. Their works are shown to be (re)iterative sites where mark-making differs with each appearance yet retains certain essential features. Dividing its analysis into the themes Approaching, Tropes and Coinciding, the book analyses how both drawing and feminist discourse emphasise dialogue, matter and openness. It demonstrates how sexual difference, subjectivity and drawing are connected at an elemental level and thus how drawing has played a vital role in the articulation of the material and conceptual dynamics of feminism."
Drawing Human Anatomy by
The newest book in Michael Mattesi's Force Drawing series takes movement to the next level. Force: Drawing Human Anatomy, explores the different facets of motion and the human body. As opposed to the memorization technique, Mattesi stresses the function of each body part and how gravity relative to different poses affects the aesthetics and form of muscle. The chapters are divided by the different parts of the body, thus allowing the reader to concentrate on mastery one body part at a time. Color coded images detail each muscle and their different angles. Special consideration is given to anatomy for animation, allowing the reader to create a character that is anatomically accurate in both stillness and motion. Key Features Detailed visual instruction includes colourful, step-by-step diagrams that allow you to easily follow the construction of an anatomically correct figure. Clearly organized and color coded per regions of the body's anatomy, a clarity of design for better reader understanding. Learn how anatomy is drawn and defined by the function of a pose. Visit the companion website for drawing demonstrations and further resources on anatomy.
Drawing masterclass by
'Drawing Masterclass' explores the act of vision of the world's great artists, describing how the images were created to allow you to weave some of this magic into your own drawings. The book is organized into seven chapters covering important genres: nudes, figures, landscapes, still life and studies, heads, fantasy and abstraction.
Drawing Perspective by
Here's a hands-on guide to perspective that's for anyone who wants to draw or paint--in any genre or medium. It's partly about learning how to draw a set of straight lines that meet at a point, but it's not filled with lots of dull, dry theory (although it does explain how it all works). Instead, it gives you tons of fun, practical exercises, and encourages you to play with them, so that learning how to draw in perspective is effortless and easy. Put your observational skills to the test with: Image Quizzes: take a pen and draw in all the vanishing points onto the book itself Perspective Chambers: draw objects onto an existing scene, keeping it all in the right perspective--sort of like 3D doodling Unique exercises with more than 100 vanishing points to figure out By the time you've completed this book, you will have a keen understanding of how perspective really works. Plus, you'll learn how to look at the world around you, see what's really there, and spot where those invisible straight lines may be located. It will become like a sixth sense to you--one that will add depth and meaning to all of your artistic pursuits.
Draw Like This! by
Draw Like This! is a fully illustrated guide to drawing that will walk you through simple prompts and challenges, helping you learn to draw from the inside out. Topics include- - Grid drawing - 2-point perspective - Negative space - Op Art - The human face and body - Elements of design - Shape, form, and line - Color and texture Engaging for beginners as well as veteran illustrators, and sure to appeal to kids, adults, teachers, and others, this is not your parents' illustration guide. Get ready to love drawing!
The Encyclopedia of Drawing Techniques by
Detailed photographic sequences explore pencil, charcoal, pen and technical pen techniques, including shading, building up, blending, hatching, highlighting, stippling and more. Coloured pencils, chalks, pastels, and pen and ink are also covered with inspirational pictures across a full range of subject matter, including landscapes, buildings, figures, animals, flowers and still life. Techniques are discussed in detail including layering, feathering, burnishing, linear marks and pointillism. The use of paint and brushes is less obvious in a book on drawing, but there are some techniques in which the brush is used to create a line, or to infill a linear shape. These techniques are discussed as well with Gallery examples shown throughout to act as inspiration for the practising artist. Sequences on mixed media, keeping a sketchbook and digital drawing are included too, making this book an invaluable addition to any artists book shelves.
The Figurative Artist's Handbook by
Written by a well-known artist and expert instructor, The Figurative Artist's Handbook offers a comprehensive, contemporary approach to the subject that instructs artists on the foundation basics and advanced techniques they need for successful figure drawing and painting. In addition to Zeller's stunning drawings and paintings, the work of over 50 of today's top practicing artists is included, so that the book will do double-duty as a hard-working how-to book and a visual treasure trove of some of the finest figurative art being created today. A must-have reference book for today's figurative artists and art students. This handbook combines three oschools of thoughto regarding figure drawing that are, at least on the surface, at odds with each other. But with his vast teaching experience, Zeller has seen that on a deeper level they are very compatible. Such a synthesis leads to a more complete understanding of the figure. Although this comprehensive approach is reflected in contemporary art and art education, no book has ever combined all three before. Gestural- The dynamic, gestural, rhythmic understanding of the figure as practiced by the great Mannerists of the Renaissance. This philosophy emphasizes life and rhythm in the human form. Rooted in the 16th and 17th centuries. Structural- A solid architectural understanding of the structure and anatomy of the body as the basis for building solid figure drawings. Rooted in the 20th and 21st centuries. Atelier Method- A beautiful, careful, detailed understanding of surface morphology of the figure. Smooth surface rendering. Very sensual. Rooted in the 18th and 19th centuries.
Figure Drawing Master Class by
With Figure Drawing Master Class, you will discover the secrets to creating masterful figure drawings through examples of Old Master drawings, as well as Dan Gheno's own beautiful drawings, demonstrations and diagrams.This take-home course covers everything you need to put yourself on the fast-track to successful figure drawing. Inside you'll find: The basics of training your hand to draw Gesture drawing lessons How to draw heads and hands, How to accurately compose your figures Keys to replicating the subtle details in the posture of the head to suggest emotion The basics of human proportions ,With tips, tricks and historical references, the drawing instruction inside will help you with all the critical skills you need to travel your own journey through successful figure drawing and improve your drawings for years to come. Learn to draw all aspects of the human figure with diagrams, demonstrations and Old Master drawings More than 120 drawings by Old Master artists including Michelangelo, Leonardo, Raphael and Rembrandt Includes 5 step-by-step demonstrations to reinforce the key concepts of figure drawing
FORCE: Dynamic Life Drawing by
Bring your artwork to life with the power of the FORCE! Watch, listen, and follow along as Mike Mattesi demonstrates the fundamental FORCE line and explains dynamic figure drawing techniques through 30 videos that are launched through the book's companion App. Packed with superb, powerfully drawn examples, the updated third edition of FORCE features an all-new section on the "FORCE blob," and dozens of fresh illustrations. Mike Mattesi's 10th anniversary edition of FORCE will teach readers how to put thought and imagination to paper. Whether you are an illustrator, animator, comic book artist, or student, you'll learn to use rhythm, shape, and line to bring out the life in any subject. The 10th Anniversary Edition contains numerous improvements. Around 30 videos are embedded within the book and accessible through the FORCE Drawing App. In the App, click on the image of the camera, point your mobile device's camera at the page with the symbol, and then finally tap the video card image floating above the drawing to launch the video. Then sit back and watch the video that shows me creating that drawing and discussing my process. Many new drawings can be found within this edition and the addition of color now further clarifies the theory of FORCE. Key Features The unique, dynamic learning system that has helped thousands of artists enhance their figure drawing abilities Dozens of updated illustrations and all-new content, exclusive to the 3rd edition Select pages can be scanned by your smartphone or other device to pull up bonus video content, enhancing the learning process Companion App: Nearly 50 videos are available on the free FORCE Drawing companion app that can be downloaded through Google Play or the Apple App Store
Hand Lettering a to Z by
Learn to draw your own alphabet as Abbey Sy and other artists teach you the art of hand lettering!
Human Figure Drawing by
Drawing is a very fragile, sensitive and powerful thing. Learning to draw is like starting to talk or to play an instrument. At first, it is about following a natural inclination, which, with disciplined cultivation, gradually undergoes both small and great progress and soon provides thrilling satisfaction. This path of knowledge becomes more and more fascinating and indispensable from the very moment it begins. This book shows us how to learn to draw the human figure and regain our ability to observe a subject. Being able to capture the human body is a basic requirement for any artist;Human Figure Drawing will help the reader to conquer the fear of making mistakes, in order to face the challenge of drawing with the confidence and curiosity of a child. Human Figure Drawing offers a refreshing perspective on this timeless topic with clear and helpful explanations and around 500 illustrations in b/w and colour.
Drawing 1: Basic Form and Shape
The main intention is to develop the students’ fundamental skills basic drawing. The course enables the student to refine drawing techniques through its emphasis on form, texture, and depth. Students will be trained to handle well the drawing materials specially the dry medium based on the requirements of the assignment by introducing to the students ranges of forms and step by step example of different approaches of techniques and media.
Anatomy and Figure Drawing Artist's Handbook by
This is a comprehensive guide to anatomy and figure drawing in a widerange of media. The book is filled with step-by-step projects that willhelp artists develop their skills in this area. There is a specialsection on developing techniques and the book is filled with beautifulillustrations that will inspire the reader. This is a practical booksuitable for artists of a wide variety of abilities and it should be amust for the reference shelves of any artist wanting to draw figures.
Basic Perspective Drawing by
The best-selling guide...now completely updated to include online tutorials! Basic Perspective Drawing introduces students, both those in formal design courses and self-learners, to the basic principles and techniques of perspective drawing. Clear and accessible illustrations show how to construct perspective views one step at a time. The new, streamlined Sixth Edition contains must-have content for students and instructors in art and design, architecture, and interior design programs. Updated illustrations reflect the most current drawing styles and examples while supplementary tutorial videos, grouped by architectural disciplines, interior design, and studio art/illustration, provide live-action demonstrations of key topics discussed in the book.
Basics Detail Drawing by
The aesthetic and constructive quality of a building is also significantly determined by the careful design and implementation of details. Detailed drawings are developed on the basis of the working drawings; they form an important part of the specification and contain precise information for the tradesmen, indicating how materials are to be used and how they are to be joined. Drawings are produced in various degrees of detail. Depending on the function of the drawings, they are produced in scales from 1:20 to 1:1 in order to define the materials and method of joining, and to better illustrate the various dimensions. Basics Detailed Drawings explains, step by step, how to compose detailed designs and produce correct construction drawings, using clear examples.
Basics Freehand Drawing by
The importance of freehand drawing for educating architects is often underestimated. However, this craft is essential for any designer. The act of drawing shows you how to see and observe. It helps develop spatial imagination. A design idea can be quickly and easily clarified and displayed in only a few strokes. The sketch in perspective is vital in design presentations whether at the design academy or in meetings with contractors - every architect needs to master this craft. Basics Freehand Drawing explains step-by-step how to develop a perspective drawing from the initial structure of the image to various drawing techniques and use of color. It also shows in numerous color illustrations different drawing techniques and examples of presenting perspective drawings of buildings, interiors, and details.
Basics Technical Drawing by
Technical Drawing deals with the representation of plans throughout all phases of a project. For students, the primary focus is on the development and methodical construction of a technical drawing. Themes: Types of plan (from site plan and preliminary drawings to design and detail plans) Components of the plan (floor plan, section, elevation, detail) Line width, dimensioning, hatching, use of text, symbols Plan presentation and compilation
Drawing by
Focusing on the creative and inventive significance of drawing for architecture, this book by one of its greatest proponents, Peter Cook, is an established classic. It exudes Cook's delight and catholic appetite for the architectural. Readers are provided with perceptive insights at every turn. The book features some of the greatest and most intriguing drawings by architects, ranging from Frank Lloyd Wright, Heath-Robinson, Le Corbusier, and Otto Wagner to Frank Gehry, Zaha Hadid, Coop Himmelb(l)au, Arata Isozaki, Eric Owen Moss, Bernard Tschumi, and Lebbeus Woods; as well as key works by Cook and other members of the original Archigram group. For this new edition, Cook provides a substantial new chapter that charts the speed at which the trajectory of drawing is moving. It reflects the increasing sophistication of available software and also the ways in which 'hand drawing' and the 'digital' are being eclipsed by new hybrids--injecting a new momentum to drawing. These 'crossovers' provide a whole new territory as attempts are made to release drawing from the boundaries of a solitary moment, a single-viewing position, or a single referential language. Featuring the likes of Toyo Ito, Perry Culper, Izaskun Chinchilla, Kenny Tsui, Ali Rahim, John Berglund, and Lorene Faure, it leads to fascinating insights into the effect that medium has upon intention and definition of an idea or a place. Is a pencil drawing more attuned to a certain architecture than an ink drawing, or is a particular colour evocative of a certain atmosphere? In a world where a Mayer drawing is creatively contributing something different from a Rhino drawing, there is much to demand of future techniques.
Drawing Funny by
I hate to be the bearer of bad news but you can't learn cartooning, and it can't be taught.' And so begins Oslo Davis' illustrated book on how to draw gag cartoons. Talk about shoot yourself in the foot! But he's kidding, kind of. There are reasons why your terrible cartoons are not funny, and Oslo is very happy to point them out. He's also prepared to give you some advice, for what it's worth, using examples selected from more than twenty years' drawing for newspapers and magazines worldwide. Drawing Funny is a how-to guide for people who might never draw a cartoon in their life but always read the cartoons first in the New Yorker and want to know how it's done. Oslo Davis is a widely published illustrator, artist and cartoonist. Oslo draws regularly for the Age newspaper and his work has appeared in the New York Times, the Guardian and online for SBS. He has also drawn for the Golden Plains music festival, the National Gallery of Victoria, Readings, Triple R FM and the Wheeler Centre, among many others. Oslo's books have covered topics ranging from Donald Trump, Henry Lawson, Asian mothers and scenes of angst-ridden daily life you can colour in.
The Pleasure in Drawing by
The renowned philosopher contemplates the medium of drawing in “a book full of dazzling insights, imaginative curves and provocative renewals” (Sarah Clift, University of King’s College). In 2007, philosopher Jean-Luc Nancy curated an exhibition at the Museum of Fine Arts in Lyon. This book, originally written for that exhibition, explores the interplay between drawing and form—viewing the act of drawing as a formative force. Recalling that the terms ‘drawing’ and ‘design’ were once used interchangeably, Nancy notes that drawing designates a design that remains without project, plan, or intention. His argument offers a way of rethinking a number of historical terms (sketch, draft, outline, plan, mark, notation), which includes rethinking drawing in its graphic, filmic, choreographic, poetic, melodic, and rhythmic senses. For Nancy, drawing resists any kind of closure, and therefore never resolves a tension specific to itself. Drawing allows the gesture of a desire that remains in excess of all knowledge to come to appearance. Situating drawing in these terms, Nancy engages a number of texts in which Freud addresses the force of desire in the rapport between aesthetic and sexual pleasure, texts that also turn around questions concerning form in its formation. Between sections of his text, Nancy includes a series of “sketchbooks” on drawing, composed of quotations on art from different writers, artists, or philosophers.
MFDRWG2 puts strong emphasis on figure drawing. The course intends to provide you with intense training in drawing human bodies and animals, in static and moving forms to make realistic representations of classical concepts of proportion, space and volume that have a strong influence on art in our contemporary time. It employs the classical Greek approaches in rendering human figures such as balance, proportion and symmetry which will be used as the basic standards for completing the requirements. At the end of the course, you must have improved your drawing skills especially in figure drawing and should be able to confidently showcase your artworks and artistic skills.
Face Fashion by
Face Fashion is a unique book designed to help fashion designers and illustrators to acquire skills for drawing the fashion face so that it complements and enhances the fashion figure drawing. Encyclopaedic treatment of how to draw the face, hair, makeup plus hats and accessories for the head. Beautifully illustrated with more than 500 original illustrations from NR.
Fashion Designers' Sketchbooks by
Fashion Designers' Sketchbooks provides a revealing insight into the design process of some of the major names in the fashion industry. Garments on the catwalk are juxtaposed with lookbooks, original research material, and finished illustrations, giving a new perspective on the working methods of leading international designers. This unique approach makes the book a fascinating resource for both students and designers.
Fashion Drawing by
Communicate your ideas and designs through a variety of sketches, drawings and expressive illustrations, with guidance from a seasoned professional. With more than 150 colour examples, John Hopkins takes you through the different styles, techniques and approaches to drawing in the fashion industry. This second edition offers advice on selecting appropriate materials and media, with examples demonstrating their different uses and applications. You 'll also learn the theory and history of fashion drawing, and the range of styles used by contemporary designers, from quick sketches to sophisticated digital drawings. In addition to new interviews with designers and illustrators, a glossary, resources directory and revised templates, this edition also has exercises to get you pencilling your fashion figures, painting your collections and developing that all-important portfolio right from the start.
Fashion Drawing Course by
When fashion designers draw the human body they need to capture its movement and also take into account how it responds to fabrics and volumes.Fashion Drawing Course analyses the most useful techniques for drawing the human figure in the context of fashion design. It offers in-depth explanatory texts and illustrations that will help to nurture a full comprehension of this type of figure drawing. Fashion Drawing Course is divided into two parts: the first section focuses on the human body and the second one explores the drawing of clothes.
Fashion Drawing for Dummies by
The fast and easy way to learn the art of fashion drawing This fun guide gives you dozens of step-by-step diagrams that walk you through the process of preparing creative illustrations that you can later develop into dynamic presentations for your design portfolio. Plus, you'll not only learn how to draw clothes and fabric, but also how to show details that make up the total look: faces and hairstyles, fashion accents, and a wide variety of textures. If you're an aspiring fashion designer, you know it's essential to be able to draw, prepare, and present a fashion drawing. Whether you have little or no prior drawing experience, Fashion Drawing For Dummies gives you easy-to-follow, non-intimidating instructions for mastering the drawing skills you need to design like a pro. Learn the rules and techniques of fashion drawing Draw the fashion figure in different poses and from multiple angles Discover how to complement your drawings with accessories, clothing, and style If you're a fledgling designer looking for non-intimidating guidance on learning the ins and outs of fashion drawing, this friendly guide has you covered!
Fashion Illustration for Designers by
This step-by-step book is focused on teaching how to develop good, modern-looking drawing skills to allow designers to communicate their vision effectively.Fashion Illustration for Designerscaptures the various moods and mixes of global influences visually. It provides methods for organizing design and illustration tasks, and information about the best tools to not only get ideas on paper effectively, but also to dazzle an audience with the sophistication of the approach.Topics focus on how to draw all the various fashion figures, and to aid in understanding the subtleties of past, present, and future layered together and presented as style. Addresses not only drawing issues but also styling elements that can update a look.A great reference for Fashion Illustrators and Designers.
Figure Drawing for Fashion Design by
This new edition of FIGURE DRAWING FOR FASHION DESIGN ¿ fully revised, updated and expanded ¿ offers a concise, topic by topic guide to acquiring and perfecting the skills of visualising ideas and concepts in costume and fashion design, concentrating on the female form.
Figure Drawing for Men's Fashion by
FIGURE DRAWING FOR MEN'S FASHION focuses on the male form in fashion design. It offers a concise, topic-by-topic guide to acquiring and perfecting the skills needed to produce realistic and precise fashion plates that accurately reflect a designer¿s creative vision. The authors, Elizabetta Drudi and Tiziana Paci, have decades of experience in the fashion industry and have created an invaluable resource for designers, illustrators, and artists. The breadth of information and attention to detail make this title ideal for students, professionals, and anyone who enjoys fashion design.
Figure Templates for Fashion Illustration by
'Figure Templates for Fashion Illustration' is a useful tool, not only for fashion students but also students without an art background on multi-disciplinary courses, as well as those who simply want to improve their basic drawing skills. If you are full of ideas for fashion design but not confident when it comes to drawing figures it can be difficult to present your concepts on paper. This book provides the answer with templates of figures in movement, figures from all angles, full and three-quarter length poses, back views and front-on poses. The figures can be used as they are or as a guide to develop your own poses. Information on anatomy, figure proportions, fashion-figure proportions and suitable art material is also included.
MFDRWG2 puts strong emphasis on figure drawing. The course intends to provide you with intense training in drawing human bodies and animals, in static and moving forms to make realistic representations of classical concepts of proportion, space and volume that have a strong influence on art in our contemporary time. It employs the classical Greek approaches in rendering human figures such as balance, proportion and symmetry which will be used as the basic standards for completing the requirements. At the end of the course, you must have improved your drawing skills especially in figure drawing and should be able to confidently showcase your artworks and artistic skills.
Basic Perspective Drawing by
Master the art of perspective drawing with an updated edition of this bestselling guide Basic Perspective Drawing, Sixth Edition gives artists, illustrators, designers, and architects an accessible guide for developing a firm and thorough grasp of the important principles and techniques for perspective drawing. Logically moving from simple concepts to specific tools and methods, the book provides clear step-by-step illustrations on how to construct perspective views with graphic examples covering every part of the process. With the same attractive, easy-to-follow style that made previous editions so popular, the new, streamlined Sixth Edition contains must-have content for students and instructors in art and design, architecture, and interior design programs. Illustrations are updated to reflect the most current drawing styles and examples, and supplementary tutorial videos provide live-action demonstrations of some of the key topics discussed in the book.
Dress, Law and Naked Truth A Cultural Study of Fashion and Form by Fashion Design by
Shows how the design process can be successfully applied to satisfy market needs and trends Fashion design seems to be a glamorous mystery for which only the fortunate few have sufficient talent to succeed. In reality, commercially successful results can be achieved if the right processes are followed in the early design process. Fashion Design sets out basic principles and exercises in order to make fashion design a logical process, providing a framework from which they can expand your skills steadily. Fashion Design, 2nd Edition: Shows how the design process can be successfully applied to satisfy market needs and trends Has a problem solving approach, with practical design projects and portfolio exercises to encourage readers to develop their innovation, experimentation and versatility Pays special attention to computer-aided design (CAD) and employment opportunities, including an overview of what is involved in studying and becoming a designer in the contemporary fashion industry.
Fashion Designer's Handbook for Adobe Illustrator by
Fashion Designer's Handbook for Adobe Illustrator 2nd Edition is a teach-yourself guide that provides step-by-step instructions and diagrams on how to use Adobe Illustrator CS5. Bursting with detailed technical information and full colour illustrations, its highly practical approach ensures fast learning. You will not only learn how to create technical drawings, but also fashion illustrations, flat drawings and storyboards for the fashion industry, and how to combine Adobe Illustrator and Adobe Photoshop. Once the basics are covered, you have the opportunity to learn more about the sophisticated aspects of this essential software package. If you are a fashion student or a fashion designer, this is the only book you'll need to master the very latest version of Adobe Illustrator.
In MHISGRP, we will survey the beginnings, development, current state, and future directions of graphic design. It intends to help you see it as a creative endeavor with a purpose, practiced within the context of visual communication, and shaped by the development of tools and processes. As you study the different eras, movements, and designers, you will develop an understanding of the importance of graphic design throughout the years, following its evolution as advances in both technology and society itself play roles in shaping the practice. Lastly, MHISGRP will also look at the impact that graphic design has had on a global and local scale, how it has shaped visual culture, and how it continues to influence contemporary society through the various forms it has evolved into, from the traditional printed media to the emerging forms of digital media.
The Art of Graphic Design by
A revered classic of American design delights anew with the freshness and ingenuity of its approach Bradbury Thompson (1911-1995) remains one of the most admired and influential graphic designers of the twentieth century, having trained a generation of design students while on the faculty of the Yale School of Art for more than thirty years. The art director of Mademoiselle and design director of Art News and Art News Annual in the decades after World War II, Thompson was also a distinguished designer of limited-edition books, postage stamps, rationalized alphabets, corporate identification programs, trademarks, and sacred works (most notably the Washburn College Bible). Thompson also designed more than sixty issues of Westvaco Inspirations, a magazine that was published by the Westvaco Corporation and distributed to thousands of printers, designers, and teachers to show the range and versatility of printing papers. Thompson was especially revered for his ability to adapt classic typography for the modern world. Bradbury Thompson: The Art of Graphic Design is a landmark in the history of fine bookmaking. First published by Yale University Press in 1988 and designed by Thompson himself, it was praised by the New York Times as a book in which "art and design are gloriously and daringly mixed." Original texts by the author and other notable designers, critics, and art historians, including J. Carter Brown, Alvin Eisenman, and Steven Heller, explore Thompson's methods and design philosophy, and a newly commissioned afterword by Jessica Helfand attests to the enduring importance of his work. Both a retrospective and a manifesto, the book surveys Thompson's timeless contributions to American graphic design, including his experimental work and his work in magazines, typography, books, simplified alphabets, and contemporary postage stamps. Published for the first time in paperback, this classic text is now available for a new generation of designers and students. ]]>
Book of ideas : a journal of creative direction and graphic design. Volume 2 by Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
The Graphic Design Reader by
The Graphic Design Reader brings together key readings in this ever-changing field to provide an essential resource for students, researchers and practitioners. Taking as its starting point an exploration of the way in which theory and practice and canons and anti-canons have operated within the discipline, the reader brings together writings by important international design critics, including Wendy Siuyi Wong, Dick Hebdige, April Greiman, and Victor Margolin. Extracts are structured into clear thematic sections addressing history; education and the profession; type and typography; critical writing and practice; political and social change; changing visual landscapes, and graphic design futures. Each section has a contextual introduction by the editors outlining key ideas and debates, as well as an annotated guide to further reading and a comprehensive bibliography. The Graphic Design Reader features original visual essays which provide a critical platform for understanding and interpreting graphic design practice, as well as a wealth of illustrations accompanying key historical and contemporary texts from the 1920s to the present day.
Graphic Design Solutions by
GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS, 6th EDITION, is the most comprehensive reference on graphic design for print and screen media. It introduces the principles of design and how they apply to the various graphic design disciplines--all explained and illustrated with vivid, professional art and diagrams. Providing a solid foundation for typographic design, advertising design and graphic design, its in-depth coverage includes such topics as design principles, the design process, concept generation, branding and visual identity, design for web and mobile, package design, portfolio development, social media, ad campaigns and more. GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS has everything you need to know to start formulating concepts and creating powerful, effective visual messages.
The History of Graphic Design. Vol. 1. 1890-1959 by
History is a complex business. Fortunes boom and bust, empires wax and wane, and change--whether social, political, or technological--has its winners, its losers, its advocates, and its enemies. Through all the turbulent passage of time, graphic design--with its vivid, neat synthesis of image and idea--has distilled the spirit of each age. This book is an in-depth history of graphic design from the end of the 19th century to the '50s. It traces the evolution of this creative field from its beginning as poster design to its further development into advertising, corporate identity, packaging, and editorial design. Organized chronologically, the volume features over 2,500 seminal designs from all over the world, 71 of which are profiled in detail besides 61 leaders in the field, including Alphonse Mucha (chocolate advertisements), Edward Johnston (London Underground logo and typeface), El Lissitzky (constructivist graphics), Herbert Matter (photomontage travel posters from Switzerland), Saul Bass (animated opening titles), and A. M. Cassandre (art deco posters). With his sweeping knowledge of the field, author Jens Müller curates the standout designs for each year alongside a running sequence of design milestones. Meanwhile, in his introductory essay, David Jury situates graphic design from its point of origin in early printing, engraving, and lithography to striking creative developments in the 19th century. Each consecutive decade is then prefaced by a succinct overview as well as a stunning visual timeline, offering a vivid display of the variety of graphic production in each decade as well as the global landscape which it at once described and defined. As we move on from and reflect upon the 20th century, this first volume examines the foundations of what would influence some of the fastest-changing creative fields. Combined with Volume Two--which spans from the 1960s until today--the tomes offer the most comprehensive exploration of graphic design to date and a long-overdue recognition of its enormous contribution to economics, politics, social causes, the arts, media, and the way we see the world.
History of Illustration by
Winner of the 2019 CHOICE Award "The authoritative book on the origins, history, and influence of illustration. Bravo!" David Brinley, University of Delaware, USA History of Illustration covers image-making and print history from around the world, spanning from the ancient to the modern. Hundreds of color images show illustrations within their social, cultural, and technical context, while they are ordered from the past to the present. Readers will be able to analyze images for their displayed techniques, cultural standards, and ideas to appreciate the art form. This essential guide is the first history of illustration written by an international team of illustration historians, practitioners, and educators.
Layout for Graphic Designers : an introduction by
Layout for graphic design concerns the arrangement of text and images on a page. How these elements are positioned, both in relation to one another, and within the overall design scheme, will affect how content is viewed and received. Whether in print or online, it is key to powerful visual communication. Layout for Graphic Designers provides visual arts students with a theoretical and practical underpinning of this design subject. Packed with over 200 examples from key contemporary practices, and fully illustrated with clear diagrams and inspiring imagery, it offers an essential exploration of the subject. This third edition has been updated to include 25 new images and 6 new case studies from Lundgren + Lindqvist, TwoPoints.Net, Bruce Mau Design, Non-Format, Mind Design and Plau.
Menu Design in America : a visual and culinary history of graphic styles and design, 1850-1985 by
Until restaurants became commonplace in the late 1800s, printed menus for meals were rare commodities reserved for special occasions. As restaurants proliferated, the menu became more than just a culinary listing: it was an integral part of eating out, a clever marketing tool, and a popular keepsake.Menu Design is an omnibus showcasing the best examples of this graphic art. Illustrated in vibrant color, this compact volume not only gathers an extraordinary collection of paper ephemera but serves as a history of restaurants and dining out in America. Featuring both covers and interiors, the menus offer an epicurean tour and insight to more than a hundred years of dining out. An introduction on the history of menu design by graphic design writer Steven Heller and extended captions by culinary historian John Mariani accompany each piece throughout the book. Various photographs of restaurants round out this compendium that will appeal to anyone who enjoys dining out and its graphic and gastronomic history. About the series Bibliotheca Universalis -- Compact cultural companions celebrating the eclectic TASCHEN universe!
Swedish Design : a history by
Swedish Design- A History provides a fascinating and comprehensive introduction to the development of design in Sweden from the mid-nineteenth century to the early twenty-first. Leading design historian Lasse Brunnstrum traces the move from artisanal crafts production to the mass production and consumption of designed objects, a process by which the role and profile of the designer became increasingly important. His survey, richly illustrated with images of the designed objects discussed, takes in forms of design traditionally associated with Sweden, such as household objects and textiles, while also considering some less-written about genres such as industrial and graphic design. Brunnstrum questions many established ideas about design in Sweden, notably its aesthetics and its relationship to Sweden's national and political culture. He argues that the history of design in Sweden has been far more complex and less straightforwardly 'blond' than hitherto understood.
Type : a visual history of typefaces and graphic styles, 1628-1938 by
This compact yet comprehensive book offers a thorough overview of typeface design from 1628 to the mid-20th century. Derived from a distinguished Dutch collection, a series of exquisitely designed catalogs trace the evolution of the printed letter via specimens in roman, italic, bold, semi-bold, narrow, and broad fonts. Borders,ornaments, initial letters, and decorations are also included, along with lithographic examples, letters by sign writers, inscription carvers, and calligraphers. The first part of the book covers prendash;20th century typeface, with texts by editor Cees de Jong and collector Jan Tholenaar. The second part covers the period from 1900 to the mid-20th century, and contains a historical outline by Alston W. Purvis. Featured type designers include: William Caslon, Fritz Helmuth Ehmcke, Peter Behrens, Rudolf Koch, Eric Gill, Jan van Krimpen, Paul Renner, Jan Tschichold, A. M. Cassandre, Aldo Novarese, and Adrian Frutiger.
In MHISGRP, we will survey the beginnings, development, current state, and future directions of graphic design. It intends to help you see it as a creative endeavor with a purpose, practiced within the context of visual communication, and shaped by the development of tools and processes. As you study the different eras, movements, and designers, you will develop an understanding of the importance of graphic design throughout the years, following its evolution as advances in both technology and society itself play roles in shaping the practice. Lastly, MHISGRP will also look at the impact that graphic design has had on a global and local scale, how it has shaped visual culture, and how it continues to influence contemporary society through the various forms it has evolved into, from the traditional printed media to the emerging forms of digital media.
After Effects for Designers : graphic and interactive design in motion by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
Design to Renourish : Sustainable Graphic Design in Practice by
Inspiration is everywhere when you stop to not just smell but watch the roses. Mother Nature's interwoven relationships between all life can serve as a powerful model for graphic designers to create sustainable print and digital work. Design to Renourish is a book for the graphic design professional that helps to integrate sustainability into their workflow through a design process called systems thinking. This process asks the graphic designer to approach a design problem by being more informed and aware of and influenced by the impacts that material and vendor choices have on one another, the planet, and consequently on us. The book not only walks the reader through how to design with Mother Nature as a model, but also offers solutions to the real life challenges of working with the client to create sustainable work. Through ten case studies that feature interviews with international design teams who embrace a sustainable systems methodology, the reader will gain valuable insights on how to design to renourish and improve life on Earth.
Drawing on the Victorians : the palimpsest of Victorian and neo-Victorian graphic texts by Learn Adobe Illustrator CC for graphic design and illustration : Adobe Certified Associate exam preparation by 
The Moderns : Midcentury American graphic design by
In The Moderns, we meet the men and women who invented and shaped Midcentury Modern graphic design in America. The book is made up of generously illustrated profiles, many based on interviews, of more than 60 designers whose magazine, book, and record covers; advertisements and package designs; posters; and other projects created the visual aesthetics of postwar modernity. Some were émigrés from Europe; others were homegrown--all were intoxicated by elemental typography, primary colors, photography, and geometric or biomorphic forms. Some are well-known, others are honored in this volume for the first time, and together they comprised a movement that changed our design world.
Multimedia Foundations : core concepts for digital design by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Practical web design : learn the fundamentals of web design with HTML5, CSS3, Bootstrap, jQuery, and Vue.js by 
Up and Running with AutoCAD 2019 by
Up and Running with AutoCAD 2019: 2D Drafting and Design focuses on 2D drafting and design, making it more appropriate for a one-semester course. The book provides step-by-step instruction, examples and insightful explanations. From the beginning, the book emphasizes core concepts and the practical application of AutoCAD in engineering, architecture and design. Equally useful in instructor-led classroom training, self-study, or as a professional reference, the book is written with the user in mind by a long-time AutoCAD professional and instructor based on what works in the industry and the classroom. Strips away complexities and reduces AutoCAD to easy-to-understand, basic concepts Teaches the essentials of operating AutoCAD first, immediately building student confidence Documents commands in a step-by-step explanation, including what the student needs to type in and how AutoCAD responds Includes new exercises and projects for the AutoCAD 2019 version Offers online bonus content on AutoCAD 3D basics
Elements & Principles of Design in Multimedia
MELPRIN is a core course that will help you understand how each element in the visual composition plays an important role in communicating the appropriate message to the intended audience. It will explain visual communication theories and demonstrate creative thinking techniques to aid you in creating your ideas translated in multimedia visual design outputs with the target audience in mind. The elements and principles of design will further be applied in graphical user interface for an engaging user experience.
The laboratory component of the course will reinforce these ideas through various visualization exercises and projects. These exercises and projects are treated and presented as purely formal problems that will focus on visual representation and expressions in visual communication as applied in multimedia.
Design Elements, Form & Space by
Design principles never change. They serve as the foundation of the designer's thought process and are the essential tools that define a visual language. With hundreds of fundamental principles for creating successful design compositions, Design Elements: Form & Space establishes a basis for visual organization strategies and serves as a comprehensive manual for graphic designers. Understanding how elements interact in a layout is a critical step in stimulating visual thinking and compositional decision-making, and this book illustrates these principles in numerous diagrams, drawings, and practical examples of application. You'll also learn how conventional color harmonies effect form and space and how to apply elements to images and type to create balanced layouts. Gain a deeper aesthetic understanding of form in the context of ordering space with Design Elements: Form & Space.
Design Elements, Typography Fundamentals by
Explore the fundamentals of typography with this practical new guide. An instructional reader rather than historical survey, Design Elements: Typography Fundamentals uses well-founded, guiding principles to teach the language of type and how to use it capably. Designers are left with a solid ground on which to design with type. Limitless potential for meaningful and creative communication exists--this is the field guide for the journey!
Design elements : understanding the rules and knowing when to break them by
This updated version of Rockport's bestselling Design Elements offers expanded and updated content in a new, cleaner format for easier navigation.
Design fundamentals : notes on visual elements & principles of composition by
Design Fundamentals: Notes on Visual Elements and Principles of Composition looks and functions like a student's sketchbook with handwritten notes and illustrations that capture the key concepts and assignments taught in a foundation course on the elements and principles of design. More than just a collection of gorgeously illustrated notes, this "notebook" is an essential guide to the basic elements of composition--dot, line, shape, form, color, texture, and pattern--as well as the principles for composing the elements on flat surfaces (paper, canvas, screens) and in three dimensions. Fun and fast-paced, this creative notebook isn't required reading, it's desired reading; and it's the second in a series of Design Fundamentals books that students will want to keep and enjoy long after they've mastered these basic building blocks of design. This book includes: (Core instruction on the foundational elements of visual design and the principles of composition including hierarchy, unity, balance, and rhythm Exercises and projects for practice and concept development (Strange and delightful illustrations created specifically for this book (to inspire action) A companion website stocked with additional projects, a bibliography, glossary, and links to additional visual examples.
Exploring the Elements of Design by
Designed to prepare readers for success in graphic design, the third edition of EXPLORING THE ELEMENTS OF DESIGN has been completely updated to reflect the very latest in graphic design concepts and contemporary design work. With its straightforward approach and dynamic examples, this richly illustrated full-color book offers clear explanations of the fundamental principles, award-winning examples of professional work, and diagrams that clearly show how these principles operate in successful design solutions. Offering a practical and visual introduction to the world of graphic design, this book provides readers with detailed coverage of design concepts, including color, imagery, creative thinking, and visual-problem solving, as well as an overview of the field of graphic design and related career options. In addition, the third edition includes all-new material on digital media, interactive design, and typography to ensure that readers have all the information needed to work in the ever-changing world of graphic design.
The Graphic Designer's Electronic-Media Manual by
This comprehensive resource for graphic designers will help you merge traditional print design skills with new technology to create imaginative, informative, and useful online experiences for clients and ultimately the end users. The Graphic Designer's Electronic-Media Manual focuses on reigning in the specific skills and tools necessary for creating design projects for the web and beyond. You'll also find a rich collection of sound design examples for the web from studios around the world. Unlike other books on web and electronic media, this book is not a technical manual, but a visual resource packed with real-world examples of design for the web.
Layout essentials : 100 design principles for using grids by
This revised and updated version of Layout Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Using Grids is an essential design text that outlines and demonstrates basic layout/grid guidelines and rules.
Playing with type : 50 graphic experiments for exploring typographic design principles by
Playing with Type is a hands-on, playful approach to learning type application and principles. This engaging guide begins with an introduction to the philosophy of learning through the process of play. Along with a series of experimental design projects with an emphasis on type, the author provides designers with a "toolkit" of ideas and skills developed through the process of play. The awareness and sensitivity to type styles, forms, and type choices gained through these visual experiments will increase the designer's confidence in their personal and professional work. This book can be used in the classroom or independently, and readers can go directly to exercises that appeal to them.
Sustainable graphic design : principles and practices by
There is little appreciation for what happens to graphic design artifacts after their useful life has ended. SustainableGraphic Designoutlines graphic design's relationship to production and consumption, demonstrating how designers can contribute solution-oriented responses to consumption, through tools and methodologies applicable to both education and practice. The book provides an overview of sustainable graphic design, based on global engagement with design's relationship to consumption, and features highly creative work inspired by complex issues and including studies of a variety of visual artifacts, the larger built environment and the very ordinary products of consumption. Presenting cutting-edge work in graphic design from practitioners, educators and students from North America, Northern Europe, Australia and the Far East, the book helps students visualize their future roles engaging with the field in response to ecological concerns, social justice and present systems of design by using extensive case studies of student work with step-by step instructions adapted for use by instructors.
Typography essentials : 100 design principles for working with type by
This completely revised and updated version of Typography Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Working with Type is a hands-on resource, organizing the many complex choices surrounding the effective use of typography.
Universal design : principles and models by
As the baby boom generation ages, it is crucial that designers understand all they can about bringing this group, as well as all others, design that will offer function, aesthetics, and quality of life. Full of examples and illustrated with pictures of good design, Universal Design: Principles and Models details how the principles of universal design (UD) can be used to evaluate all products and places. Universal design is ubiquitous; therefore good examples are essential to understanding. This book includes more than 50 case studies that demonstrate successful applications of UD principles and helps professors develop curriculum and teaching strategies. More than 300 color photographs and drawings further illustrate the principles and best practices. The book includes topics ranging from the development of ergonomic chairs for home and office to the unique environmental concerns of those sensitive to electronic and chemical emissions. The examples illustrate a variety of user/groups in different situations and clearly demonstrate the design directives for meeting their needs. The author explores the many definitions of UD, enabling readers to identify those most meaningful to large portions of the population. Universal design (UD) facilitates the comfort and navigation of those with failing eyesight or restricted mobility, and the family members and professionals who care for them. Whether at home, work, or a public place, people appreciate the beautiful and the practical. This book takes a vital and meaningful approach, going beyond the basics and delving into details. It gets to the heart of UD and supplies an understanding of design from a greater perspective.
Elements & Principles of Design in Multimedia
MELPRIN is a core course that will help you understand how each element in the visual composition plays an important role in communicating the appropriate message to the intended audience. It will explain visual communication theories and demonstrate creative thinking techniques to aid you in creating your ideas translated in multimedia visual design outputs with the target audience in mind. The elements and principles of design will further be applied in graphical user interface for an engaging user experience.
The laboratory component of the course will reinforce these ideas through various visualization exercises and projects. These exercises and projects are treated and presented as purely formal problems that will focus on visual representation and expressions in visual communication as applied in multimedia.
Design Elements, Typography Fundamentals by
Explore the fundamentals of typography with this practical new guide. An instructional reader rather than historical survey, Design Elements: Typography Fundamentals uses well-founded, guiding principles to teach the language of type and how to use it capably. Designers are left with a solid ground on which to design with type. Limitless potential for meaningful and creative communication exists—this is the field guide for the journey!
Design Elements - Color Fundamentals by
Color is an integral part of any design solution. Design Elements, Color Fundamentals is an essential resource for designers who want to create memorable design and successfully communicate with their audience. It is the second book in Rockport's Design Elements series, which focuses on the core elements of design. With this book, designers will: --Learn how to effectively communicate with color and integrate color with type and image to affect meaning and create order --See how known pairings and selection methods can be used in real-world projects --Explore hundreds of visual examples, illustrating how effective color combinations can be applied to any project, across media, and in diverse, cultural, and geographic situations --Realize the basic tenets of color theory as it is broken down into clear and actionable directives --Uncover tips and techniques for using color in client-based design work Discover the basic rules for working with color as well as when it's OK to break the rules with Design Elements, Color Fundamentals!
Layout Essentials : 100 Design Principles for Using Grids by
Adhering to certain layout and grids standards and principles is important for any job from brochures, to annual reports, to posters, to websites, to publications. However, knowing how to bend the rules and make certain grids work for the job at hand takes skill. This book outlines and demonstrates basic layout/grid guidelines and rules through 100 entries including choosing a typeface, striving for rhythm and balance with type, combining typefaces, using special characters and kerning and legibility. These essentials of grid design are critical to the success of any job.
Writing for New Media is a course wherein you, as a Multimedia Arts student, are taught how to communicate through various multimedia platforms by means of technical and narrative writing skills; this course is designed to provide you knowledge in writing for both traditional and digital styles. Through Writing for New Media, all the writing disciplines practiced in the industry will be covered, ranging from Basic News and Feature writing, Copywriting, Web Content, Narratives and Scripts.
Dynamic Media Writing : adapt and connect by
Undergraduate students and early career professionals in journalism, public relations and advertising.
Narrative Theory, Literature, and New Media : narrative minds and virtual worlds by
Offering an interdisciplinary approach to narrative, this book investigates storyworlds and minds in narratives across media, from literature to digital games and reality TV, from online sadomasochism to oral history databases, and from horror to hallucinations. It addresses two core questions of contemporary narrative theory, inspired by recent cognitive-scientific developments: what kind of a construction is a storyworld, and what kind of mental functioning can be embedded in it? Minds and worlds become essential facets of making sense and interpreting narratives as the book asks how story-internal minds relate to the mind external to the storyworld, that is, the mind processing the story. With essays from social scientists, literary scholars, linguists, and scholars from interactive media studies answering these topical questions, the collection brings diverse disciplines into dialogue, providing new openings for genuinely transdisciplinary narrative theory. The wide-ranging selection of materials analyzed in the book promotes knowledge on the latest forms of cultural and social meaning-making through narrative, necessary for navigating the contemporary, mediatized cultural landscape. The combination of theoretical reflection and empirical analysis makes this book an invaluable resource for scholars and advanced students in fields including literary studies, social sciences, art, media, and communication.
The Online Journalism Handbook : skills to survive and thrive in the digital age by
The Online Journalism Handbook has established itself globally as the leading guide to the fast-moving world of digital journalism, showcasing the multiple possibilities for researching, writing and storytelling offered to journalists through new technologies. In this new edition, Paul Bradshaw presents an engaging mix of technological expertise with real world practical guidance to illustrate how those training and working as journalists can improve the development, presentation and global reach of their story through web-based technologies. The new edition is thoroughly revised and updated, featuring: a significantly expanded section on the history of online journalism business models; a new focus on the shift to mobile-first methods of consumption and production; a brand new chapter on online media law written by Professor Tim Crook of Goldsmiths, University of London, UK; a redeveloped section on interactivity, with an introduction to coding for journalists; advice on the journalistic uses of vertical video, live video, 360 and VR. The Online Journalism Handbook is a guide for all journalism students and professional journalists, as well as being of key interest to digital media practitioners.
Reading and Writing a Screenplay : fiction, documentary and new media by
Reading and Writing a Screenplaytakes you on a journey through the many possible ways of writing, reading and imagining fiction and documentary projects for cinema, television and new media. It explores the critical role of a script as a document to be written and read with both future readers and the future film it will be giving life to in mind. The book explores the screenplay and the screenwriting process by approaching the film script in three different ways: how it is written, how it is read and how it can be rewritten. Combining contemporary screenwriting practices with historical and academic context, Isabelle Raynauld provides key analytical tools and reading strategies for conceptualizing and scripting projects based on the impact different writing styles can have on readers, with various examples ranging from early cinema to new media and new platforms throughout. This title offers an alternative, thought-provoking and inspiring approach to reading and writing a screenplay that is ideal for directors, producers, actors, students, aspiring screenwriters and readers interested in understanding how an effective screenplay is created. d inspiring approach to reading and writing a screenplay that is ideal for directors, producers, actors, students, aspiring screenwriters and readers interested in understanding how an effective screenplay is created.
Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Strategic Writing : multimedia writing for public relations, advertising and more by
In its fourth edition, Strategic Writing emphasizes the goal-oriented mission of high-quality public relations and media writing with clear, concise instructions for more than 40 types of documents. This multidisciplinary text covers writing for public relations, advertising, sales and marketing, and business communication. In addition, it includes concise chapters on topics such as diversity, ethics and the legal aspects of strategic writing. Featuring a spiral binding, examples for each document and a user-friendly "recipe" approach, Strategic Writing is ideal for undergraduate PR or advertising writing classes that take an interdisciplinary approach. This new edition devotes new attention throughout to social media and writing in the digital realm, and features new and updated online resources for students and instructors.
Writing for News Media by
Writing for News Media is a down-to-earth guide on how to write news stories for online, print and broadcast audiences. It celebrates the craft of storytelling, arguing for its continued importance in a modern newsroom. With dynamism and humour, Ian Pickering, a journalist with 30 years' experience, offers readers practical advice on being a news journalist, with step-by-step guidance on creating a great story and writing the perfect news copy. Chapters include: extracts from published news articles to help illustrate the dos and don'ts of storytelling; the ten golden rules for structuring and putting together a successful news article, including 'Nail the intro', 'Let it flow' and 'Keep it simple'; instruction on writing stories for different specialist subjects, including politics, court cases, economics, funnies and celebrity; help for readers on how to write for broadcast news; tips on how to write headlines, how to use pictures, how to make the most of quotations and how to avoid common style and grammar mistakes; glossaries covering a range of different aspects of news journalism, including types of news story, online and data journalism, typesetting and broadcasting. This is an instructive and insightful manual which champions brilliant storytelling and writing with flair. It introduces a set of key creative and analytical techniques that will help students of journalism and young professionals hone and refi ne their story-writing skills.
Writing for New Media is a course wherein you, as a Multimedia Arts student, are taught how to communicate through various multimedia platforms by means of technical and narrative writing skills; this course is designed to provide you knowledge in writing for both traditional and digital styles. Through Writing for New Media, all the writing disciplines practiced in the industry will be covered, ranging from Basic News and Feature writing, Copywriting, Web Content, Narratives and Scripts.
ABCs of Speaking: your building blocks to speaking success by
An A-Z primer for all levels of public speaking, from securing engagements to delivering unforgettable speeches to making money as a speaker. Can you make it as a professional speaker? Knowing how to deliver a great presentation is obviously important, but truly understanding how the speaking industry really works is probably even more important. What do you need to know to deal with event promoters? What can you do to take control of the room and not let the unexpected derail your presentation? Should you pursue the fee or free speaking model? What about technology? What do they mean by 'buying units.' Industry insiders Adryenn Ashley, Bret Ridgway, and Caterina Rando share their combined decades of experience from both the platform and the promoter perspectives. They pull back the curtains and give you a sneak peek into how the speaking world really works. You'll learn how to build a profitable speaking business that allows you to more effectively build your platform and share your powerful message with the world. Even if you already consider yourself a professional speaker, you're guaranteed to pick up a few nuggets that can help you take things to the next level with your speaking. Get more gigs, make more money and impact more lives today!
Ancient manuscripts in digital culture : visualisation, data mining, communication by 
A handbook of journalism : media in the information age by 
The New Rules of Marketing and PR: how to use social media, online video, mobile applications, blogs, newsjacking, and viral marketing to reach buyers directly by
The international bestseller--now in a new edition When it comes to marketing, anything goes in the Digital Age, right? Well, not quite. While marketing and public relations tactics do seem to change overnight, every smart businessperson knows that it takes a lot more than the 'next big thing.' The New Rules of Marketing & PR is an international bestseller with more than 375,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages. In the latest edition of this pioneering guide to the future of marketing, you'll get a step-by-step action plan for leveraging the power of the latest approaches to generating attention for your idea or your business. You'll learn how get the right information to the right people at the right time--at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising. The Internet continues to change the way people communicate and interact with each other, and if you're struggling to keep up with what's trending in social media, online videos, apps, blogs, or more, your product or service is bound to get lost in the ether. In The New Rules of Marketing & PR, you'll get access to the tried-and-true rules that will keep you ahead of the curve when using the latest and greatest digital spaces to their fullest PR, marketing, and customer-communications potential. Keeping in mind that your audience is savvy and crunched for time, this essential guide shows you how to cut through the online clutter to ensure that your message gets seen and heard. Serves as the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and non-profit managers Offers a wealth of compelling case studies and real-world examples Includes information on new platforms including Facebook Live and Snapchat Shows both small and large organizations how to best use Web-based communication Finally, everything you need to speak directly to your audience and establish a personal link with those who make your business work is in one place.
The Textbook and the Lecture: education in the age of new media Front cover image for The textbook & the lecture : education in the age of new media by
Why are the fundamentals of education apparently so little changed in our era of digital technology? Is their obstinate persistence evidence of resilience or obsolescence? Such questions can best be answered not by imagining an uncertain high-tech future, but by examining a well-documented past--a history of instruction and media that extends from Gilgamesh to Google. Norm Friesen looks to the combination and reconfiguration of oral, textual, and more recent media forms to understand the longevity of so many educational arrangements and practices. Friesen examines the interrelationship of reading, writing, and pedagogy in the case of the lecture and the textbook--from their premodern to their postmodern incarnations. Over hundreds of years, these two forms have integrated textual, oral, and (more recently) digital media and connected them with changing pedagogical and cultural priorities. The Textbook and the Lecture opens new possibilities for understanding not only mediated pedagogical practices and their reform but also gradual changes in our conceptions of the knowing subject and of knowledge itself. Drawing on wide-ranging scholarship in fields as diverse as media ecology and German-language media studies, Foucauldian historiography, and even archaeological research, The Textbook and the Lecture is a fascinating investigation of educational media.
Writing for Public Relations by
Employers consider communication as one of the most critical skills for workers today. Writing for the Workplace: Business Communication for Professionals is an easy-to-follow guide that provides strategies for effective professional communication. Written to address the needs of both students entering the workforce and business professionals looking to improve their written communication, the book offers guides to compose typical workplace documents, from effective e-mails and convincing reports to winning presentations and engaging resumes. This concise book offers busy readers concrete strategies to improve their workplace writing.
Writing in College: from competence to excellence by
Writing in College is designed for students who have largely mastered high-school level conventions of formal academic writing and are now moving beyond the five-paragraph essay to more advanced engagement with text. It is well suited to composition courses or first-year seminars, and valuable as a supplemental or recommended text in other writing-intensive classes. It provides a friendly, down-to-earth introduction to professors' goals and expectations, demystifying the norms of the academy and how they shape college writing assignments. Each of the nine chapters could be read separately, and each includes suggested exercises to bring the main messages to life.Students will find in Writing in College a warm invitation to join the academic community as novice scholars and to approach writing as a meaningful medium of communication. With concise discussions, clear multidisciplinary examples, and empathy for the challenges of student life, Guptill conveys a welcoming tone. In addition, each chapter includes Student Voices: peer-to-peer wisdom from real SUNY Brockport students about their strategies for and experiences with college writing. While there are many affordable writing guides available, most focus only on sentence-level issues or, conversely, a broad introduction to making the transition. Writing In College, in contrast, provides both a coherent frame for approaching writing assignments and indispensable advice for effective organization and expression.
Zen and the Art of Business Communication: a step-by-step guide to improving your business writing skills by
In today's online world, our professional image depends on our ability to communicate. Whether we're communicating by email, text, social media, written reports or presentations, how we use our words often determines how others view us. This book offers tips and techniques that can improve anyone's professional image. The author covers how to analyze multiple audiences and strategies for communicating your message effectively for each; structuring your message for greatest readability and effect; persuasion and tone; and how to face your own fears of writing. The content is delivered in a simple, clear style that reflects the Zen approach of the title, perfect for both the entry-level employee and the seasoned executive.
MCOLORT will familiarize you with color theory and allow you to know the meanings and functions of colors. Students are expected to acquire material characteristics, sensations, emotional and psychological value through nature observation. The meaning-conveying potential of colors will be studied as well as the effects of optical, emotional, sensory, intellectual concepts and psychological dynamics.
3D Photorealistic Rendering by
Increase the photorealism of your 3d visualizations with enhanced toolsets of V-ray in 3ds Max. Full-color, step-by-step tutorials about techniques involved in creating photorealistic renders for interior/exterior scenes. Each tutorial includes a 3d project scene to guide you through, production and post-production. The production chapter shows how to create shaders, fine-tune textures and set up a day/night lighting rig. You will be rendering high-res images with render elements included for the final stage of post-production. The book also includes tips about, pre-production, camera settings, verified views, material editors, shaders, 3ds max scripts, and much more! Key Features This book deals with real world scenes and delivers up to date design direction. This book has professional supporting files ready for the reader to open and explore. This book highlights the processes of making your own content that not only gives images your personal touch, but also through the online content that will be made available for this title. Includes some coverage of VRay. Focuses in depth on separate issues surrounding interior, exterior and product design, which vary wildly.
Applying Color Theory to Digital Media and Visualization by
This book provides an overview of the application of color theory concepts to digital media and visualization. It highlights specific color concepts like color harmony and shows how to apply the concept with case study examples and usage of actual online and mobile color tools. Color deficiencies are reviewed and discussed are color tools for examining how a specific color map design will look to someone with the deficiency. Other books on color examine artists' use of color, color management, or color science. This book applies fundamental color concepts to digital media and visualization solutions. It is intended for digital media and visualization content creators and developers. Presents Color Theory Concepts that can be applied to digital media and visualization problems over and over again Offers Comprehensive Review of the Historical Progression of Color Models Demonstrates actual case study implementations of color analyses tools Provides overview of Color Theory and Harmony Analytics in terms of online and mobile analysis tools Teaches the color theory language to use in interacting with color management professionals
Architectural design with sketchup : components-based modeling, plugins, rendering and scripting by
? the book is wonderfully illustrated with full color and descriptive images that complement each tutorial or exercise. Alex's teaching background really rings through as every item is nicely structured and very informative. Overall Alex's book is a winner. Well structured, illustrated and most of all easy to read and understand. While the overall theme is based in architecture, the techniques can be applied to any discipline and the wide range of topics covered are excellently delivered.' -Richard O?Brien, CatchUp Editor, the official SketchUcation newsletter The one-stop guide to SketchUp for architects, designers, and builders SketchUp is the tool of choice for architects, interior designers, and construction professionals. Though the basics are simple to understand, getting the most out of it requires deeper instruction and guidance. Architectural Design with Google SketchUp uses easy-to-understand tutorials to describe both common and advanced process, illustrated throughout with full-color renderings. Handy sidebars throughout the book cover fundamentals and background information End-of-chapter exercises help readers master new skills and techniques A robust companion website includes helpful videos, sample files, and plug-ins
Digital Color by
In this book the authors identify the basic concepts and recentadvances in the acquisition, perception, coding and rendering ofcolor. The fundamental aspects related to the science ofcolorimetry in relation to physiology (the human visual system) areaddressed, as are constancy and color appearance. It also addressesthe more technical aspects related to sensors and the colormanagement screen. Particular attention is paid to the notion ofcolor rendering in computer graphics. Beyond color, the authorsalso look at coding, compression, protection and quality of colorimages and videos. Individual chapters focus on the LMS specification, colorconstancy, color appearance models, rendering in synthetic imagegeneration, image sensor technologies, image compression, andquality and secure color imaging. Ideal for researchers, engineers,Master?s and PhD students, Digital Color: Acquisition,Perception, Encoding and Rendering offers a state of the art on allthe scientific and technical issues raised by the different stagesof the digital color process ? acquisition, analysis andprocessing. Contents 1. Colorimetry and Physiology ? The LMS Specification,Françoise Viénot and Jean Le Rohellec. 2. Color Constancy, Jean-Christophe Burie, Majed Chambah and SylvieTreuillet. 3. Color Appearance Models, Christine Fernandez-Maloigne and AlainTrémeau. 4. Rendering and Computer Graphics, Bernard Péroche, SamuelDelepoulle and Christophe Renaud. 5. Image Sensor Technology, François Berry and Omar AitAider. 6. From the Sensor to Color Images, Olivier Losson and EricDinet. 7. Color and Image Compression, Abdelhakim Saadane, Mohamed-ChakerLarabi and Christophe Charrier. 8. Protection of Color Images, William Puech, Alain Trémeauand Philippe Carré. 9. Quality Assessment Approaches, Mohamed-Chaker Larabi, AbdelhakimSaadane and Christophe Charrier.
[Digital] Lighting and Rendering by
Who better to teach students the fine art and craft of digital lighting and rendering than the individual who created many of the stunning lighting effects for Pixar's blockbuster films such as Brave, Toy Story 3, Wall-e, Cars, and The Incredibles? In these pages, lighting and animation pro Jeremy Birn draws on his wealth of industry and teaching experience to provide an thoroughly updated edition of what has become the standard guide to digital lighting and rendering. Using beautiful, full-colour examples; a friendly, clear teaching style; and a slew of case studies and tutorials, Jeremy demonstrates how to create strategic lighting for just about any project. By explaining not just how to use various lighting techniques but why, this guide provides the grounding graphics pros need to master Hollywood lighting techniques. Realising that lighting - how it's used, where it's placed, and the kind of shadow it casts - is critical to any image, Jeremy dedicates the first half of his volume to just that topic. Additional chapters cover colour, exposure, composition, materials and textures, and compositing.
GPU Pro 4 : advanced rendering techniques by
GPU Pro4: Advanced Rendering Techniques presents ready-to-use ideas and procedures that can help solve many of your day-to-day graphics programming challenges. Focusing on interactive media and games, the book covers up-to-date methods for producing real-time graphics. Section editors Wolfgang Engel, Christopher Oat, Carsten Dachsbacher, Michal Valient, Wessam Bahnassi, and Sebastien St-Laurent have once again assembled a high-quality collection of cutting-edge techniques for advanced graphics processing unit (GPU) programming. Divided into six sections, the book begins with discussions on the ability of GPUs to process and generate geometry in exciting ways. It next introduces new shading and global illumination techniques for the latest real-time rendering engines and explains how image space algorithms are becoming a key way to achieve a more realistic and higher quality final image. Moving on to the difficult task of rendering shadows, the book describes the state of the art in real-time shadow maps. It then covers game engine design, including quality, optimization, and high-level architecture. The final section explores approaches that go beyond the normal pixel and triangle scope of GPUs as well as techniques that take advantage of the parallelism of modern graphic processors in a variety of applications. Useful to beginners and seasoned game and graphics programmers alike, this color book offers practical tips and techniques for creating real-time graphics. Example programs and source code are available for download on the book's CRC Press web page. The directory structure of the online material closely follows the book structure by using the chapter numbers as the name of the subdirectory.
Machine Rendering by
'The Art of Machine Rendering' will use interviews and collected artworks to create a thorough presentation of the development of machine rendering as an art form in the West, Japan and China.
The Magic of Computer Graphics by
Computer graphics is a vast field that is becoming larger every day. It is impossible to cover every topic of interest, even within a specialization such as CG rendering. For many years, Noriko Kurachi has reported on the latest developments for Japanese readers in her monthly column for CG World. Being something of a pioneer herself, she selected topics that represented original and promising new directions for research. Many of these novel ideas are the topics covered in The Magic of Computer Graphics. Starting from the basic behavior of light, the first section of the book introduces the most useful techniques for global and local illumination using geometric descriptions of an environment. The second section goes on to describe image-based techniques that rely on captured data to do their magic. In the final section, the author looks at the synthesis of these two complementary approaches and what they mean for the future of computer graphics.
Nuthin' but mech 4 : sketches and renderings by
"It all began in 2009, when designer Lorin Wood started the Nuthin' But Mech blog to share artwork by him and his colleagues featuring their favourite subject: robots. Three years later Wood launched the eponymous book series, providing three (now four!) opportunities for dozens of talented artists from around the world to showcase their passion projects and personal visions of robots in print. Wrapping up the undeniably popular series, Nuthin But Mech 4 perfectly complements the thrilling volumes that preceded it, and celebrates how far artistry and technology can advance in just a few years. This final instalment features artists from all manner of industries (film, animation, video games, theme parks), and their remarkable works illustrate a vast range of tones and themes. You'll also learn about the creators themselves through their accompanying biographies, which add a personal sometimes comedic touch. It's fitting that with the series coming to a close, Nuthin But Mech 4 brings together the highest number of creatives yet fifty-seven in all each with original and imaginative points of view. More talent, more inspiration, more mech!"--Publisher's description.
Practical Rendering and Computation with Direct3D 11 by
Direct3D 11 offers such a wealth of capabilities that users can sometimes get lost in the details of specific APIs and their implementation. While there is a great deal of low-level information available about how each API function should be used, there is little documentation that shows how best to leverage these capabilities. Written by active members of the Direct3D community, Practical Rendering and Computation with Direct3D 11 provides a deep understanding of both the high and low level concepts related to using Direct3D 11. The first part of the book presents a conceptual introduction to Direct3D 11, including an overview of the Direct3D 11 rendering and computation pipelines and how they map to the underlying hardware. It also provides a detailed look at all of the major components of the library, covering resources, pipeline details, and multithreaded rendering. Building upon this material, the second part of the text includes detailed examples of how to use Direct3D 11 in common rendering scenarios. The authors describe sample algorithms in-depth and discuss how the features of Direct3D 11 can be used to your advantage. All of the source code from the book is accessible on an actively maintained open source rendering framework. The sample applications and the framework itself can be downloaded from http://hieroglyph3.codeplex.com By analyzing when to use various tools and the tradeoffs between different implementations, this book helps you understand the best way to accomplish a given task and thereby fully leverage the potential capabilities of Direct3D 11. Key Features Presents the high level concepts used to design algorithms Describes the nuts and bolts of how to implement the algorithms Explains each of the major components of the Direct3D 11 library Shows how Direct3D 11 can be used in a variety of real-world situations Provides source code and sample programs on a supplementary website
Rendering in SketchUp by
The sure way for design professionals to learn SketchUp modelingand rendering techniques Rendering In SketchUp provides instructions for creating3D photoreal graphics for SketchUp models using integratedrendering programs. The book serves as a beginner rendering manualand reference guide to further develop rendering skills. With anemphasis on step-by-step process, SketchUp users learn a universalapproach to rendering varied SketchUp projects, includingarchitecture, interiors, and site design models. The book focuses on tasks and principles at the core ofphotorealistic rendering, including: Rendering process: Learn a step-by-step process focusedon workflow within SketchUp?s familiar workspace. Universal method: Understand how the process can be usedto work with a variety of different integrated rendering programs,including Shaderlight, SU Podium and Twilight Render**. Theseprograms are easy to learn and function in SketchUp. // > Textures and materials: Discover how to obtain, applyand edit texture images representing surfaces. Component details: Learn how to acquire and organizemodel details to allow for rich, expressive settings whilemaintaining computer and SketchUp performance. Exterior and simulated lighting: Learn to set exteriorlighting with the SketchUp?s Shadow menu or illuminate ascene with simulated lights, lamps, and bulbs. Render settings: Use specific settings for variousrendering programs to quickly set texture character, image quality,and graphic output. Computer specifications: Find out how computers producerenders and the type of computer hardware required to streamlinethe process. Photoshop post-processing: Learn how to further refinerendered images in Photoshop. **Free online chapters: The book reviews specificsettings for SketchUp and the rendering plug-in Shaderlight. Giventhe ever-changing nature of technology, free, online accompanyingchapters detail settings for additional integrated renderingprograms including SU Podium, Twilight Render, and more.
MCOLORT will familiarize you with color theory and allow you to know the meanings and functions of colors. Students are expected to acquire material characteristics, sensations, emotional and psychological value through nature observation. The meaning-conveying potential of colors will be studied as well as the effects of optical, emotional, sensory, intellectual concepts and psychological dynamics.
Architectural Design with SketchUp : 3D Modeling, Extensions, BIM, Rendering, Making, and Scripting by
Go beyond the basics: making SketchUp work for you Architectural Design with SketchUp, Second Edition, is the leading guide to this incredibly useful tool for architects, interior designers, construction professionals, and makers. With easy to follow tutorials that first brush up on the basics of the program and then cover many advanced processes, this resource offers both informative text and full-color illustrations to clearly convey the techniques and features you need to excel. The updated second edition has a new chapter that explains how to make things with SketchUp, and covers 3D printing, design to fabrication, CNC milling, and laser cutting. Other chapters also now cover Building Information Modeling (BIM) and 3D web content generation. Additionally, the revised text offers insight into the latest products and plugin extensions, navigation methods, import/export options, and 3D model creation features to ensure you have an up to date understanding of how to make SketchUp help you meet your project goals. A leading 3D modeling application, SketchUp features documentation capabilities through photorealistic renderings and construction drawings. Because of its ease of use and ability to be enhanced with many plugin extensions for project-specific applications, SketchUp is considered the tool of choice for professionals in the architecture, interior design, construction, and fabrication fields. Access thoroughly updated information in an easy to understand writing style Increase your efficiency and accuracy when using SketchUp and refresh and supplement your understanding of SketchUp's basics Explore component-based modeling for assembly, scheduling, collaborative design, and modeling with a BIM approach Find the right plugin extensions and understand how to best work with them See how easy it is to generate presentation-ready renderings from your 3D models Learn how you can use 3D printing, CNC milling, and laser cutting to make things with SketchUp Use cookbook-style Ruby coding to create amazing 3D objects Supplement your knowledge with video tutorials, sample files, and Ruby scripts via a robust companion website Architectural Design with SketchUp, Second Edition, is an integral resource for both students and professionals working in the architecture, interior design, construction, and fabrication industries.
Digital Color by
In this book the authors identify the basic concepts and recent advances in the acquisition, perception, coding and rendering of color. The fundamental aspects related to the science of colorimetry in relation to physiology (the human visual system) are addressed, as are constancy and color appearance. It also addresses the more technical aspects related to sensors and the color management screen. Particular attention is paid to the notion of color rendering in computer graphics. Beyond color, the authors also look at coding, compression, protection and quality of color images and videos. Individual chapters focus on the LMS specification, color constancy, color appearance models, rendering in synthetic image generation, image sensor technologies, image compression, and quality and secure color imaging. Ideal for researchers, engineers, Master's and PhD students, Digital Color: Acquisition, Perception, Encoding and Rendering offers a state of the art on all the scientific and technical issues raised by the different stages of the digital color process - acquisition, analysis and processing. Contents 1. Colorimetry and Physiology - The LMS Specification, Françoise Viénot and Jean Le Rohellec. 2. Color Constancy, Jean-Christophe Burie, Majed Chambah and Sylvie Treuillet. 3. Color Appearance Models, Christine Fernandez-Maloigne and Alain Trémeau. 4. Rendering and Computer Graphics, Bernard Péroche, Samuel Delepoulle and Christophe Renaud. 5. Image Sensor Technology, François Berry and Omar Ait Aider. 6. From the Sensor to Color Images, Olivier Losson and Eric Dinet. 7. Color and Image Compression, Abdelhakim Saadane, Mohamed-Chaker Larabi and Christophe Charrier. 8. Protection of Color Images, William Puech, Alain Trémeau and Philippe Carré. 9. Quality Assessment Approaches, Mohamed-Chaker Larabi, Abdelhakim Saadane and Christophe Charrier.
Direct3D Rendering Cookbook by
"This is a practical cookbook that dives into the various methods of programming graphics with a focus on games. It is a perfect package of all the innovative and up-to-date 3D rendering techniques supported by numerous illustrations, strong sample code, and concise explanations. Direct3D Rendering Cookbook is for C# .NET developers who want to learn the advanced rendering techniques made possible with DirectX 11.2. It is expected that the reader has at least a cursory knowledge of graphics programming, and although some knowledge of Direct3D 10+ is helpful, it is not necessary. An understanding of vector and matrix algebra is required."
Keyshot 3D Rendering by
The book includes a series of step-by-step illustrated tutorials supported by a detailed explanation for each aspect of the 3D rendering procedure. Some of the procedures or steps may be omitted if they have been previously explained in an exercise or chapter. "Keyshot 3D Rendering" is ideal for beginners and professionals who are involved with product development, entertainment, and industrial design. It is recommended for readers who already have some level of experience with 3D modelling, texturing, and rendering applications.
Rendering in SketchUp by
The sure way for design professionals to learn SketchUp modeling and rendering techniques Rendering In SketchUp provides instructions for creating 3D photoreal graphics for SketchUp models using integrated rendering programs. The book serves as a beginner rendering manual and reference guide to further develop rendering skills. With an emphasis on step-by-step process, SketchUp users learn a universal approach to rendering varied SketchUp projects, including architecture, interiors, and site design models. The book focuses on tasks and principles at the core of photorealistic rendering, including: Rendering process: Learn a step-by-step process focused on workflow within SketchUp's familiar workspace. Universal method: Understand how the process can be used to work with a variety of different integrated rendering programs, including Shaderlight, SU Podium and Twilight Render**. These programs are easy to learn and function in SketchUp. > Textures and materials: Discover how to obtain, apply and edit texture images representing surfaces. Component details: Learn how to acquire and organize model details to allow for rich, expressive settings while maintaining computer and SketchUp performance. Exterior and simulated lighting: Learn to set exterior lighting with the SketchUp's Shadow menu or illuminate a scene with simulated lights, lamps, and bulbs. Render settings: Use specific settings for various rendering programs to quickly set texture character, image quality, and graphic output. Computer specifications: Find out how computers produce renders and the type of computer hardware required to streamline the process. Photoshop post-processing: Learn how to further refine rendered images in Photoshop. **Free online chapters: The book reviews specific settings for SketchUp and the rendering plug-in Shaderlight. Given the ever-changing nature of technology, free, online accompanying chapters detail settings for additional integrated rendering programs including SU Podium, Twilight Render, and more.
Theories and Methods of Research
MTHEOME is a course that presents the relationship between theory, research, and conceptualization in the field of multimedia arts. The course teaches you the process by which research is designed, conducted, interpreted and critically evaluated, through theoretical lenses. This course introduces you to a variety of communication theories, research methodologies, data-gathering techniques, and methods of analysis based on the social-scientific, humanistic, and interpretive paradigms, relevant to the field of multimedia arts. The course also deals with the application of the research results to the creation of a concept for a multimedia project.
Creative Research : the theory and practice of research for the creative industries by
Academic research in design can seem daunting let Hilary Collins show you the building blocks of a great final project. The perfect companion for a research project in fashion, design or visual communication, this 2nd edition of Creative Research walks you through- e Choosing a topic e Deciding your approach e Using previous research and writing a literature review e Obtaining your own data and using it appropriately Useful case studies show best practice, revealing the links between a researcher 's choice of method and the conclusions they draw. Packed with advice on how to manage your time and structure your project effectively, this edition also includes new sections on design thinking and ethnography. Collins marries theory and practice from start to finish, showing you everything you need to confidently embark on your creative research project.
Doing Research in the Real World by
Pragmatic and inspiring, this applied book will help you to complete your research quickly and well. David Gray's advice is both positive and sensible as he walks you through each step of the research process from start to finish. Weaving quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods together, he encourages you to consider flexible options and to choose the most appropriate methods for your projects. Setting out the realities of conducting research in real-world settings, David will help you to find the practical tools - and the confidence - you need to make good research choices as well as providing coverage of a wide range of assessment techniques and employability skills. The book also introduces an incredible range of digital resources: · Award-winning video to bring concepts to life · Video top tips from David · Case studies from experts · Journal articles to showcase real research · Interactive glossary flashcards · Multiple choice questions to test yourself with · Multidisciplinary data sets · Downloadable checklists to guide you. Brimming with energy and grounded in reality, this book is still your definitive companion to research - from theory to design, data collection to data analysis and writing up to dissemination this book has everything you need to excel. *Interactivity only available through Vitalsource eBook included as part of paperback product (ISBN 9781526418524). Access not guaranteed on second-hand copies (as access code may have previously been redeemed).
Educational Research : quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches by
Assuming no prior knowledge, Educational Research by R. Burke Johnson and Larry Christensen offers a comprehensive, easily digestible introductory research methods text for undergraduate and graduate students. Readers will develop an understanding of the multiple research methods and strategies used in education and related fields; how to read and critically evaluate published research; and the ability to write a proposal, construct a questionnaire, and conduct an empirical research study on their own. Students rave about the clarity of this best seller and its usefulness for their studies, enabling them to become critical consumers and users of research.
Exploring Media Research : theories, practice, and purpose by
From Donald Trump's use of Twitter, to social media mourning, to cyber-bullying: the evidence of media influence today is all around us. As such, good media research is more important than ever, and crucially, is something all students can and should do. Exploring Media Research is an eye-opening exploration of what it means to understand and do media research today. Carefully balancing theory and practice, Andy Ruddock demystifies the process, showing you don't need huge amounts of time or money to do meaningful media analysis. The book: Introduces students to the scope and seriousness of media influence Shows them how to tie their own interests to academic concepts and research issues Explains how to use this understanding to develop proper research questions Translates key theoretical concepts into actual research methods students can use to explore the media texts, events, markets and professionals that interest them. Bringing theory to life throughout with a range of contemporary case studies, Exploring Media Research is a thoughtful and practical guide to gathering and analysing media data. It is essential reading for students of media, communication and cultural studies.
Handbook of Arts-Based Research by
Bringing together interdisciplinary leaders in methodology and arts-based research (ABR), this comprehensive handbook explores the synergies between artistic and research practices and addresses issues in designing, implementing, evaluating, and publishing ABR studies. Coverage includes the full range of ABR genres, including those based in literature (such as narrative and poetic inquiry); performance (music, dance, playbuilding); visual arts (drawing and painting, collage, installation art, comics); and audiovisual and multimethod approaches. Each genre is described in detail and brought to life with robust research examples. Team approaches, ethics, and public scholarship are discussed, as are innovative ways that ABR is used within creative arts therapies, psychology, education, sociology, health sciences, business, and other disciplines. The companion website includes selected figures from the book in full color, additional online-only figures, and links to online videos of performance pieces. See also Dr. Leavy's authored book, Method Meets Art, Second Edition, an ideal course text that provides an accessible introduction to ABR.
Handbook of Research on Emerging Technologies for Architectural and Archaeological Heritage by
Cultural heritage is a vital, multifaceted component of modern society. To better protect and promote the integrity of a culture, certain technologies have become essential tools.The Handbook of Research on Emerging Technologies for Architectural and Archaeological Heritage is an authoritative reference source for the latest scholarly research on the use of technological assistance for the preservation of architecture and archaeology in a global context. Focusing on various surveying technologies for the study, analysis, and protection of historical buildings, this book is ideally designed for professionals, researchers, upper-level students, and practitioners.
Performance As Research : knowledge, methods, impact by
Performance as Research (PAR) is characterised by an extraordinary elasticity and interdisciplinary drive. Performance as Research: Knowledge, Methods, Impact celebrates this energy, bringing together chapters from a wide range of disciplines and eight different countries. This volume focuses explicitly on three critical, often contentious themes that run through much discussion of PaR as a discipline: Knowledge - the areas and manners in which performance can generate knowledge Methods - methods and methodologies for approaching performance as research Impact - a broad understanding of the impact of this form of research These themes are framed by four essays from the book's editors, contextualising their interrelated conversations, teasing out common threads, and exploring the new questions that the contributions pose to the field of performance. As both an intervention into and extension of current debates, this is a vital collection for any reader concerned with the value and legitimacy of performance as research.
Qualitative Research Methods : collecting evidence, crafting analysis, communicating impact by
The definitive step-by step resource for qualitative and ethnographic research Qualitative Research Methods: Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact is a comprehensive guide on both the theoretical foundations and practical application of qualitative methodology. Adopting a phronetic-iterative approach, this foundational book leads readers through the chronological progression of a qualitative research project, from designing a study and collecting and analyzing data to developing theories and effectively communicating the results--allowing readers to employ qualitative methods in their projects as they follow each chapter. Coverage of topics such as qualitative theories, ethics, sampling, interview techniques, qualitative quality, and advice on practical fieldwork provides clear and concise guidance on how to design and conduct sound research projects. Easy-to-follow instructions on iterative qualitative data analysis explain how to organize, code, interpret, make claims, and build theory. Throughout, the author offers her own backstage stories about fieldwork, analysis, drafting, writing, and publishing, revealing the emotional and humorous aspects of practicing qualitative methods. Now in its second edition, this thorough and informative text includes new and expanded sections on topics including post-qualitative research, phenomenology, textual analysis and cultural studies, gaining access to elite and difficult to access populations, on persuasive writing, novel interviewing approaches, and more. Numerous examples, case studies, activities, and discussion questions have been updated to reflect current research and ensure contemporary relevance. Written in an engaging and accessible narrative style by an acclaimed scholar and researcher in the field Offers new and updated examples of coding and qualitative analysis, full-color photos and illustrations, and a companion instructor website Synthesizes the most up-to-date multidisciplinary literature on qualitative research methods including seven main approaches to qualitative inquiry: grounded theory, case study, ethnography, phenomenology, narrative and autoethnography, participatory action research, and arts-based research Presents innovative qualitative data collection methods and modern representation strategies, such as virtual ethnography, photo-voice, and mobile interviewing Qualitative Research Methods: Collecting Evidence, Crafting Analysis, Communicating Impact is an ideal resource for undergraduate and graduate students, instructors, and faculty across multiple disciplines including the social sciences, healthcare, education, management, and the humanities, and for practitioners seeking expert guidance on practical qualitative methods.
Research Design : quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research approaches by
This user-friendly book provides a step-by-step guide to using the five major approaches to research design: quantitative, qualitative, mixed methods, arts-based, and community-based participatory research. Chapters on each approach follow a unique format--they present a template for a research proposal and explain in detail how to conceptualize and fill in every section. Terminology commonly used within each approach is identified, and key moments of ethical decision making are flagged. Interdisciplinary research examples draw on current events and social justice topics. Unique coverage includes hot topics: replication studies and data sharing, tailoring proposals to different audiences, and more. The book also includes a general introduction to social research; an in-depth, practical discussion of ethics; and a chapter on how to begin a research study, from planning a topic to developing a research question via a literature review. Pedagogical Features *Multiple "Review Stops" in each chapter--quick quizzes with answer keys. *End-of-chapter writing exercises, research activities, and suggested resources. *Bold-face key terms and an end-of-book glossary. *Boxed tips from experts in the respective approaches. *Supplemental PowerPoint slides for instructors using the book in a class. Winner (Third Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award, Nursing Research Category
Research Methodology : a step-by-step guide for beginners by
Designed with students, for students and now shortlisted for the British Book Design and Production Awards 2019! Eight steps, two pathways, one book. The Fifth Edition of the bestseller Research Methodology has reimagined, redesigned, and fully renovated how a textbook can help students achieve success in their methods course or research project. Eight steps: Foolproof for any beginner researcher, the book breaks the process of designing and doing a research project into achievable stages. It delivers students from research problem to their written research report at the pace they need, with clear explanations, DIY tasks and study skills support. In a new landscape format it presents figures, models and visualizations elegantly, so they don′t break over a page, making even complex concepts easier to understand. Two pathways: With an innovative, beautiful design, regular progress checkpoints have been built into the book and its online resources. As students proceed through the 8 steps, each chapter provides regular opportunities for students to check understanding or give themselves a challenge. Each pathway then gives them the resources they need. Confused? Stop, practise with quizzes and flashcards, or use a video to look at a concept a different way. Up for a challenge? Access a wealth of additional material including research articles, readings, case studies, activities, bibliography tools and inspiration to pursue your curiosity, impress your lecturer, and nail your assignments. With this one book, every student gets what they need to succeed. It is the perfect essential text for students and beginner researchers across the social sciences.
Research Methods, Statistics, and Applications by
One of the greatest strengths of this text is the consistent integration of research methods and statistics so that students can better understand how the research process requires the combination of these elements. The end goal is to spark students′ interest in conducting research and to increase their ability to critically analyze it.In the new second edition of the text, Katherine Adams and Eva Lawrence have integrated additional information on online data collection and research methods, additional coverage of regression and ANOVA, and new examples to engage students.
Research Methods: the Basics by
Research Methods: The Basics is an accessible, user-friendly introduction to the different aspects of research theory, methods and practice. This second edition provides an expanded resource suitable for students and practitioners in a wide range of disciplines including the natural sciences, social sciences and humanities. Structured in two parts - the first covering the nature of knowledge and the reasons for research, the second the specific methods used to carry out effective research and how to propose, plan, carry out and write up a research project - this book covers: * Reasons for doing a research project * Structuring and planning a research project * The ethical issues involved in research * Different types of data and how they are measured * Collecting and analysing qualitative and quantitative data in order to draw sound conclusions * Mixed methods and interdisciplinary research * Devising a research proposal and writing up the research * Motivation and quality of work. Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone coming to research for the first time.
The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research by
The substantially updated and revised Fifth Edition of this landmark handbook presents the state-of-the-art theory and practice of qualitative inquiry. Representing top scholars from around the world, the editors and contributors continue the tradition of synthesizing existing literature, defining the present, and shaping the future of qualitative research. The Fifth Edition contains 19 new chapters, with 16 revised--making it virtually a new volume--while retaining six classic chapters from previous editions. New contributors to this edition include Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings; Margaret Kovach; Paula Saukko; Bryant Keith Alexander; Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates; Johnny Saldaña; Uwe Flick; Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer; Maria Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine; Jack Bratich; Svend Brinkmann; Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad; Annette N. Markham; Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei; Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies; Janice Morse; Peter Dahler-Larsen; Mark Spooner; and David A. Westbrook.
Theories and Methods of Research
MTHEOME is a course that presents the relationship between theory, research, and conceptualization in the field of multimedia arts. The course teaches you the process by which research is designed, conducted, interpreted and critically evaluated, through theoretical lenses. This course introduces you to a variety of communication theories, research methodologies, data-gathering techniques, and methods of analysis based on the social-scientific, humanistic, and interpretive paradigms, relevant to the field of multimedia arts. The course also deals with the application of the research results to the creation of a concept for a multimedia project.
From Reading-Writing Research to Practice by
Teachers regularly seek to update their practice with newly-developed tools from the realm of research, with the aim of applying them directly in the classroom, particularly for teaching reading and writing. Thus, teachers' continuing education is dependent on the effective dissemination and appropriation of research results. This book explores this problem from multiple angles, presenting research projects from France and Quebec, Canada. Using a variety of methods, including creating teaching materials and engaging classroom teachers in the research process, the authors demonstrate the importance of ownership and dissemination of research results in schools. Although this necessity sometimes complicates the work of researchers, it is vital to develop and maintain the relationship between reading-writing research and its practical applications.
Perspectives on Access to Higher Education : practice and research by
Access education has been through many changes since its beginnings in the late 1960s. Recent shifts in the academic landscape including standardization, grading, and new tensions in higher education raise difficult questions for educators regarding the future of access education. This book critically examines various aspects of Access education from a historical perspective. It proposes that there are particular 'Access' values that are shared by practitioners that can be at odds with the needs of higher education. Wider questions concerning funding and accountability underpinned by neoliberalism have also had an impact on Access education. The authors, practitioners and researchers of Access education, gather their insights in this timely book, grounded in authentic experience. They explore the ways in which policies and procedures have been developed in light of these tensions. By drawing particular attention to the voices of Access practitioners and highlighting the current constraints around curriculum design this book will prove invaluable for leaders, administrators, researchers and practitioners in further and higher education.
Testing Statistical Assumptions in Research by
Comprehensively teaches the basics of testing statistical assumptions in research and the importance in doing so This book facilitates researchers in checking the assumptions of statistical tests used in their research by focusing on the importance of checking assumptions in using statistical methods, showing them how to check assumptions, and explaining what to do if assumptions are not met. Testing Statistical Assumptions in Research discusses the concepts of hypothesis testing and statistical errors in detail, as well as the concepts of power, sample size, and effect size. It introduces SPSS functionality and shows how to segregate data, draw random samples, file split, and create variables automatically. It then goes on to cover different assumptions required in survey studies, and the importance of designing surveys in reporting the efficient findings. The book provides various parametric tests and the related assumptions and shows the procedures for testing these assumptions using SPSS software. To motivate readers to use assumptions, it includes many situations where violation of assumptions affects the findings. Assumptions required for different non-parametric tests such as Chi-square, Mann-Whitney, Kruskal Wallis, and Wilcoxon signed-rank test are also discussed. Finally, it looks at assumptions in non-parametric correlations, such as bi-serial correlation, tetrachoric correlation, and phi coefficient. An excellent reference for graduate students and research scholars of any discipline in testing assumptions of statistical tests before using them in their research study Shows readers the adverse effect of violating the assumptions on findings by means of various illustrations Describes different assumptions associated with different statistical tests commonly used by research scholars Contains examples using SPSS, which helps facilitate readers to understand the procedure involved in testing assumptions Looks at commonly used assumptions in statistical tests, such as z, t and F tests, ANOVA, correlation, and regression analysis Testing Statistical Assumptions in Research is a valuable resource for graduate students of any discipline who write thesis or dissertation for empirical studies in their course works, as well as for data analysts.
Theory and Method in Higher Education Research by
Higher education research is a developing fieldinternationally, which is attracting more and more researchers from a greatvariety of disciplinary backgrounds within and beyond higher educationinstitutions. As such, it is an arena within which a wide range of theories,methods and methodologies are being applied. This volume of Theory and Method in Higher Education Researchcontains analysesand discussions of, amongst others, topic modelling, geometric data analysis,creativity and playfulness, longitudinal network analysis, grounded theorymethods and autonetnography.
MMPHOTO presents you with the aesthetic and technical principles employed in digital photography with an aim of developing the necessary skills to produce quality images using the pixel-based medium. The course lays the groundwork for further studies in the field of photography and other fields in the multimedia arts. Students are required to produce photographs demonstrating their understanding of the lessons, principles, and ideas they learned. The images you will produce may be used for future school activities or for your personal portfolios.
The Adobe Photoshop CC Book for Digital Photographers by
Scott Kelby, Editor and Publisher of Photoshop User magazine-and the best-selling photography techniques author in the world today-once again takes this book to a whole new level as he uncovers more of the latest, most important, and most useful Adobe Photoshop techniques for photographers. This update to his award-winning, record-breaking book does something for digital photographers that's never been done before-it cuts through the bull and shows you exactly "how to do it." It's not a bunch of theory; it doesn't challenge you to come up with your own settings or figure it out on your own. Instead, Scott shows you step by step the exact techniques used by today's cutting-edge digital photographers, and best of all, he shows you flat-out exactly which settings to use, when to use them, and why. LEARN HOW THE PROS DO IT The photographer's workflow in Photoshop has evolved greatly over time, and in this current version of book you'll wind up doing a lot of your processing and editing in Photoshop's Adobe Camera Raw feature (whether you shoot in RAW, JPEG or TIFF-it works for all three). That's because for years now, Adobe has been adding most of Photoshop's new features for photography directly into Camera Raw itself. Since today's photography workflow in Photoshop is based around Camera Raw, about one third of this book is about mastering Camera Raw like a pro.
A Companion to Photography by
The study of photography has never been more important. A look at today's digital world reveals that a greater number of photographs are being taken each day than at any other moment in history. Countless photographs are disseminated instantly online and more and more photographic images are earning prominent positions--and garnering record prices--in the rarefied realm of top art galleries. Reflecting this dramatic increase in all things photographic, A Companion to Photography presents a comprehensive collection of original essays that explore a variety of key areas of current debate around the state of photography in the twenty-first century. Essays are grouped and organized in themed sections--including photographic interpretation, markets, popular photography, documents, and fine art--and provide comprehensive coverage of the subject. Representing a diversity of approaches, essays are written by both established and emerging photographers and scholars, as well as various experts in their respective areas. A Companion to Photography offers scholars and professional photographers alike an essential and up-to-date resource that brings the study of contemporary photography into clear focus.
The Evolution of the Image : Political Action and the Digital Self by
This volume addresses the evolution of the visual in digital communities, offering a multidisciplinary discussion of the ways in which images are circulated in digital communities, the meanings that are attached to them and the implications they have for notions of identity, memory, gender, cultural belonging and political action. Contributors focus on the political efficacy of the image in digital communities, as well as the representation of the digital self in order to offer a fresh perspective on the role of digital images in the creation and promotion of new forms of resistance, agency and identity within visual cultures.
New Ways of Seeing : the democratic language of photography by
Those born since the digital revolution, seem to have the hardest time re-imagining the role of photography in the world today. Thinking of photography as a visual language is the approach this book adopts to addresses this challenge. Considering photography in this way develops the metaphor of 'learning a language' when attempting to explain what photography can be, and what it can give a student in transferable creative and life skills. This begins with challenging the pre-conception that successful photography is defined by the successful single image or 'the good photograph'. The book emphasises the central role of narrative and visual storytelling through a technique of 'photosketching' to develop the building blocks of visual creativity and ultimately to craft successful bodies of photographic work. New Ways of Seeing explains how to both learn and teach photography as a visual language, appropriate for both professionals and students working today.
The Photographer's Handbook by
To take photos you need to get your settings right. To take good photos you need to understand how your camera works. To take great photos, you need to think about what you're shooting. This book will show you how to master all three. Divided into three definitive sections; Technology & Hardware, Shooting Skills and Subjects & Style, professional photographer Michael Freeman explores these topics to show you how to be your best photographer. Illustrated with a combination of Freeman's photography and that of some of the most well-known photographers in the history of the art, and presented as a luscious flex-bind with foil cover, this is the ultimate photographer's handbook.
Photographers on Photography : how the masters see, think & shoot by
Through a carefully curated selection of quotations, images, and interviews, Photographers on Photography reveals what matters most to fifty masters of photography. With enlightening text by Henry Carroll, author of the internationally bestselling Read This If You Want To Take Great Photographs series, you'll discover how the giants of the genre developed their distinctive visual styles and the core ideas that underpin their practice. The insightful perspective from these influential artists will inspire your own photographic process and, most importantly, help determine what photography means to you. "I haven't touched my Nikon 35mm since 2008, and Photographers on Photography: How the Masters See, Think & Shoot made me want to pick it up again. I don't know if there's any more glowing praise I can give than that." Communication Arts "This is a fantastic book that explores photography in a thoughtful way. We can all benefit from giving some thought as to why and how we photograph what we do." Fstoppers.com Interviews with Olivia Bee, Esther Teichmann, Alex Soth, Ron Jude, Broomberg & Chanarin and further inspiration from: Eddie Adams, Lisette Model, Irving Penn, Garry Winogrand, Viviane Sassen, Maisie Cousins, Harley Weir, Gillian Wearing, Dorothea Lange, Hellen Van Meene, Man Ray, David Hockney, Ansel Adams, Daido Moriyama, Ralph Gibson, Saul Leiter, Todd Hido, Richard Misrach, Tacita Dean, Amalia Ulman, Alison Jackson, Jason Fulford, James Welling, Paul Graham, Laia Abril, John Baldessari, Lars Tunbjörk, Richard Avedon, Wendy Red Star, Dana Lixenberg, Edward Weston, Roni Horn, Vik Muniz, Penelope Umbrico, Ryuji Miyamoto, Bill Henson, Alvin Langdon Coburn, Ishiuchi Miyako, Leiko Shiga, Joan Fontcuberta, Charles Sheeler, Brandon Lattu, Nobuyoshi Araki, and William Henry Fox Talbot. Titles in Henry Carroll's "Read This" series: Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs by Henry Carroll (9781780673356) Read This if You Want to Take Great Photographs of People by Henry Carroll (9781780676241) Use This if You Want to Take Great Photographs: A Photo Journal by Henry Carroll (9781780678887) Read This if You Want to Be Great at Drawing by Selwyn Leamy (9781786270542) Read This if You Want to Be a Great Writer by Ross Raisin (9781786271976) Read This if You Want to Be Instagram Famous edited by Henry Carroll (9781780679679)
Photography and Collaboration : from conceptual art to crowdsourcing by
Photography and Collaboration offers a fresh perspective on existing debates in art photography and on the act of photography in general. Unlike conventional accounts that celebrate individual photographers and their personal visions, this book investigates the idea that authorship in photography is often more complex and multiple than we imagine involving not only various forms of partnership between photographers, but also an astonishing array of relationships with photographed subjects and viewers. Thematic chapters explore the increasing prevalence of collaborative approaches to photography among a broad range of international artists from conceptual practices in the 1960s to the most recent digital manifestations. Positioning contemporary work in a broader historical and theoretical context, the book reveals that collaboration is an overlooked but essential dimension of the medium's development and potential.
Photography and the Contemporary Cultural Condition : commemorating the present by
In this book, Osborne demonstrates why and how photography as photography has survived and flourished since the rise of digital processes, when many anticipated its dissolution into a generalised system of audio-visual representations or its collapse under the relentless overload of digital imagery. He examines how photography embodies, contributes to, and even in effect critiques how the contemporary social world is now imagined, how it is made present and how the concept and the experience of the Present itself is produced. Osborne bases his discussions primarily in cultural studies and visual cultural studies. Through an analysis of different kinds of photographic work in distinct contexts, he demonstrates how aspects of photography that once appeared to make it vulnerable to redundancy turn out to be the basis of its survival and have been utilised by much important photographic work of the last three decades.
Photography in India: from archives to contemporary practice by
Photography's prominence in the representation and experience of India in contemporary and historical times has not guaranteed it a position of sustained attention in research and scholarship. For a technology as all pervasive as photography, and a country as colossal as India, this scenario is somewhat of an anomaly. Photography in India explores elements of the past, present and future of photography in the context of India through speculation and reflection on photography as an artistic, documentary and everyday practice. The perspectives of writers, theorists, curators and artists are selectively brought to bear upon known as well as previously unseen photographic archives, together with changes in photographic practice that have been synchronous with contemporary India's rapid urban and rural transformation and the technological shift from chemistry and light to programming and algorithms. Essential reading for anyone interested in Indian photography, this book binds insights into a history of photography with its contemporary development, consolidating wide-ranging thinking on the topic and setting the agenda for future research.
MMPHOTO presents you with the aesthetic and technical principles employed in digital photography with an aim of developing the necessary skills to produce quality images using the pixel-based medium. The course lays the groundwork for further studies in the field of photography and other fields in the multimedia arts. Students are required to produce photographs demonstrating their understanding of the lessons, principles, and ideas they learned. The images you will produce may be used for future school activities or for your personal portfolios.
The Adobe Photoshop CC book for digital photographers : 2017 release by David Busch's Sony Alpha a6500/ILCE-6500 Guide to Digital Photography by Digital Photography for Dummies by
Photographers! Your guide is here! The demand for high-quality photographs is higher than ever. Whether you're building your influencer rating online, capturing the moments of a child's life, or are looking for ways to improve your skills, photography know-how is a must-have skill. Digital Photography For Dummies helps you do more than pointing, shooting, and hoping for the best or slapping a filter on a camera phone shot. This book introduces you to the camera settings and techniques that separate okay pictures from frame-worthy portraits. It then explains how to apply those skills to capturing your own portraits, landscape shots, and high-action photos. Develop a better eye for image composition Discover how to light photos better, including using natural light Learn to get quick results in auto settings or take full control in manual mode Discover the elements of exposure and how they influence the final product Find instructions on taking a formal or casual portrait Apply basic editing techniques to finalize your image Go beyond photo apps and apply the techniques pros use for their images.
Digital Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography by
Digital Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography discusses the growing number of applications of ultraviolet and infrared photography. Scientific and technical photographers, such as those engaged in scientific, medical, forensic, and landscape and wildlife photography routinely use ultraviolet and infrared techniques, and these techniques are growing in use in creative photography. This is the first book to address the application and potential for both ultraviolet and infrared photography in both science and art. The author, Adrian Davies, discusses the how-to of ultraviolet and infrared digital recording with a dissection of techniques, camera requirements and camera conversion, a useful appendix of resources and equipment currently available and inspirational image examples throughout. Digital Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography is an essential read for photographers using these tools either professionally or creatively.
Mastering Adobe Photoshop Elements : Excel in Digital Photography and Image Editing for Print and Web Using Photoshop Elements 2019 by 
The Photoshop Elements 15 book for digital photographers by The Practical Zone System for Film and Digital Photography by
This sixth edition of The Practical Zone System by Chris Johnson updates the classic manual on Ansel Adams's landmark technique for the digital age. For photographers working digitally or with film, in color or black and white, in the studio or on the go, this simple visual language helps to control contrast and, through a process called Previsualization, provides photographers with the power of free creative expression. This new edition discusses recent advances in technology and potentials for their use in zone photography, including HDR, smartphone cameras that shoot in raw format and smartphone light meters. Johnson demonstrates how the Zone System is a universal visual and conceptual language that dramatically simplifies the problem of creating and rendering complex lighting setups.
Science for the Curious Photographer : an introduction to the science of photography by
While there are many books that teach the "how-to" of photography, Science for the Curious Photographer is a book for those who also want to understand how photography works. Beginning with an introduction to the history and science of photography, Charles S. Johnson, Jr. addresses questions about the principles of photography, such as why a camera needs a lens, how lenses work, and why modern lenses are so complicated. Addressing the complex aspects of digital photography, the book discusses color management, resolution, "noise" in images, and the limits of human perception. The creation and appreciation of art in photography is discussed from the standpoint of modern cognitive science. A crucial read for those seeking the scientific context to photographic practice, this second edition has been comprehensively updated, including discussion of DSLRs, mirror-less cameras, and a new chapter on the limits of human vision and perception.
Understanding photography : master your digital camera and capture that perfect photo by MMTYPOG sets out to build in you a strong foundation of graphic design by teaching two important visual design skills -- typography and layout. In this course, you will be discovering the importance of typography in visual design: its history, structure, classifications, and more importantly, its use in visual design and how it has influenced the formation and understanding of messages in society. The similarities and differences of type usage for existing (and possible future) applications in print and screen projects will also be discussed and explored in various projects.
The Art of Graphic Design by
A revered classic of American design delights anew with the freshness and ingenuity of its approach Bradbury Thompson (1911-1995) remains one of the most admired and influential graphic designers of the twentieth century, having trained a generation of design students while on the faculty of the Yale School of Art for more than thirty years. The art director of Mademoiselle and design director of Art News and Art News Annual in the decades after World War II, Thompson was also a distinguished designer of limited-edition books, postage stamps, rationalized alphabets, corporate identification programs, trademarks, and sacred works (most notably the Washburn College Bible). Thompson also designed more than sixty issues of Westvaco Inspirations, a magazine that was published by the Westvaco Corporation and distributed to thousands of printers, designers, and teachers to show the range and versatility of printing papers. Thompson was especially revered for his ability to adapt classic typography for the modern world. Bradbury Thompson: The Art of Graphic Design is a landmark in the history of fine bookmaking. First published by Yale University Press in 1988 and designed by Thompson himself, it was praised by the New York Times as a book in which "art and design are gloriously and daringly mixed." Original texts by the author and other notable designers, critics, and art historians, including J. Carter Brown, Alvin Eisenman, and Steven Heller, explore Thompson's methods and design philosophy, and a newly commissioned afterword by Jessica Helfand attests to the enduring importance of his work. Both a retrospective and a manifesto, the book surveys Thompson's timeless contributions to American graphic design, including his experimental work and his work in magazines, typography, books, simplified alphabets, and contemporary postage stamps. Published for the first time in paperback, this classic text is now available for a new generation of designers and students. ]]>
Expressive Type : unique typographic design in sketchbooks in print & on location around the globe by
Expressive Type showcases the work of major international designers working with typography in branding and advertising, environment, packaging and products, and self- initiated projects.
Freehand - New Typography Sketchbooks by
Steven Heller, the world's foremost graphic-design commentator, and Lita Talarico, design educator, open up designers' personal sketchbooks to provide an intimate look at the creative processes behind typefaces, word-images and logos. Arranged alphabetically by name, the world's most exciting designers and typographers, including Philippe Apeloig, Ed Benguiat, Hoefler Type Foundry, Henrik Kubel, Toshi Omagari and Francesco Zorzi, present a staggering range of unique and exciting ways to communicate through letters and words. Sketchbook pages reveal the designers' creative processes across diverse briefs, concepts, languages and alphabets, from Roman to Cyrillic to Arabic. Aimed at all those who engage creatively with type, whether by hand or on screen, this rich compendium of typographic ideas stresses the importance of typographic thinking at a time when reading habits are evolving, while celebrating the varied and innovative ways that designers practise this time-honoured craft.
Graphic Design Solutions by
GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS, 6th EDITION, is the most comprehensive reference on graphic design for print and screen media. It introduces the principles of design and how they apply to the various graphic design disciplines--all explained and illustrated with vivid, professional art and diagrams. Providing a solid foundation for typographic design, advertising design and graphic design, its in-depth coverage includes such topics as design principles, the design process, concept generation, branding and visual identity, design for web and mobile, package design, portfolio development, social media, ad campaigns and more. GRAPHIC DESIGN SOLUTIONS has everything you need to know to start formulating concepts and creating powerful, effective visual messages.
Introduction to Graphic Design : a guide to thinking, process & style by
For a great foundation as a graphic design student, look no further than Aaris Sherin 's Introduction to Graphic Design. Sherin will introduce you to the formal structure of graphic design, so you can understand and utilise the main techniques of your chosen profession, and learn how they apply to print and screen-based projects. Whether you need to conceptualise a new poster, develop an exciting advertisement, structure an app or create eye-catching signage, chapters can be read in any order you choose, depending on which area you wish to concentrate. Whatever your approach, you 'll be encouraged to use critical thinking, visual exploration and understand the special relationship graphic designers have to creative problem solving. There are also chapters devoted to imagery, color, and typography, using a thematic approach to creative problem-solving. With over 500 images showing examples from international designers, helpful diagrams, highlighted key terms and concepts, Design in Action case studies, exercises and chapter-by-chapter Dos and Don 'ts, Introduction to Graphic Design will give newcomers to graphic design the confidence to give visual form to concepts and ideas.
Layout Essentials : 100 design principles for using grids by
This revised and updated version of Layout Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Using Grids is an essential design text that outlines and demonstrates basic layout/grid guidelines and rules.
Layout for Graphic Designers : an introduction by
Layout for graphic design concerns the arrangement of text and images on a page. How these elements are positioned, both in relation to one another, and within the overall design scheme, will affect how content is viewed and received. Whether in print or online, it is key to powerful visual communication. Layout for Graphic Designers provides visual arts students with a theoretical and practical underpinning of this design subject. Packed with over 200 examples from key contemporary practices, and fully illustrated with clear diagrams and inspiring imagery, it offers an essential exploration of the subject. This third edition has been updated to include 25 new images and 6 new case studies from Lundgren + Lindqvist, TwoPoints.Net, Bruce Mau Design, Non-Format, Mind Design and Plau.
On the Road to Variable : the flexible future of typography by
On the 16th of September 2016, Adobe, Google, Apple, and Microsoft announced a new update to the Open-Type specification that allowed for fonts to be variable. Through this update, designers would have the freedom and flexibility to use a wide variety of styles, ranging in extremes to include everything in between. Although the technology has yet to be fully implemented, variable typography is already becoming an unstoppable force in contemporary graphic design. On the Road to Variable explores an eclectic and exciting collection of work that experiments with the modification of existing typefaces as well as the creation of new ones for a fascinating glimpse into the future of type.
Reinventing Print : technology and craft in typography by
With the rise of digital technology as a design tool and its acceptance as simply part of the tool chest for today's design studios, there has been a re-evaluation and return to exploring pre-digital typography. Design studios no longer flaunt their digital hardware, in fact quite the opposite. This attitudinal change toward digital technology has coincided with a growing fascination and re-evaluation of those pre-digital skills and processes that had been considered in recent years to be irrelevant. Mapping the rise of digital technology and examining the infinite possibilities it offers and the profound cultural and technical influence it has had in all aspects of visual communication. This text also focuses on our current post-digital age, in which the technology itself has become sufficiently common-place for us to fully recognize what it excels at and what it does less well. Reinventing Print focuses on those skills and processes which have been re-appropriated and irreverently liberated by a new generation of typographers, designers, and artists, raised with digital technology in their pockets and forever at their fingertips. In this post-digital age, traditional typographic craft is new, different and therefore exciting, potent and culturally subversive.
Typography by
Typography is the most effective tool that graphic designers use to express ideas and convey a message. The ability to choose the right typeface for the right job, to design readable and legible pages, and to marry type and image to create visually compelling results are skills that every designer must master. This book introduces the student to the basic principles of typography with clear examples from international practitioners, interviews with designers and typographers, plus exercises to reinforce the concepts covered. With its attractive layout, approachable text and skillful use of typography on every spread, the author sets the standard to inspire the beginning student of design.
MMTYPOG sets out to build in you a strong foundation of graphic design by teaching two important visual design skills -- typography and layout. In this course, you will be discovering the importance of typography in visual design: its history, structure, classifications, and more importantly, its use in visual design and how it has influenced the formation and understanding of messages in society. The similarities and differences of type usage for existing (and possible future) applications in print and screen projects will also be discussed and explored in various projects.
The Art of Type and Typography : explorations in use and practice by
The Art of Type and Typography is an introduction to the art and rules of typography. Incorporating the industry standard--InDesign--for typesetting from the outset, this book serves as a guide for beginning students to learn to set type properly through tutorials, activities, and examples of student work. Encompassing the history of typography from ancient times to widespread modern use, The Art of Type and Typography provides context and fosters creativity while developing key concepts, including: The history of type; Terminology; Classification; Measurement; Spacing; Alignment; Legibility; Hierarchy; Layout and Grids; Page Elements; InDesign tools and style sheets. Writing clearly and to the point, Mary Jo Krysinski brings over 30 years of design experience to this essential guide. With a glossary, sample class activities, additional online resources and a beautiful clean design, this book is the perfect introduction for a beginning typography student, and a handy reference for those needing a refresher.
Design school : type : a practical guide for students and designers by InDesign type : professional typography with Adobe InDesign by Layout essentials : 100 design principles for using grids by The Moderns : Midcentury American graphic design by
In The Moderns, we meet the men and women who invented and shaped Midcentury Modern graphic design in America. The book is made up of generously illustrated profiles, many based on interviews, of more than 60 designers whose magazine, book, and record covers; advertisements and package designs; posters; and other projects created the visual aesthetics of postwar modernity. Some were émigrés from Europe; others were homegrown--all were intoxicated by elemental typography, primary colors, photography, and geometric or biomorphic forms. Some are well-known, others are honored in this volume for the first time, and together they comprised a movement that changed our design world.
Semiotics and Title Sequences : compositing text and image in motion graphics by
Title sequences are the most obvious place where photography and typography combine on-screen, yet they are also a commonly neglected part of film studies. Semiotics and Title Sequences presents the first theoretical model and historical consideration of how text and image combine to create meaning in title sequences for film and television, before extending its analysis to include subtitles, intertitles, and the narrative role for typography. Detailed close readings of classic films starting with The Cabinet of Dr. Caligari, and including To Kill A Mockingbird, Dr. Strangelove, and The Good, the Bad and the Ugly, along with designs from television programs such as Magnum P.I., Castle, and Vikings present a critical assessment of title sequences as both an independent art form and an introduction to the film that follows.
Type Project Book Typographic projects to sharpen your creative skills & diversify your portfolio by 
The Typographic Imagination : Reading and Writing in Japan's Age of Modern Print Media by MMFFVID will train you in the fundamentals of video pre-production, production and post-production such as, but not limited to framing and composition, continuity, design principles for the visual narrative, lighting, editing, and basic motion graphics and compositing. These fundamentals will be covered through a series of lectures, discussions, video/film screenings, workshops, demonstrations and individual and group projects. Through this course, you will be equipped and trained to effectively translate and convey messages through the use of motion pictures and its accompanying elements.
Basic Cinematography : a creative guide to visual storytelling by
The cinematographer must translate the ideas and emotions contained in a script into something that can be physically seen and felt onscreen, helping the director to fulfil the vision of the film. The shots may look good, but they will not serve the story until the composition, lenses, and lighting express, enhance, and reveal the underlying emotions and subtext of the story. By making physical the ideas and emotions of the story, the cinematographer supports blocking as a visual form of the story through these tools. Rather than delve into technical training, Basic Cinematography helps to train the eye and heart of cinematographers as visual storytellers, providing them with a strong foundation for their work, so that they're ready with creative ideas and choices on set in order to make compelling images that support the story. The book includes tools, tables, and worksheets on how to enhance students and experienced filmmakers with strong visual storytelling possibilities, including such features as: Dramatic script analysis that will help unlock blocking, composition, and lighting ideas that reveal the visual story Ten tools of composition Psychological impact of lenses, shot sizes, and camera movement Six elements of lighting for visual storytelling What to look for beneath the "hood" of cameras, including using camera log, RAW, and LUTs Dramatic analysis chart and scene composition chart to help plan your shoots Case studies from such visually cinematic shows and documentaries as Netflix's Godless, Jessica Jones, The Crown, and Chef's Table, as well as examples from classroom exercises Features insights from the DP of Jessica Jones, Manuel Billeter, and the DP of Chef's Table, Adam Bricker.
The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production : the people and the process by
This expanded, updated, and revised third edition of Lorene Wales' The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production offers a comprehensive introduction to the positions/roles, procedures, and logistics of the film and digital video production process, from development and pre-production all the way to marketing and distribution. Lorene Wales offers a hands-on approach suitable for projects of any budget and scale, explaining every stage and key role/position in the life of a film and providing a wealth of sample checklists, schedules, accounting paperwork, and downloadable forms and templates for practical use. Other topics include a description of the latest mobile apps used in production, tax incentives, the DIT, set safety, and an expanded chapter on copyright, fair use and other legal matters. A companion website includes video tutorials, a personnel hierarchy, a guide to mobile apps useful during production, PowerPoints for instructor use, and a complete set of sample production forms and templates for download, including schedules, accounting paperwork, releases, and production checklists.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Exploring Critical Digital Literacy Practices : everyday video in a dual language context by
In this book, Jessica Zacher Pandya examines the everyday videomaking practices of students in a dual language, under-resourced school in order to explore the ways children interrogate their worlds, the kinds of identities they craft, and the language and literacy learning practices that emerge from digital video production. Focusing on vulnerable populations who are often left out of innovative in- and out-of-school digital media projects¿including English language learners, immigrants, and children with special needs¿this book offers an expanded understanding of children¿s critical digital literacy practices, and shows how videomaking in the regular curriculum affords opportunities for redistributive social justice. Weaving together pedagogical, methodological, social, and political concerns into her examination of a real-world context, Pandya offers a practical and informative analysis of making videos in schools; examines the impact of videomaking on students¿ language use and agency; and adds significantly to current theorizations of digital and new literacies.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
The Heart of the Film : writing love stories in screenplays by
Most movies include a love story, whether it is the central story or a subplot, and knowing how to write a believable relationship is essential to any writer's skill set. Discover the rules and laws of nature at play in a compelling love story and learn and master them. Broken into four sections, The Heart of the Film identifies the critical features of love story development, and explores every variation of this structure as well as a diverse array of relationships and types of love. Author Cynthia Whitcomb has sold over 70 feature-length screenplays and shares the keys to her success in The Heart of the Film, drawing on classic and modern films as well as her own extensive experience.
How to Work the Film and TV Markets : a guide for content creators by
How to Work the Film & TV Markets takes independent filmmakers, television and digital content creators on a virtual tour of the entertainment industry's trade shows -- the circulatory system of the entire global media landscape. This book highlights the most significant annual events around the world, details a dossier of all the players that frequent them and examines all the elements that drive the market value and profitability of entertainment properties. In-the-trenches insights from our modern, real-world marketplace are contextualized into immediately implementable practical advice. Make the most of your finite investments of funds, time and creative energy to optimize your odds for success within the mainstream, business-to-business circuit but learn how to select, apply and scale prudent, proven principles to drive your own Do-It-Yourself/Direct-to-the-Consuming-Crowd fundraising, distribution and promotional success. Heather Hale demystifies these markets, making them less intimidating, less confusing and less overwhelming. She shows you how to navigate these events, making them far more accessible, productive -- and fun! This creative guide offers: An in-depth survey of the most significant film, TV and digital content trade shows around the world; An overview of the co-production market circuit that offers financing and development support to independent producers; An outline of the market-like festivals and key awards shows; A breakdown of who's who at all these events -- and how to network with them; Hot Tips on how to prepare for, execute and follow up on these prime opportunities; Low-budget key art samples and game plans; A social media speed tour with a wealth of audience engagement ideas. Visit the book's space on www.HeatherHale.com for additional resources and up-to-date information on all these events.
Live Cinema and Its Techniques by
From one of the masters of twentieth-century cinema comes this indispensable and entertaining guide to a visionary new form of moviemaking. So convinced is Francis Ford Coppola that "live cinema" will become a powerful medium within the larger film industry that he has crafted this instructional book, filled with lively anecdotes and invaluable lessons¯a boon for moviegoers, film students, and teachers alike. As digital moviemaking, like live sports, can now be performed by one director or by a collaborative team working across the Internet, it is only a matter of time before "cinema auteurs" will create "live" movies of the highest creative quality that will be sent instantly via satellite to be viewed in faraway theaters. Whether recounting his own boyhood obsession with film, tracing the origins of "live cinema" through a history of early film and live 1950s television shows, or presenting state-of-the-art techniques on everything from rehearsals to equipment, Coppola demonstrates that the spontaneity of this genre of "live cinema" will transport filmmaking into a new era of creativity previously unimaginable. 20 illustrations
Production Design for Screen : visual storytelling in film and television by
Packed with colour film stills, exclusive pre-production artwork and behind-the-scenes production images, this landmark book celebrates the production designer's contribution to visual storytelling on screen. It illuminates the visual concepts behind familiar screen spaces and unpicks how and why they are so effective in conveying character and story. Seven case studies, developed from exclusive interviews with world-renowned designers, reveal the concepts behind some of the most engaging imagery on screen and establish a dialogue around the shared language of visual storytelling. Jane Barnwell offers a new methodology for evaluating the designer's work on screen through five categories of analysis- space, interiors and exteriors, light, colour and set decorating. All of which combine to create the visual concept evident in the final screen image and together provide a model for the analysis of production design. Practical exercises and examples of real world projects walk you through the design process from breaking down the script and developing initial ideas to identifying a coherent conceptual vision. If you are a filmmaker, Production Design for Screen will inspire and guide you in your own work.
Understanding Design in Film Production : using art, light, and locations to tell your story by
Great visual storytelling is possible on a minimal budget, but you have to spend a lot of energy thinking and planning.In Understanding Design in Film Production, author Barbara Freedman Doyle demonstrates how to use production design, cinematography, lighting, and locations to create an effective and compelling visual story, even on the tightest of budgets. Featuring in-depth interviews with production designers, set decorators, construction coordinators, cinematographers, costumers, and location managers talking about the techniques of their craft, it provides you with a feel for what everyone on the visual team does, how they think and plan, and how best to utilize the knowledge and skills they offer. This book guides you through how to find, secure, and manage the best locations, how to create and dress a set, and how to make old look new and new look old--all on a tight budget. With insights from experts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films. ts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films.
Video Field Production and Editing by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
MMFFVID will train you in the fundamentals of video pre-production, production and post-production such as, but not limited to framing and composition, continuity, design principles for the visual narrative, lighting, editing, and basic motion graphics and compositing. These fundamentals will be covered through a series of lectures, discussions, video/film screenings, workshops, demonstrations and individual and group projects. Through this course, you will be equipped and trained to effectively translate and convey messages through the use of motion pictures and its accompanying elements.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video : production workflows and techniques by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Film and Video Editing Theory : how editing creates meaning by
Film and Video Editing Theory offers an accessible, introductory guide to the practices used to create meaning through editing. In this book, Michael Frierson synthesizes the theories of the most prominent film editors and scholars, from Herbert Zettl, Sergei Eisenstein, and Noël Burch to the work of landmark Hollywood editors like Walter Murch and Edward Dmytryk. In so doing, he maps out a set of craft principles for readers, whether one is debating if a flashback reveals too much, if a certain cut clarifies or obscures the space of a scene, or if a shot needs to be trimmed. The book is grounded in the unity of theory and practice, looking beyond technical proficiency in a specific software to explain to readers how and why certain cuts work or don't work.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Film Production Management : how to budget, organize and successfully shoot your film by
This new and updated fourth edition of Film Production Management provides a step-by-step guide on how to budget, organize, and successfully shoot a film and get it onto the big screen. Whether you are a film student or film production professional just getting started in the industry, this book is an indispensable resource for day-to-day business on the set. Written by veteran filmmaker Bastian Clevé, this book will teach you how to: Break down a screenplay Organize a shooting schedule Create a realistic budget Find and secure locations Network with agents to find actors Hire a crew and communicate effectively with unions The new edition features updated information on contracts, permits, and insurance; special tips for low-budget filmmaking; new information on digital workflows and production software; advice on green production practices; and expanded coverage of the role of the line producer.
Nonfiction Sound and Story for Film and Video : a practical guide for filmmakers and digital content creators by
This book guides nonfiction storytellers in the art of creatively and strategically using sound to engage their audience and bring stories to life. Sound is half of film and video storytelling, and yet its importance is often overlooked until a post-production emergency arises. Written by two experienced creators--one a seasoned nonfiction producer/director with a background in music, and one a sound designer who owns a well-regarded mix studio--this book teaches nonfiction producers, filmmakers, and branded content creators how to reimagine their storytelling by improving sound workflow from field to post. In addition to real-world examples from the authors' own experiences, interviews with and examples from industry professionals across many genres of nonfiction production are included throughout. Written in a conversational style, the book pinpoints practical topics and considerations like 360 video and viewer accessibility. As such, it is a vital point of reference for all nonfiction filmmakers, directors, and producers, or anyone wanting to learn how to improve their storytelling. An accompanying Companion Website offers listening exercises, production sound layout diagrams, templates, and other resources.
Video ethnography in practice : planning, shooting, and editing for social analysis by Video Production : disciplines and techniques by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
Video Production Handbook by
This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students, the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras, LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color, highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs.
MMAUDPR is a 14-session outcome-based course on audio production that aims to give you a comprehensive understanding and application of the pre-production, production and post-production processes involved in delivering industry-standard audio materials for various multimedia platforms. The course will walk you through processes that would enable you to learn principles not limited to content development, audio signal chain, various types of microphones and applications, dialogue production, audio software operation and studio and field recording. Lecture, demonstration, workshop and studio work will be utilized to ensure effective learning paths which will then be translated into projects and activities that will be subjected to peer-evaluation and critiquing.
The Art of Producing : how to create great audio projects by
The Art of Producingis the first book to standardize a specific production process for creating a successful music project from start to finish. Learn how to develop a step-by-step process for critiquing all of the musical components that go into creating a highly refined production that works for all styles of music. The book provides a well-rounded perspective on everything that goes into producing, including vital information on how to creatively work with bands, groups and record companies, and offers insight into high level values and secrets that famous producers have developed through years of trial and error. The book covers detailed production techniques for working with today's latest digital technologies including virtual recording, virtual instruments, and MIDI tracking. Take these concepts, adapt them to your own personal style and you will end up with a successful project of the highest attainable quality with the most potential to be become a hit - or just affect people really deeply.
The Art of Sound : a visual history for audiophiles by
This complete illustrated history of recorded sound reveals the masterful product design behind the evolving technology of sound recording, with specially commissioned photography of iconic, rarely seen artifacts from the collections of the EMI Archive Trust The Gramophone Company and The Columbia Phonograph Company merged in 1931 to become EMI: the Apple of its day. Organized chronologically, this richly illustrated resource tells the incredible story of the development of sound recording throughout the acoustic era (1877-1925), the electrical era (1925-45), the magnetic era (1945-75), and the digital era (1975-present), and it showcases specially commissioned photography of the beautiful, iconic, and rarely seen objects housed within the diverse collections of the EMI Archive Trust. Recording equipment, playback devices, catalogues, artist files, records, master tapes, radios, and televisions are all here, accompanied by obsessively detailed specifications and intriguing archival photographs. Interspersed with the images, in-depth texts tell the complete stories of the pioneering advances in the evolution of sound technology, from the invention of the "Gramophone" method to the development of electronic signal amplifiers, and from the arrival of magnetic tape recording to the advent of CDs and the dawn of the digital age.
Audio Production Principles : practical studio applications by
With this all-in-one manual, students and teachers have an easy-to-read reference that provides a reliable and current rundown of the world of sound production, from planning a recording session to mastering the final product. Organized by four main topics - pre-production, recording various instruments, mixing theories and tools, and mastering - Audio Production Principles follows the actual flow of instruction given over the course of a student's tenure. Chapters address etiquette and basic operations for any recording session written in useful, tutorial style language, providing guidelines for beginner audio engineers on topics including pre-production, equipment selection, and mixing tips by instrument. Jumpstarting the mastering process, lessons delve into features unique to specific tools and techniques. All sections offer instructional scenarios of studio setups, asking students to brainstorm the best production technique for each situation. These exercises also help teachers generate new ideas for instruction and production projects of their own.
Audio Production Worktext : concepts, techniques, and equipment by
Audio Production Worktext, 9th Edition　provides readers the best introduction to　audio　and　radio　production. It shows how to navigate modern radio production studios and utilize the latest equipment and software. The 9th edition is updated to cover new mobile technologies, digital consoles, and audio editing apps and software,　as well sound for the visual media and Internet radio.　The new edition continues to include the worktext/website format tailored for both students and teachers and features like Production Tips that provide notes relevant to various audio production topics, self-study questions and projects, an updated Glossary, and an up-to-date companion website with invaluable student and instructor materials.　Included　in　this edition are offers and features from Pro　Sound Effects, FilmTVsound.com, and　RadioFX, as well as updated color graphics and images throughout the text.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Foundations of Sound Design for Linear Media : a multidisciplinary approach by
This volume provides a comprehensive introduction to foundational topics in sound design for linear media, such as listening and recording; audio postproduction; key musical concepts and forms such as harmony, conceptual sound design, electronica, soundscape, and electroacoustic composition; the audio commons; and sound's ontology and phenomenology. The reader will gain a broad understanding of the key concepts and practices that define sound design for its use with moving images as well as important forms of composed sound. The chapters are written by international authors from diverse backgrounds who provide multidisciplinary perspectives on sound in its linear forms. The volume is designed as a textbook for students and teachers, as a handbook for researchers in sound, media and experience, and as a survey of key trends and ideas for practitioners interested in exploring the boundaries of their profession.
Intelligent Music Production by
Intelligent Music Production presents the state of the art in approaches, methodologies and systems from the emerging field of automation in music mixing and mastering. This book collects the relevant works in the domain of innovation in music production, and orders them in a way that outlines the way forward: first, covering our knowledge of the music production processes; then by reviewing the methodologies in classification, data collection and perceptual evaluation; and finally by presenting recent advances on introducing intelligence in audio effects, sound engineering processes and music production interfaces. Intelligent Music Production is a comprehensive guide, providing an introductory read for beginners, as well as a crucial reference point for experienced researchers, producers, engineers and developers.
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Musical Sound Effects : analog and digital sound processing by
For decades performers, instrumentalists, composers, technicians and sound engineers continue to manipulate sound material. They are trying with more or less success to create, to innovate, improve, enhance, restore or modify the musical message. The sound of distorted guitar of Jimi Hendrix, Pierre Henry's concrete music, Pink Flyod's rock psychedelic, Kraftwerk 's electronic music, Daft Punk and rap T-Pain, have let emerge many effects: reverb, compression, distortion, auto-tune, filter, chorus, phasing, etc. The aim of this book is to introduce and explain these effects and sound treatments by addressing their theoretical and practical aspects.
The Prop Effects Guidebook : lights, motion, sound, and magic by
In The Prop Building Guidebook, author Eric Hart demonstrated how to cut, glue, sculpt, and bend raw materials to build props. Now in The Prop Effects Guidebook, he shows us how to connect and assemble components and parts to make those props light up, explode, make noise, and bleed. It delves into the world of electricity, pneumatics, liquids, and mechanical effects to teach you how to make your props perform magic in front of a live audience. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring videos of how to create individual prop special effects: www.propeffectsguidebook.com.
Sound design theory and practice : working with sound by
Sound Design Theory and Practiceis a comprehensive and accessible guide to the concepts which underpin the creative decisions that inform the creation of sound design. A fundamental problem facing anyone wishing to practice, study, teach or research about sound is the lack of a theoretical language to describe the way sound is used and a comprehensive and rigorous overarching framework that describes all forms of sound. With the recent growth of interest in sound studies, there is an urgent need to provide scholarly resources that can be used to inform both the practice and analysis of sound. Using a range of examples from classic and contemporary cinema, television and games this book provides a thorough theoretical foundation for the artistic practice of sound design, which is too frequently seen as a 'technical' or secondary part of the production process. Engaging with practices in film, television and other digital media, Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars. >Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars.
MMAUDPR is a 14-session outcome-based course on audio production that aims to give you a comprehensive understanding and application of the pre-production, production and post-production processes involved in delivering industry-standard audio materials for various multimedia platforms. The course will walk you through processes that would enable you to learn principles not limited to content development, audio signal chain, various types of microphones and applications, dialogue production, audio software operation and studio and field recording. Lecture, demonstration, workshop and studio work will be utilized to ensure effective learning paths which will then be translated into projects and activities that will be subjected to peer-evaluation and critiquing.
Audio Production and Critical Listening : technical ear training by
Audio Production and Critical Listening: Technical Ear Training, Second Edition develops your critical and expert listening skills, enabling you to listen to audio like an award-winning engineer. Featuring an accessible writing style, this new edition includes information on objective measurements of sound, technical descriptions of signal processing, and their relationships to subjective impressions of sound. It also includes information on hearing conservation, ear plugs, and listening levels, as well as bias in the listening process. The interactive web browser-based "ear training" software practice modules provide experience identifying various types of signal processes and manipulations. Working alongside the clear and detailed explanations in the book, this software completes the learning package that will help you train you ears to listen and really "hear" your recordings. This all-new edition has been updated to include: Audio and psychoacoustic theories to inform and expand your critical listening practice. Access to integrated software that promotes listening skills development through audio examples found in actual recording and production work, listening exercises, and tests. Cutting-edge interactive practice modules created to increase your experience. More examples of sound recordings analysis. New outline for progressing through the EQ ear training software module with listening exercises and tips.
Digital Sound Studies by
The digital turn has created new opportunities for scholars across disciplines to use sound in their scholarship. This volume's contributors provide a blueprint for making sound central to research, teaching, and dissemination. They show how digital sound studies has the potential to transform silent, text-centric cultures of communication in the humanities into rich, multisensory experiences that are more inclusive of diverse knowledges and abilities. Drawing on multiple disciplines--including rhetoric and composition, performance studies, anthropology, history, and information science--the contributors to Digital Sound Studies bring digital humanities and sound studies into productive conversation while probing the assumptions behind the use of digital tools and technologies in academic life. In so doing, they explore how sonic experience might transform our scholarly networks, writing processes, research methodologies, pedagogies, and knowledges of the archive. As they demonstrate, incorporating sound into scholarship is thus not only feasible but urgently necessary. Contributors. Myron M. Beasley, Regina N. Bradley, Steph Ceraso, Tanya Clement, Rebecca Dowd Geoffroy-Schwinden, W. F. Umi Hsu, Michael J. Kramer, Mary Caton Lingold, Darren Mueller, Richard Cullen Rath, Liana M. Silva, Jonathan Sterne, Jennifer Stoever, Jonathan W. Stone, Joanna Swafford, Aaron Trammell, Whitney Trettien
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Mixing Audio : concepts, practices, and tools by
Mixing Audio: Concepts, Practices, and Tools, Third Edition is a vital read for anyone wanting to succeed in the field of mixing. This book covers the entire mixing process - from fundamental concepts to advanced techniques. Packed full of photos, graphs, diagrams, and audio samples, it teaches the importance of a mixing vision, how to craft and evaluate your mix, and then take it a step further. The book describes the theory, the tools used, and how these are put into practice while creating mixes. The companion website, featuring over 2,000 audio samples as well as Pro Tools/ Multitrack Audio Sessions, is a perfect complement to the third edition. The new edition includes: A new 'Mixing and The Brain' chapter that provides a cognitive/psychological overview of many　aspects related to and affecting mixing engineers (and, to a narrow extent, listeners). Updated figures and text reflecting recent software updates and trends.
Multimedia Foundations : core concepts for digital design by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Practical Audio Electronics by
Practical Audio Electronics is a comprehensive introduction to basic audio electronics and the fundamentals of sound circuit building, providing the reader with the necessary knowledge and skills to undertake projects from scratch. Imparting a thorough foundation of theory alongside the practical skills needed to understand, build, modify, and test audio circuits, this book equips the reader with the tools to explore the sonic possibilities that emerge when electronics technology is applied innovatively to the making of music. Suitable for all levels of technical proficiency, this book encourages a deeper understanding through highlighted sections of advanced material and example projects including circuits to make, alter, and amplify audio, providing a snapshot of the wide range of possibilities of practical audio electronics. An ideal resource for students, hobbyists, musicians, audio professionals, and those interested in exploring the possibilities of hardware-based sound and music creation.
QLab 4 : projects in video, audio, and lighting control by
Used from Broadway to Britain's West End, QLab software is the tool of choice for many of the world's most prominent sound, projection, and integrated media designers.　QLab 4: Projects in Video, Audio, and Lighting Control is a project-based book on QLab software covering sound, video, lighting, and show control. With information on audio, video, and lighting system basics and the more advanced functions of QLab such as show control, network capabilities, projection mapping, video effects, and cue cart integration, each chapter's specific projects will allow you to learn the software's capabilities at your own pace. In addition to the text, a companion website hosts project files, instructional videos, and more.
Small Signal Audio Design by
Small Signal Audio Design is a highly practical handbook providing an extensive repertoire of circuits that can be assembled to make almost any type of audio system. The publication of Electronics for Vinyl has freed up space for new material, (though this book still contains a lot on moving-magnet and moving-coil electronics) and this fully revised third edition offers wholly new chapters on tape machines, guitar electronics, and variable-gain amplifiers, plus much more. A major theme is the use of inexpensive and readily available parts to obtain state-of-the-art performance for noise, distortion, crosstalk, frequency response accuracy and other parameters. Virtually every page reveals nuggets of specialized knowledge not found anywhere else. For example, you can improve the offness of a fader simply by adding a resistor in the right place- if you know the right place. Essential points of theory that bear on practical audio performance are lucidly and thoroughly explained, with the mathematics kept to an absolute minimum. Self's background in design for manufacture ensures he keeps a wary eye on the cost of things. This book features the engaging prose style familiar to readers of his other books. You will learn why mercury-filled cables are not a good idea, the pitfalls of plating gold on copper, and what quotes from Star Trek have to do with PCB design. Learn how to: make amplifiers with apparently impossibly low noise design discrete circuitry that can handle enormous signals with vanishingly low distortion use humble low-gain transistors to make an amplifier with an input impedance of more than 50 megohms transform the performance of low-cost-opamps build active filters with very low noise and distortion make incredibly accurate volume controls make a huge variety of audio equalisers make magnetic cartridge preamplifiers that have noise so low it is limited by basic physics, by using load synthesis sum, switch, clip, compress, and route audio signals be confident that phase perception is not an issue This expanded and updated third edition contains extensive new material on optimising RIAA equalisation, electronics for ribbon microphones, summation of noise sources, defining system frequency response, loudness controls, and much more. Including all the crucial theory, but with minimal mathematics, Small Signal Audio Design is the must-have companion for anyone studying, researching, or working in audio engineering and audio electronics.
Spatial Audio by
This special issue compiles some of the latest state-of-the-art research works in the area of spatial audio and it serves as a good reference for both undergraduate and postgraduate students, and to researchers working in this exciting area of spatial audio.
MMPOSTT intends for you to gain an advanced level of technical and operational knowledge in post-production. MMPOSTT requires basic knowledge of an updated digital non-linear editing system and a digital visual effects, advance motion graphics, and compositing application which were covered in MMFFVID. The course will demonstrate advanced editing techniques as well as post-production management skills in completing the final output. The course content will be covered throughout the trimester through a series of lectures, demonstrations, workshops, film viewings, hands-on exercises and projects.
Art, Media Design, and Postproduction : open guidelines on appropriation and remix by
Art, Media Design, and Postproduction: Open Guidelines on Appropriation and Remix offers a set of open-ended guidelines for art and design studio-based projects. The creative application of appropriation and remix are now common across creative disciplines due to the ongoing recycling and repurposing of content and form. Consequently basic elements which were previously exclusive to postproduction for editing image, sound and text, are now part of daily communication. This in turn pushes art and design to reconsider their creative methodologies. Author Eduardo Navas divides his book into three parts: Media Production, Metaproduction, and Postproduction. The chapters that comprise the three parts each include an introduction, goals for guidelines of a studio-based project, which are complemented with an explanation of relevant history, as well as examples and case studies. Each set of guidelines is open-ended, enabling the reader to repurpose the instructional material according to their own methodologies and choice of medium. Navas also provides historical and theoretical context to encourage critical reflection on the effects of remix in the production of art and design. Art, Media Design, and Postproduction: Open Guidelines on Appropriation and Remix is the first book of guidelines to take into account the historical, theoretical, and practical context of remix as an interdisciplinary act. It is an essential read for those interested in remix studies and appropriation in art, design and media.
The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production : the people and the process by
This expanded, updated, and revised third edition of Lorene Wales' The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production offers a comprehensive introduction to the positions/roles, procedures, and logistics of the film and digital video production process, from development and pre-production all the way to marketing and distribution. Lorene Wales offers a hands-on approach suitable for projects of any budget and scale, explaining every stage and key role/position in the life of a film and providing a wealth of sample checklists, schedules, accounting paperwork, and downloadable forms and templates for practical use. Other topics include a description of the latest mobile apps used in production, tax incentives, the DIT, set safety, and an expanded chapter on copyright, fair use and other legal matters. A companion website includes video tutorials, a personnel hierarchy, a guide to mobile apps useful during production, PowerPoints for instructor use, and a complete set of sample production forms and templates for download, including schedules, accounting paperwork, releases, and production checklists.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers : developing a marketing mindset from concept to release by
Written for working and aspiring filmmakers, directors, producers and screenwriters, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers walks through every stage of the marketing process - from concept to post-production - and illustrates how creative decisions at each stage will impact the marketability of a film. In this book, marketing experts Schwartz and MacDonald welcome you behind the curtain into the inner workings of Marketing department at both the studios and independents. They also track films of different budgets (studio, genre, independent and documentary) through the marketing process, examining how each discipline will approach your film. Featuring interviews with both marketers and filmmakers throughout, an extensive glossary and end-of-chapter exercises, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers offers a unique introduction to film marketing and a practical guide for understanding the impact of marketing on your film.
Secrets of Screen Directing : the tricks of the trade by
Secrets of Screen Directing: The Tricks of the Tradeis a practical guide which bridges the gap between classroom learning and the realities of being on a set. Author Patrick Tucker uses insights and techniques gained from over 40 years of directing both screen and stage to open up the craft of effectively telling stories, exploring the reality of a directing career with practical day to day solutions and problem-solving methods for working directors. This book addresses the fact that most professional directors spend their careers directing other writers' scripts, and deals with the practicalities of working on continuing dramas. Following the Director's mantra of 'show, not tell' it contains over 200 illustrations, diagrams, paperwork examples and floor plans, with lists and charts throughout. Covering planning, preparation, and shooting a project, it delves beyond just script construction and into the nuts and bolts of screen directing. Directors at any level are always under huge time constraints, and this book provides immediate and simple solutions to working under such restrictions. This is an ideal resource for filmmaking students and early career directors to refer to when encountering a problem, as well as all those screen enthusiasts, actors and writers, who want to know what directors actually do.
The Short! Guide to Producing : the practical essentials of producing short films by
In this book, Charles Merzbacher offers a concise, definitive guide to the essential skills, techniques and logistics of producing short films, focusing on the practical knowledge needed for line producing and overseeing smaller-scale productions. Drawing on insights from real-life production scenarios, veteran filmmaker and instructor Charles Merzbacher takes producers through every stage of the production process, from fundraising, preproduction and planning to the producer¿s role in postproduction and distribution. Key topics include: Finding a worthy project; Schedules and budgets; Managing the casting process; Recruiting and managing crew; Location scouting; Legal and safety issues; Running a production; Negotiating music rights; And much more! An accompanying website¿available at theshortseries.com¿offers document templates for contracts, call sheets, budgets and other production forms, as well as sample production documents and short video guides featuring top industry professionals.
Video Field Production and Editing by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
MMPOSTT intends for you to gain an advanced level of technical and operational knowledge in post-production. MMPOSTT requires basic knowledge of an updated digital non-linear editing system and a digital visual effects, advance motion graphics, and compositing application which were covered in MMFFVID. The course will demonstrate advanced editing techniques as well as post-production management skills in completing the final output. The course content will be covered throughout the trimester through a series of lectures, demonstrations, workshops, film viewings, hands-on exercises and projects.
Complete guide to digital project management : from pre-sales to post-production by The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production : the people and the process by
This expanded, updated, and revised third edition of Lorene Wales' The Complete Guide to Film and Digital Production offers a comprehensive introduction to the positions/roles, procedures, and logistics of the film and digital video production process, from development and pre-production all the way to marketing and distribution. Lorene Wales offers a hands-on approach suitable for projects of any budget and scale, explaining every stage and key role/position in the life of a film and providing a wealth of sample checklists, schedules, accounting paperwork, and downloadable forms and templates for practical use. Other topics include a description of the latest mobile apps used in production, tax incentives, the DIT, set safety, and an expanded chapter on copyright, fair use and other legal matters. A companion website includes video tutorials, a personnel hierarchy, a guide to mobile apps useful during production, PowerPoints for instructor use, and a complete set of sample production forms and templates for download, including schedules, accounting paperwork, releases, and production checklists.
The Corporate Media Toolkit : advanced techniques for producers, writers and directors by
This book offers corporate writers, producers and directors an accessibly-written, hands-on guide to practical techniques important in producing high-quality, nuanced work in a corporate environment. Exploring each phase of media development--project inception, client interactions, scriptwriting, preproduction, casting, auditions, production and postproduction--author Ray DiZazzo teaches readers how to "know what works" in corporate media, as well as an ability to focus on the nuance and subtleties that elevate typical media to a higher quality standard, whether it's crafting an intelligent script, framing and lighting a shot correctly, or knowing what transition to use in the editing suite. The book also features case studies illustrating real-life scenarios from the author and other corporate professionals, demonstrating these crucial techniques in practice. The Corporate Media Toolkit is a must-read for professionals and newcomers alike to bring their corporate media skills to the next level.
The Filmmaker's Guide to Visual Effects : the Art and Techniques of VFX for Directors, Producers, Editors and Cinematographers by
The Filmmaker's Guide to Visual Effects offers a practical, detailed guide to visual effects for non-VFX specialists working in film and television. In contemporary filmmaking and television production, visual effects are used extensively in a wide variety of genres and formats to contribute to visual storytelling, help deal with production limitations, and reduce budget costs. Yet for many directors, producers, editors, and cinematographers, visual effects remain an often misunderstood aspect of media production. In this book, award-winning VFX supervisor and instructor Eran Dinur introduces readers to visual effects from the filmmaker's perspective, providing a comprehensive guide to conceiving, designing, budgeting, planning, shooting, and reviewing VFX, from pre-production through post-production. The book will help readers: Learn what it takes for editors, cinematographers, directors, producers, gaffers, and other filmmakers to work more effectively with the visual effects team during pre-production, on the set and in post, use visual effects as a narrative aid, reduce production costs, and solve problems on location; Achieve a deeper understanding of 3D, 2D, and 2.5D workflows; the various VFX crafts from matchmove to compositing; essential concepts like photorealism, parallax, roto, and extraction; become familiar with the most common types of VFX, their role in filmmaking, and learn how to plan effectively for the cost and complexity of VFX shots; See visual effects concepts brought to life in practical, highly illustrated examples drawn from the real-world experiences of industry professionals, and discover how to better integrate visual effects into your own projects.
Fine Cuts: Interviews on the Practice of European Film Editing by
In the expanded second edition of Fine Cuts, Roger Crittenden reveals the experiences of the greatest European film editors through his warm and perceptive interviews. This new edition builds on the foundations laid out in 2005, including interviews with the editors of films such as Day for Night, The Sacrifice, The Kid with a Bike, and Fanny and Alexander; new interviews with editors of such films as Tyrannosaur and The Other Side of Hope; and editors from a wider range of countries, including Austria, Belgium, Finland, Portugal, and Russia. The book now embraces all aspects of post-production, with insights into sound editing from Larry Sider, originator of the renowned School of Sound, and music composition from Oscar winner Dario Marianelli (Atonement). Editors relate their experiences with directors including: Claire Atherton [Chantal Akerman] Mick Audsley [Terry Gilliam, Stephen Frears] Yann Dedet [François Truffaut, Claire Denis, Maurice Pialat] Marie-Hélène Dozo [Dardenne Brothers] François Gédigier [Patrice Chéreau, Lars von Trier] Samu Heikkilä [Aki Kaurismäki] Sylvia Ingemarsdotter [Ingmar Bergman] Tony Lawson [Nicolas Roeg, Stanley Kubrick, Neil Jordan] Michal Leszczylowski [Andrei Tarkovsky, Lukas Moodysson] Roberto Perpignani [Orson Welles, Bernardo Bertolucci, Tavianni Brothers] Mary Stephen [Éric Rohmer] Each interview also includes a list of cited and notable films for further study. An online eResource contains additional interviews with editors Sabine Mamou, Agnès Guillemot, and Nino Baragli.
Introduction to Video Production : studio, field, and beyond by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Production focuses on the fundamental principles and aesthetics of video production and the technologies used in both studio and field environments. Ronald J. Compesi and Jaime S. Gomez cover each aspect of the process step by step, from preproduction to lighting, sound, directing, editing, graphics, and distribution. Taking into account the changes in workflow and production planning and distribution brought on by the advent of digital media, this second edition has been updated throughout to account for the increasing popularity of DSLR cameras, online distribution, the rise of portable cameras and mobile video, and much more. Key features include: a thorough overview of video production in studio and field environments without being overly technical, allowing students to get the "big picture" of production; coverage of new digital production, recording, and editing technologies; over 300 photos and line art illustrating aesthetic elements, technical issues, and production planning; key words identified in boldface throughout the text and reinforced in a comprehensive glossary of terms.
Post Memes Seizing the Memes of Production by
Art-form, send-up, farce, ironic disarticulation, pastiche, propaganda, trololololol, mode of critique, mode of production, means of politicisation, even of subjectivation - memes are the inner currency of the internet's circulatory system. Independent of any one set value, memes are famously the mode of conveyance for the alt-right, the irony left, and the apoliticos alike, and they are impervious to many economic valuations: the attempts made in co-opting their discourse in advertising and big business have made little headway, and have usually been derailed by retaliative meming. POST MEMES: SEIZING THE MEMES OF PRODUCTION takes advantage of the meme's subversive adaptability and ripeness for a focused, in-depth study. Pulling together the interrogative forces of a raft of thinkers at the forefront of tech theory and media dissection, this collection of essays paves a way to articulating the semiotic fabric of the early 21st century's most prevalent means of content posting, and aims at the very seizing of the memes of production for the imagining and creation of new political horizons. With contributions from Scott and McKenzie Wark, Patricia Reed, Jay Owens, Thomas Hobson and Kaajal Modi, Dominic Pettman, Bogna M. Konior, and Eric Wilson, among others, this essay volume offers the freshest approaches available in the field of memes studies and inaugurates a new kind of writing about the newest manifestations of the written online. The book aims to become the go-to resource for all students and scholars of memes, and will be of the utmost interest to anyone interested in the internet's most viral phenomenon. ABOUT THE EDITORS ALFIE BOWN is the author of several books including "The Playstation Dreamworld" (Polity, 2017) and "In the Event of Laughter: Psychoanalysis, Literature and Comedy" (Bloomsbury, 2018). He is also a journalist for the Guardian, the Paris Review, and other outlets. DAN BRISTOW is a recovering academic, a bookseller, and author of "Joyce and Lacan: Reading, Writing, and Psychoanalysis" (Routledge, 2016) and "2001: A Space Odyssey and Lacanian Psychoanalytic Theory" (Palgrave, 2017). He is also the co-creator with Alfie Bown of Everyday Analysis, now based at New Socialist magazine.
Shoot, Edit, Share : video production for mass media, marketing, advertising, and public relations by
Shoot, Edit, Share is an interactive, accessible introduction to video production techniques, concepts, and terminology. With the increasing availability of affordable video equipment, many students and professionals need to learn the basics of video production without being overwhelmed by technical details and equipment lists. Covering preproduction, production, editing in post, and distribution, this book shows you how to produce video quickly and effectively for a range of clients, from commercial firms to community service organizations. Key features include: A companion website including video interviews with professionals that demonstrate and reinforce techniques covered in the book; Service-learning exercises that engage readers in real-world learning experiences, encouraging them to interact with their communities and new clients; Clear, easy to follow and heavily illustrated guides for all of the equipment and processes that go into video production; Focus on creating stories for a target audience, and building convincing and engrossing narrative through videos; A thorough breakdown of all the techniques needed in post-production, through editing, well-designed graphics, and quality sound; A best-practices guide to viral videos, sharing video content online and increasing its exposure on social media sites; QR codes throughout the book, that when scanned, demonstrate video techniques and concepts related to what was read.
Virtual Reality Filmmaking : techniques & best practices for VR filmmakers by
Virtual Reality Filmmaking presents a comprehensive guide to the use of virtual reality in filmmaking, including narrative, documentary, live event production, and more. Written by Celine Tricart, a filmmaker and an expert in new technologies, the book provides a hands-on guide to creative filmmaking in this exciting new medium, and includes coverage on how to make a film in VR from start to finish. Topics covered include: The history of VR; VR cameras; Game engines and interactive VR; The foundations of VR storytelling; Techniques for shooting in live action VR; VR postproduction and visual effects; VR distribution; Interviews with experts in the field including the Emmy-winning studios Felix & Paul and Oculus Story Studio, Wevr, Viacom, Fox Sports, Sundance's New Frontier, and more.
MM2DANI is a computer laboratory course, which aims to teach you the digital side of 2D animation. This course will focus on the process of creating your own story, character design, background design, animation, clean up, digital ink and paint, as well as background painting. Other post-production processes, such as compositing, rendering, editing and publishing will also be covered in this course.
Animation - Process, Cognition and Actuality by
Animation - Process, Cognition and Actuality presents a uniquely philosophical and multi-disciplinary approach to the scholarly study of animation, by using the principles of process philosophy and Deleuzian film aesthetics to discuss animation practices, from early optical devices to contemporary urban design and installations. Some of the original theories presented are a process-philosophy based theory of animation; a cognitive theory of animation; a new theoretical approach to the animated documentary; an original investigative approach to animation; and unique considerations as to the convergence of animation and actuality. Numerous animated examples (from all eras and representing a wide range of techniques and approaches including television shows and video games) are examined, such as Fantastic Mr. Fox (2009), Madame Tutli-Putli (2007), Gertie the Dinosaur (1914), The Peanuts Movie (2015), Grand Theft Auto V (2013) and Dr. Katz- Professional Therapist (1995 2000). Divided into three sections, each to build logically upon each other, Dan Torre first considers animation in terms of process and process philosophy, which allows the reader to contemplate animation in a number of unique ways. Torre then examines animation in more conceptual terms in comparing it to the processes of human cognition. This is followed by an exploration of some of the ways in which we might interpret or read ' particular aspects of animation, such as animated performance, stop-motion, anthropomorphism, video games, and various hybrid forms of animation. He finishes by guiding the discussion of animation back to the more tangible and concrete as it considers animation within the context of the actual world. With a genuinely distinctive approach to the study of animation, Torre offers fresh philosophical and practical insights that prompt an engagement with the definitions and dynamics of the form, and its current literature.
Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production by
See Why Blender Is Right for Your Studio¿s Pipeline Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production explores why Blender is ideal for animation films. It demonstrates Blender¿s capability to do the job in each production department. Whether you are a beginner or more advanced user, you¿ll see why Blender should be taken into consideration in animation and film production. This Blender reference will help you: Manage your projects from start to finish Understand the different stages in any animation production See how studios work and develop their animation projects Describing the versatility and power of Blender, the book shows you why studios should incorporate Blender in their pipeline. It avoids tedious tutorials and incomprehensible examples. Instead, the book guides you toward finding efficient solutions for issues with your production files or pipeline. It familiarizes you with the animation industry and explores the risks involved in choosing Blender as a primary tool in animation studios.
Cartoon Character Animation with Maya : mastering the art of exaggerated animation by
If you want to achieve classic cartoon-style animation in computer animation, then look no further. Films such as Hotel Transylvania, Wreck It Ralph, Madagascar and the Looney Tunes theatrical short films have pushed the art of modern animation into a more broad and 'cartoony' style. Recent developments in computer animation tools and character rigging have made it easier to apply these techniques to computer animation, not just for the professional animator, but also for students. Cartoon Character Animation with Maya will help you to incorporate these techniques into your own films. Each chapter is illustrated with software screenshots, images from the accompanying movie (available on the companion website), as well as examples from modern and classic cartoons. The companion website includes a short animated movie, incorporating each and every technique mentioned in the book - as well as the assets and tools used to create the animation and walk-through videos demonstrating some of the more complex techniques. Everything you need to get up and running and creating your own cartoon style animations!
Creating 2D Animation with the Adobe Creative Suite revealed by
CREATING 2D ANIMATION WITH THE ADOBE CREATIVE SUITE is an innovative text that teaches concepts and techniques needed to create and edit two-dimensional animations using the Adobe Creative Suite programs Illustrator, Photoshop,and Flash. Beginning with a review of the basic features and tools of each program, the text helps integrate their use via roundtrip editing, which enables seamless switching between applications for an efficient workflow. In addition to these practical software skills you need to bring visions to life, CREATING 2D ANIMATION WITH THE ADOBE CREATIVE SUITE also explores essential animation concepts, character and story development, and the history of animation, providing a solid theoretical grounding to complement technical abilities. Exercises, activities, and open-ended creative projects throughout provide exposure to a variety of animation approaches--including cell or flip animation, stop-motion animation, Flash animation using tweens, and inverse kinematics--enabling designers to compile a diverse portfolio of high-quality animations to showcase artistic talent and technical skill.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion : the guide to non-puppet photographic animation techniques by
Single frame film-making has been around as long as film itself. It is the ancestor to modern day special effects and animation. Despite its age-old practice, Single frame film making and stop-motion animation continues to influence media and culture with its magic. Current advances in technology and classic stop motion techniques, such as pixilation, time-lapse photography and down shooting have combined to form exciting new approaches. Tom Gasek's Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion offers hands-on experience and various tricks, tips, and exercises to help strengthen skills and produce effective results. Interviews from experts in the field offer not only offer inspiration but also help readers learn how to apply skills and new applications. The companion website offers further instruction, recommended films, tools and resources for the both the novice and the expert. Key Features Features interviews with industry experts that offer inspiration and insight as well as detailed explanations of the inner workings of non-traditional stop motion techniques, processes, and workflows Applies professional stop motion techniques that have been taught and refined in the classroom and applied to leading stop motion films, exhibiting at South By Southwest, Cannes, and more Explores the stop motion opportunities beyond model rigs and puppetry. Re-visualizes stop motion character movements, build downshooter rigs, and configures digital workflows with After Effect tutorials while creating dynamic, creative and inspired stop motion films Offers new coverage of smart phones and their application in stop motion Covers motion control, Dragon Frame, evolution of timelapse, expanded light painting, DSLR cameras, and more
The Fundamentals of Animation by
Packed with examples from classic and contemporary films, The Fundamentals of Animation presents each stage of the animation production process in an engaging visual style, whilst providing an historical and critical context for four core disciplines- drawn/cel; 2D/3D stop-motion; computer generated; and experimental animation. With insightful commentary from leading animators, Wells and Moore also introduce you to the many different career paths open to aspiring animators, from storyboard artist or character designer to VFX artist or writer and director. They also provide you with key tips on producing engaging portfolios and show reels. - Illustrated with over 300 images, including preliminary sketches, frame-by-frame analyses and shots of animators at work. - Now explores the animated documentary genre and the role of visual effects and gaming in contemporary animation. - Features more than 20 interviews with a range of international practitioners including Pete Docter, Director, Monsters, Inc. (2001), Up (2009) and Inside Out (2015). Featured Artists Sarah Cox, ArthurCox Lluis Danti, Media Molecule Pete Docter, Pixar Paul Driessen Eric Fogel Cathal Gaffney, Brown Bag Films Adam Goddard Philip Hunt, STUDIO AKA The Brothers McLeod Bill Plympton Ellen Poon, Industrial Light and Magic Barry Purves Joanna Quinn Chris Randall, Second Home Studios Maureen Selwood Koji Yamamura
Learning Processing : a beginner's guide to programming images, animation, and interaction by
Learning Processing, Second Edition, is a friendly start-up guide to Processing, a free, open-source alternative to expensive software and daunting programming languages. Requiring no previous experience, this book is for the true programming beginner. It teaches the basic building blocks of programming needed to create cutting-edge graphics applications including interactive art, live video processing, and data visualization. Step-by-step examples, thorough explanations, hands-on exercises, and sample code, supports your learning curve. A unique lab-style manual, the book gives graphic and web designers, artists, and illustrators of all stripes a jumpstart on working with the Processing programming environment by providing instruction on the basic principles of the language, followed by careful explanations of select advanced techniques. The book has been developed with a supportive learning experience at its core. From algorithms and data mining to rendering and debugging, it teaches object-oriented programming from the ground up within the fascinating context of interactive visual media. This book is ideal for graphic designers and visual artists without programming background who want to learn programming. It will also appeal to students taking college and graduate courses in interactive media or visual computing, and for self-study.
The LEGO Animation Book : make your own LEGO movies! by
Have you ever wondered what your LEGO creations would look like on the big screen? The LEGO Animation Book will show you how to bring your models to life with stop-motion animation-no experience required! Follow step-by-step instructions to make your first animation, and then explore the entire filmmaking process, from storyboards to post-production. Along the way, you'll learn how to- -Create special effects like explosions and flying minifigures -Convey action and emotion with your minifigure actors -Design sets for animation-make three buildings look like an entire city! -Light, frame, and capture consistent photos -Add detail and scope to your films by building in different scales -Build camera dollies and rigs out of LEGO bricks -Choose cameras, software, and other essential animation tools Dive into the world of animation and discover a whole new way to play! For ages 10+
Pixar with Lacan : the hysteric's guide to animation by
The films from Pixar Animation Studios belong to the most popular family films today. From Monsters Inc to Toy Story and Wall-E, the animated characters take on human qualities that demand more than just cultural analysis. What animates the human subject according to Pixar' What are the ideological implications' Pixar with Lacan has the double aim of analyzing the Pixar films and exemplifying important psychoanalytic concepts (the voice, the gaze, partial object, the Other, the object a, the primal father, the name-of-the-father, symbolic castration, the imaginary/ the real/ the symbolic, desire and drive, the four discourses, masculine/feminine), examining the ideological implications of the images of human existence given in the films.
Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation by
Stop motion animation is a challenging and time-consuming skill that requires patience, adaptability, and a close eye to detail. Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation, 3rd Edition is the essential guide to help stop motion animators overcome these challenges of this highly-skilled craft. Author Susannah Shaw provides a step-by-step guide to creating successful stop motioin films. Starting with some basic exercises, the reader will learn about developing a story, making models, creating sets and props, the mechanics of movements, filming postproduction, and how to set about finding that first elusive job in a modern studio. Key Features Interviews with current stars, step-by-step examples, coverage of Rapid Prototyping and Dragonframe Software　
MM2DANI is a computer laboratory course, which aims to teach you the digital side of 2D animation. This course will focus on the process of creating your own story, character design, background design, animation, clean up, digital ink and paint, as well as background painting. Other post-production processes, such as compositing, rendering, editing and publishing will also be covered in this course.
Animated storytelling : simple steps for creating animation & motion graphics by Animation by
From the earliest motion pictures and cartoons of the 1900s, to the latest 3D animated feature and CGI blockbuster, animation has always been a part of the cinematic experience. While the boundaries between animation and live-action have often been carefully tended, the ubiquity of contemporary computer imaging certainly blurs those lines, thereby confirming the importance of animation for the history of American cinema. The last installment of the acclaimed Behind the Silver Screen series, Animation explores the variety of technologies and modes of production throughout the history of American animation: the artisanal, solitary labors of early animators such as Winsor McCay, or of independent animators such as Mary Ellen Bute; the industrial assembly lines of Hollywood studio-unit animation; the parsimonious production houses of the post-studio, post-war era; the collaborative approach of boutique animation and special-effect houses. Drawing on archival sources, this volume provides not only an overview of American animation history, but also, by focusing on the relationship between production and style, a unique approach to understanding animation in general.
Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production by
See Why Blender Is Right for Your Studio¿s Pipeline Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production explores why Blender is ideal for animation films. It demonstrates Blender¿s capability to do the job in each production department. Whether you are a beginner or more advanced user, you¿ll see why Blender should be taken into consideration in animation and film production. This Blender reference will help you: Manage your projects from start to finish Understand the different stages in any animation production See how studios work and develop their animation projects Describing the versatility and power of Blender, the book shows you why studios should incorporate Blender in their pipeline. It avoids tedious tutorials and incomprehensible examples. Instead, the book guides you toward finding efficient solutions for issues with your production files or pipeline. It familiarizes you with the animation industry and explores the risks involved in choosing Blender as a primary tool in animation studios.
Designing Sound for Animation by
Sound is just as crucial an aspect to your animation as your visuals. Whether you're looking to create a score, ambient noise, dialog, or a complete soundtrack, you'll need sound for your piece. This nuts-and-bolts guide to sound design for animation will explain the theory and workings behind sound for image, and provide an overview of the systems and production path to help you create your soundtrack. Follow the sound design process along animated shorts and learn how to use the tools and techniques of the trade. Enhance your piece and learn how to design sound for animation.
How to Make Animated Films : Tony White's Masterclass Course on the Traditional Principles of Animation by
Sadly the days of the traditional studio apprenticeship in animation are long gone but this book enables the reader to find the next best thing, watching and observing a Master Animator at work. Become Tony White's personal animation apprentice, and experience the golden era of the great Disney and Warner Brothers studios right in your own home or studio. Tony White's Animation Master Class is uniquely designed to cover the core principles of animated movement comprehensively. It offers a DVD with animated movies and filmed excerpts of the author at his drawing board to illustrate the concepts as the work is being created. Tony White's Animation Master Class offers secrets and unique approaches only a Master Animator could share. The book comes out of the author's six years of real-world professional experience teaching animation, and 30 years of professional experience. Whether you want to become a qualified animator of 2D, 3D, Flash or any other form of animation, Tony White's foundations bring you closer to that goal. The DVD is invaluable, in that readers are not only taught principles and concepts in the book, they are able to see them demonstrated in action in the movies on the DVD.
Hybrid Animation : integrating 2D and 3D assets by
Expand your imagination by letting go of the limitations of traditional animation mediums, software packages, or workflows and integrating 2D and 3D assets. With the updated and expanded second edition of Hybrid Animation you'll learn how to choose the techniques that best express the artistic and narrative direction of your project and get the technical support you need to bring your ideas to life. Learn how different pipelines of hybrid animation can be broken down and rethought in different packages. Does the 3D character lead a 2D character? Or, does the 2D character have 3D parts? Perhaps a 3D prop is interacting with a 2D character? All of these hybrid patterns are explored from high end to open source software. By the end of the book you'll be able to see how to apply these techniques to the software you have now. Insight and inspiration are at your fingertips with exercises, step-by-step tutorials and featured interviews with Todd Render of Floyd County Productions and Marty Altman, former CGI Technical Director at Walt Disney Feature Animation. Features: Now with updated software methodologies, new tricks, and expanded sections on Toon Boom Animate Pro, Toon Boom Harmony and more. Produce high-quality 2D and 3D narratives in a variety of software workflows, including Photoshop, Corel, Flash, After Effects and Maya, Nuke, Houdini, Smoke, and Toon Boom workflows. Think critically about visual styles, the effects of 2D/3D overlaying and the entire pipeline from start to finish. Explore additional chapters and over 6 gigs of sample files available in the companion data found at www.hybridanimation.com 　 Tina O'Hailey is Dean of Digital Media at the Savannah College of Art and Design with locations in: Atlanta, Savannah and Hong Kong. Having worked for Electronic Arts, Walt Disney Feature Animation, she has extensive experience in feature animation and game development. O'Hailey has served as an Artist Development Trainer for Brother Bear (2003), Lilo and Stitch (2003), Mulan (1998) and Prince of Egypt (1998).
Jquery 2. 0 Animation Techniques Beginner's Guide by
This book is a guide to help you create attractive web page animations using jQuery. Written in a friendly and engaging approach this book is designed to be placed alongside your computer as a mentor.If you are a web designer or a frontend developer or if you want to learn how to animate the user interface of your web applications with jQuery, this book is for you. Experience with jQuery or Javascript would be helpful but solid knowledge base of HTML and CSS is assumed.
Lighting for Animation : the art of visual storytelling by
Lighting for Animation　is designed with one goal in mind - to make you a better artist. Over the course of the book, Jasmine Katatikarn and Michael Tanzillo (Senior Lighting TDs, Blue Sky Studios) will train your eye to analyze your work more critically, and teach you approaches and techniques to improve your craft. Focusing on the main philosophies and core concepts utilized by industry professionals, this book builds the foundation for a successful career as a lighting artist in visual effects and computer animation. Inside you'll find in-depth instruction on: 　 * Creating mood and storytelling through lighting * Using light to create visual shaping * Directing the viewer's eye with light and color * Gathering and utilizing reference images * Successfully lighting and rendering workflows * Render layers and how they can be used most effectively * Specific lighting scenarios, including character lighting, environment lighting, and lighting an animated sequence * Material properties and their work with lighting * Compositing techniques essential for a lighter * A guide on how to start your career and achieve success as a lighting artist 　 This book is not designed to teach software packages--there are websites, instructional manuals, online demos, and traditional courses available to teach you how to operate specific computer programs.　 That type of training will teach you how to create an ℑ this book will teach you the technical skills you need to make that image beautiful.　 Key Features Stunning examples from a variety of films serve to inspire and inform your creative choices. Unique approach focuses on using lighting as a storytelling tool, rather than just telling you which buttons to press. Comprehensive companion website contains lighting exercises, assets, challenges, and further resources to help you expand your skillset.
Voice-Over for Animation by
Voice Over for Animation takes animation and voice-over students and professionals alike through the animated voice-over world. The book provides information, exercises, and advice from professional voice-over artists. Now you can develop your own unique characters, and learn techniques to exercise your own voice gain the versatility you need to compete. You can also learn how to make a professional sounding demo CD, and find work in the field. Author MJ Lallo opened her own studio in 2000. She is a VO artist, director, producer, and casting director, casting from her own VO roster. She teaches VO as well and hires pros in the industry to guest direct. She just cast a video game for DreamWorks and also cast and contributed character reads to a Houghton-Mifflin American history book. The accompanying CD is professionally recorded, and features: 1. Improvization in character development 2. Examples of how to make an animation demo from beginning to final product. 3. Adapting your characters to animation scripts 4. Animation Talent Agent interviews 5. Casting Director interviews 6. Interviews with Animation Voice-Over Artists a. Nancy Cartwright (Bart, The Simpsons) b. Cathy Cavadini (Blossom, Power Puff Girls) c. Bill Farmer (Goofy)
The course introduces you to the creative phase of modeling 3D objects/assets in virtual space using a 3D software application. You will be taught to acquire skillsets in producing simple to complex objects using varied 3D techniques and sculpting. The subject will expose you to the rigors of modeling 3D objects which in turn will be integral to the production of your final output.
3ds Max Projects : a detailed guide to modeling, texturing, rigging, animation and lighting by
If you've ever wanted to know more about modeling, texturing, rigging, animating, and lighting in Autodesk's 3ds Max, then this is the book for you. The tutorials in3ds Max Projects deal with diverse topics including modeling characters and vehicles for beginners, character rigging, animation and topology, blending 3D and photography, and FX particles and dynamics. Written by top industry artists including the award-winning Matt Chandler and Pawel Podwojewski,3ds Max Projects is designed to be a one-stop resource for those looking to create their own 3D masterpieces.
After Effects and Cinema 4D Lite : 3D motion graphics and visual effects using CINEWARE by
One of the most exciting new features in After Effects is the integration of Cinema 4D using the CINEWARE plug-in and a free version of Cinema 4D Lite. Both provide a wide assortment of new 3D tools and options that are difficult or nearly impossible to achieve in After Effects alone. This book clearly demonstrates how the new 3D workflow bridges the two applications together to raise the design bar for motion graphics and broadcast design. Hands-on exercises teach you essential production skills including: Modeling in CINEMA 4D Lite Importing 3D models in After Effects Tracking 3D motion in After Effects Compositing with CINEWARE Using MoGraph features in CINEMA 4D Rendering and optimization techniques Additional online materials include project files and videos showcasing the techniques covered in the book. To access these materials, please see the 'eResources' tab.
AutoCAD 2014 3D Modeling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion DVD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2014 3D Modeling includes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2014.
Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production by
See Why Blender Is Right for Your Studio¿s Pipeline Blender for Animation and Film-Based Production explores why Blender is ideal for animation films. It demonstrates Blender¿s capability to do the job in each production department. Whether you are a beginner or more advanced user, you¿ll see why Blender should be taken into consideration in animation and film production. This Blender reference will help you: Manage your projects from start to finish Understand the different stages in any animation production See how studios work and develop their animation projects Describing the versatility and power of Blender, the book shows you why studios should incorporate Blender in their pipeline. It avoids tedious tutorials and incomprehensible examples. Instead, the book guides you toward finding efficient solutions for issues with your production files or pipeline. It familiarizes you with the animation industry and explores the risks involved in choosing Blender as a primary tool in animation studios.
Design Basics : 3D by
3D Design ideas and principles in one easy to use resource.
Drawing from the Model : fundamentals of digital drawing, 3D modeling, and visual programming in architectural design by
Bridges traditional and contemporary methods of creating architectural design drawings and 3D models through digital tools and computational processes. Drawing from the Model: Fundamentals of Digital Drawing, 3D Modeling, and Visual Programming in Architectural Design presents architectural design students, educators, and professionals with a broad overview of traditional and contemporary architectural representation methods. The book offers insights into developments in computing in relation to architectural drawing and modeling, by addressing historical analog methods of architectural drawing based on descriptive geometry and projection, and transitioning to contemporary digital methods based on computational processes and emerging technologies. Drawing from the Model offers digital tools, techniques, and workflows for producing architectural design drawings (plans, sections, elevations, axonometrics, and perspectives), using contemporary 2D drawing and 3D modeling design software. Visual programming is introduced to address topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulations, physical computing, and robotics. The book focuses on digital design software used in higher education and industry, including Robert McNeel & Associates Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino, and features an appendix filled with 10 design drawing and 3D modeling exercises intended as educational and pedagogical examples for readers to practice and/or teach workflows that are addresses in the book. Bridges analog hand-drawing and digital design drawing techniques Provides comprehensive coverage of architectural representation, computing, computer-aided drafting, and 3D modeling tools, techniques, and workflows, for contemporary architectural design drawing aesthetics and graphics. Introduces topics of parametric modeling, algorithmic design, computational simulation, physical computing, and robotics through visual programming environments and processes. Features tutorial-based instruction using the latest versions of Rhinoceros® (Rhino 6 for Windows), Grasshopper®, Adobe Illustrator® CC, and Arduino.
How to Cheat in 3ds Max 2014 : get spectacular results fast by
Why take months to learn every button in 3ds Max when you can create great visuals with just a few key tools? Utilize the tool of choice, 3ds Max 2014, for generating realistic environments, seamless CG effects, and jaw dropping games in a matter of hours. You can use the memory-hogging methods that choke your display and take forever to render, or you can get it done quickly and efficiently. Michael McCarthy offers a goldmine of artistic inspiration, timesaving tips & tricks, and step-by-step walkthroughs--you'll wonder how you every got by without it! Start animating today with detailed tutorials, source files, bitmaps, and video demonstrations--all featured on the companion website. This new edition has been completely revamped for 3ds Max 2014. You will find coverage on brand new features and tools such as Scene Management, iRay, Nitrous, Mass FX, and particles and physics.nbsp;How to Cheat in 3ds Max 2014 features interviews with industry professionals that will help you gain the edge you need in the competitive world of animation. 3ds Max luminary and recipient of the 2011 Autodesk 3ds Max Master Award, author Michael McCarthy shares his 3ds Max secrets and little-known tips and tricks that save users hours of time Includes all new content and advanced cheats on modelling, special effects, natural elements, and the particle system Proven How to Cheat series teaches how to create quick yet stunning special effects, animations, realistic textures, and game elements
Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation by
Stop motion animation is a challenging and time-consuming skill that requires patience, adaptability, and a close eye to detail. Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation, 3rd Edition is the essential guide to help stop motion animators overcome these challenges of this highly-skilled craft. Author Susannah Shaw provides a step-by-step guide to creating successful stop motioin films. Starting with some basic exercises, the reader will learn about developing a story, making models, creating sets and props, the mechanics of movements, filming postproduction, and how to set about finding that first elusive job in a modern studio. Key Features Interviews with current stars, step-by-step examples, coverage of Rapid Prototyping and Dragonframe Software　
Studio Companion Series 3D Design Basics by
3D Design Basics explores basic three-dimensional options for presenting design ideas, including models, paraline drawings, and perspective drawings. Students will be exposed to a variety of model-building tools and methods and learn how to start designing with quick rip-and-tear models.
The course introduces you to the creative phase of modeling 3D objects/assets in virtual space using a 3D software application. You will be taught to acquire skillsets in producing simple to complex objects using varied 3D techniques and sculpting. The subject will expose you to the rigors of modeling 3D objects which in turn will be integral to the production of your final output.
AutoCAD 2016 3D Modeling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial unitsto illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2016 3D Modelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2016. Features: *Covers 3D solid modeling, 3D surface modeling, working with cameras/lighting, rendering and imaging, dimensioning and drafting, and model interchange * Includes 50 "mini-workshops,"that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * Companion disc can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projectsand to see the book's figures in color * Written by an AutoDesk® Approved Instructor and Certified AutoDesk AutoCAD Master eBook Customers:Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
AutoCAD 2019 3D Modeling by
This book provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models, working with cameras and lights, assigning materials to objects, rendering, and printing. Unlike many AutoCAD competitors, it uses both metric and imperial units to illustrate the myriad tools for this popular application. Use the companion CD to set up drawing exercises and projects and see all of the book's figures including color. AutoCAD 2019 3DModelingincludes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) from beginning to end, without overlooking any of the basic commands and functions in AutoCAD 2019. Features: * Covers 3D solid modeling, 3D surface modeling, working with cameras/lighting, rendering and imaging, dimensioning and drafting, and model interchange * Includes 50 "mini-workshops," that complete small projects from concept through actual plotting. Solving all of the workshops will simulate the creation of full projects (architectural and mechanical) * Provides new and seasoned users with step-by-step procedures on creating and modifying 3D models in both metric and imperial units * Companion disc can be used to set up in-text drawing exercises and projects and to see the book's figures in color * Written by an AutoDesk® Approved Instructor and Certified AutoDesk AutoCAD Master The companion files include (files are also available for downloading from the publisher): --Drawing Exercises and Projects --Solutions to Exercises and Projects --All Images from the Text eBook Customers:Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
A beginner's guide to 3D modeling : a guide to Autodesk Fusion 360 by 
Blender 3D basics : a quick and easy-to-use guide to create 3D modeling and animation using Blender 2.7 by 
Computer Visualization for the Theatre : 3D modeling for designers by
Theatre designers using 3D software for computer visualisation in the theatre will find this book both a guide to the creative design process as well as an introduction to the use of computers in live performance. Covering the main software packages in use: Strata Studio Base, 3D Studio Max and 3D Studio Viz, the book provides techniques for 3D modelling alongside creative ideas and concepts for working in 3D space. Projects are provided to sharpen your awareness and digital skills as well as suggested further reading to broaden the scope of your theatrical and design knowledge. This book is both a useful day to day reference as well as an inspirational starting point for implementing your own ideas. The authors are experienced trainers in the field and understand the pitfalls to be avoided as well as the possibilities to be explored using computer visualisation for designing theatre space. They provide insightful hands on descriptions of techniques used in the development of performance projects set in the wider context of design considerations. The book is highly informative about the technology of computer visualisation providing examples of working practice applicable to all software.
Essential skills for 3D modeling, rendering, and animation by Learn Autodesk Inventor 2018 basics : 3D modeling, 2D graphics, and assembly design by Expose yourself to the basics of 3D-Animation and explore your creativity in creating and animating in virtual space. This course allows you to experience the different phases in 3D animation production, ranging from modeling, texturing, lighting, animating and rendering using current 3D application or software. You can create your own textured model assets, animate, and render them to merge with other media projects.
3ds Max Projects : a detailed guide to modeling, texturing, rigging, animation and lighting. by
If you've ever wanted to know more about modeling, texturing, rigging, animating, and lighting in Autodesk's 3ds Max, then this is the book for you. The tutorials in3ds Max Projects deal with diverse topics including modeling characters and vehicles for beginners, character rigging, animation and topology, blending 3D and photography, and FX particles and dynamics. Written by top industry artists including the award-winning Matt Chandler and Pawel Podwojewski,3ds Max Projects is designed to be a one-stop resource for those looking to create their own 3D masterpieces.
3D Storytelling : how stereoscopic 3D works and how to use it by
3D Storytellingis the ultimate guide for directors, cinematographers, producers, and designers of stereoscopic 3D movies and videos. With an emphasis on the aesthetic over the technical, this book is an essential foundation for showing you how to use 3D creatively to tell a story. Hollywood producer Bruce Block and Dreamworks stereoscopic supervisor Philip Captain 3D McNally blend their vast real-world experience and teaching skills to help you learn how to: * Think in 3D * Integrate 3D design into your script or story * Direct and design the 3D depth of your shots * Use stereoscopic windows * Work with the depth cues in 3D * Create a comfortable viewing experience for the audience * Plan editing and directorial considerations for 3D * Understand closed, open, and unstable 3D space Brimming with practical information that can be immediately applied to your 3D production, the book also features interviews with some of the industry's leading stereographers, as well as 3D diagrams and photographs that illustrate how 3D works, how it can be controlled in production, and how 3D can be used to tell a story. ed to your 3D production, the book also features interviews with some of the industry's leading stereographers, as well as 3D diagrams and photographs that illustrate how 3D works, how it can be controlled in production, and how 3D can be used to tell a story.
Aesthetic 3D Lighting : history, theory, and application by
Aesthetic 3D Lighting: History, Theory, and Application delves into the history, the theory, and the practical and aesthetic application of lighting in the fine arts and 3D animation. In this book, animation industry veteran and lighting expert Lee Lanier examines the importance of lighting and its ability to communicate information to the viewer. Lee examines the history of lighting as applied to the fine arts, film, photography, and 3D animation. He discusses the use of light color, light location and direction, and light shadow types to recreate specific locations and to generate moods. He includes guides for successful lighting in 3D animation. Software-agnostic examples lead you through useful 3D lighting set-ups. Chapter-long case studies step you through more complex 3D lighting projects in Autodesk Maya. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138737570) features 3D model files, scene files, and texture bitmaps, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques in Autodesk Maya and many other 3D programs. The lighting techniques covered in this book include: History of lighting as used in the fine arts The scientific mechanisms of light Light types and light application in 3D programs Light qualities including shadows variations Basic and advanced 3D lighting approaches 1-, 2-, 3-point, naturalistic, and stylistic lighting techniques Replication of real-world lighting scenarios and locations Overview of advanced 3D lighting and rendering systems
After Effects and Cinema 4D Lite : 3D motion graphics and visual effects using CINEWARE by
One of the most exciting new features in After Effects is the integration of Cinema 4D using the CINEWARE plug-in and a free version of Cinema 4D Lite. Both provide a wide assortment of new 3D tools and options that are difficult or nearly impossible to achieve in After Effects alone. This book clearly demonstrates how the new 3D workflow bridges the two applications together to raise the design bar for motion graphics and broadcast design. Hands-on exercises teach you essential production skills including: Modeling in CINEMA 4D Lite Importing 3D models in After Effects Tracking 3D motion in After Effects Compositing with CINEWARE Using MoGraph features in CINEMA 4D Rendering and optimization techniques Additional online materials include project files and videos showcasing the techniques covered in the book. To access these materials, please see the 'eResources' tab.
Anatomy for 3D Artists : the essential guide for CG professionals by
Anatomy for 3D Artistsis an essential teaching guide for sculpting human anatomy. Non-software specific, it is packed with everything today's 3D artist needs to know to tackle the difficult task of recreating the human form in 3D. Starting with 2D references, and moving on to practical and advanced 3D sculpting--including topology and animation preparation--every stage in the creation of an ideal male and female figure is covered. Featuring established artists such as Chris Legaspi and Mario Anger, there are also several master projects for an informative and in-depth overview of the 3D sculpting process, showing how the ideal human form can be adapted to fit any shape!
Digital Mayhem 3D Landscape Techniques : where inspiration, techniques and digital art meet by
The secrets to creating stunning landscapes are at your fingertips with Digital Mayhem 3D Landscapes Techniques. Compiled by Duncan Evans, launch Editor of 3D Artist Magazine, Digital Mayhem features a variety of beautiful art from some of the finest digital artists working today. Inspiration and technique meet here as you learn how to create every type of landscape from harsh desert savannahs to icy tundra. Using a blend of showcase images, step-by-step and long-form tutorials, you will be guided through the featured artist's process so you can incorporate their techniques and workflow into your own projects. Not just another button-pushing manual or coffee table book, Digital Mayhem will help develop your critical eye for composition, choice of camera lens, lighting, rendering, and post production, allowing you to work more intuitively. With insight from some of the best digital artists in the world, Digital Mayhem will have you creating your own masterpiece in no time! Unique coverage on a variety of software allows you to hone your skills across different platforms. Illustrious and colorful artwork coupled with artist insight will both inspire and inform your creative decisions. Comprehensive companion website offers additional resources for you to further expand your skillset.
Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion : the guide to non-puppet photographic animation techniques by
Single frame film-making has been around as long as film itself. It is the ancestor to modern day special effects and animation. Despite its age-old practice, Single frame film making and stop-motion animation continues to influence media and culture with its magic. Current advances in technology and classic stop motion techniques, such as pixilation, time-lapse photography and down shooting have combined to form exciting new approaches. Tom Gasek's Frame-By-Frame Stop Motion offers hands-on experience and various tricks, tips, and exercises to help strengthen skills and produce effective results. Interviews from experts in the field offer not only offer inspiration but also help readers learn how to apply skills and new applications. The companion website offers further instruction, recommended films, tools and resources for the both the novice and the expert. Key Features Features interviews with industry experts that offer inspiration and insight as well as detailed explanations of the inner workings of non-traditional stop motion techniques, processes, and workflows Applies professional stop motion techniques that have been taught and refined in the classroom and applied to leading stop motion films, exhibiting at South By Southwest, Cannes, and more Explores the stop motion opportunities beyond model rigs and puppetry. Re-visualizes stop motion character movements, build downshooter rigs, and configures digital workflows with After Effect tutorials while creating dynamic, creative and inspired stop motion films Offers new coverage of smart phones and their application in stop motion Covers motion control, Dragon Frame, evolution of timelapse, expanded light painting, DSLR cameras, and more
The Fundamentals of Animation by
Packed with examples from classic and contemporary films, The Fundamentals of Animation presents each stage of the animation production process in an engaging visual style, whilst providing an historical and critical context for four core disciplines- drawn/cel; 2D/3D stop-motion; computer generated; and experimental animation. With insightful commentary from leading animators, Wells and Moore also introduce you to the many different career paths open to aspiring animators, from storyboard artist or character designer to VFX artist or writer and director. They also provide you with key tips on producing engaging portfolios and show reels. - Illustrated with over 300 images, including preliminary sketches, frame-by-frame analyses and shots of animators at work. - Now explores the animated documentary genre and the role of visual effects and gaming in contemporary animation. - Features more than 20 interviews with a range of international practitioners including Pete Docter, Director, Monsters, Inc. (2001), Up (2009) and Inside Out (2015). Featured Artists Sarah Cox, ArthurCox Lluis Danti, Media Molecule Pete Docter, Pixar Paul Driessen Eric Fogel Cathal Gaffney, Brown Bag Films Adam Goddard Philip Hunt, STUDIO AKA The Brothers McLeod Bill Plympton Ellen Poon, Industrial Light and Magic Barry Purves Joanna Quinn Chris Randall, Second Home Studios Maureen Selwood Koji Yamamura
Learning Processing : a beginner's guide to programming images, animation, and interaction by
Learning Processing, Second Edition, is a friendly start-up guide to Processing, a free, open-source alternative to expensive software and daunting programming languages. Requiring no previous experience, this book is for the true programming beginner. It teaches the basic building blocks of programming needed to create cutting-edge graphics applications including interactive art, live video processing, and data visualization. Step-by-step examples, thorough explanations, hands-on exercises, and sample code, supports your learning curve. A unique lab-style manual, the book gives graphic and web designers, artists, and illustrators of all stripes a jumpstart on working with the Processing programming environment by providing instruction on the basic principles of the language, followed by careful explanations of select advanced techniques. The book has been developed with a supportive learning experience at its core. From algorithms and data mining to rendering and debugging, it teaches object-oriented programming from the ground up within the fascinating context of interactive visual media. This book is ideal for graphic designers and visual artists without programming background who want to learn programming. It will also appeal to students taking college and graduate courses in interactive media or visual computing, and for self-study.
Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation by
Stop motion animation is a challenging and time-consuming skill that requires patience, adaptability, and a close eye to detail. Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation, 3rd Edition is the essential guide to help stop motion animators overcome these challenges of this highly-skilled craft. Author Susannah Shaw provides a step-by-step guide to creating successful stop motioin films. Starting with some basic exercises, the reader will learn about developing a story, making models, creating sets and props, the mechanics of movements, filming postproduction, and how to set about finding that first elusive job in a modern studio. Key Features Interviews with current stars, step-by-step examples, coverage of Rapid Prototyping and Dragonframe Software　
Expose yourself to the basics of 3D-Animation and explore your creativity in creating and animating in virtual space. This course allows you to experience the different phases in 3D animation production, ranging from modeling, texturing, lighting, animating and rendering using current 3D application or software. You can create your own textured model assets, animate, and render them to merge with other media projects.
Aesthetic 3D Lighting : history, theory, and application by
Aesthetic 3D Lighting: History, Theory, and Application delves into the history, the theory, and the practical and aesthetic application of lighting in the fine arts and 3D animation. In this book, animation industry veteran and lighting expert Lee Lanier examines the importance of lighting and its ability to communicate information to the viewer. Lee examines the history of lighting as applied to the fine arts, film, photography, and 3D animation. He discusses the use of light color, light location and direction, and light shadow types to recreate specific locations and to generate moods. He includes guides for successful lighting in 3D animation. Software-agnostic examples lead you through useful 3D lighting set-ups. Chapter-long case studies step you through more complex 3D lighting projects in Autodesk Maya. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138737570) features 3D model files, scene files, and texture bitmaps, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques in Autodesk Maya and many other 3D programs. The lighting techniques covered in this book include: History of lighting as used in the fine arts The scientific mechanisms of light Light types and light application in 3D programs Light qualities including shadows variations Basic and advanced 3D lighting approaches 1-, 2-, 3-point, naturalistic, and stylistic lighting techniques Replication of real-world lighting scenarios and locations Overview of advanced 3D lighting and rendering systems
Animated storytelling : simple steps for creating animation & motion graphics by Animation by
From the earliest motion pictures and cartoons of the 1900s, to the latest 3D animated feature and CGI blockbuster, animation has always been a part of the cinematic experience. While the boundaries between animation and live-action have often been carefully tended, the ubiquity of contemporary computer imaging certainly blurs those lines, thereby confirming the importance of animation for the history of American cinema. The last installment of the acclaimed Behind the Silver Screen series, Animation explores the variety of technologies and modes of production throughout the history of American animation: the artisanal, solitary labors of early animators such as Winsor McCay, or of independent animators such as Mary Ellen Bute; the industrial assembly lines of Hollywood studio-unit animation; the parsimonious production houses of the post-studio, post-war era; the collaborative approach of boutique animation and special-effect houses. Drawing on archival sources, this volume provides not only an overview of American animation history, but also, by focusing on the relationship between production and style, a unique approach to understanding animation in general.
Blender quick start guide : 3D modeling, animation, and render with Eevee in Blender 2. 8 by The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics : computer modeling & animation by
Blender is a free and open source graphics program for computer modeling and animation incorporating Photorealstic Rendering, Realistic Materials, Character Rigging, Sculpting, UV Unwrapping, Compositing, Simulation, Camera and Object Tracking, Game Creation and Video Editing. The program is comprehensive. The interface is extensive. The creative experience is fantastic. The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics: Computer Modeling and Animation is a unified learning manual for beginners and a reference for advanced users. The manual introduces the basic components of the Blender program with reference to the interface using written instruction in conjunction with illustrations and examples. In this fourth edition of The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics the author has included changes to the program which eventuate as Blender is developed and improved. New subject matter has been added with examples. Key Features: Contents are structured in a building-block fashion, using content covered in early chapters to explain more complex content in later chapters. Describes the basic operations of the interface and the majority of its functions with visual references and practical examples Significantly expands discussion of advanced features providing the reader with a guide to the full potential of the program. > Key Features: Contents are structured in a building-block fashion, using content covered in early chapters to explain more complex content in later chapters. Describes the basic operations of the interface and the majority of its functions with visual references and practical examples Significantly expands discussion of advanced features providing the reader with a guide to the full potential of the program.
Global Animation Theory : international perspectives at Animafest Zagreb by
This book is open access and available on www.bloomsburycollections.com. It is funded by Knowledge Unlatched.Scanning historical and current trends in animation through different perspectives including art history, film, media and cultural studies is a prominent facet of today's theoretical and historical approaches in this rapidly evolving field. Global Animation Theory offers detailed and diverse insights into the methodologies of contemporary animation studies, as well as the topics relevant for today's study of animation. The contact between practical and theoretical approaches to animation at Animafest Scanner, is closely connected to host of this event, the World Festival of Animated Film Animafest Zagreb. It has given way to academic writing that is very open to practical aspects of animation, with several contributors being established not only as animation scholars, but also as artists. This anthology presents, alongside an introduction by the editors and a preface by well known animation scholar Giannalberto Bendazzi, 15 selected essays from the first three Animafest Scanner editions. They explore various significant aspects of animation studies, some of them still unknown to the English speaking communities.
Hands-On Motion Graphics with Adobe After Effects CC by Lighting for Animation : the art of visual storytelling by
Lighting for Animation　is designed with one goal in mind - to make you a better artist. Over the course of the book, Jasmine Katatikarn and Michael Tanzillo (Senior Lighting TDs, Blue Sky Studios) will train your eye to analyze your work more critically, and teach you approaches and techniques to improve your craft. Focusing on the main philosophies and core concepts utilized by industry professionals, this book builds the foundation for a successful career as a lighting artist in visual effects and computer animation. Inside you'll find in-depth instruction on: 　 * Creating mood and storytelling through lighting * Using light to create visual shaping * Directing the viewer's eye with light and color * Gathering and utilizing reference images * Successfully lighting and rendering workflows * Render layers and how they can be used most effectively * Specific lighting scenarios, including character lighting, environment lighting, and lighting an animated sequence * Material properties and their work with lighting * Compositing techniques essential for a lighter * A guide on how to start your career and achieve success as a lighting artist 　 This book is not designed to teach software packages--there are websites, instructional manuals, online demos, and traditional courses available to teach you how to operate specific computer programs.　 That type of training will teach you how to create an ℑ this book will teach you the technical skills you need to make that image beautiful.　 Key Features Stunning examples from a variety of films serve to inspire and inform your creative choices. Unique approach focuses on using lighting as a storytelling tool, rather than just telling you which buttons to press. Comprehensive companion website contains lighting exercises, assets, challenges, and further resources to help you expand your skillset.
In this course, you will learn how to apply the knowledge and skills you learned in earlier subjects to come up with communication materials that are effective, relevant, and contextualized. You will recall and develop your skills in typography, layout, color, writing, photography, and other relevant knowledge through focused design exercises and projects.
This course also has a service-learning component where you will create multimedia solutions for a certain community in order to help solve some of their previously identified problems.
After Effects for Designers : graphic and interactive design in motion by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
The Art of Graphic Design by
A revered classic of American design delights anew with the freshness and ingenuity of its approach Bradbury Thompson (1911-1995) remains one of the most admired and influential graphic designers of the twentieth century, having trained a generation of design students while on the faculty of the Yale School of Art for more than thirty years. The art director of Mademoiselle and design director of Art News and Art News Annual in the decades after World War II, Thompson was also a distinguished designer of limited-edition books, postage stamps, rationalized alphabets, corporate identification programs, trademarks, and sacred works (most notably the Washburn College Bible). Thompson also designed more than sixty issues of Westvaco Inspirations, a magazine that was published by the Westvaco Corporation and distributed to thousands of printers, designers, and teachers to show the range and versatility of printing papers. Thompson was especially revered for his ability to adapt classic typography for the modern world. Bradbury Thompson: The Art of Graphic Design is a landmark in the history of fine bookmaking. First published by Yale University Press in 1988 and designed by Thompson himself, it was praised by the New York Times as a book in which "art and design are gloriously and daringly mixed." Original texts by the author and other notable designers, critics, and art historians, including J. Carter Brown, Alvin Eisenman, and Steven Heller, explore Thompson's methods and design philosophy, and a newly commissioned afterword by Jessica Helfand attests to the enduring importance of his work. Both a retrospective and a manifesto, the book surveys Thompson's timeless contributions to American graphic design, including his experimental work and his work in magazines, typography, books, simplified alphabets, and contemporary postage stamps. Published for the first time in paperback, this classic text is now available for a new generation of designers and students. ]]>
Designing Interactive Hypermedia Systems by
This book aims at exploring and illustrating the different ways in which hypermedia systems and tools are designed according to those aspects. The design and visualization schemes included in any system will be related to the variety of social and technical complexities confronted by researchers in social, communication, humanities, art and design.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Expressive Type : unique typographic design in sketchbooks in print & on location around the globe by
Expressive Type showcases the work of major international designers working with typography in branding and advertising, environment, packaging and products, and self- initiated projects.
Graphic design school : a foundation course for graphic designers working in print, moving image and digital media by Interaction Design : from concept to completion by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
Introduction to Graphic Design : a guide to thinking, process & style by
For a great foundation as a graphic design student, look no further than Aaris Sherin 's Introduction to Graphic Design. Sherin will introduce you to the formal structure of graphic design, so you can understand and utilise the main techniques of your chosen profession, and learn how they apply to print and screen-based projects. Whether you need to conceptualise a new poster, develop an exciting advertisement, structure an app or create eye-catching signage, chapters can be read in any order you choose, depending on which area you wish to concentrate. Whatever your approach, you 'll be encouraged to use critical thinking, visual exploration and understand the special relationship graphic designers have to creative problem solving. There are also chapters devoted to imagery, color, and typography, using a thematic approach to creative problem-solving. With over 500 images showing examples from international designers, helpful diagrams, highlighted key terms and concepts, Design in Action case studies, exercises and chapter-by-chapter Dos and Don 'ts, Introduction to Graphic Design will give newcomers to graphic design the confidence to give visual form to concepts and ideas.
Layout Essentials : 100 design principles for using grids by
This revised and updated version of Layout Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Using Grids is an essential design text that outlines and demonstrates basic layout/grid guidelines and rules.
Layout for Graphic Designers : an introduction by
Layout for graphic design concerns the arrangement of text and images on a page. How these elements are positioned, both in relation to one another, and within the overall design scheme, will affect how content is viewed and received. Whether in print or online, it is key to powerful visual communication. Layout for Graphic Designers provides visual arts students with a theoretical and practical underpinning of this design subject. Packed with over 200 examples from key contemporary practices, and fully illustrated with clear diagrams and inspiring imagery, it offers an essential exploration of the subject. This third edition has been updated to include 25 new images and 6 new case studies from Lundgren + Lindqvist, TwoPoints.Net, Bruce Mau Design, Non-Format, Mind Design and Plau.
Layout Workbook : a real-world guide to building pages in graphic design by
Layout Workbook is one of five volumes in Rockport's series of practical and inspirational workbooks that cover the fundamental areas of the graphic design business.
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
In this course, you will learn how to apply the knowledge and skills you learned in earlier subjects to come up with communication materials that are effective, relevant, and contextualized. You will recall and develop your skills in typography, layout, color, writing, photography, and other relevant knowledge through focused design exercises and projects.
This course also has a service-learning component where you will create multimedia solutions for a certain community in order to help solve some of their previously identified problems.
After Effects for Designers : graphic and interactive design in motion by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
Fusion 360 for makers : design your own digital models for 3D printing and CNC fabrication by Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment : essential tools for video presentation by
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment is a guide to understanding the concepts and equipment used in projection and video design for live performances. After an introduction in the principles of design elements as well as information on content, this book focuses on how content is used and transmitted by describing the essential components of systems, providing definitions used in communicating video concepts, and including basic system troubleshooting tips and tricks. A brief history of projected imagery is included, as well as information on analog systems, as outdated technology continues to be used either by choice of the designer or by necessity due to budget. By providing the information to understand the tools and how to use them, the reader should be able to create their own systems to meet his or her design ideas.
Multimedia Foundations : core concepts for digital design by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Quality of Experience Paradigm in Multimedia Services : application to OTT video streaming and VoIP services by
The analysis of QoE is not an easy task, especially for multimedia services, because all the factors (technical and non-technical) that directly or indirectly influence the user-perceived quality have to be considered. This book describes different methods to investigate users' QoE from the viewpoint of technical and non-technical parameters using multimedia services. It discusses the subjective methods for both controlled and uncontrolled environments. Collected datasets are used to analyze users' profiles, which sheds light on key factors to help network service providers understand end-users' behavior and expectations. Important adaptive video streaming technologies are discussed that run on unmanaged networks to achieve certain QoS features. The authors present a scheduling method to allocate resources to the end-user based on users' QoE and optimizes the power efficiency of users' device for LTE-A. Lastly, two key aspects of 5G networks are presented: QoE using multimedia services (VoIP and video), and power-saving model for mobile device and virtual base station. Features two proven methods to collect datasets for assessing the user's QoE Investigates client-based HTTP rate adaptive video streaming algorithms over TCP protocol to regulate the user's QoE Discusses VoIP service and focuses on a QoE driven downlink scheduling method for LTE-A technology Introduces the concept of 'quality of experience' presenting all parameters which directly or indirectly influence the user's satisfaction within two well-used Internet services, multimedia OTT streaming and Voice over IP
Rapid media development for trainers : creating videos, podcasts, and presentations on a budget by White Space Is Not Your Enemy : a beginner's guide to communicating visually through graphic, web & multimedia design by
White Space Is Not Your Enemy is a practical graphic design and layout guide that introduces concepts and practices necessary for producing effective visual communication across a variety of formats--from web to print. Sections on Gestalt theory, color theory, and WET layout are expanded to offer more in-depth content on those topics. This new edition features new covering current trends in web design--Mobile-first, UI/UX design, and web typography--and how they affect a designer's approach to a project. The entire book will receive an update using new examples and images that show a more diverse set of graphics that go beyond print and web and focus on tablet, mobile and advertising designs.
MMINTDS will harness your full potential as a multimedia designer. It will also give you the ability to pool together design principles and conceptualization skills learned in your previous subjects. In addition, you will produce an effective user design interface (UI) that will make your websites and interactive digital media not just visually pleasing but also user friendly (UX). This course will also enable you to develop solutions/algorithms for problems related to multimedia programming as you will be introduced with scripting languages and their potentials in creating effective interactive applications.
After Effects for Designers : graphic and interactive design in motion by
After Effects for Designers teaches design students, artists, and web, graphic, and interactive designers how to design, develop, and deploy motion design projects using Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Jackson balances fundamental aspects of time-based design with related techniques, and explores the principles of animation; composition and layout; visual hierarchy; typography; cinematic storytelling; 3D modelling; compositing, and more. Each chapter contains unique, step-by-step project exercises that offer timesaving practical tips and hands-on design techniques, teaching readers how to effectively use the tools at their disposal in order to conceptualize and visualize creative solutions to their own motion design work. Readers will build professional-world examples in every chapter and, as a result, learn how to both design effectively using After Effects and practically apply these skills in client-based work. An accompanying companion website includes complete project files for the book's chapter exercises, and additional video tutorials.
Digital Advertising : theory and research by
Digital Advertising offers a detailed and current overview of the field that draws on current research and practice by introducing key concepts, models, theories, evaluation practices, conflicts, and issues. With a balance of theory and practice, this book helps provide the tools to evaluate and understand the effects of digital advertising and promotions campaigns. New to this edition is discussion of big data analysis, privacy issues, and social media, as well as thought pieces by leading industry practitioners. This book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate students, as well as academics and practitioners.
Digital Design in Action : creative solutions for designers by
Digital design is not only about creating visually appealing products and promotions; it needs to possess a practical aspect in addition to being aesthetically appealing. Digital Design in Action explores these pragmatic applications and the creative design aspects for various mediums, including the web, apps, ePub, visual presentations, and PDF. Using the latest digital publishing tools and a project-based pedagogy, this book includes projects ranging from real-world to experimental. Each chapter contains the perfect balance of vibrant figures, techniques and applications to help guide the reader into harnessing their inner potential. Key Features Presents methodologies used to deploy layouts for multiple digital output, using the latest tools and techniques Includes a supporting companion website containing digital examples, plus all exercise files and supporting art Contains end-of-chapter exercises and real-world and experimental projects Structured to help design students create dynamic content in class and on the job later down the line.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Interaction Design: from concept to completion by
Interaction Design explores common pitfalls, effective workflows and innovative development techniques in contemporary interaction design by tracking projects from initial idea to the critical and commercial reception of the finished project. The book is divided into six chapters, each focusing on different aspects of the interaction design industry. Exploring design projects from around the world, the authors include examples of the processes and creative decisions behind- Apps, games and websites Responsive branding Complex, large-scale services Interactive museum installations Targeted promotions Digital products which influence real-world situations Each case study includes behind-the-scenes development design work, interviews with key creatives and workshop projects to help you start implementing the techniques and working practices discussed in your own interaction design projects. From immersive tourist experiences, to apps which make day-to-day life easier, the detailed coverage of the design process shows how strategists, creatives and technologists are working with interactive technologies to create the engaging projects of the future.
New Directions in Mobile Media Art and performance by
New Directions in Mobile Media and Performanceexplores various performative projects and forms of expression that have emerged since the onset of the smartphone. It focuses mainly on new concepts and developments that have emerged in mobile media performance. It showcases the intimate and phenomenological mobile aesthetic, which has been unfolding within networked performance and media art projects for over a decade and a half. This aesthetic utilises the potential and affordances with each iteration and update of modern smartphones. Themes of embodiment, presence, liveness and connection through mobile, networked, and remote technology, and incorporate are revisited in the context of HD mobile cameras, selfies and live video streaming from the phone, as well as the impact of peer production, opensource, and Maker culture on mobile media performance practices. It explores the surge in development of wearable devices in performance, as well as how the 'quantified-self movement' has affected performance works. It deals with concepts and developments in intermedial performance that incorporate mobile and wearable devices, especially from the artist's, designer's or dramaturge's perspective as the creator and their creative process, working with technology as a collaborator, not just a tool or guide. The book demonstrates how artists have repurposed the device - transforming it from merely a communication device, using voice and text only - to become a new collaborative medium, a full visual, synaesthetic, interactive, and performative tool of deeper expression and social change. It discusses seminal works and the evolution of the medium, within intermedial digital art and performance practices as medium for artistic expression, creative process and staged performances. It focuses on projects and artists who have pushed mobile media performance beyond the conventional blackbox. Emerging visual, digital, interactive, tactile, gestural, and theatrical or performance projects that incorporate mobile or wearable devices, used as vehicles for more challenging, experimental, experiential and immersive performative artworks are highlighted. The book also contextualises Baker's own media research and performance practice within the larger landscape with the field. It is bookended with interviews with the artists themselves on their creative process and intentions. It is the outcome of 3 years of research of artistic works around the world, interviews, in-person viewings of performances, as well as incorporating and reflecting mine own ongoing practice and projects in context.
The Routledge Companion to Media Studies and Digital Humanities by
Although media studies and digital humanities are established fields, their overlaps have not been examined in depth. This comprehensive collection fills that gap, giving readers a critical guide to understanding the array of methodologies and projects operating at the intersections of media, culture, and practice. Topics include: access, praxis, social justice, design, interaction, interfaces, mediation, materiality, remediation, data, memory, making, programming, and hacking.
Visual Experiences : a concise guide to digital interface design by
Visual Experiences: A Concise Guide to Digital Interface Design provides step-by-step examples to enable readers to create an interface, guiding them from sketching an idea to creating an interactive prototype. This creation of a visual experience is achieved in three steps: thought, design, and interaction. This book focuses on the visual experience of digital interface design from the initial idea to end-user prototype. Key Features Shows how to design visual digital interface experiences: a concise guide to creating successful prototypes without programming. Teaches the whole process of how to sketch, design, and create interactions. Unlike other books, this book does not just give a list of terminologies, but workable examples and methods. Includes a wide range of basic to advanced exercises geared towards professionals and students alike. Includes many illustrations throughout the book, guiding the reader through the process.
MMINTDS will harness your full potential as a multimedia designer. It will also give you the ability to pool together design principles and conceptualization skills learned in your previous subjects. In addition, you will produce an effective user design interface (UI) that will make your websites and interactive digital media not just visually pleasing but also user friendly (UX). This course will also enable you to develop solutions/algorithms for problems related to multimedia programming as you will be introduced with scripting languages and their potentials in creating effective interactive applications.
Building design systems : unify user experiences through a shared design language by Conversational design by Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling : creating immersive stories across new media platforms by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment : essential tools for video presentation by
Media Design and Technology for Live Entertainment is a guide to understanding the concepts and equipment used in projection and video design for live performances. After an introduction in the principles of design elements as well as information on content, this book focuses on how content is used and transmitted by describing the essential components of systems, providing definitions used in communicating video concepts, and including basic system troubleshooting tips and tricks. A brief history of projected imagery is included, as well as information on analog systems, as outdated technology continues to be used either by choice of the designer or by necessity due to budget. By providing the information to understand the tools and how to use them, the reader should be able to create their own systems to meet his or her design ideas.
Multimedia Foundations : core concepts for digital design by
Understand the core concepts and skills of multimedia production and digital storytelling using text, graphics, photographs, sound, motion, and video. Then, put it all together using the skills that you have developed for effective project planning, collaboration, design, and production. Presented in full color with hundreds of vibrant illustrations, Multimedia Foundations, Second Edition trains you in the principles and skill sets common to all forms of digital media production, enabling you to create successful, engaging content, no matter what tools you are using. The second edition has been fully updated and features a new chapter on video production and new sections on user-centered design, digital cinema standards (2K, 4K, and 8K video), and DSLR and video camcorder recording formats and device settings. The companion website, which features a wealth of web resources, glossary terms, and video tutorials, has also been updated with new content for both students and instructors.
Practical UI Patterns for Design Systems : fast-track interaction design for a seamless user experience by
Understanding UI patterns is invaluable to anyone creating websites for the first time. It helps you make connections between which tools are right for which jobs, understand the processes, and think deeply about the context of a problem. This is your concise guide to the tested and proven general mechanisms for solving recurring user interface problems, so that you don't have to reinvent the wheel. You'll see how to find a pattern you can apply to a given UI problem and how to deconstruct patterns to understand them in depth, including their constraints. UI patterns lead to better use of existing conventions and converging web standards. This book shows you how to spot anti-patterns, how to mix and match patterns, and how they inform design systems. By helping the non-web professionals and junior web professionals of the world use basic patterns, the web industry can put its best foot forward as new interfaces such as VR/AR/MR, conversational UIs, machine learning, voice input, evolving gestural interactions and more infiltrate the market. Given the emerging popularity of design systems and space of DesignOps, as well as the rise of companies competing on design and usability, now is the time to think about how we use and evolve UI patterns and scale design systems. What You'll Learn Produce intuitive products through consistency and familiarity. Save time instead of starting from scratch. Communicate design decisions with evidence to support solutions. Use smart defaults without extensive product design experience. Improve a user's experience. Scale growing business with design. Who This Book Is For Those familiar with creating websites and want to learn more, WordPress bloggers, or marketers who want to weave components together into a usable, revenue-generating experience.
Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design : sound design and audio implementation for interactive and immersive media by
Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is a comprehensive introduction to the art of sound for games and interactive media using Unity. This accessible guide encompasses both the conceptual challenges of the artform as well as the technical and creative aspects, such as sound design, spatial audio, scripting, implementation and mixing. Beginning with basic techniques, including linear and interactive sound design, before moving on to advanced techniques, such as procedural audio, Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is supplemented by a host of digital resources, including a library of ready-to-use, adaptable scripts. This thorough introduction provides the reader with the skills and tools to combat the potential challenges of game audio independently. Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is the perfect primer for beginner- to intermediate-level readers with a basic understanding of audio production and Unity who want to learn how to gain a foothold in the exciting world of game and interactive audio.
Shoot, Edit, Share : video production for mass media, marketing, advertising, and public relations by
Shoot, Edit, Share is an interactive, accessible introduction to video production techniques, concepts, and terminology. With the increasing availability of affordable video equipment, many students and professionals need to learn the basics of video production without being overwhelmed by technical details and equipment lists. Covering preproduction, production, editing in post, and distribution, this book shows you how to produce video quickly and effectively for a range of clients, from commercial firms to community service organizations. Key features include: A companion website including video interviews with professionals that demonstrate and reinforce techniques covered in the book; Service-learning exercises that engage readers in real-world learning experiences, encouraging them to interact with their communities and new clients; Clear, easy to follow and heavily illustrated guides for all of the equipment and processes that go into video production; Focus on creating stories for a target audience, and building convincing and engrossing narrative through videos; A thorough breakdown of all the techniques needed in post-production, through editing, well-designed graphics, and quality sound; A best-practices guide to viral videos, sharing video content online and increasing its exposure on social media sites; QR codes throughout the book, that when scanned, demonstrate video techniques and concepts related to what was read.
Traceable Human Experiment Design Research : theoretical model and practical guide by
The aim of this book is to describe the methodology of conducting the THEDRE research "Traceable Human Experiment Design Research". It applies to Research in Human Centered Informatics (RICH). These are areas of computer research that integrate users to build scientific knowledge and supporting tools for this research. As an example, we can mention the relevant fields such as Information Systems (IS), Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) Engineering, and Human Information Systems (HIA). The construction of this language and method is based on experiments conducted since 2008 in the field of RICH.
Visualizing streaming data : interactive analysis beyond static limits by Business Ventures in Multimedia
In this course, exposes you to the world of business and entrepreneurship in the field of multimedia arts. It aims you to explore and consider multimedia arts not just as a career option but rather a potentially profitable business venture.
This course will cover the basics of spotting an opportunity, ideation, writing a business plan, and building a viable business model. It also introduces key project management and leadership skills (project coordination, time and resource management, fostering creative collaboration, monitoring progress, and evaluation) involved in business ventures.
Arts and Entrepreneurship by
Interest in entrepreneurship in the arts has grown in recent years. This book brought together experts and thought leaders from around the world to uncover business success strategies for individuals engaged in the arts worldwide.
Business Research : a guide to planning, conducting, and reporting your study by
Business Research: A Guide to Planning, Conducting and Reporting Your Study bridges the academic foundation and the practical application of research methodology through an in-depth and insightful tour of the research process--exploring, planning, creating, conducting, collecting, analyzing, and reporting. The text weaves together timeless principles, emerging ideas, contemporary examples and modern tools in a narrative that is both authoritative and supportive. Integrating a unique Roadmap framework throughout, Business Research navigates students from the start of their initial inquiry to their final stop in reporting their findings, building their confidence as they move point-to-point in their journey. Written with exceptional clarity and focus, Donald Cooper has created a guide to research that will be valuable to students in their academic pursuits as well as their professional careers.
Creating Smart Enterprises : leveraging cloud, big data, web, social media, mobile and IoT technologies by
"Vivek Kale's Creating Smart Enterprises goes smack-dab at the heart of harnessing technology for competing in today's chaotic digital era. Actually, for him, it's SMACT-dab: SMACT (Social media, Mobile, Analytics and big data, Cloud computing, and internet of Things) technologies. This book is required reading for those that want to stay relevant and win, and optional for those that don't." --Peter Fingar, Author of Cognitive Computing and business technology consultant Creating Smart Enterprises unravels the mystery of social media, mobile, analytics and big data, cloud, and Internet of Things (SMACT) computing and explains how it can transform the operating context of business enterprises. It provides a clear understanding of what SMACT really means, what it can do for smart enterprises, and application areas where it is practical to use them. All IT professionals who are involved with any aspect of a SMACT computing project will profit by using this book as a roadmap to make a more meaningful contribution to the success of their computing initiatives. This pragmatic book: Introduces the VUCA (volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity) business ecosystem confronted by the businesses today. Describes the challenges of defining business and IT strategies and of aligning them as well as their impact on enterprise governance. Provides a very wide treatment of the various components of SMACT computing, including the Internet of Things (IoT) and its constituting technologies like RFID, wireless networks, sensors, and wireless sensor networks (WSNs). This book addresses the key differentiator of SMACT computing environments and solutions that combine the power of an elastic infrastructure with analytics. The SMACT environment is cloud-based and inherently mobile. Information management processes can analyze and discern recurring patterns in colossal pools of operational and transactional data. Analytics, big data, and IoT computing leverage and transform these data patterns to help create successful, smart enterprises.
Entrepreneurship : the practice and mindset by
Based on the world-renowned Babson Entrepreneurship program, this new text emphasizes practice and learning through action. Students will walk away from this text with the entrepreneurial mindset, skillset and toolset that can be applied to startups as well as organizations of all kinds. Suitable for students from a variety of academic backgrounds.
The Media Handbook : a complete guide to advertising media selection, planning, research, and buying by
The Media Handbook provides a practical introduction to the advertising media planning and buying processes. Emphasizing basic calculations and the practical realities of offering alternatives and evaluating the plan, this sixth edition reflects the critical changes in how advertising in various media is planned, bought, and sold by today¿s industry professionals. Author Helen Katz looks at the larger marketing, advertising, and media objectives, and follows with an exploration of major media categories, covering paid, owned, and earned media forms, including digital media. She provides a comprehensive analysis of planning and buying, with a continued focus on how those tactical elements tie back to the strategic aims of the brand and the client. Also available is a Companion Website that expands The Media Handbook¿s content in an online forum. Here, students and instructors can find tools to enhance course studies such as chapter overviews, PowerPoint slides, and sample questions. With its emphasis on real-world industry practice, The Media Handbook provides an essential introduction to students in advertising, media planning, communication, and marketing. It serves as an indispensable reference for anyone pursuing a career in media planning, buying, and research.
The New Rules of Marketing and PR : how to use social media, online video, mobile applications, blogs, newsjacking, and viral marketing to reach buyers directly by
The international bestseller--now in a new edition When it comes to marketing, anything goes in the Digital Age, right? Well, not quite. While marketing and public relations tactics do seem to change overnight, every smart businessperson knows that it takes a lot more than the 'next big thing.' The New Rules of Marketing & PR is an international bestseller with more than 375,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages. In the latest edition of this pioneering guide to the future of marketing, you'll get a step-by-step action plan for leveraging the power of the latest approaches to generating attention for your idea or your business. You'll learn how get the right information to the right people at the right time--at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising. The Internet continues to change the way people communicate and interact with each other, and if you're struggling to keep up with what's trending in social media, online videos, apps, blogs, or more, your product or service is bound to get lost in the ether. In The New Rules of Marketing & PR, you'll get access to the tried-and-true rules that will keep you ahead of the curve when using the latest and greatest digital spaces to their fullest PR, marketing, and customer-communications potential. Keeping in mind that your audience is savvy and crunched for time, this essential guide shows you how to cut through the online clutter to ensure that your message gets seen and heard. Serves as the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and non-profit managers Offers a wealth of compelling case studies and real-world examples Includes information on new platforms including Facebook Live and Snapchat Shows both small and large organizations how to best use Web-based communication Finally, everything you need to speak directly to your audience and establish a personal link with those who make your business work is in one place.
Print/maker : designers, artists, artisans, entrepreneurs : inky, creative success by 
The Strategic Digital Media Entrepreneur by
A goldmine of strategic insights and practical business guidance covering all aspects of media entrepreneurship in the Digital Age The media industry is facing epic upheaval. Revolutionary new technologies compel those in businesses as diverse as broadcasting to book publishing to radically recreate their business models or be left in history's wake. At the same time, those with the next big idea are eager to acquire the business know-how needed to make it in today's brave new world of media. Written by a uniquely well-qualified author team, this book addresses the concerns of both audiences. Penelope Muse Abernathy and JoAnn Sciarrino provide timely lessons on everything from media financing to marketing, business strategy to leadership, innovation to business accounting. They use numerous case studies and real-world vignettes to reveal the success secrets of today's hottest media entrepreneurs, as well as the fatal flaws that leads many promising new ventures down the road to ruin. They begin with a primer on digital entrepreneurship basics, covering how to create a winning digital business model, obtain financing, do business accounting, identify strategic challenges, and more. From there they show you how to: Develop sustainable customer-focused strategies while overcoming the unique leadership challenges of the Digital Age Define your company's unique value proposition, prioritize investments in key assets, and form strategic partnerships and alliances Understand and prepare to exploit the vast potential inherent in the next generation of digital technologies, including artificial intelligence, virtual reality, and blockchain, among others The two companion websites feature a wealth of supplemental material, including updates, instructional videos, essays by media leaders, as well as PowerPoint presentations and study guides for instructors. Packed with practical insights and guidance on all aspects of the business of media in the Digital Age, The Strategic Digital Media Entrepreneur is a must-have resource for professionals and students alike in advertising, marketing, business strategy, entrepreneurship, finance, social media, and more.
Strategic Writing : multimedia writing for public relations, advertising and more by
In its fourth edition, Strategic Writing emphasizes the goal-oriented mission of high-quality public relations and media writing with clear, concise instructions for more than 40 types of documents. This multidisciplinary text covers writing for public relations, advertising, sales and marketing, and business communication. In addition, it includes concise chapters on topics such as diversity, ethics and the legal aspects of strategic writing. Featuring a spiral binding, examples for each document and a user-friendly "recipe" approach, Strategic Writing is ideal for undergraduate PR or advertising writing classes that take an interdisciplinary approach. This new edition devotes new attention throughout to social media and writing in the digital realm, and features new and updated online resources for students and instructors.
Writing a Business Plan : a practical guide by
Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs, and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Planis designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing, with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing, financial, operations, HR, legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you, including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan.
Business Ventures in Multimedia
In this course, exposes you to the world of business and entrepreneurship in the field of multimedia arts. It aims you to explore and consider multimedia arts not just as a career option but rather a potentially profitable business venture.
This course will cover the basics of spotting an opportunity, ideation, writing a business plan, and building a viable business model. It also introduces key project management and leadership skills (project coordination, time and resource management, fostering creative collaboration, monitoring progress, and evaluation) involved in business ventures.
Business Report Guides : research reports and business plans by
This book offers tactics for creating business plans as well as research reports. Readers will find guides for planning research projects; writing proposals; identifying major findings; drawing conclusions; and using them to recommend appropriate actions--along with citing sources, numbering pages, and displaying visuals. The book examines business plans--why entrepreneurs need them, the objectives and contents of business plans, and how-to guides for each part. Business Report Guides can be your go-to source for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can gain information for immediate use. Keep it handy and refer to it often when reporting research or when planning a new business or altering an existing one.
Business Writing for Dummies by
Business writing that gets results The ability to write well is a key part of your professional success. From reports and presentations to emails and Facebook posts, whether you're a marketer, customer service rep, or manager, being able to write clearly and for the right audience is critical to moving your business forward. The techniques covered in this new edition of Business Writing For Dummies will arm you with the skills you need to write better business communications that inform, persuade, and win business. How many pieces of paper land on your desk each day, or emails in your inbox? Your readers-the people you communicate with at work-are no different. So how can you make your communications stand out and get the job done? From crafting a short and sweet email to bidding for a crucial project, Business Writing For Dummies gives you everything you need to achieve high-impact business writing. Draft reports, proposals, emails, blog posts, and more Employ editing techniques to help you craft the perfect messages Adapt your writing style for digital media Advance your career with great writing In today's competitive job market, being able to write well is a skill you can't afford to be without-and Business Writing For Dummies makes it easy!
The New Rules of Marketing and PR : how to use social media, online video, mobile applications, blogs, newsjacking, and viral marketing to reach buyers directly by
The international bestseller--now in a new edition When it comes to marketing, anything goes in the Digital Age, right? Well, not quite. While marketing and public relations tactics do seem to change overnight, every smart businessperson knows that it takes a lot more than the 'next big thing.' The New Rules of Marketing & PR is an international bestseller with more than 375,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages. In the latest edition of this pioneering guide to the future of marketing, you'll get a step-by-step action plan for leveraging the power of the latest approaches to generating attention for your idea or your business. You'll learn how get the right information to the right people at the right time--at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising. The Internet continues to change the way people communicate and interact with each other, and if you're struggling to keep up with what's trending in social media, online videos, apps, blogs, or more, your product or service is bound to get lost in the ether. In The New Rules of Marketing & PR, you'll get access to the tried-and-true rules that will keep you ahead of the curve when using the latest and greatest digital spaces to their fullest PR, marketing, and customer-communications potential. Keeping in mind that your audience is savvy and crunched for time, this essential guide shows you how to cut through the online clutter to ensure that your message gets seen and heard. Serves as the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and non-profit managers Offers a wealth of compelling case studies and real-world examples Includes information on new platforms including Facebook Live and Snapchat Shows both small and large organizations how to best use Web-based communication Finally, everything you need to speak directly to your audience and establish a personal link with those who make your business work is in one place.
On-Camera Coach : tools and techniques for business professionals in a video-driven world by
The invaluable handbook for acing your on-camera appearance On-Camera Coach is your personal coach for becoming great on camera. From Skype interviews and virtual conferences to shareholder presentations and television appearances, this book shows you how to master the art of on-camera presentation to deliver your message clearly, effectively, and with confidence. Fear of public speaking is common, but even the most seasoned speakers freeze in front of a single lens--being on camera demands an entirely new set of skills above and beyond the usual presentation to an audience you can actually see. It requires special attention to the way you move, the way you speak, and even the way you dress. This book provides the guidance and tools you need to ace it every time. Video is powerful, and it is everywhere; corporate YouTube channels, webinars, virtual meetings, TedTalks, and more are increasingly turning the lens on those who typically remain behind the scenes. This relatively recent trend will continue to expand as media plays a larger role in business, and the ability to appear confident, authoritative, and polished is becoming a necessary job skill. This book shows you everything you need to know about being on camera, from preparation through presentation and beyond. Learn how to prepare for an on-camera appearance Tailor your presentation to on-camera demands Discover how the camera interprets wardrobe and body language Appear dynamic, confident, and engaged when the lens points your way The lens captures everything--the awkward pauses, the nervous fidgets, poor posture, and every false start and mistake is captured for posterity. Is that the image you want to present? You want to get your message across and be heard; to do that, you must portray authority, energy, and confidence--even when you don't feel it. On-Camera Coach provides the expert instruction and insider secrets that help you make your message sing.
Producing Written and Oral Business Reports : formatting, illustrating, and presenting by
Producing Written and Oral Business Reports: Formatting, Illustrating, and Presenting emphasizes cost-effective methods for producing reports that will do what you want them to do. Numerous examples, helpful illustrations, concise writing style, and convenient checklists let you acquire vital information rapidly. Producing Written and Oral Business Reports is a how-to guide for report creation throughout your career!
Shoot, Edit, Share : video production for mass media, marketing, advertising, and public relations by
Shoot, Edit, Share is an interactive, accessible introduction to video production techniques, concepts, and terminology. With the increasing availability of affordable video equipment, many students and professionals need to learn the basics of video production without being overwhelmed by technical details and equipment lists. Covering preproduction, production, editing in post, and distribution, this book shows you how to produce video quickly and effectively for a range of clients, from commercial firms to community service organizations. Key features include: A companion website including video interviews with professionals that demonstrate and reinforce techniques covered in the book; Service-learning exercises that engage readers in real-world learning experiences, encouraging them to interact with their communities and new clients; Clear, easy to follow and heavily illustrated guides for all of the equipment and processes that go into video production; Focus on creating stories for a target audience, and building convincing and engrossing narrative through videos; A thorough breakdown of all the techniques needed in post-production, through editing, well-designed graphics, and quality sound; A best-practices guide to viral videos, sharing video content online and increasing its exposure on social media sites; QR codes throughout the book, that when scanned, demonstrate video techniques and concepts related to what was read.
Writing a Business Plan : a practical guide by
Resourcing new ventures is-all important for entrepreneurs, and creating a successful business plan can be make or break when it comes to attracting investment. Written by an experienced academic and consultant, this book provides a concise guide for producing the optimal business plan. Business plans are vital when it comes to making strategic decisions and monitoring progress. Writing a Business Plan is designed to teach you how to write your business plan without relying on someone else or internet templates. It will take you through each stage of business-plan writing, with chapters on generating ideas; describing business opportunities; drawing a business road map; and considering marketing, financial, operations, HR, legal and risk. The book includes a range of features to assist you, including worked-through examples. This unique book provides a one-stop shop for entrepreneurs and students of entrepreneurship to hone their skills in writing a useful and comprehensive business plan.
MMINTER introduces you to a comprehensive overview of web design and development. You will have an improved understanding of web development process and integration methods and be able to conceptualize and build websites that are mobile ready, accessible and usable to a broad spectrum of users using standard-compliant markups, frameworks and content management systems.
Apart from this, you will also learn how to set-up and implement user-centered static and dynamic web projects with strong foundations which are accessible in various browsing situations from mobile devices and netbooks, to desktops and screen-readers.
Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book (2018 Release) by
Creative professionals seeking the fastest, easiest, most comprehensive way to learn Adobe Dreamweaver CC (2018 release) choose Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book (2018 release) from the best-selling series of hands-on software training workbooks from Adobe Press. The 12 project-based step-by-step lessons in this book show users the key techniques for working in Dreamweaver. Learn how to create webpages for the modern web with a minimum of hand coding; incorporate graphics, and text; add links to text and images; add interactive elements to your sites, such as HTML5-compatible interactivity; work with the latest HTML5 and CSS3 code and structures; and publish a finished site to the web. Four additional online lessons provide valuable hands-on experience in working with code and how to use and customize web frameworks to build a fully responsive site design to support a wide variety of desktop computers and mobile devices. The online assets also include three bonus exercises for HTML and Cascading Style Sheets, and creating web assets, essential to your understanding of web design and website development. That's 16 total lessons chock full of invaluable information and real world examples. The online companion files include all the necessary assets for readers to complete the projects featured in each lesson as well as ebook updates when Adobe releases relevant new features for Creative Cloud customers. All buyers of the book get full access to the Web Edition: a Web-based version of the complete ebook enhanced with video and multiple-choice quizzes.
The Complete Software Developer's Career Guide by
Technical Knowledge Alone Isn't Enough - Increase Your Income by Leveling Up Your Soft Skills Early in his software developer career, John Sonmez discovered that technical knowledge alone isn't enough to break through to the next income level - developers need "soft skills" like the ability to learn new technologies just in time, communicate clearly with management and consulting clients, negotiate a fair hourly rate, and unite teammates and coworkers in working toward a common goal. As John invested in these skills his career took off, and he became a highly paid, highly sought-after developer and consultant. Today John helps more than 1.4 million programmers every year to increase their income by developing this unique blend of skills. "If you're a developer, green or a veteran, you owe it to yourself to read The Complete Software Developers Career Guide." - Jason Down, Platform Developer, Ontario, Canada What You Will Learn in This Book How to systematically find and fill the gaps in your technical knowledge so you can face any new challenge with confidence Should you take contract work - or hold out for a salaried position? Which will earn you more, what the tradeoffs are, and how your personality should sway your choice Should you learn JavaScript, C#, Python, C++? How to decide which programming language you should master first Ever notice how every job ever posted requires "3-5 years of experience," which you don't have? Simple solution for this frustrating chicken-and-egg problem that allows you to build legitimate job experience while you learn to code Is earning a computer science degree a necessity - or a total waste of time? How to get a college degree with maximum credibility and minimum debt Coding bootcampssome are great, some are complete scams. How to tell the difference so you don't find yourself cheated out of $10,000 Interviewer tells you, "Dress code is casual around here - the development team wears flipflops." What should you wear? How do you deal with a boss who's a micromanager. Plus how helping your manager with his goals can make you the MVP of your team The technical skills that every professional developer must have - but no one teaches you (most developers are missing some critical pieces, they don't teach this stuff in college, you're expected to just "know" this) An inside look at the recruiting industry. What that "friendly" recruiter really wants from you, how they get paid, and how to avoid getting pigeonholed into a job you'll hate Who Should Read This Book Entry-Level Developers This book will show you how to ensure you have the technical skills your future boss is looking for, create a resume that leaps off a hiring manager's desk, and escape the "no work experience" trap. Mid-Career Developers You'll see how to find and fill in gaps in your technical knowledge, position yourself as the one team member your boss can't live without, and turn those dreaded annual reviews into chance to make an iron-clad case for your salary bump. Senior Developers This book will show you how to become a specialist who can command above-market wages, how building a name for yourself can make opportunities come to you, and how to decide whether consulting or entrepreneurship are paths you should pursue. Brand New Developers In this book you'll discover what it's like to be a professional software developer, how to go from "I know some code" to possessing the skills to work on a development team, how to speed along your learning by avoiding common beginner traps, and how to decide whether you should invest in a programming degree or "bo
Computer Organization and Design : the hardware/software interface by
The new ARM Edition of Computer Organization and Design features a subset of the ARMv8-A architecture, which is used to present the fundamentals of hardware technologies, assembly language, computer arithmetic, pipelining, memory hierarchies, and I/O. With the post-PC era now upon us, Computer Organization and Design moves forward to explore this generational change with examples, exercises, and material highlighting the emergence of mobile computing and the Cloud. Updated content featuring tablet computers, Cloud infrastructure, and the ARM (mobile computing devices) and x86 (cloud computing) architectures is included. An online companion Web site provides links to a free version of the DS-5 Community Edition (a free professional quality tool chain developed by ARM), as well as additional advanced content for further study, appendices, glossary, references, and recommended reading.
Fundamentals of Web Development by
For courses in Web Programming and Design: Numerous Mark-up / Scripting Languages, as part of the CS1 course sequence. Master the fundamentals of web development Fundamentals of Web Development, 2nd Edition guides students through the creation of enterprise-quality websites using current development frameworks. Written by a leading teacher in the field and designed for serious programmers, this book is as valuable to students as a dev bootcamp. Its practical approach and comprehensive insight into the practice of web development covers HTML5, CSS3, Javascript, and the LAMP stack (that is, Linux, Apache, MySQL, and PHP), jQuery, XML, WordPress, Bootstrap, and a variety of third-party APIs that include Facebook, Twitter, Google, and Bing Maps. Coverage also includes the required ACM web development topics, aligned with real-world web development best practices. The 2nd Edition faithfully covers the most vital trends and innovations in the field since 2013, while continuing to provide a thorough and comprehensive overview.
Introduction to Web Interaction Design : with HTML and CSS by
This book introduces standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties commonly used in Web design as well as design guidelines for their effective use. Its approach of explaining every line of code in the examples it uses to show the usage of the HTML elements and CSS properties introduced makes it an invaluable Web design resource for beginners as well as intermediates looking to fill in gaps in their knowledge. In addition, the inclusion of user-centered design process stages and how they are best managed in website development makes the book unique in its area. Also, the book's approach of including challenges after each topic to help refresh readers' knowledge, as well as make them think, ensures that there are ample activities to keep learners motivated and engaged. Key Features Comprehensively covers standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties. Includes a lot of challenges/exercises; one after each HTML element or CSS property introduced and demonstrated with examples. Example codes can be copied and pasted as-is to implement and experiment with. For every HTML element or CSS property introduced, guidelines are provided, where relevant, on how to best use them in a design to enhance usability and accessibility. Includes comprehensive explanation of flexible box and grid layout models and how to use them to create responsive and adaptive Web design. Covers the importance of visual aesthetics in design, including design elements and principles and examples of how they can be applied in Web design to produce good user experience. Includes comprehensive guidelines on how to design for standard and mobile screens, including discussion of touch gesture interaction design and standard gestures and the functions for which they are most commonly used. Introduces the stages of user-centered design process, including Web accessibility and user-experience testing, and managerial aspects of Web development, including intellectual property. Provides a brief introduction on how to make HTML and CSS codes more compact and more efficient and how to combine them with other languages commonly used in Web design and development, such as JavaScript, AJAX, and PHP.
Managing the Web of Things : linking the real world to the web by
Managing the Web of Things: Linking the Real World to the Web presents a consolidated and holistic coverage of engineering, management, and analytics of the Internet of Things. The web has gone through many transformations, from traditional linking and sharing of computers and documents (i.e., Web of Data), to the current connection of people (i.e., Web of People), and to the emerging connection of billions of physical objects (i.e., Web of Things). With increasing numbers of electronic devices and systems providing different services to people, Web of Things applications present numerous challenges to research institutions, companies, governments, international organizations, and others. This book compiles the newest developments and advances in the area of the Web of Things, ranging from modeling, searching, and data analytics, to software building, applications, and social impact. Its coverage will enable effective exploration, understanding, assessment, comparison, and the selection of WoT models, languages, techniques, platforms, and tools. Readers will gain an up-to-date understanding of the Web of Things systems that accelerates their research.
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers by
Update your skill set for ES 6 and 7 with the ultimate JavaScript guide for pros Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the essential guide to next-level JavaScript development. Written for intermediate-to-advanced programmers, this book jumps right into the technical details to help you clean up your code and become a more sophisticated JavaScript developer. From JavaScript-specific object-oriented programming and inheritance, to combining JavaScript with HTML and other markup languages, expert instruction walks you through the fundamentals and beyond. This new fourth edition has been updated to cover ECMAScript 6 and 7 (also known as ES2015 and ES2016) and the major re-imagination and departure from ES 5.1; new frameworks and libraries, new techniques, new testing tools, and more are explained in detail for the professional developer, with a practical focus that helps you put your new skills to work on real-world projects. The latest'and most dramatic?ES release is already being incorporated into JavaScript engines in major browsers; this, coupled with the rise in mobile web traffic increasing demand for responsive, dynamic web design, means that all web developers need to update their skills'and this book is your ideal resource for quick, relevant guidance. Get up to date with ECMAScript 6 and 7, new frameworks, and new libraries Delve into web animation, emerging APIs, and build systems Test more effectively with mocks, unit tests, functional tests, and other tools Plan your builds for future ES releases Even if you think you know JavaScript, new ES releases bring big changes that will affect the way you work. For a professional-level update that doesn't waste time on coding fundamentals, Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the ultimate resource to bring you up to speed.
Web Coding and Development All-In-One for Dummies by
Speak the languages that power the web With more high-paying web development jobs opening every day, people with coding and web/app building skills are having no problems finding employment. If you're a would-be developer looking to gain the know-how to build the interfaces, databases, and other features that run modern websites, web apps, and mobile apps, look no further. Web Coding & Development All-in-One For Dummies is your go-to interpreter for speaking the languages that handle those tasks. Get started with a refresher on the rules of coding before diving into the languages that build interfaces, add interactivity to the web, or store and deliver data to sites. When you're ready, jump into guidance on how to put it all together to build a site or create an app. Get the lowdown on coding basics Review HTML and CSS Make sense of JavaScript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL Create code for web and mobile apps There's a whole world of opportunity out there for developers--and this fast-track boot camp is here to help you acquire the skills you need to take your career to new heights!
Web design with HTML5 & CSS3. Comprehensive by
Introduce your students to the latest, industry-leading, website development practices with the newest book in the remarkable Shelly Cashman Series. For more than three decades, the Shelly Cashman Series has effectively introduced computer skills to millions of students. Now, Minnick�s HTML5 AND CSS3: COMPREHENSIVE, 8E makes a huge leap forward, bringing today�s best practices in website development into focus with meaningful applications. The webpage development process starts with a semantic wireframe and weaves proven principles of responsive design into each chapter. This edition contains a raft of new, fresh projects that logically build in complexity and also probe for understanding. This edition and accompanying teaching resources strive to not only help you teach valid HTLM and CSS, but also help you reveal deeper conceptual issues essential to the field of web development.
MMINTER introduces you to a comprehensive overview of web design and development. You will have an improved understanding of web development process and integration methods and be able to conceptualize and build websites that are mobile ready, accessible and usable to a broad spectrum of users using standard-compliant markups, frameworks and content management systems.
Apart from this, you will also learn how to set-up and implement user-centered static and dynamic web projects with strong foundations which are accessible in various browsing situations from mobile devices and netbooks, to desktops and screen-readers.
Beginning Adobe experience design : quickly design and prototype websites and mobile apps by 
Hands-on Android UI development : design and develop attractive user interfaces for Android applications by Jump start responsive web design by Learning Web design : a beginner's guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and web graphics by Learning Web design : a beginner's guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and web graphics by Practical Web Design : Learn the fundamentals of web design with HTML5, CSS3, Bootstrap, jQuery, and Vue.js. by 
Pro iPhone development with Swift 4 : design and manage top quality apps by 
UX for the web : build websites for user experience and usability by Web Design Playground by MMARKET is an intensive course that introduces you to the discipline and art of marketing actual products and multimedia works using both traditional and digital tools. The course covers basic marketing principles, market analysis and marketing strategies. The main approach of the course is the use of case studies to show the integration of tools and strategies towards accomplishing goals and objectives such as branding, promotion or motivating desired behaviors.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Digital Marketing for Dummies by
Does your digital marketing pack a punch? Written with the marketer's best interests in mind, this friendly, down-to-earth guide shows you how to use proven digital marketing strategies and tactics to expand the reach of your brand, increase audience engagement, and acquire and monetize customers. From current best practices in SEO and SEM to the latest ways to effectively use content marketing and influencer marketing'and everything in between?Digital Marketing For Dummies helps you get the most out of all your digital marketing efforts. What worked in digital marketing just a few years ago is quickly losing relevance as electronic platforms'and the people who use them'continue to evolve. So how do you keep afloat in this fast-paced and ultra-competitive environment? Don't sweat it! Digital Marketing For Dummies takes the guesswork out of marketing in the digital age, offering the latest tips and techniques for utilizing technology to get your product or services out to the masses. Whether you're looking to craft a killer campaign from scratch or just want to beef up your social media presence, you'll find everything you need to meet your business goals'and boost your bottom line. Develop an individually tailored digital marketing campaign Offer an effective lead magnet to convert visitors Keep your audience invested in your brand, products, and services Create a return path with frequent and strategic communication with your customers If you're ready to benefit from the latest and greatest digital marketing has to offer, this no-nonsense guide sets you up for success.
Essentials of Digital Marketing by
* An engaging introduction to the essentials of digital marketing; * Examines of the challenges and issues of integrating digital content, measuring performance outcomes and understanding digital analytics; * Contains international case studies to illustrate how digital marketing is being used in various industry settings. Do you know where to start with digital marketing? This user-friendly text book provides an engaging introduction to digital marketing to help you understand of the impact of digital channels on marketing operations. It introduces the essential terms, and practices of digital marketing and applies theory to explain the rationale for choosing to use a specific approach in a given context. It provides an overview of digital marketing challenges and opportunities by defining the field, explaining the structure of digital marketing management and introducing the digital marketing mix. It explains how to use digital marketing to enhance the customer experience and how to integrate digital marketing into existing channels. It also examines new digital business models including crowd sourcing and crowd funding. Finally it examines the key performance indicators of technology acceptance, customer satisfaction and customer engagement and the choice of analytics that can be used for measuring these outcomes.
Global Marketing and Advertising : understanding cultural paradoxes by
Packed with cultural, company, and country examples, this book offers a mix of theory and practical applications covering globalization, global branding strategies, classification models of culture, and the consequences of culture for all aspects of marketing communications. The author helps define cross cultural segments to better target consumers across cultures and features content on how culture affects strategic issues, such as the company′s mission statement, brand positioning strategy, and marketing communications strategy. It also demonstrates the centrality of value paradoxes to cross cultural marketing communications, and uses the Hofstede model to help readers see how their understanding of cultural relationships in one country/region can be extended to other countries/regions.Updates to the new edition include: Up-to-date research on new topics, including: culture and the media, culture and the Internet, and a more profound comparison of the different cultural models. More examples from major regions and countries from around the world Broader background theory on usage differences of new digital media and extensive coverage of consumer behaviour A range of online instructor resources complement the book, including chapter-specific PowerPoint slides, downloadable advertising images from the book, chapter-specific questions and key points, and video examples of advertising from around the world.
Integrated Marketing Communication : advertising and promotion in a digital world by
This book is an up-to-date resource that shows students how to achieve their marketing objectives through a campaign that coordinates marketing, advertising, and promotion. It provides essential information about planning, implementing, and assessing a comprehensive marketing plan to help students appreciate integrated marketing communications as a business strategy. The author describes the processes and considerations needed to appeal to consumers, identifying how geographic segmentation, timing, competitive environments, and cost contribute to planning. He considers the integration of digital technology, such as social media platforms and mobile apps, and how these can be used for advertising, sales promotion, and public relations. The book's concise, easy to read explanation of marketing components and their interconnected relationships is solidified by a series of visual summaries as well as examples and useful demonstrations. Students are given the opportunity to prepare their own integrated marketing communication plan based on consumer, product, and market research along with original creative materials and media spreadsheets. Students of marketing communication, advertising and promotion, and digital marketing will love this book's abbreviated, but thorough format. An interactive companion website rounds out a stellar set of features that encourage quick understanding, participation, and utilization of IMC concepts.
International Marketing by
Now in its second edition, International Marketing continues to provide its trademark integrated approach that explores marketing concepts in depth within a truly international context. The authors discuss five key factors that impact any international marketing venture - culture, language, political/legal systems, economic systems, and technological differences - in relation to the core marketing concepts of markets, products, pricing, distribution (place), and promotion. The book also covers sustainability and bottom-of-the-pyramid issues within each chapter with rich illustrations and examples from both multinational companies and smaller local concerns. New to the second edition: More global focus through new examples, case studies and the experience brought by new co-author, Barbara Czarnecka Brand new chapter on Culture & Cross-Cultural Marketing, including political unrest and the recent return to nationalism (e.g. Brexit and the Trump presidency) and further coverage of developing countries New coverage of digital advances and social media marketing Updated theory and methods, including Service Dominant Logic (S-DL), Consumer Culture Theory (CCT), and Netnography Additional videos supplementing the comprehensive online resource package for students and lecturers A wealth of online resources complement this book. These include a test bank of 50-65 questions per chapter, PowerPoint slides, sample syllabi, interactive maps, country fact sheets, flashcards, SAGE journal articles, and guidelines for developing a marketing plan.
The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers : developing a marketing mindset from concept to release by
Written for working and aspiring filmmakers, directors, producers and screenwriters, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers walks through every stage of the marketing process - from concept to post-production - and illustrates how creative decisions at each stage will impact the marketability of a film. In this book, marketing experts Schwartz and MacDonald welcome you behind the curtain into the inner workings of Marketing department at both the studios and independents. They also track films of different budgets (studio, genre, independent and documentary) through the marketing process, examining how each discipline will approach your film. Featuring interviews with both marketers and filmmakers throughout, an extensive glossary and end-of-chapter exercises, The Marketing Edge for Filmmakers offers a unique introduction to film marketing and a practical guide for understanding the impact of marketing on your film.
Relationship Marketing in the Digital Age by
The concept of relationship marketing has been discussed among marketing academics and managers since the early 1980s. But instead of reaching its maturity stage, relationship marketing is nowadays encountering its next upsurge. Due to a confluence of trends driving the global business world--including the transition to service-based economies, faster product commoditization, intensified competition worldwide, growth among emerging markets, aging populations, advertising saturation, and (above all) the digital age--strong customer relationships are more than ever vital to company strategy and performance. Relationship Marketing in the Digital Ageprovides a comprehensive overview of the state-of-the-art of relationship marketing, offering fruitful insights to marketing scholars and practitioners. In seven chapters, divided into two main sections on understanding (Part I) and effectively applying (Part II) relationship marketing, an introductory and a concluding chapter, readers learn how to successfully manage customer-seller relationships.
Storynomics : story-driven marketing in the post-advertising world by
Based on the hottest, most in-demand seminar offered by the legendary story master Robert McKee -- Storynomics translates the lessons of storytelling in business into economic and leadership success. Robert McKee's popular writing workshops have earned him an international reputation. The list of alumni with Academy Awards and Emmy Awards runs off the page. The cornerstone of his program is his singular book, Story, which has defined how we talk about the art of story creation. Now in Storynomics, McKee partners with digital marketing expert and Skyword CEO Tom Gerace to map a path for brands seeking to navigate the rapid decline of interrupt advertising. After successfully guiding organizations as diverse as Samsung, Marriott International, Philips, Microsoft, Nike, IBM, and Siemens to transform their marketing from an ad-centric to story-centric approach, McKee and Gerace now bring this knowledge to business leaders and entrepreneurs alike. Drawing from dozens of story-driven strategies and case studies taken from leading B2B and B2C brands, Storynomics demonstrates how original storytelling delivers results that surpass traditional advertising. How will brands and their customers connect in the future? Storynomics provides the answer.
Strategic Writing : multimedia writing for public relations, advertising and more by
In its fourth edition, Strategic Writing emphasizes the goal-oriented mission of high-quality public relations and media writing with clear, concise instructions for more than 40 types of documents. This multidisciplinary text covers writing for public relations, advertising, sales and marketing, and business communication. In addition, it includes concise chapters on topics such as diversity, ethics and the legal aspects of strategic writing. Featuring a spiral binding, examples for each document and a user-friendly "recipe" approach, Strategic Writing is ideal for undergraduate PR or advertising writing classes that take an interdisciplinary approach. This new edition devotes new attention throughout to social media and writing in the digital realm, and features new and updated online resources for students and instructors.
MMARKET is an intensive course that introduces you to the discipline and art of marketing actual products and multimedia works using both traditional and digital tools. The course covers basic marketing principles, market analysis and marketing strategies. The main approach of the course is the use of case studies to show the integration of tools and strategies towards accomplishing goals and objectives such as branding, promotion or motivating desired behaviors.
Artificial Intelligence for Marketing : practical applications by
A straightforward, non-technical guide to the next major marketing tool Artificial Intelligence for Marketing presents a tightly-focused introduction to machine learning, written specifically for marketing professionals. This book will not teach you to be a data scientist--but it does explain how Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning will revolutionize your company's marketing strategy, and teach you how to use it most effectively. Data and analytics have become table stakes in modern marketing, but the field is ever-evolving with data scientists continually developing new algorithms--where does that leave you? How can marketers use the latest data science developments to their advantage? This book walks you through the "need-to-know" aspects of Artificial Intelligence, including natural language processing, speech recognition, and the power of Machine Learning to show you how to make the most of this technology in a practical, tactical way. Simple illustrations clarify complex concepts, and case studies show how real-world companies are taking the next leap forward. Straightforward, pragmatic, and with no math required, this book will help you: Speak intelligently about Artificial Intelligence and its advantages in marketing Understand how marketers without a Data Science degree can make use of machine learning technology Collaborate with data scientists as a subject matter expert to help develop focused-use applications Help your company gain a competitive advantage by leveraging leading-edge technology in marketing Marketing and data science are two fast-moving, turbulent spheres that often intersect; that intersection is where marketing professionals pick up the tools and methods to move their company forward. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning provide a data-driven basis for more robust and intensely-targeted marketing strategies--and companies that effectively utilize these latest tools will reap the benefit in the marketplace. Artificial Intelligence for Marketing provides a nontechnical crash course to help you stay ahead of the curve.
Data-Driven Marketing Content : a practical guide by
In the world we live in today, more data is being generated than at any other period in human history. However, this wealth of information is causing a data dilemma for small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs), entrepreneurs, and practitioners. With marketing companies and experts struggling to produce business content that delivers strong marketing results and SME's being overshadowed by data-aware super-brands that are already heavily investing in data-driven content, Lee Wilson offers a solution that can rectify the performance divide. Data-Driven Marketing Content: A Practical Guideempowers businesses, regardless of industry, size, or competition level, to understand, identify and act on big-data opportunities. The guide shares unique processes, approaches, and frameworks which can be applied to every company need, leading you towards efficient and effective content creation that repeatedly returns on investment. Through a combination of practical expertise and personal insights, this book instructs and enables practitioners and entrepreneurs to overcome everyday business content barriers and yield increased results from every piece of content created.
Digital Marketer by
Digital marketing is now essential to making products and services a success and digital marketers are more and more in demand. This book is your guide to becoming an efficient and effective digital marketer, covering the expertise and array of skills you will need; how to stay current and future-proof your career; useful digital marketing tools, channels, frameworks and procedures; how to measure campaign success, and how to take the next steps to advance your digital marketing career.
Digital Marketing All-In-One for Dummies by
Unlock the value in online marketing A well-executed digital marketing plan is a proven component of success in business, and Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies covers everything you need to build and implement a winning plan. Whether you're a novice in the online space or an expert marketer looking to improve your digital ROI, this book has easy-to-absorb tips and insights that will turn online prospects into loyal customers. This book compresses the essential information on 8 topics, so you have all the information you need and none of what you don't. You'll learn social media marketing, marketing to millennials, account-based marketing, influencer marketing, content marketing strategies, and more! Use targeted, measurable marketing strategies to promote brands and products Increase brand awareness, customer acquisitions, and audience engagement Measure what your online traffic is worth and improve ROI on digital marketing Develop a solid digital marketing plan and put it to work for your brand From SEO and SEM to brand awareness and why you need it, Digital Marketing All-In-One For Dummies will help you level up your digital marketing game and avoid the common mistakes that might be holding your business back.
Marketing, Rhetoric and Control : the magical foundations of marketing theory by
Marketing, Rhetoric and Control investigates the tensions that surround the place of persuasion (and, more broadly, control) in marketing. Persuasion has variously been seen as an embarrassment to the discipline, a target for anti-marketing sentiment, the source of marketing's value in the modern organisation, a mysterious black box inside the otherwise rational and logical endeavour of enterprise, and a rather insignificant part of the marketing programme. This book argues that this multifarious reputation for persuasion within marketing stems from the influence of two quite oppositional paradigms - the scientific and the magico-rhetorical - that ebb and flow across the discourses of its discipline and practice. Constructing an interface between original, challenging close readings of texts from the beginnings of the Western rhetorical tradition and an examination of the ways in which marketing has set about describing itself, this text argues for a Sophistic interpretation of marketing. From this perspective, marketing is understood as providing intermediary services to facilitate the continuing exchange of attention and regard between firm/client and stakeholders. It seeks to manage and direct this exchange through an appreciation of the changing rational and irrational motivations of the firm and stakeholders, using these as resources for the construction of both planned and improvised persuasive interactions in agonistic (or competitive) environments. This book is aimed primarily at researchers and academics working in the fields of marketing, marketing communications, and the related disciplines of marketing theory, critical marketing, and digital marketing. It will also be of value to marketing academics in business schools, including those working in the areas of media and communication studies who have an interest in commercial and corporate communication, brand use of interactive media, and communication theory.
The New Rules of Marketing and PR : how to use social media, online video, mobile applications, blogs, newsjacking, and viral marketing to reach buyers directly by
The international bestseller--now in a new edition When it comes to marketing, anything goes in the Digital Age, right? Well, not quite. While marketing and public relations tactics do seem to change overnight, every smart businessperson knows that it takes a lot more than the 'next big thing.' The New Rules of Marketing & PR is an international bestseller with more than 375,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages. In the latest edition of this pioneering guide to the future of marketing, you'll get a step-by-step action plan for leveraging the power of the latest approaches to generating attention for your idea or your business. You'll learn how get the right information to the right people at the right time--at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising. The Internet continues to change the way people communicate and interact with each other, and if you're struggling to keep up with what's trending in social media, online videos, apps, blogs, or more, your product or service is bound to get lost in the ether. In The New Rules of Marketing & PR, you'll get access to the tried-and-true rules that will keep you ahead of the curve when using the latest and greatest digital spaces to their fullest PR, marketing, and customer-communications potential. Keeping in mind that your audience is savvy and crunched for time, this essential guide shows you how to cut through the online clutter to ensure that your message gets seen and heard. Serves as the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and non-profit managers Offers a wealth of compelling case studies and real-world examples Includes information on new platforms including Facebook Live and Snapchat Shows both small and large organizations how to best use Web-based communication Finally, everything you need to speak directly to your audience and establish a personal link with those who make your business work is in one place.
Promotional Marketing by
In today's connected world, promotion is fundamental to everything we do to drive business. This is a new edition of an established book, updated with the latest research on the shopper/buyer and how to reach their 'tipping point' when the decision to buy is made, now covering mobile, online and bricks-and-mortar sales and marketing. This book clarifies why a focus on the customer is key, and how to communicate with them from even before they discover a want or need, to the point of purchase and after. The author of this important book explains how and when to use suppliers (agencies, printers, insurers, etc.) for promotions of all types, including advertising (outdoor, on websites and in print), experiential marketing (road and trade shows, exhibitions, merchandising) and sales promotions (in-store/web and mobile promotion offers). Processes describe and explain how to implement promotional marketing to achieve business objectives. Promotional Marketing is a practitioner guide to sales and marketing for agencies, entrepreneurs and small businesses and those seeking a career in retail. It is packed with real-life and award-winning case studies and practical briefs (NatWest, Diageo, Sainsbury's, Shell and Radisson, for example) as a starter for when the client needs a creative answer yesterday! It is also tuned to those studying, providing a chapter on how marketing and sales fit into business.
They Ask, You Answer : a revolutionary approach to inbound sales, content marketing, and today's digital consumer by
The revolutionary guide that challenged businesses around the world to stop selling to their buyers and start answering their questions to get results; revised and updated to address new technology, trends, the continuous evolution of the digital consumer, and much more In today's digital age, the traditional sales funnel--marketing at the top, sales in the middle, customer service at the bottom--is no longer effective. To be successful, businesses must obsess over the questions, concerns, and problems their buyers have, and address them as honestly and as thoroughly as possible. Every day, buyers turn to search engines to ask billions of questions. Having the answers they need can attract thousands of potential buyers to your company--but only if your content strategy puts your answers at the top of those search results. It's a simple and powerful equation that produces growth and success: They Ask, You Answer. Using these principles, author Marcus Sheridan led his struggling pool company from the bleak depths of the housing crash of 2008 to become one of the largest pool installers in the United States. Discover how his proven strategy can work for your business and master the principles of inbound and content marketing that have empowered thousands of companies to achieve exceptional growth. They Ask, You Answer is a straightforward guide filled with practical tactics and insights for transforming your marketing strategy. This new edition has been fully revised and updated to reflect the evolution of content marketing and the increasing demands of today's internet-savvy buyers. New chapters explore the impact of technology, conversational marketing, the essential elements every business website should possess, the rise of video, and new stories from companies that have achieved remarkable results with They Ask, You Answer. Upon reading this book, you will know: How to build trust with buyers through content and video. How to turn your web presence into a magnet for qualified buyers. What works and what doesn't through new case studies, featuring real-world results from companies that have embraced these principles. Why you need to think of your business as a media company, instead of relying on more traditional (and ineffective) ways of advertising and marketing. How to achieve buy-in at your company and truly embrace a culture of content and video. How to transform your current customer base into loyal brand advocates for your company. They Ask, You Answer is a must-have resource for companies that want a fresh approach to marketing and sales that is proven to generate more traffic, leads, and sales.
MMNMTEC introduces you to virtual, augmented, and mixed reality development. The course will tackle advanced programming concepts to tacked gamification strategies in order to achieve personalized engagement leveraging the user’s desire for fulfillment and collaboration to attain market retention. This course also helps you to appreciate how the real world mixed with computer generated imagery can be used in storytelling.
Advanced Analytics and AI : impact, implementation, and the future of work by
Be prepared for the arrival of automated decision making Once thought of as science fiction, major corporations are already beginning to use cognitive systems to assist in providing wealth advice and also in medication treatment. The use of Cognitive Analytics/Artificial Intelligence (AI) Systems is set to accelerate, with the expectation that it'll be considered 'mainstream' in the next 5 - 10 years. It'll change the way we as individuals interact with data and systems--and the way we run our businesses. Cognitive Analysis and AI prepares business users for the era of cognitive analytics / artificial intelligence. Building on established texts and commentary, it specifically prepares you in terms of expectation, impact on personal roles, and responsibilities. It focuses on the specific impact on key industries (retail, financial services, utilities and media) and also on key professions (such as accounting, operational management, supply chain and risk management). Shows you how users interact with the system in natural language Explains how cognitive analysis/AI can source 'big data' Provides a roadmap for implementation Gets you up to speed now before you get left behind If you're a decision maker or budget holder within the corporate context, this invaluable book helps you gain an advantage from the deployment of cognitive analytics tools.
Cyberpsychology : an introduction to human-computer interaction by
This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the human-computer interface in clear, non-technical language, making it an ideal introduction for students of both psychology and computer science. Covering the past, present, and future developments in technology and psychology, it combines cutting-edge academic research with engaging illustrations and examples that show students how the material relates to their lives. Topics addressed include: human factors of input devices, and the basics of sensation and perception; memory and cognitive issues of users navigating their way through interfaces; communication via programming languages and natural speech interaction; cyberpathologies such as techno-stress and Internet addiction disorders; and challenges surrounding automation and artificial intelligence. This thoroughly updated second edition features new chapters on virtual reality and cybersecurity; expanded coverage of social media, mobile computing, e-learning, and video games; and end-of-chapter review questions that ensure students have mastered key objectives.
Education and New Technologies : perils and promises for learners by
When should children begin their digital diet? Does the use of new technology hinder or enhance children's literacy development? Do new technologies give children new abilities or undermine their skills and identities? Are learners safe in modern online educational spaces? Kieron Sheehy and Andrew Holliman have assembled expert contributors from around the world to discuss these questions and have divided the book into three parts: early engagement with new technologies: decisions, dangers and data new technology: supporting all learners or divisive tools global and cultural reflections on educational technology. Education and New Technologies focuses on aspects of education where the use of twenty-first-century technologies has been particularly controversial, contemplating the possible educational benefits alongside potential negative impacts on learners. Topics covered include: e-books and their influence on literacy skills games-based learning the impact of new technologies on abilities and disabilities learning analytics and the use of large-scale learner data cyberbullying intelligent technologies and the connected learner. A twenty-first-century book for twenty-first-century concerns, Education and New Technologies presents up-to-date research and clear, engaging insight about the relationship between technology and how we learn.
Emotional AI : the rise of empathic media by
What happens when media technologies are able to interpret our feelings, emotions, moods, and intentions? In this cutting edge new book, Andrew McStay explores that very question and argues that these abilities result in a form of technological empathy. Offering a balanced and incisive overview of the issues raised by 'Emotional AI', this book: Provides a clear account of the social benefits and drawbacks of new media trends and technologies such as emoji, wearables and chatbots Demonstrates through empirical research how 'empathic media' have been developed and introduced both by start-ups and global tech corporations such as Facebook Helps readers understand the potential implications on everyday life and social relations through examples such as video-gaming, facial coding, virtual reality and cities Calls for a more critical approach to the rollout of emotional AI in public and private spheres Combining established theory with original analysis, this book will change the way students view, use and interact with new technologies. It should be required reading for students and researchers in media, communications, the social sciences and beyond.
The Gamer's Brain : how neuroscience and UX can impact video game design by
Making a successful video game is hard. Even games that are well-received at launch may fail to engage players in the long term due to issues with the user experience (UX) that they are delivering. That's why makers of successful video games like Fortnite and Assassin's Creed invest both time and money perfecting their UX strategy. These top video game creators know that a bad user experience can ruin the prospects for any game, regardless of its budget, scope, or ambition. The game UX accounts for the whole experience players have with a video game, from first hearing about it to navigating menus and progressing in the game. UX as a discipline offers guidelines to assist developers in creating the optimal experience they want to deliver, including shipping higher quality games (whether indie, triple-A or "serious" games) and meeting business goals -- all while staying true to design vision and artistic intent. At its core, UX is about understanding the gamer's brain: understanding human capabilities and limitations to anticipate how a game will be perceived, the emotions it will elicit, how players will interact with it, and how engaging the experience will be. This book is designed to equip readers of all levels, from student to professional, with cognitive science knowledge and user experience guidelines and methodologies. These insights will help readers identify the ingredients for successful and engaging video games, empowering them to develop their own unique game recipe more efficiently, while providing a better experience for their audience. "The Gamer's Brain: How Neuroscience and UX Can Impact Video Game Design" Is written by Celia Hodent -- a UX expert with a PhD in psychology who has been working in the entertainment industry for over 10 years, including at prominent companies such as Epic Games (Fortnite), Ubisoft, and LucasArts. Major themes explored in this book: Provides an overview of how the brain learns and processes information by distilling research findings from cognitive science and psychology research in a very accessible way. Topics covered include: "neuromyths", perception, memory, attention, motivation, emotion, and learning. Includes numerous examples from released games of how scientific knowledge translates into game design, and how to use a UX framework in game development. Describes how UX can guide developers to improve the usability and the level of engagement a game provides to its target audience by using cognitive psychology knowledge, implementing human-computer interaction principles, and applying the scientific method (user research). Provides a practical definition of UX specifically applied to games, with a unique framework. Defines the most relevant pillars for good usability (ease of use) and good "engage-ability" (the ability of the game to be fun and engaging), translated into a practical checklist. Covers design thinking, game user research, game analytics, and UX strategy at both a project and studio level. This book is a practical tool that any professional game developer or student can use right away and includes the most complete overview of UX in games existing today.
Interactive Stories and Video Game Art : a storytelling framework for game design by
The success of storytelling in games depends on the entire development team--game designers, artists, writers, programmers and musicians, etc.--working harmoniously together towards a singular artistic vision. Interactive Stories and Video Game Art is first to define a common design language for understanding and orchestrating interactive masterpieces using techniques inherited from the rich history of art and craftsmanship that games build upon. Case studies of hit games like The Last of Us, Journey, and Minecraft illustrate the vital components needed to create emotionally-complex stories that are mindful of gaming's principal relationship between player actions and video game aesthetics. This book is for developers of video games and virtual reality, filmmakers, gamification and transmedia experts, and everybody else interested in experiencing resonant and meaningful interactive stories. Key Features: The first book to define a common visual and interactive language for understanding and orchestrating sophisticated stories in video games Accessible to industry professionals as well as non-developers Featured concepts apply to all media with an interactive component including: transmedia, gamification and interactive art The definitive framework for designing interactive stories
Literacy, Media, Technology : past, present and future by
Literacy, Media, Technology considers the continued significance of popular culture forms such as postcards, film, television, games, virtual worlds and social media for educators. Following multiple pathways through technological innovation, the contributors reflect on the way in which digital and portable devices lead to new and emerging forms of reading, participating and creating. Rejecting linear conceptualisations of progression, they explore how time is not linear as technological advances are experienced in multiple ways linked to different personal, social, political and economic trajectories. The contributors describe a range of practices from formal and informal education spaces and interrogate some of the continuities and discontinuities associated with literacy, media and technology at a time when rapidly evolving communicative practices often meet intransigence in educational systems. The chapters adopt diverse forms: historical perspectives, personal story and reflection, project reports, document analysis, critical reviews of resources, ethnographic accounts, and analyses of meaning-making within and beyond educational institutions. Together, they provide multiple insights into the diverse and fluid relationships between literacy, media, technology, and everyday life, and the many ways in which these relationships are significant to educational research and practice.
Media, Culture and Society : an introduction by
′In his beautifully balanced, clear and broad-ranging account of a fast-changing field, Paul Hodkinson has successfully brought together myriad perspectives with which to critically analyse today′s media culture and media society.′- Sonia Livingstone, Professor of Media & Communication, LSE Paul Hodkinson′s bestseller is back, once again exploring the concepts and complexities of the media in an accessible, balanced and engaging style. Additions to the Second Edition include: A new chapter on advertising and sponsorship Extensive revision and updating throughout all chapters New material on technologies, censorship, online news, fan cultures and representations of poverty Greater emphasis on and examples of digital, interactive and mobile media throughout Fully reworked chapter on media, community and difference Up-to-date examples covering everything from social media, contemporary advertising, news events and mobile technologies, to representations of class, ethnicity and gender. Combining a critical survey of the field with a finely judged assessment of cutting-edge developments, this Second Edition cements its reputation as the must-have text for any undergraduate student studying media, culture and society.
Sounds, Screens, Speakers : an introduction to music and media by
Sounds, Screens, Speakers provides a broadly comprehensive survey of the emerging field of music and media. Music has been present at the advent of nearly every new media form since the turn of the 20th century. Whether we look at the start of sound recording, film, television or the Internet, music has been a crucial participant in the social changes brought about by these new tools for making and listening to music. This book examines such changes starting in the late 19th century to the present. From the introduction of the microphone all the way through to music in reality television, the purpose of each section is not simply to move chronologically towards the present, but to focus especially on the tangible social relationships created through specific forms of mediation. With readings at the end of most chapters, key questions to facilitate additional discovery and research, and direction to additional readings and resources on popular websites and news sources, this text serves as the ideal introduction to popular music and media.
MMNMTEC introduces you to virtual, augmented, and mixed reality development. The course will tackle advanced programming concepts to tacked gamification strategies in order to achieve personalized engagement leveraging the user’s desire for fulfillment and collaboration to attain market retention. This course also helps you to appreciate how the real world mixed with computer generated imagery can be used in storytelling.
Artificial intelligence by example : develop machine intelligence from scratch using real artificial intelligence use cases by 
Artificial Intelligence for the Internet of Everything by
Artificial Intelligence for the Internet of Everything considers the foundations, metrics and applications of IoE systems. It covers whether devices and IoE systems should speak only to each other, to humans or to both. Further, the book explores how IoE systems affect targeted audiences (researchers, machines, robots, users) and society, as well as future ecosystems. It examines the meaning, value and effect that IoT has had and may have on ordinary life, in business, on the battlefield, and with the rise of intelligent and autonomous systems. Based on an artificial intelligence (AI) perspective, this book addresses how IoE affects sensing, perception, cognition and behavior. Each chapter addresses practical, measurement, theoretical and research questions about how these "things" may affect individuals, teams, society or each other. Of particular focus is what may happen when these "things" begin to reason, communicate and act autonomously on their own, whether independently or interdependently with other "things". Considers the foundations, metrics and applications of IoE systems Debates whether IoE systems should speak to humans and each other Explores how IoE systems affect targeted audiences and society Discusses theoretical IoT ecosystem models
Augmented human : how technology is shaping the new reality by 
A Companion to New Media Dynamics by
A Companion to New Media Dynamics presents a state-of-the-art collection of multidisciplinary readings that examine the origins, evolution, and cultural underpinnings of the media of the digital age in terms of dynamic change Presents a state-of-the-art collection of original readings relating to new media in terms of dynamic change Features interdisciplinary contributions encompassing the sciences, social sciences, humanities and creative arts Addresses a wide range of issues from the ownership and regulation of new media to their form and cultural uses Provides readers with a glimpse of new media dynamics at three levels of scale: the 'macro' or system level; the 'meso' or institutional level; and 'micro' or agency level
New Media in the Classroom : Rethinking Primary Literacy by Reading Matters : Narrative in the New Media Ecology by
The convergence of twentieth-century narrative and technology is one of the most important developments in current literary study. Roughly a decade after the founding of the Society for Literature and Science, and after the appearance of such influential books as Kathleen Woodward's Culture of Information and William Paulson's Noise of Culture, Joseph Tabbi and Michael Wutz have edited a landmark volume that seeks to summarize this still-emerging field. Through the essays and the wide-ranging overview provided by the editors' introduction, Reading Matters shows how these theoretical concerns can contribute to the practical study of narrative, and it helps to make the field far more accessible to students and other serious readers of fiction. The twelve original essays, published here for the first time, are the work of distinguished scholar-critics on both sides of the Atlantic. They cover the range of contemporary literature, from the canonical novels of high modernism and postmodernism through subjects only recently put on the academic agenda, such as cyberpunk and hypertext fiction. In an age that has proclaimed the death of the novel many times over, the editors and contributors argue persuasively for the continued vitality of literary narrative. By responding in ingenious ways to the capabilities of other media, they assert, the novel has enlarged and redefined its territory of representation and its range of techniques and play, while maintaining its viability in the new media assemblage.
Think/Point/Shoot : media ethics, technology and global change by
Think/Point/Shoot gives students a thorough overview of the role of ethics in modern media creation. Case studies emphasize the critical issues in global media ethics today in all stages of media creation from preproduction research and development, to production and post production. This volume features practicing filmmakers, journalists, and media creators who provide insight into dealing with real-world ethical dilemmas. For this era, digital imagery, sounds, and web communication have opened doors to sharing thoughts and ideas instantaneously to potentially vast audiences. This presents exciting opportunities, but also serious ethical, legal, and social challenges. The cases and exercises found in this book are applicable to the current media field while still remaining grounded in strong ethical theory. Think/Point/Shoot explains the challenge of communicating a story to a worldwide audience while maintaining ethical standards.　 A companion website provides additional resources for students and instructors: media ethics game chapter summaries and case studies important forms Instructors will also find: classroom exercises PowerPoints video from the "Global Media Ethics" Conference from March 2013
Portfolio Preparation and Exhibit Design
MMPPEXD is a production course that aims to assist you in creating your multimedia portfolio. You may create a portfolio highlighting your multimedia area of expertise (print, interactive, video, audio and animation) though it must also include works from the other areas. MMPPEXD also aims to help you develop curatorial skills for assessing works that are static, dynamic, and in motion. In this course, you will learn and experience the process of mounting an exhibit. This exhibit will feature the works of your class and will be open to the public.
Becoming a Video Game Artist : from portfolio design to landing the job by
The game industry continues to grow and evolve as the years pass. Despite this growth, the competition in obtaining a career in video games remains as arduous as ever. Becoming a Video Game Artist helps guide readers from their first steps of making a portfolio, to acing the job interview and beyond. John Pearl explores the different art related jobs and their responsibilities. Questions are posed to industry professionals throughout each chapter to help with the reader's growth and understanding. Becoming a Video Game Artist is the ultimate roadmap in navigating a career in video games by teaching how to make your portfolio shine, what expect once hired, and how to make the best decisions to help flourish your talents and cultivate an exciting career.
The Graphic Designer's Guide to Portfolio Design by
Landing a job in graphic design or multimedia starts with the creation of a portfolio that showcases a student's best work. With sample portfolios, interviews with leaders in graphic design and advertising industries, and step-by-step instruction for creating professional print and digital portfolios, this book helps students successfully transition from design student to design professional. Now fully updated, it is the only guide to creating job-winning print-based and digital portfolios specifically for graphic designers.
The Handbook of Project Portfolio Management by
Managing large and complex organizations; balancing the needs of business-as-usual, new products and services and business change; assuring risk across everything the business does; these are all core requirements of modern business which are provided by the discipline of portfolio management. The Handbook of Project Portfolio Management is the definitive publication that introduces and describes in detail project portfolio management in today's ever-changing world. The handbook contains the essential knowledge required for managing portfolios of business change with real-life examples that are being used by today's organizations in various industries and environments. The team of expert contributors includes many of the most experienced and highly regarded international writers and practitioners from the global project portfolio management industry, selected to provide the reader with examples, knowledge and the skills required to manage portfolios in any organization. Dennis Lock and Reinhard Wagner's definitive reference on project portfolio management explains: the context and role of the discipline; the practical processes, tools and techniques required for managing portfolios successfully; the capability required and how to develop it. The text also covers the recognized standards as well as emerging issues such as sustainability and environment. Collectively, this is a must-have guide from the leading commentators and practitioners on project portfolio management from across the world.
Making Things : Jay Baker Architects by
Making Things reviews the collective portfolio of Jay Baker Architects, since the establishment of his practice in 1991, by presenting 20 projects across varied design platforms. Sixteen of these projects feature houses, commissioned over a twenty-five year period, and are complimented and contrasted with an additional four projects that were self initiated, ranging from the design of a toy to a public park. Uniting these discernably diverse projects is a common denominator. Baker's work contributes to his belief that in order to make things well, it is necessary to serve the integrity of an idea, ensuring greater incisiveness in response to design challenges. The body of work presented in Making Things extols the virtue of creating fit, particularly when working in multifarious contexts. Opening the book is an appraisal of Baker's comprised life's work by esteemed historian, Stephen Fox.
No Plastic Sleeves: Portfolio and Self-Promotion Guide for Photographers and Designers by
A polished and professional portfolio--including both print pieces and an online presence--is more important than ever for photographers and other creative professionals to make a great first impression and secure employment. This new edition of No Plastic Sleeves has been updated to address all facets of portfolio production, with a special focus on self-promotion and new information about blogs and social media's role in the process. Including hundreds of photos, examples of successful design, and interviews with industry professionals, this text will guide you through the complete process of conceptualizing, designing, and developing all the interconnected aspects of your total portfolio package: Objectively evaluate and edit your work Develop a distinguishing brand concept Understand and apply effective design strategies Design a tailor-made portfolio book Develop a comprehensive online portfolio Develop printed professional and promotional materials Utilize social media and self-promotion strategies
Pop Art and Design by
This book offers the first in-depth analysis of the relationship between art and design, which led to the creation of 'pop'. Challenging accepted boundaries and definitions, the authors seek out various commonalities and points of connection between these two exciting areas. Confronting the all-pervasive 'high art / low culture' divide, Pop Art and Design brings a fresh understanding of visual culture during the vibrant 1950s and 60s. This was an era when commercial art became graphic design, illustration was superseded by photography and high fashion became street fashion, all against the backdrop of a rapidly-evolving economic and political landscape, a glamorous youth scene and an effervescent popular culture. The book's central argument is that pop art relied on and drew inspiration from pop design, and vice versa. Massey and Seago assert that this relationship was articulated through the artwork, design, publications and exhibitions of a network of key practitioners. Pop Art and Design provides a case study in the broader inter-relationship between art and design, and constitutes the first interdisciplinary publication on the subject.
Portfolio Management : theory and practice by
A career's worth of portfolio management knowledge in one thorough, efficient guide Portfolio Management is an authoritative guide for those who wish to manage money professionally. This invaluable resource presents effective portfolio management practices supported by their underlying theory, providing the tools and instruction required to meet investor objectives and deliver superior performance. Highlighting a practitioner's view of portfolio management, this guide offers real-world perspective on investment processes, portfolio decision making, and the business of managing money for real clients. Real world examples and detailed test cases--supported by sophisticated Excel templates and true client situations--illustrate real investment scenarios and provide insight into the factors separating success from failure. The book is an ideal textbook for courses in advanced investments, portfolio management or applied capital markets finance. It is also a useful tool for practitioners who seek hands-on learning of advanced portfolio techniques. Managing other people's money is a challenging and ever-evolving business. Investment professionals must keep pace with the current market environment to effectively manage their client's assets while students require a foundation built on the most relevant, up-to-date information and techniques. This invaluable resource allows readers to: Learn and apply advanced multi-period portfolio methods to all major asset classes. Design, test, and implement investment processes. Win and keep client mandates. Grasp the theoretical foundations of major investment tools Teaching and learning aids include: Easy-to-use Excel templates with immediately accessible tools. Accessible PowerPoint slides, sample exam and quiz questions and sample syllabi Video lectures Proliferation of mathematics in economics, growing sophistication of investors, and rising competition in the industry requires advanced training of investment professionals. Portfolio Management provides expert guidance to this increasingly complex field, covering the important advancements in theory and intricacies of practice.
The Prop Building Guidebook : for theatre, film, and tv by
Experienced prop maker Eric Hart walks readers through techniques used in historical and contemporary prop making and demonstrates how to apply them to a variety of materials. Hundreds of full-color photographs illustrate the tools and techniques used by professional prop makers throughout the entertainment industry. New features to the second edition include: Updated information on the latest tools and materials used in prop making Both metric and standard measuring units Step-by-step photos on common techniques such as upholstery, mold making, and faux finishing Expanded coverage of thermoplastics, foam, and water-based coatings
Stage Lighting : design applications and more by
Stage Lighting: Design Applications and More builds upon the information introduced in Stage Lighting: The Fundamentals to provide an in-depth reference to a number of specialty areas of lighting design, from traditional applications such as drama, dance, and designing for different venues, to more advanced applications such as concert, corporate, film and video, virtual, architectural/landscape, and other forms of entertainment lighting. Each chapter gives the essential background, design practices, and equipment details for each specialization, so readers can make informed decisions and ask informed questions when encountering each field. The book provides insight on the latest technology and includes profiles of prolific designers, such as James Moody, Jeff Ravitz, Alan Adelman, and Paul Gregory. Stage Lighting: Design Applications and More is intended to help lighting designers translate their theatrical skills to other areas of lighting design, and provides guidance on how to take those initial steps into new ventures in their lighting careers.
The Ultimate Guide to Character Design with Stephen Silver by
The Silver Way: Techniques, Tips and Tutorials for Effective Character Design by Stephen Silver offers invaluable instruction from one of best teachers in the industry. Whether you're a professional artist interested in improving your drawing skills, or an aspiring designer fresh out of high school looking to add to your portfolio, The Silver Way will help you build your confidence and strengthen your work in order to successfully design characters for any project, in any style. Chockfull of helpful--and entertaining!--drawing techniques and easy-to-follow tutorials developed through his decades of experience as an artist on popular animated shows (Kim Possible, Danny Phantom, The Fairly OddParents) and as the owner of Silver Drawing Academy, The Silver Way is the kind of educational art book you'll revisit again and again for guidance, encouragement, and inspiration.
Portfolio Preparation and Exhibit Design
MMPPEXD is a production course that aims to assist you in creating your multimedia portfolio. You may create a portfolio highlighting your multimedia area of expertise (print, interactive, video, audio and animation) though it must also include works from the other areas. MMPPEXD also aims to help you develop curatorial skills for assessing works that are static, dynamic, and in motion. In this course, you will learn and experience the process of mounting an exhibit. This exhibit will feature the works of your class and will be open to the public.
Breakthrough project portfolio management : achieving the next level of capability and optimization by Investing demystified : how to create the best investment portfolio whatever your risk level by 
Portfolio Diversification by
Portfolio Diversification provides an update on the practice of combining several risky investments in a portfolio with the goal of reducing the portfolio's overall risk. In this book, readers will find a comprehensive introduction and analysis of various dimensions of portfolio diversification (assets, maturities, industries, countries, etc.), along with time diversification strategies (long term vs. short term diversification) and diversification using other risk measures than variance. Several tools to quantify and implement optimal diversification are discussed and illustrated. Focuses on portfolio diversification across all its dimensions Includes recent empirical material that was created and developed specifically for this book Provides several tools to quantify and implement optimal diversification
Portfolio Management by
A career's worth of portfolio management knowledge in one thorough, efficient guide Portfolio Management is an authoritative guide for those who wish to manage money professionally. This invaluable resource presents effective portfolio management practices supported by their underlying theory, providing the tools and instruction required to meet investor objectives and deliver superior performance. Highlighting a practitioner's view of portfolio management, this guide offers real-world perspective on investment processes, portfolio decision making, and the business of managing money for real clients. Real world examples and detailed test cases--supported by sophisticated Excel templates and true client situations--illustrate real investment scenarios and provide insight into the factors separating success from failure. The book is an ideal textbook for courses in advanced investments, portfolio management or applied capital markets finance. It is also a useful tool for practitioners who seek hands-on learning of advanced portfolio techniques. Managing other people's money is a challenging and ever-evolving business. Investment professionals must keep pace with the current market environment to effectively manage their client's assets while students require a foundation built on the most relevant, up-to-date information and techniques. This invaluable resource allows readers to: Learn and apply advanced multi-period portfolio methods to all major asset classes. Design, test, and implement investment processes. Win and keep client mandates. Grasp the theoretical foundations of major investment tools Teaching and learning aids include: Easy-to-use Excel templates with immediately accessible tools. Accessible PowerPoint slides, sample exam and quiz questions and sample syllabi Video lectures Proliferation of mathematics in economics, growing sophistication of investors, and rising competition in the industry requires advanced training of investment professionals. Portfolio Management provides expert guidance to this increasingly complex field, covering the important advancements in theory and intricacies of practice.
Portfolio Optimization with Different Information Flow by
Portfolio Optimization with Different Information Flow recalls the stochastic tools and results concerning the stochastic optimization theory and the enlargement filtration theory.The authors apply the theory of the enlargement of filtrations and solve the optimization problem. Two main types of enlargement of filtration are discussed: initial and progressive, using tools from various fields, such as from stochastic calculus and convex analysis, optimal stochastic control and backward stochastic differential equations. This theoretical and numerical analysis is applied in different market settings to provide a good basis for the understanding of portfolio optimization with different information flow. Presents recent progress of stochastic portfolio optimization with exotic filtrations Shows you how to apply the tools of the enlargement of filtrations to resolve the optimization problem Uses tools from various fields from enlargement of filtration theory, stochastic calculus, convex analysis, optimal stochastic control, and backward stochastic differential equations
Professional Portfolio Management by
A career's worth of portfolio management knowledge in one thorough, efficient guide Portfolio Management is an authoritative guide for those who wish to manage money professionally. This invaluable resource presents effective portfolio management practices supported by their underlying theory, providing the tools and instruction required to meet investor objectives and deliver superior performance. Highlighting a practitioner's view of portfolio management, this guide offers real-world perspective on investment processes, portfolio decision making, and the business of managing money for real clients. Real world examples and detailed test cases--supported by sophisticated Excel templates and true client situations--illustrate real investment scenarios and provide insight into the factors separating success from failure. The book is an ideal textbook for courses in advanced investments, portfolio management or applied capital markets finance. It is also a useful tool for practitioners who seek hands-on learning of advanced portfolio techniques. Managing other people's money is a challenging and ever-evolving business. Investment professionals must keep pace with the current market environment to effectively manage their client's assets while students require a foundation built on the most relevant, up-to-date information and techniques. This invaluable resource allows readers to: Learn and apply advanced multi-period portfolio methods to all major asset classes. Design, test, and implement investment processes. Win and keep client mandates. Grasp the theoretical foundations of major investment tools Teaching and learning aids include: Easy-to-use Excel templates with immediately accessible tools. Accessible PowerPoint slides, sample exam and quiz questions and sample syllabi Video lectures Proliferation of mathematics in economics, growing sophistication of investors, and rising competition in the industry requires advanced training of investment professionals. Portfolio Management provides expert guidance to this increasingly complex field, covering the important advancements in theory and intricacies of practice.
MMESFXD is a production class that focuses on the creation of designed sound effects. Sound design is often employed for creative ambient soundscapes for alien or fantasy worlds, creatures, robots, rayguns and magical spells. The class will learn the principles and techniques used by professionals to create wonderful soundscapes.
The Art of Sound : a visual history for audiophiles by
This complete illustrated history of recorded sound reveals the masterful product design behind the evolving technology of sound recording, with specially commissioned photography of iconic, rarely seen artifacts from the collections of the EMI Archive Trust The Gramophone Company and The Columbia Phonograph Company merged in 1931 to become EMI: the Apple of its day. Organized chronologically, this richly illustrated resource tells the incredible story of the development of sound recording throughout the acoustic era (1877-1925), the electrical era (1925-45), the magnetic era (1945-75), and the digital era (1975-present), and it showcases specially commissioned photography of the beautiful, iconic, and rarely seen objects housed within the diverse collections of the EMI Archive Trust. Recording equipment, playback devices, catalogues, artist files, records, master tapes, radios, and televisions are all here, accompanied by obsessively detailed specifications and intriguing archival photographs. Interspersed with the images, in-depth texts tell the complete stories of the pioneering advances in the evolution of sound technology, from the invention of the "Gramophone" method to the development of electronic signal amplifiers, and from the arrival of magnetic tape recording to the advent of CDs and the dawn of the digital age.
The Art of Theatrical Sound Design : a practical guide by
Emphasising the artistry behind the decisions made by theatrical sound designers, this guide is for anyone seeking to understand the nature of sound and how to apply it to the stage. Through tried-and-tested advice and lessons in practical application, The Art of Theatrical Sound Design allows developing artists to apply psychology, physiology, sociology, anthropology and all aspects of sound phenomenology to theatrical sound design. Structured in three parts, the book explores, theoretically, how human beings perceive the vibration of sound; offers exercises to develop support for storytelling by creating an emotional journey for the audience; considers how to collaborate and communicate as a theatre artist; and discusses how to create a cohesive sound design for the stage.
Creating Sounds from Scratch : a practical guide to music synthesis for producers and composers by
Creating Sounds from Scratch is a practical, in-depth resource on the most common forms of music synthesis. It includes historical context, an overview of concepts in sound and hearing, and practical training examples to help sound designers and electronic music producers to effectivelymanipulate presets and create new sounds from scratch.The book covers the all of the main main synthesis techniques including analog subtractive, FM, additive, physical modeling, wavetable, sample-based, and granular. While the book is grounded in theory, it relies on practical examples and contemporary production techniques to illustrate how thereader can utilize electronic sound design to maximize and improve his/her work.Creating Sounds from Scratch is ideal for all who work in sound creation, composition, editing, and contemporary commercial production.
Musical Sound Effects : analog and digital sound processing by
For decades performers, instrumentalists, composers, technicians and sound engineers continue to manipulate sound material. They are trying with more or less success to create, to innovate, improve, enhance, restore or modify the musical message. The sound of distorted guitar of Jimi Hendrix, Pierre Henry's concrete music, Pink Flyod's rock psychedelic, Kraftwerk 's electronic music, Daft Punk and rap T-Pain, have let emerge many effects: reverb, compression, distortion, auto-tune, filter, chorus, phasing, etc. The aim of this book is to introduce and explain these effects and sound treatments by addressing their theoretical and practical aspects.
The Prop Effects Guidebook : lights, motion, sound, and magic by
In The Prop Building Guidebook, author Eric Hart demonstrated how to cut, glue, sculpt, and bend raw materials to build props. Now in The Prop Effects Guidebook, he shows us how to connect and assemble components and parts to make those props light up, explode, make noise, and bleed. It delves into the world of electricity, pneumatics, liquids, and mechanical effects to teach you how to make your props perform magic in front of a live audience. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring videos of how to create individual prop special effects: www.propeffectsguidebook.com.
Sight, Sound, Motion : Applied Media Aesthetics by
Delivering the most comprehensive coverage available, Herb Zettl's SIGHT SOUND MOTION: APPLIED MEDIA AESTHETICS, 8e thoroughly describes the major aesthetic image elements -- light and color, space, time-motion, and sound -- as well as presents in-depth coverage on how they are creatively used in television and film. Real-world applications bring the text's detailed coverage of aesthetic theory to life. It equips you to think critically about media aesthetics and apply them to production situations. Now presented in full color, the Eighth Edition's engaging presentation is richly illustrated with strong visuals that often draw on traditional art forms, such as painting, sculpture, and dance.
The Sound Systems Design Primer by
The Sound System Design Primeris an introduction to the many topics, technologies, and sub-disciplines that make up contemporary sound systems design. Written in clear, conversational language for those who do not have an engineering background, or who think more in language than in numbers, The Sound System Design Primerprovides a solid foundation in this expanding discipline for students, early/mid-career system designers, creative and content designers seeking a better grasp on the technical side of things, and non-sound professionals who want or need to be able to speak intelligently with sound system designers.
Sound Theory from Sound Practice : working with sound by
Sound Design Theory and Practiceis a comprehensive and accessible guide to the concepts which underpin the creative decisions that inform the creation of sound design. A fundamental problem facing anyone wishing to practice, study, teach or research about sound is the lack of a theoretical language to describe the way sound is used and a comprehensive and rigorous overarching framework that describes all forms of sound. With the recent growth of interest in sound studies, there is an urgent need to provide scholarly resources that can be used to inform both the practice and analysis of sound. Using a range of examples from classic and contemporary cinema, television and games this book provides a thorough theoretical foundation for the artistic practice of sound design, which is too frequently seen as a 'technical' or secondary part of the production process. Engaging with practices in film, television and other digital media, Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars. >Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars.
Sound Works : a cultural theory of sound design by
What is sound design? What is its function in the early 21st century and into the future? Sound Works examines these questions in four parts- Part 1, "Why This Sound?", presents an overview of the modern history of sound design. Part 2 is highly visual and provides a glance onto a sound designer's workbench and the current state of "Sonic Labor." Part 3 uses cultural analysis to explore our contemporary "Living with Sounds." The final and fourth part then proposes a series of anthropological and political interpretations of how "Sound Works" today. This book is not a manual on sound design; it instead argues for a cultural theory of sound design for sound designers and sound artists, for clients who commission a sound design and for researchers in the fields of sound studies, design research, and cultural studies
Theory for Theatre Studies: Sound by
Sound provides a lively and engaging overview of relevant critical theory for students and researchers in theatre and performance studies. Addressing sound across history and through progressive developments in relevant technologies, the volume opens up the study of theatrical production and live performance to understand conceptual and pragmatic concerns about the sonic. By way of developed case studies (including Aristophanes's The Frogs, Shakespeare's The Tempest, Cocteau's The Human Voice, and Rimini Protokoll's Situation Rooms), readers can explore new methodologies and approaches for their own work on sound as a performance component. In an engagement with the burgeoning interdisciplinary field of sound studies, this book samples exciting new thinking relevant to theatre and performance studies. Part of the Theory for Theatre Studies series which introduces core theoretical concepts that underpin the discipline, Sound provides a balance of essential background information and new scholarship, and is grounded in detailed examples that illuminate and equip readers for their own sonic explorations. Volumes follow a consistent three-part structure: a historical overview of how the term has been understood within the discipline; more recent developments illustrated by substantive case studies; and emergent trends and interdisciplinary connections. Volumes are supported by further online resources including chapter overviews, illustrative material and guiding questions. Online resources to accompany this book are available at: https://bloomsbury.com/uk/theory-for-theatre-studies-sound-9781474246460/
MMESFXD is a production class that focuses on the creation of designed sound effects. Sound design is often employed for creative ambient soundscapes for alien or fantasy worlds, creatures, robots, rayguns and magical spells. The class will learn the principles and techniques used by professionals to create wonderful soundscapes.
Ambisonics : a practical 3D audio theory for recording, studio production, sound reinforcement, and virtual reality by Digital Sound Studies by
The digital turn has created new opportunities for scholars across disciplines to use sound in their scholarship. This volume's contributors provide a blueprint for making sound central to research, teaching, and dissemination. They show how digital sound studies has the potential to transform silent, text-centric cultures of communication in the humanities into rich, multisensory experiences that are more inclusive of diverse knowledges and abilities. Drawing on multiple disciplines--including rhetoric and composition, performance studies, anthropology, history, and information science--the contributors to Digital Sound Studies bring digital humanities and sound studies into productive conversation while probing the assumptions behind the use of digital tools and technologies in academic life. In so doing, they explore how sonic experience might transform our scholarly networks, writing processes, research methodologies, pedagogies, and knowledges of the archive. As they demonstrate, incorporating sound into scholarship is thus not only feasible but urgently necessary. Contributors. Myron M. Beasley, Regina N. Bradley, Steph Ceraso, Tanya Clement, Rebecca Dowd Geoffroy-Schwinden, W. F. Umi Hsu, Michael J. Kramer, Mary Caton Lingold, Darren Mueller, Richard Cullen Rath, Liana M. Silva, Jonathan Sterne, Jennifer Stoever, Jonathan W. Stone, Joanna Swafford, Aaron Trammell, Whitney Trettien
Making Media : foundations of sound and image production by
Making Media: Foundations of Sound and Image Production takes the media production process and deconstructs it into its most basic components. Students will learn the basic concepts of media production - frame, sound, light, time, motion, and sequencing - and be able to apply them to any medium they choose, from film and television to fine art and online applications. They will also become well-grounded in the digital work environment and the tools required to produce media in today's digital environment. This new fourth edition is completely updated and includes a new chapter on the production process and production safety; information on current trends in production, exhibition, and distribution; and much more. New topics include virtual and augmented reality, the use of drones and new practices interactive media. The text is also fully illustrated and includes sidebar discussions of pertinent issues throughout. The companion website has been completely revamped with interactive exercises for each chapter, allowing students to explore the process of media production.
Musical Sound Effects : Analog and Digital Sound Processing by
For decades performers, instrumentalists, composers, technicians and sound engineers continue to manipulate sound material. They are trying with more or less success to create, to innovate, improve, enhance, restore or modify the musical message. The sound of distorted guitar of Jimi Hendrix, Pierre Henry's concrete music, Pink Flyod's rock psychedelic, Kraftwerk 's electronic music, Daft Punk and rap T-Pain, have let emerge many effects: reverb, compression, distortion, auto-tune, filter, chorus, phasing, etc. The aim of this book is to introduce and explain these effects and sound treatments by addressing their theoretical and practical aspects.
Music As a Chariot : the evolutionary origins of theatre in time, sound, and music by
Music as a Chariot offers a multidisciplinary perspective whose primary proposition is that theatre is a type of music. Understanding how music enables the theatre experience helps to shape our entire approach to the performing arts. Beginning with a discussion on the origin and nature of time, the author takes us on an evolutionary journey to discover how music, language and mimesis co-evolved, eventually coming together to produce the complex way we experience theatre. The book integrates the evolutionary neuroscience of the human brain into this journey, offering practical implications and applications for the auditory expression of this concept--namely the fundamental techniques artists use to create sound scores for theatre. With contributions from directors, playwrights, actors and designers, Music as a Chariot explores the use of music to carry ideas into the human soul--a concept that extends beyond the theatrical to include film, video gaming, dance, or anywhere art is manipulated in time.
Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design : sound design and audio implementation for interactive and immersive media by
Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is a comprehensive introduction to the art of sound for games and interactive media using Unity. This accessible guide encompasses both the conceptual challenges of the artform as well as the technical and creative aspects, such as sound design, spatial audio, scripting, implementation and mixing. Beginning with basic techniques, including linear and interactive sound design, before moving on to advanced techniques, such as procedural audio, Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is supplemented by a host of digital resources, including a library of ready-to-use, adaptable scripts. This thorough introduction provides the reader with the skills and tools to combat the potential challenges of game audio independently. Principles of Game Audio and Sound Design is the perfect primer for beginner- to intermediate-level readers with a basic understanding of audio production and Unity who want to learn how to gain a foothold in the exciting world of game and interactive audio.
The Prop Effects Guidebook : lights, motion, sound, and magic by
In The Prop Building Guidebook, author Eric Hart demonstrated how to cut, glue, sculpt, and bend raw materials to build props. Now in The Prop Effects Guidebook, he shows us how to connect and assemble components and parts to make those props light up, explode, make noise, and bleed. It delves into the world of electricity, pneumatics, liquids, and mechanical effects to teach you how to make your props perform magic in front of a live audience. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring videos of how to create individual prop special effects: www.propeffectsguidebook.com.
Recording Studio Design by
Recording Studio Design, Fourth Edition explains the key principles of successful studio design and construction using straightforward language and the use of practical examples appreciated by readers of previous editions. Updated to reflect new industry standards, this fourth edition addresses improvements in cinema sound, with specific attention paid to B-chain electroacoustic response and calibration. Using over 50 years' experience, author Philip Newell provides detail on the practical aspects of recording in various environments, not only exploring the complex issues relating to the acoustics but also providing real-world solutions. While the book contains detailed discussions about performing rooms, control rooms, and mobile studios, concepts of the infrastructures are also discussed, because no studio can perform optimally unless the technical and human requirements are adequately provided for. In this new edition, sound for cinema provides a platform for highlighting many, wider electroacoustic topics in a way that is relatively easy to visualise. The way in which sound and vision interact is an important aspect of many modern multimedia formats. The new edition includes: A new Chapter 22 that will thoroughly reflect recently published SMPTE investigations which will drastically impact standards for cinema sound; The inclusion of new academic research and its practical applications; An entire new illustrated chapter on room construction principles; and The consolidation of ideas which were only emerging when the earlier editions were published.
Sound Design for Low and No Budget Films by
Don't let your indie film be sabotaged by bad sound! One of the weakest technical aspects of a low or no budget short or feature film is usually the sound, and in Sound Design for Low and No Budget Films, author Patrick Winters explains what filmmakers need to do to fix that. Learn how to improve the sound quality of your low budget film with specific tools and practices for achieving a better sound track, including detailed, step-by-step explanations of how to edit your production track, create a sound design, record and edit ADR, Foley and sound effects, music, and much more. Focusing on the essential details indie filmmakers need to know, Winters teaches you how to turn a thin and distracting sound track into one that makes your film shine. This practical guide offers: * In-depth focus on hands-on, step-by-step instruction for achieving great sound in post-production, including recording and editing sound effects, ADR and Foley--even without expensive equipment and software. * Techniques specifically designed for low and no budget projects, perfect for both students and aspiring indie filmmakers. * A simple and direct style that any aspiring filmmaker or student can understand without already knowing the industry jargon.
Voice Acting for Multimedia equips the Multimedia Arts student with skills and knowledge for appropriate voice character creation and world-class voice acting skills needed for various multimedia projects. The subject will cover various voice acting considerations including type of media, conversational flow of thought, simplified language, purpose and exaggeration. It will also tackle voiceover specific operation of studio microphones and pro tools sessions.
Acting for the Stage by
Acting for the Stage is a highly accessible guide to the business of theater acting, written for those interested in pursuing acting as a profession. This book is a collection of essays by and interviews with talented artists and businesspeople who have built successful careers in the theater; it's a goldmine of career advice that might take years to find on your own. Herein, the myths around professional acting are dispelled, and the mysteries revealed. Acting for the Stage illuminates practical strategies to help you build a life as a theater professional and find financial rewards and creative fulfillment in the process. Contains essays by and interviews with working stage actors, acting coaches, directors, writers, and agents. Features discussions on selecting a graduate school program, choosing acting classes and workshops, making the most out of your showcase, landing an agent, networking and promoting yourself, and the business of casting. Covers issues of money management, balancing the highs and lows of the profession, finding work to nourish your acting career, and building your creative team and support network.
Composing for Voice : exploring voice, language and music by
Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, elucidates how language and music function together from the perspectives of composers, singers and actors, providing an understanding of the complex functions of the voice pedagogically, musicologically and dramatically. Composing for Voice examines the voice across a wide range of musical genres (including pop, jazz, folk, classical, opera and the musical) and explores the fusion of language and music that is unique to song. This second edition is enlarged to attract a wider readership amongst all music and theatre professionals and educators, whilst also engaging an international audience with the introduction of new co-author Maria Huesca. New to the second edition: A review of the history of singing An overview of the development of melisma A chapter to help performers understand each other, as singers and actors often receive disparate educations Case studies and qualitative research around song, lyric and meaning A discussion of the synthetic voice An introduction to the concept of embodied composition Interviews with composers and singers Summaries of various vocal styles A website with links to performances discussed, as well as related workshops: www.composingforvoice.com Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, articulates possibilities for the practical exploration of language, music and voice by composers, singers and actors.
The Handbook of Speech Production by
The Handbook of Speech Production is the first reference work to provide an overview of this burgeoning area of study. Twenty-four chapters written by an international team of authors examine issues in speech planning, motor control, the physical aspects of speech production, and external factors that impact speech production. Contributions bring together behavioral, clinical, computational, developmental, and neuropsychological perspectives on speech production to create a rich and truly interdisciplinary resource Offers a novel and timely contribution to the literature and showcases a broad spectrum of research in speech production, methodological advances, and modeling Coverage of planning, motor control, articulatory coordination, the speech mechanism, and the effect of language on production processes
Harmony and Voice Leading by
A clear and accessible volume spanning the entire theory course sequence, HARMONY AND VOICE LEADING covers all basic concepts, including species counterpoint. Available with MindTap Music (sold separately), which includes the ebook with audio examples, Guided Listening Exercises for many units--showing a step-by-step resolution of a unit exercise--and PDFs of the workbook exercises.
How to Become a Voice over Artist by
Interested in voice over? Want to make money from home using your voice? Or, maybe you're curious to get insider information on how to start and develop a voice over business. This step-by-step, easy to understand guide from industry veteran, Natalie Roers, details everything she did from the equipment she used, to how she broke into the business, to how she built her client base to become a full-time home-studio voice over recording artist. Whether you're simply interested in what the field entails, are looking to do voice overs as a hobby, or are ready to take your voice work to the next level, this guide addresses your most pressing questions quickly and clearly.
The Oxford Handbook of Voice Studies by
More than 200 years after the first speaking machine, we are accustomed to voices that speak from any- and everywhere. We interact daily with voices that emit from house alarm systems, cars, telephones, and digital assistants, such as Alexa and Google Home. However, vocal events still have thecapacity to raise age-old questions about the human, the animal, the machine, and the spiritual - or in non-metaphysical terms - questions about identity and authenticity. In The Oxford Handbook of Voice Studies, contributors look to the metaphorical voice as well as the clinical understanding ofthe vocal apparatus to answer the seemingly innocuous question: What is voice?From a range of disciplines including the humanities, biology, culture, and technology studies, contributors draw on the unique methodologies and values each has at hand to address the uses, meanings, practices, theories, methods, and sounds of the voice. Together, they assess the ways thatdiscipline-specific, ontological, and epistemological assumptions of voice need to shift in order to take the findings of other fields into account. This Handbook thus enables a lively discussion as multifaceted and complex as the voice itself has proven to be.
Theatre and Voice by
How can we rethink the importance of voice in performance? How can we understand voice simultaneously as music and text, as sound and body, or as both personal and political? This book explores voice across genres, media and cultures, inviting the reader to reassess established ways of analysing, enjoying and listening to voice. Using a wide range of case studies integrated with critical and philosophical frameworks, it makes audible the multiple ways in which voice contributes to how we perform identities. From opera and musical theatre to live art and immersive audio walks, Konstantinos Thomaidis presents voice as plural, elusive and ripe for reinvention.
Unleashing the Voice of Verdi and Wagner by
Embodying Voice: Singing Verdi, Singing Wagnerarticulates the process of developing an operatic voice, explaining how and why the training of such a voice is as complex and sophisticated as it is mysterious. This book illustrates how putting together a voice, embodying a sound, and creating a character are vital to an audience's emotional involvement and enjoyment. Moreover, it addresses an imbalance of power between the opera director and the orchestra conductor - ultimately, it is the communicative power of the singer's voice that brings life to an opera, a fact well known by Verdi and Wagner. Embodying Voice highlights the singer's creative agency to be co-creator of the composer's music. It explores the ways in which vocal performance is constructed and controlled, connecting layers of mind and bodily engagement that allow operatic singers to achieve expression beyond the text itself. Further reading, listening, and performance lists are provided at the end of each chapter, complemented by musical examples throughout.
Voice : readings in theatre practice by
This wide-ranging volume explores the technical and physical aspects of voice as a craft, questioning its definitions, its historical presence, training practices and its publications. Drawing on a wealth of experience, Jane Boston presents a selection of readings that demonstrate and contextualize some of the defining moments of voice throughout history. This clear and accessible text examines the relationship between voice and aesthetics and poetics, against the backdrop of class, race and gender politics, demonstrating how vocal training has been and still is inevitably connected to such issues. Underpinned by theory, voice practitioner accounts, and cultural and historical contextualization, this comprehensive resource will be invaluable for practitioners, researchers and students of voice studies, physical theatre and theatre history.
Voice Acting for Multimedia equips the Multimedia Arts student with skills and knowledge for appropriate voice character creation and world-class voice acting skills needed for various multimedia projects. The subject will cover various voice acting considerations including type of media, conversational flow of thought, simplified language, purpose and exaggeration. It will also tackle voiceover specific operation of studio microphones and pro tools sessions.
The Art of Voice Acting : the craft and business of performing for voiceover by
The Art of Voice Acting covers all aspects of the craft and business of performing voiceover. This sixth edition is reorganized and completely updated to include the latest information on how to get started in voiceover, performing techniques, setting up a personal recording space, voiceover demos, the basics of running a voiceover business, working with agents, unions, and much more. Dozens of URL's are included with additional resources and several chapters include all new scripts written specifically for this edition. Two new chapters include contributions from some of the voiceover world's top professionals. Additional content can be found on the Voice Acting Academy website at AOVA.VoiceActing.com. This is the perfect tool for aspiring voice performers, radio announcers, and stage and screen actors.
Found Life : poems, stories, comics, a play, and an interview by
One of the first Russian writers to make a name for herself on the Internet, Linor Goralik writes conversational short works that conjure the absurd, reflecting post-Soviet life and daily universals. Her mastery of the minimal is on full display in this collection of poems, stories, comics, a play, and an interview, translated for the first time.
The indigenous voice of poetomachia : the various perspectives of textuality and performance by 
Our Master's Voice by
"I was an ad-man once," James Rorty writes in this classic dissection of the advertising industry. Steeped in Rorty's leftist politics, Our Master's Voice: Advertising presents advertising as the linchpin of a capitalist economy that it also helps justify. The book set off tremors when it was published in 1934, perhaps because its author so decisively repudiated his former profession. But Rorty and his spirited takedown of publicity were all but forgotten a decade later. The book is a neglected masterpiece, republished in this mediastudies.press edition with a new introduction by Jefferson Pooley.
Voice and Vision : a creative approach to narrative filmmaking by
Develop your creative voice while acquiring the practical skills and confidence to use it with this new and fully updated edition of Mick Hurbis-Cherrier's filmmaking bible, Voice & Vision. Written for independent filmmakers and film students who want a solid grounding in the tools, techniques, and processes of narrative film, this comprehensive manual covers all of the essentials while keeping artistic vision front and center. Hurbis-Cherrier walks the reader through every step of the process--from the transformation of an idea into a cinematic story, to the intricacies of promotion and distribution--and every detail in between. Features of this book include: Comprehensive technical information on video production and postproduction tools, allowing filmmakers to express themselves with any camera, in any format, and on any budget An emphasis on the collaborative filmmaking process, including the responsibilities and creative contributions of every principal member of the crew and cast A focus on learning to work successfully with available resources (time, equipment, budget, personnel, etc.) in order to turn limitations into opportunities Updated digital filmmaking workflow breakdowns for Rec. 709 HD, Log Format, and D-Cinema productions Substantial coverage of the sound tools and techniques used in film production and the creative impact of postproduction sound design An extensive discussion of digital cinematography fundamentals, including essential lighting and exposure control tools, common gamma profiles, the use of LUTs, and the role of color grading Abundant examples referencing contemporary and classic films from around the world Indispensible information on production safety, team etiquette, and set procedures. The third edition also features a robust companion website that includes eight award-winning example short films; interactive and high-resolution figures; downloadable raw footage; production forms and logs for preproduction, production, and postproduction; video examples that illustrate key concepts found within the book, and more. Whether you are using it in the classroom or are looking for a comprehensive reference to learn everything you need to know about the filmmaking process, Voice & Vision delivers all of the details in an accessible and reader-friendly format.
Video Production for Corporate and Organizational Communication
MMECORP is production-intensive workshop course focusing in the evaluation, conceptualization, production, and post-production of videos for corporations and organizations. These will be covered through a series of lectures, screening of video case studies, demonstrations, and group projects. Through this course, you will be equipped and trained to address the communication objectives of corporations and organizations using video as a medium.
Digital Media : Concepts and Applications by
DIGITAL MEDIA, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS, 4E prepares students for the multimedia-rich workplace by teaching them multimedia concepts as well as business-standard software applications to complete projects and solve problems. The non-software-specific text approach gives students a strong foundation in the concepts and practices of digital multimedia and allows the text to focus on the more creative end of business technology. If needed, software-specific directions to assist in learning can be found on the website.
Exploring Critical Digital Literacy Practices : everyday video in a dual language context by
In this book, Jessica Zacher Pandya examines the everyday videomaking practices of students in a dual language, under-resourced school in order to explore the ways children interrogate their worlds, the kinds of identities they craft, and the language and literacy learning practices that emerge from digital video production. Focusing on vulnerable populations who are often left out of innovative in- and out-of-school digital media projects¿including English language learners, immigrants, and children with special needs¿this book offers an expanded understanding of children¿s critical digital literacy practices, and shows how videomaking in the regular curriculum affords opportunities for redistributive social justice. Weaving together pedagogical, methodological, social, and political concerns into her examination of a real-world context, Pandya offers a practical and informative analysis of making videos in schools; examines the impact of videomaking on students¿ language use and agency; and adds significantly to current theorizations of digital and new literacies.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices Front cover image for Film and video production in the cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distribution by
The updated third edition of this popular book offers a clear and detailed overview of the postproduction process, showing readers how to manage each step in taking a film, TV, or media project from production to final delivery, from scheduling and budgeting through editing, sound, visual effects, and more. Accessibly written for producers, post supervisors, filmmakers, and students and extensively updated to address current digital and file-based industry practices,The Guide to Managing Postproduction for Film, TV, and Digital Distributionhelps the reader to understand the new worlds of accessibility, deliverables, license requirements, legal considerations, and acquisitions involved in postproduction, including the ins and outs of piracy management and archiving. This edition addresses the standards for theatrical and digital distribution, network, cable and pay TV, as well as spotlights internet streaming and various delivery methods for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality. for specialty screenings, projection large format (PLF), and formats including 3D, virtual reality and augmented reality.
How Video Works : from broadcast to the cloud Front cover image for How video works : from broadcast to the cloud by
How Video Works　raises the curtain on how video is created, scanned, transmitted, stored, compressed, encoded, delivered and streamed to its multitude of destinations. In today's digital world, every content creator--individual as well as network or corporation--must understand the process of how video works in order to deliver not only the best quality video, but a digital video file with the most appropriate specifications for each particular use. This complete guide covers key stages of video development, from image capture to the final stages of delivery and archiving, as well as workflows and new technologies, including Ultra High Definition, metadata, signal monitoring, streaming and managing video files - all presented in an easy to understand way. Whether you are a professional or new video technician discovering the ins and outs of digital distribution, this book has the information you need to succeed. The updated third edition contains: * New sections on image capture as well as streaming and video workflows * A hands-on approach to using digital scopes and monitoring the video signal * Thorough explanations of managing video files, including codecs and wrappers * In-depth coverage of compression, encoding, and metadata * A complete explanation of video and audio standards, including Ultra HD * An overview of video recording and storage formats * A complete glossary of terms for video, audio and broadcast
The Movie making book skills and projects to learn and share by Scriptwriting for Film Television and New Media by
What are the foundations of scriptwriting? Why do some scripts gain more prestige than others? How do you write a script and get it noticed? Scriptwriting for Film, Television and New Mediaanswers these questions and more, offering a comprehensive introduction to writing scripts for film, television, the Internet, and interactive multimedia. Author Alan C. Hueth explains not just how to write, but how to think and apply the fundamental principles of screenwriting to multiple platforms and genres. This includes chapters on numerous script formats, including drama and comedy in film and TV, short films, commercials and PSAs, news and sports, interview shows, documentaries, reality shows, and corporate and educational media, including interactive multimedia. This book also addresses legal and ethical issues, how to become a professional scriptwriter, and a section on production language that provides helpful explanations of how camera, locations, visual and audio effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created. io effects combine on screen to engage and sustain viewer attention, and, consequently, how to improve scriptwriting technique. The book features numerous case studies and detailed examples, including chapter by chapter exercises, plot diagrams, quick-look and learn tables that assist readers to quickly understand genre related script elements, and in-depth script close-ups to examine precisely how writers utilize the principles and elements of drama to create a successful script. It is also supported by a comprehensive companion website with further case studies, assignments, video clips, and examples of films and programs discussed in the book. Scriptwriting for Film, Television, and New Mediais ideal for aspiring scriptwriters and anyone wanting to broaden their understanding of how successful scripts are created.
Video Production for Corporate and Organizational Communication
MMECORP is production-intensive workshop course focusing in the evaluation, conceptualization, production, and post-production of videos for corporations and organizations. These will be covered through a series of lectures, screening of video case studies, demonstrations, and group projects. Through this course, you will be equipped and trained to address the communication objectives of corporations and organizations using video as a medium.
Corporate Video Production : beyond the board room (and out of the bored room) by
In this updated edition of Corporate Video Production, Stuart Sweetow teaches aspiring and seasoned videographers how to make imaginative corporate videos with eye-catching designs, rhythmic editing tricks, and essential scriptwriting and interview techniques. Readers will learn how to shoot on location or in a studio, work with employees-turned-actors, find new clients, and produce online videos and podcasts for corporations, government agencies, and non-profit organizations. Additionally, this new edition has been updated to include discussion questions, chapter summaries, and professional tips, and to cover live webcasting, mobile devices, shooting in 4K, micro-videos, micro-cameras, and storytelling techniques for corporate social responsibility programs. A companion website features downloadable forms and further resources.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video : production workflows and techniques by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Film and Video Production in the Cloud : concepts, workflows, and best practices by
With cloud applications and services now widely available, film and video professionals have all the tools they need to work together on centralized platforms and effectively collaborate across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices. In Film and Video Production in the Cloud, veteran video production consultant Jack James provides a practical guide to cloud processes, concepts, and workflows as they relate to the most widely used cloud applications in the industry. Topics discussed include the benefits of cloud storage, cloud-based production and postproduction pipelines, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, budget and security considerations, and crowdsourcing. This book will allow readers to: * Harness cloud-based tools and processes to enhance your film and video production pipeline and help your creative team collaborate effectively across separate desktop, web, and mobile devices; * Discover the benefits of cloud-based film and video production, as well as key approaches to budgeting and planning, project and asset management, distribution and archiving, security considerations, and crowdsourcing in the cloud; * Learn how to apply fundamental cloud methodologies and best practices to the most widely used cloud services and applications in the industry, including Adobe Creative Cloud, Autodesk A360, Avid Media Composer Cloud, Asana, Basecamp, and Shotgun.
Introduction to Video Production : studio, field, and beyond by
Written in a clear, non-technical manner, Introduction to Video Productionfocuses on the fundamental principles of video production and the technologies used in production. This book discusses video aesthetics, technologies, and production practice in a clear and concise manner. It also emphasizes the importance of teamwork and planning in the production process. Chapters are clearly organized and heavily illustrated, with key terms identified in boldface. With Introduction to Video Production, readers will learn not only how the technology works, but how to work with the technology and with each other.
Video Field Production and Editing by
Video Field Production and Editing concentrates on video techniques and technology appropriate for "small scale" single-camera electronic field production (EFP) and electronic news gathering (ENG). This book offers the latest material on new digital field recording and editing technologies and is written in a concise, non-technical, user-friendly format. Reorganized and updated throughout, with new sections dedicated to HDV (High Definition Video) videotape recording formats, and tapeless digital recording media including high capacity optical discs, solid-state memory cards, and computer hard drives, the book walks the reader through the video production process from initial planning through final editing.
Video Production : disciplines and techniques by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
Video Production Handbook by
This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students, the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras, LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color, highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs.
Hypernarratives for Multimedia
Hypernarratives for Multimedia familiarizes the students with hypernarratives and how they can enhance the storytelling experience through interactivity by giving the user the power to decide and affect the outcomes of the stories. Students are expected to utilize the skills and tools previously learned to enable him/her to develop a hypernarrative multimedia project.
Beyond Art Fundamentals : a guide to emotion, mood, and storytelling for artists by
Building on the foundations set by our popularArt Fundamentals book,Beyond Fundamentals shows artists how to take their work a step beyond techniques and mechanics. A memorable, unique image requires more than just accurate anatomy and choosing the right tools, after all! This impressive volume offers in-depth guidance on conveying mood and emotion, creating narratives, and improving your images' storytelling through composition, character details, and atmosphere.Beyond Fundamentals is an ideal book both for hobbyists and new artists wanting to add extra depth to their work, and for skilled illustrators looking for a spark of new inspiration.
Data-Driven Storytelling by
This book presents an accessible introduction to data-driven storytelling. Resulting from unique discussions between data visualization researchers and data journalists, it offers an integrated definition of the topic, presents vivid examples and patterns for data storytelling, and calls out key challenges and new opportunities for researchers and practitioners.
The Handbook of Narrative Analysis by
Featuring contributions from leading scholars in the field, The Handbook of Narrative Analysis is the first comprehensive collection of sociolinguistic scholarship on narrative analysis to be published. Organized thematically to provide an accessible guide for how to engage with narrative without prescribing a rigid analytic framework Represents established modes of narrative analysis juxtaposed with innovative new methods for conducting narrative research Includes coverage of the latest advances in narrative analysis, from work on social media to small stories research Introduces and exemplifies a practice-based approach to narrative analysis that separates narrative from text so as to broaden the field beyond the printed page
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Interactive Stories and Video Game Art : a storytelling framework for game design by
The success of storytelling in games depends on the entire development team--game designers, artists, writers, programmers and musicians, etc.--working harmoniously together towards a singular artistic vision. Interactive Stories and Video Game Art is first to define a common design language for understanding and orchestrating interactive masterpieces using techniques inherited from the rich history of art and craftsmanship that games build upon. Case studies of hit games like The Last of Us, Journey, and Minecraft illustrate the vital components needed to create emotionally-complex stories that are mindful of gaming's principal relationship between player actions and video game aesthetics. This book is for developers of video games and virtual reality, filmmakers, gamification and transmedia experts, and everybody else interested in experiencing resonant and meaningful interactive stories. Key Features: The first book to define a common visual and interactive language for understanding and orchestrating sophisticated stories in video games Accessible to industry professionals as well as non-developers Featured concepts apply to all media with an interactive component including: transmedia, gamification and interactive art The definitive framework for designing interactive stories
Let the Story Do the Work : the art of storytelling for business success by
People forget facts, but they never forget a good story. Unfortunately it's never that simple, though. Because for most, there's nothing easy about crafting a memorable story, let alone linking it to professional goals. But material for stories and anecdotes that can be used for your professional success surround you! Let the Story Do the Work shows you how to mine your experience for simple narratives that will achieve your goals. You can learn to:* Capture attention* Engage your audience* Change minds* Inspire action* Pitch persuasively* And more!When you find the perfect hook, structure your story according to its strengths, and deliver it at the right time in the right way, you'll see firsthand how easy it is to turn everyday communications into opportunities to connect, gain buy-in, and build lasting relationships.
Narrative by Numbers : how to tell powerful & purposeful stories with data by
Shortlisted for the Business Book of the Year Awards in the Sales and Marketing category. As jobs become increasingly similar, there are two skills that everyone needs if they're going to thrive. These are the ability to interrogate and make sense of data, and the ability to use insights extracted from data to persuade others to act. Analytics + storytelling = influence. Humans are hardwired to respond to stories and story structure. Stories are how we make sense of and navigate the world. We respond best to stories that are based on evidence. But storytellers need to use data as the foundation of stories, not as the actual stories themselves. To be truly impactful, rational facts need to be presented with a veneer of emotion. The Big Data revolution means more data is available than ever. The trouble is, most people aren't very numerate or good at statistics. Many find it hard to look at data and extract insights. Meanwhile, those for whom numbers hold no fear don't always make the best storytellers. They mistakenly believe they need to prove their point by showing their workings. There are some simple and effective rules of data-driven storytelling that help everyone tell more compelling, evidence-based stories, whoever they need to convince. Narrative by Numbers shows you how.
Narrative Theory, Literature, and New Media : narrative minds and virtual worlds by
Offering an interdisciplinary approach to narrative, this book investigates storyworlds and minds in narratives across media, from literature to digital games and reality TV, from online sadomasochism to oral history databases, and from horror to hallucinations. It addresses two core questions of contemporary narrative theory, inspired by recent cognitive-scientific developments: what kind of a construction is a storyworld, and what kind of mental functioning can be embedded in it? Minds and worlds become essential facets of making sense and interpreting narratives as the book asks how story-internal minds relate to the mind external to the storyworld, that is, the mind processing the story. With essays from social scientists, literary scholars, linguists, and scholars from interactive media studies answering these topical questions, the collection brings diverse disciplines into dialogue, providing new openings for genuinely transdisciplinary narrative theory. The wide-ranging selection of materials analyzed in the book promotes knowledge on the latest forms of cultural and social meaning-making through narrative, necessary for navigating the contemporary, mediatized cultural landscape. The combination of theoretical reflection and empirical analysis makes this book an invaluable resource for scholars and advanced students in fields including literary studies, social sciences, art, media, and communication.
Production Design for Screen : visual storytelling in film and television by
Packed with colour film stills, exclusive pre-production artwork and behind-the-scenes production images, this landmark book celebrates the production designer's contribution to visual storytelling on screen. It illuminates the visual concepts behind familiar screen spaces and unpicks how and why they are so effective in conveying character and story. Seven case studies, developed from exclusive interviews with world-renowned designers, reveal the concepts behind some of the most engaging imagery on screen and establish a dialogue around the shared language of visual storytelling. Jane Barnwell offers a new methodology for evaluating the designer's work on screen through five categories of analysis- space, interiors and exteriors, light, colour and set decorating. All of which combine to create the visual concept evident in the final screen image and together provide a model for the analysis of production design. Practical exercises and examples of real world projects walk you through the design process from breaking down the script and developing initial ideas to identifying a coherent conceptual vision. If you are a filmmaker, Production Design for Screen will inspire and guide you in your own work.
Storytelling Across Worlds : transmedia for creatives and producers by
Don't restrict your creative property to one media channel. Make the essential leap to transmedia! From film to television to games and beyond, Storytelling Across Worlds gives you the tools to weave a narrative universe across multiple platforms and meet the insatiable demand of today's audience for its favorite creative property. This, the first primer in the field for both producers and writers, teaches you how to: * Employ film, television, games, novels, comics, and the web to build rich and immersive transmedia narratives * Create writing and production bibles for transmedia property * Monetize your stories across separate media channels * Manage transmedia brands, marketing, and rights * Work effectively with writers and producers in different areas of production * Engage audiences with transmedia storytelling Up-to-date examples of current transmedia and cross-media properties accompany each chapter and highlight this hot but sure-to-be enduring topic in modern media.
Storytelling for Interactive Digital Media and Video Games by
The evolution of story-telling is as old as the human race; from the beginning, when our ancestors first gathered around a campfire to share wondrous tales through oral traditions, to today, with information and stories being shared through waves and filling screens with words and images. Stories have always surrounded us, and united us in ways other disciplines can't. Storytelling for Interactive Digital Media and Video Games lays out the construct of the story, and how it can be manipulated by the storyteller through sound, video, lighting, graphics, and color. This book is the perfect guide to aspiring storytellers as it illustrates the different manner of how and why stories are told, and how to make them "interactive." Storytelling features heavy game development as a method of storytelling and delivery, and how to develop compelling plots, characters, settings, and actions inside a game. The concept of digital storytelling will be explored, and how this differs from previous incarnations of mediums for stories Key Features: 　 Explores the necessary elements of a story (setting, character, events, sequence, and perspective) and how they affect the viewer of the story Discusses media and its role in storytelling, including images, art, sound, video, and animation Explores the effect of interactivity on the story, such as contest TV, web-based storytelling, kiosks, and games Shows the different types of story themes in gaming and how they are interwoven Describes how to make games engaging and rewarding intrinsically and extrinsically
Hypernarratives for Multimedia
Hypernarratives for Multimedia familiarizes the students with hypernarratives and how they can enhance the storytelling experience through interactivity by giving the user the power to decide and affect the outcomes of the stories. Students are expected to utilize the skills and tools previously learned to enable him/her to develop a hypernarrative multimedia project.
Deep Maps and Spatial Narratives by
Deep maps are finely detailed, multimedia depictions of a place and the people, buildings, objects, flora, and fauna that exist within it and which are inseparable from the activities of everyday life. These depictions may encompass the beliefs, desires, hopes, and fears of residents and help show what ties one place to another. A deep map is a way to engage evidence within its spatio-temporal context and to provide a platform for a spatially-embedded argument. The essays in this book investigate deep mapping and the spatial narratives that stem from it. The authors come from a variety of disciplines: history, religious studies, geography and geographic information science, and computer science. Each applies the concepts of space, time, and place to problems central to an understanding of society and culture, employing deep maps to reveal the confluence of actions and evidence and to trace paths of intellectual exploration by making use of a new creative space that is visual, structurally open, multi-media, and multi-layered.
Deep Stories Practicing, Teaching, and Learning Anthropology with Digital Storytelling by
Have you ever wondered what makes storytelling and digital media a powerful combination? This edited volume examines the opportunities to think, do, and/or create jointly afforded by digital storytelling. The editors of this volume contend that digital storytelling and digital media can create spaces of empowerment and transformation by facilitating multiple kinds of border crossings and convergences involving groups of peoples, places, knowledge, methodologies, and teaching pedagogies. The book is unique in its inclusion of anthropologists and education practitioners and its emphasis on multiple subfields in anthropology. The contributors discuss digital storytelling in the context of educational programs, teaching anthropology, and ethnographic research involving a variety of populations and subjects that will appeal to researchers and practitioners engaged with qualitative methods and pedagogies that rely on media technology.
Digital Storytelling : a creator's guide to interactive entertainment by
Digital Storytelling shows you how to create immersive, interactive narratives across a multitude of platforms, devices, and media. From age-old storytelling techniques to cutting-edge development processes, this book covers creating stories for all forms of New Media, including transmedia storytelling, video games, mobile apps, and second screen experiences. The way a story is told, a message is delivered, or a narrative is navigated has changed dramatically over the last few years. Stories are told through video games, interactive books, and social media. Stories are told on all sorts of different platforms and through all sorts of different devices. They're immersive, letting the user interact with the story and letting the user enter the story and shape it themselves. This book features case studies that cover a great spectrum of platforms and different story genres. It also shows you how to plan processes for developing interactive narratives for all forms of entertainment and non-fiction purposes: education, training, information and promotion. Digital Storytelling features interviews with some of the industry's biggest names, showing you how they build and tell their stories.
Feature and Narrative Storytelling for Multimedia Journalists by
Feature and Narrative Storytelling for Multimedia Journalists is the first text that truly focuses on the multimedia and documentary production techniques required by professional journalists. Video and audio production methods are covered in rich detail, but more importantly, various storytelling techniques are explored in depth. Likewise, author Duy Linh Tu tackles the latest topics in multimedia storytelling, including mobile reporting, producing, and publishing, while also offering best practices for using social media to help promote finished products. Whether you're a student, a professional seeking new techniques, or simply looking to update your skills for the new digital newsroom, this book will provide you with the information and tools you need to succeed as a professional journalist. Integrated: The lessons in this book deftly combine traditional media production principles with storytelling craft. It is written with the perspective of modern professional journalists in mind. Practical: While rich with theory, this text is based on the real-world work of the author and several of his colleagues. It features Q&As with some of the best editors and video producers from top publications, including NPR, Vice, and Detroit Free Press, as well as profiles of leading video news organizations such as Frontline, Mediastorm, and Seattle Times. Proven: The author uses pedagogy from the world-renowned Columbia Journalism School as well as case studies from his own award-winning work. Interactive: The text is exercise- and drill-based, and the companion website provides multimedia examples and lesson files, as well as tutorials, case studies, and video interviews.
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling : creating immersive stories across new media platforms by
Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling provides media students and industry professionals with strategies for creating innovative new media projects across a variety of platforms. Synthesizing ideas from a range of theorists and practitioners across visual, audio, and interactive media, Kelly McErlean offers a practical reference guide and toolkit to best practices, techniques, key historical and theoretical concepts, and terminology that media storytellers and creatives need to create compelling interactive and transmedia narratives. McErlean takes a broad lens, exploring traditional narrative, virtual reality and augmented reality, audience interpretation, sound design, montage, the business of transmedia storytelling, and much more. Written for both experienced media practitioners and those looking for a reference to help bolster their creative toolkit or learn how to better craft multiplatform stories, Interactive Narratives and Transmedia Storytelling serves as a guide to navigating this evolving world.
Learn to use narrative analysis to analyze written narratives by 
The narrative subject : storytelling in the age of the internet by 
Smartphone Video Storytelling by
Smartphone Video Storytelling helps readers master the techniques for making compelling short-form video content with a smartphone. With mobile journalism on the rise, it's becoming increasingly important to understand the entire process and potential for conveying stories across multiple platforms. This richly illustrated text provides students with the essential smartphone video reporting skills: From choosing the right editing app to working with interview subjects on camera. The ethics of non-fiction video storytelling are highlighted to reinforce core journalistic principles. The chapters feature mini-tutorials and exercises that introduce the key principles of filmmaking. The student exercises and library of online video lessons introduce the building blocks of visual storytelling using real-world reporting examples. A story-based approach allows instructors to use the experiences of making each project in order to teach the fundamentals of video storytelling in a natural way. Each story lesson introduces the necessary stages, including planning, filming, and editing . . . and all with a smartphone. Online example videos can be found at http://smartfilmbook.com/
Storytelling for Virtual Reality : methods and principles for crafting immersive narratives by
Storytelling for Virtual Reality serves as a bridge between students of new media and professionals working between the emerging world of VR technology and the art form of classical storytelling. Rather than examining purely the technical, the text focuses on the narrative and how stories can best be structured, created, and then told in virtual immersive spaces. Author John Bucher examines the timeless principles of storytelling and how they are being applied, transformed, and transcended in Virtual Reality. Interviews, conversations, and case studies with both pioneers and innovators in VR storytelling are featured, including industry leaders at LucasFilm, 20th Century Fox, Oculus, Insomniac Games, and Google. For more information about story, Virtual Reality, this book, and its author, please visit StorytellingforVR.com
In this course, you will learn to create a computer game which one or more players can play through the control of game objects and resources. The knowledge obtained by creating game idea, design document, and graphics will then become the basis for producing a good programming codes for a game. Emphasis is placed on understanding the codes underlying the game development concepts and models. In addition, you will learn to publish and deploy a computer game for personal computer and mobile devices.
Aaron Marks' Complete Guide to Game Audio : for composers, sound designers, musicians, and game developers by
Whether trying to land that first big gig or working to perfect the necessary skills to fill a game world with sound, Aaron Marks' Complete Guide to Game Audio 3rd edition will teach the reader everything they need to know about the audio side of the multi-million dollar video game industry. This book builds upon the success of the second edition with even more expert advice from masters in the field and notes current changes within the growing video game industry. The tools of the trade excerpts will showcase what professionals, like Marty O'Donnell, Richard Jacques and Tom Salta, use to create their work and to help newcomers in the field prepare their own sound studios. Sample contracts are reviewed within the text as well as helpful advice about contractual terms and negotiable points. These sample contracts can also be found as a downloadable zip for the reader's convenience. Aaron Marks also explores how to set your financial terms and network efficiently along with examples of how projects can go completely awry and achieving the best results in often complicated situations. Aaron Marks' Complete Guide to Game Audio serves as the ultimate survival guide to navigating an audio career in the video game industry. Key Features New, full color edition with a complete update of information. Added and expanded coverage of field recording for games, creating voiceovers, adaptive and interactive audio and other cutting edge sound creation and implementation techniques used within games. Update/Replacement of interviews. Include interviews/features on international game audio professionals New and expanded interview features from game composers and sound designers of every experience level such as Keith Arem, Bradley Meyer, Christopher Tin and Rodney Gates including many international professionals like Pasi Pitkanen, Henning Nugel and Christos Panayides. Expanded and updated game console coverage of the Wii, Wii U, Xbox 360, Xbox One, PS3 and PS4. Includes new scripting and middleware concepts and techniques and review of powerful tools such as FMOD and Wwise.
Beep to Boom : the development of advanced runtime sound systems for games and extended reality by
Drawing on decades of experience, Beep to Boom: The Development of Advanced Runtime Sound Systems for Games and Extended Realityis a rigorous, comprehensive guide to interactive audio runtime systems. Packed with practical examples and insights, the book explains each component of these complex geometries of sound. Using practical, lowest-common-denominator techniques, Goodwin covers soundfield creation across a range of platforms from phones to VR gaming consoles. Whether creating an audio system from scratch or building on existing frameworks, the book also explains costs, benefits and priorities. In the dynamic simulated world of games and extended reality, interactive audio can now consider every intricacy of real-world sound. This book explains how and why to tame it enjoyably.
Create 2D Mobile Games with Corona SDK by
Corona SDK is one of the most powerful tools used to create games and apps for mobile devices. The market requires speed; new developers need to operate quickly and efficiently. Create 2D Mobile Games with Corona SDK gives you the tools needed to master Corona - even within the framework of professional constraints. A must-read guide, this book gives you fast, accurate tips to learn the programming language necessary to create games. Read it sequentially or as an FAQ and you will have the tools you need to create any base game before moving on to advanced topics. The tutorial-based format: Contains step-by-step directions complete with coding and screenshots Is filled with tutorials, tips, and links to useful online resources Includes a comprehensive companion website featuring online exercise files to practice coding, full build samples from the text, additional book details, and more!
Create Computer Games : design and build your own game by
PUT DOWN YOUR CONTROLLER Why just play videogames when you can build your own game? Follow the steps in this book to learn a little about code, build a few graphics, and piece together a real game you can share with your friends. Who knows? What you learn here could help you become the next rock-star video- game designer. So set your controller aside and get ready to create! Decipher the code - build some basic knowledge of how computer code drives videogames Get animated - create simple graphics and learn how to put them in motion Update a classic - put your knowledge together to put your modern twist on a classic game
Developing Creative Content for Games by
This book provides readers with a solid understanding of game development, design, narrative, charaterization, plot, back story and world creation elements that are crucial for game writers and designers as they create a detailed world setting, adventure, characters, narrative and plot suitable for possible publication. Game design and development issues such as writing for games, emergent complexity, risk reward systems, competitive and cooperative game play will be investigated, analyzed and critiqued. Examples will be used to highlight and explain the various concepts involved and how the game development process works.
Game Audio with FMOD and Unity by
Game Audio with FMOD and Unity introduces readers to the principles and practice of game audio through the process of creating their own First Person Shooter (FPS) game. All the basics are covered, as well as a simple introduction to coding. Using the free software Unity and FMOD Audio Middleware, the reader will be able to create a game of their own and develop a portfolio that demonstrates their capacities in interactive sound design. Perfect for classroom use or independent study, Game Audio with FMOD and Unity also comes with a full suite of audio assets provided on a companion website.
Holistic Game Development with Unity an All-In-One Guide to Implementing Game Mechanics, Art, Design and Programming by
Master game design and digital art principles simultaneously with this all-in-one guide to creating games in the cutting-edge game engine Unity 5. Bursting with images and tutorials, Penny de Byl's Holistic Game Development with Unity will help the reader gain the multidisciplinary skills needed to succeed in the independent game industry. Holistic Game Development includes new coverage on Augmented Reality, Networking and Virtual Reality such as the Oculus Rift. Supplementary material, including instructional videos, discussion forms and art assets are provided in the companion website located at www.holistic3d.com. Learn to combine the beauty of art and the functionality of programming in de Byl's second edition for Unity game development. Key Features Art and programming in unison-the only one-stop shop for individual developers and small teams looking to tackle both tasks. Proven step-by-step tutorials show you how to design and structure an entire game in Unity with art assets. Revised to cover the Unity 5 game engine. New coverage of Augmented Reality, Networking, and Virtual Reality. An introduction to essential two- and three-dimensional mathematical and physics concepts. A portfolio of royalty free reusable game mechanics. Revamped and expanded accompanying web site, www.holistic3d.com, features project source code, instructional videos, art assets, author blog, and discussion forums. Additional challenge questions and lesson plans are available online for an enhanced learning experience.
Holistic Mobile Game Development with Unity by
Holistic Mobile Game Development with Unity: An All-In-One Guide to Implementing Mechanics, Art Design and Programming for iOS and Android Games Master mobile game design and development in this all-in-one guide to creating iOS and Android games in the cutting-edge game engine, Unity. By using Penny de Byl's holistic method, you will learn about the principles of art, design, and code and gain multidisciplinary skills needed to succeed in the independent mobile games industry. In addition, hands-on exercises will help you throughout the process from design to publication in the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. Over 70 practical step-by-step exercises recreating the game mechanics of contemporary mobile games, including Angry Birds, Temple Run, Year Walk, Minecraft, Curiosity Cube, Fruit Ninja,and more. Design principles, art, and programming in unison - the one-stop shop for indie developers requiring interdisciplinary skills in their small teams. An introduction to essential two- and three-dimensional mathematics, geometry and physics concepts. A portfolio of royalty free reusable game mechanics and assets. Accompanying website, www.holistic3d.com, features project source code, instructional videos, art assets, author blog, and teaching resources. Challenge questions and lesson plans are available online for an enhanced learning experience.
Playing Smart : on games, intelligence and Artificial Intelligence by
A new vision of the future of games and game design, enabled by AI.Can games measure intelligence? How will artificial intelligence inform games of the future? In Playing Smart, Julian Togelius explores the connections between games and intelligence to offer a new vision of future games and game design. Video games already depend on AI. We use games to test AI algorithms, challenge our thinking, and better understand both natural and artificial intelligence. In the future, Togelius argues, game designers will be able to create smarter games that make us smarter in turn, applying advanced AI to help design games. In this book, he tells us how. Games are the past, present, and future of artificial intelligence. In 1948, Alan Turing, one of the founding fathers of computer science and artificial intelligence, handwrote a program for chess. Today we have IBM's Deep Blue and DeepMind's AlphaGo, and huge efforts go into developing AI that can play such arcade games as Pac-Man. Programmers continue to use games to test and develop AI, creating new benchmarks for AI while also challenging human assumptions and cognitive abilities. Game design is at heart a cognitive science, Togelius reminds us-when we play or design a game, we plan, think spatially, make predictions, move, and assess ourselves and our performance. By studying how we play and design games, Togelius writes, we can better understand how humans and machines think. AI can do more for game design than providing a skillful opponent. We can harness it to build game-playing and game-designing AI agents, enabling a new generation of AI-augmented games. With AI, we can explore new frontiers in learning and play.
In this course, you will learn to create a computer game which one or more players can play through the control of game objects and resources. The knowledge obtained by creating game idea, design document, and graphics will then become the basis for producing a good programming codes for a game. Emphasis is placed on understanding the codes underlying the game development concepts and models. In addition, you will learn to publish and deploy a computer game for personal computer and mobile devices.
3D game programming for kids : create interactive worlds with JavaScript by 
Beginning C++ Game Programming Learn to Program with C++ by Building Fun Games, 2nd Edition. by
Get to grips with programming techniques and game development using C++ libraries and Visual Studio 2019 Key Features Learn game development and C++ with a fun, example-driven approach Build clones of popular games such as Timberman, Zombie Survival Shooter, a co-op puzzle platformer, and Space Invaders Discover tips to expand your finished games by thinking critically, technically, and creatively Book Description The second edition of Beginning C++ Game Programming is updated and improved to include the latest features of Visual Studio 2019, SFML, and modern C++ programming techniques. With this book, you'll get a fun introduction to game programming by building five fully playable games of increasing complexity. You'll learn to build clones of popular games such as Timberman, Pong, a Zombie survival shooter, a coop puzzle platformer and Space Invaders. The book starts by covering the basics of programming. You'll study key C++ topics, such as object-oriented programming (OOP) and C++ pointers, and get acquainted with the Standard Template Library (STL). The book helps you learn about collision detection techniques and game physics by building a Pong game. As you build games, you'll also learn exciting game programming concepts such as particle effects, directional sound (spatialization), OpenGL programmable shaders, spawning objects, and much more. Finally, you'll explore game design patterns to enhance your C++ game programming skills. By the end of the book, you'll have gained the knowledge you need to build your own games with exciting features from scratch What you will learn Set up your game development project in Visual Studio 2019 and explore C++ libraries such as SFML Explore C++ OOP by building a Pong game Understand core game concepts such as game animation, game physics, collision detection, scorekeeping, and game sound Use classes, inheritance, and references to spawn and control thousands of enemies and shoot rapid-fire machine guns Add advanced features to your game using pointers, references, and the STL Scale and reuse your game code by learning modern game programming design patterns Who this book is for This book is perfect for you if you have no C++ programming knowledge, you need a beginner-level refresher course, or you want to learn how to build games or just use games as an engaging way to learn C++. Whether you aspire to publish a game (perhaps on Steam) or just want to impress friends with your creations, you'll find this book useful.
Developing 2D games with Unity : independent game programming with C# by 
Game Development Using Python by
This book will guide you through thebasic game development process using Python, covering game topics includinggraphics, sound, artificial intelligence, animation, game engines, etc. Realgames are created as you work through the text and significant parts of a gameengine are built and made available for download. The companion disc contains allof the resources described in the book, e.g. example code, game assets, video/soundediting software, and color figures. Instructor resources are available for useas a textbook. Features: Teaches basic game development concepts using Python including graphics, sound, artificial intelligence, animation, game engines, collision detection, Web-based games, and more Includes a companion disc with example code, games assets, and color figures Companion files are available for downloading with order number/proof of purchase by writing to the publisher at info@merclearning.com.
Game development with Construct 2 : from design to realization by 
Gamemaker Game Programming with Gml by
A step-by-step approach to build your knowledge, starting from a simple ""hello world"" to discovering arrays, classes, and so on. Each learning point is explained in a practical way, carrying out tasks within the GameMaker development environment. If you are a GameMaker Studio developer who has little experience with writing scripts and want to expand that skill set, this is the book for you. It is assumed that you can already navigate GameMaker Studio to some degree. This book will primarily focus on scripting and the integration of scripts to aid in the production of a game and not actual game design. It is highly recommended that you have access to (or the ability to) create visual and audio assets for the examples presented.
Game programming with Code Angel : learn how to code in Python on Raspberry Pi or PC by 
Java game development with LibGDX : from beginner to professional by 
Practical game AI programming : create game AI and implement cutting edge AI algorithms from scratch by In this course, you will learn how to build on the different ideas introduced in MGRAPH2 and focus on various design problems that graphic designers face in the world today. You will be participating in discussing topics like: the importance of research in the formation of meaning; understanding the role of the audience in designing communication; coming up with a solution and its expression through visual design; and creating a cohesive message that spans various media. These discussions will focus on how to resolve design problems that range from branding and identity creation, its application and various iterations; meaning-creation through type and image, and applied to specific media like print ads, posters, or packaging design; and the element of time and space added to communication design projects that combine all of these to add layers of meaning and experience. You will be working on creating a campaign for a product, an organization or corporation, and will apply the campaign to specific projects. Importance is given on original content creations (images, text, and other possible content) for the projects.
In the laboratory component of the course, you will focus on the various media that graphic designers use nowadays in visual expression. Emphasis will be given on the multimedia/vari-media approach on the application of an idea, investigating the strengths and weaknesses of the each medium and using each to the fullest. The students will also learn to work together as a team in coming up with solutions to the given communication design problems.
Advertising by
M: Advertising examines advertising from the inside, from the perspective of the advertiser (the client) and the specialists who create advertising, the ad agency. This lively program takes students beyond theory to learn about roles within each of these organizations, and to consider which they might one day play themselves.
Advertising, Promotion, and Other Aspects of Integrated Marketing Communications by
Explore all aspects of marketing communications, from time-honored methods to the newest developments in the field backed by the latest research, data and analytic techniques with one of today's leading IMC texts, ADVERTISING, PROMOTION, AND OTHER ASPECTS OF INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS, 10E. With emphasis on the fundamentals and practices you need, this edition focuses on advertising and sales promotion, planning, branding, consumer behavior, media buying, public relations, packaging, POP communications, and personal selling. You explore emerging topics, such as today's popularity of apps, social media outlets, online and digital practices, and viral communications, as well as their impact on traditional marketing. Revisions to this most current IMC text on the market address must-know changes to environmental, regulatory, and ethical issues; MindTap Insights Online; place-based applications; privacy; global marketing, and memorable advertising campaigns.
Advertising and Integrated Brand Promotion by
Place yourself in the midst of today's fast-paced exhilarating world of advertising with ADVERTISING AND INTEGRATED BRAND PROMOTION, 8E. This cutting-edge approach provides intriguing insights into advertising in today's world. You see how strong advertising is the result of hard work and careful planning. A leader for its emphasis on integrated brand promotion, this edition combines a solid understanding of advertising strategy and important theory with hands-on practice.Advertising strategy comes to life with dynamic visuals and examples from today's most contemporary ads. Coverage of the latest practices and industry developments highlights social media, design thinking, and globalization. The book focuses on real advertising practice with content that follows the same process as an advertising agency. Accompanying MindTap provides integrated discussion of video and other medium.
Advertising and Promotion by
Using a wide range of visual examples and case studies, Advertising and Promotion 4th edition introduces the reader to the key concepts, methods and issues and illustrates these with first-hand examples gathered from leading international advertising agencies and brand campaigns. Told from the perspective of the agency, it gives a fun and creative insider view helping the reader to think beyond the client position and understand what it might be like working within an ad agency.Drawing not only from management and marketing research but also from other disciplines such as cultural/media studies and sociology, the authors offer a rounded and critical perspective on the subject to those looking to understand advertising as social phenomenon in addition to its business function and purpose.The new edition has in-depth coverage of online advertising and the role of social media in advertising including metrics and analytics and includes advertising examples by global brands including Adidas, Benetton, BMW, Dove and DeBeers. "Snapshots" bring in aspects of cross-cultural advertising such as Barbie in China.The book is complemented by a companion website featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, SAGE journal articles, links to further online resources and author Videos.The textbook is also supported by an author-written blog which keeps readers updated on interesting, topical examples relating to advertising and promotion from current affairs and popular culture: www.hackleyadvertisingandpromotion.blogspot.com.Suitable for Advertising, Marketing and Communications modules at undergraduate or postgraduate level.
Digital Advertising : theory and research by
Digital Advertising offers a detailed and current overview of the field that draws on current research and practice by introducing key concepts, models, theories, evaluation practices, conflicts, and issues. With a balance of theory and practice, this book helps provide the tools to evaluate and understand the effects of digital advertising and promotions campaigns. New to this edition is discussion of big data analysis, privacy issues, and social media, as well as thought pieces by leading industry practitioners. This book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate students, as well as academics and practitioners.
Fashion Film : art and advertising in the digital age by
The moving image has become a key marketing tool for luxury fashion, central in enabling brands to shape their visual codes and extend their brand awareness. Fashion Film is the first detailed study of the shifting shape of fashion imagery in the digital age, investigating the role of the moving image in the promotion, communication and spectacle of contemporary fashion. Combining interdisciplinary analysis of cinema and digital culture, this ground-breaking book traces the emergence of fashion film in the 21st century through its historical roots in pre-digital forms of photography, experimental cinema, mass-media advertising and documentary film-making, right up to today's visual spread of contemporary fashion on video blogs, online magazines and live-streamed catwalk shows. Examining collaborations between fashion designers and pioneering image-makers such as Guy Bourdin, Jean-Paul Goode, William Klein and Nick Knight, the book highlights the critical tension between the fashion film conceived as a creative endeavour and as commercial enterprise. Fashion Film also includes a parallel focus on factual representations of fashion through the recent rise of documentary fashion film that goes behind the scenes to follow the processes and personalities involved in making fashion. Accessible and well-illustrated, Fashion Film will appeal to students and scholars of fashion, film, media, photography, celebrity, sociology and cultural studies.
The Gen Z Frequency : how brands tune in and build credibility by
Generation Z, ranging from tweens to young adults, has enormous spending power; yet it is one of the most challenging generational cohorts for brands to reach. It is projected to be the largest consumer demographic in history, driving a forecast from the HRC Retail Advisory of 40% of all US consumer spending, and another 40% of all consumers in the US, Europe and BRIC by 2020 (Brazil, Russia, India, China), according to other sources. Embodying an unrelenting relationship with information and mobile technology from a young age, Generation Z's ecosystem is infinitely more complex and varied than any generation before. Staying tuned-in to this demographic's impatience, confidence and constantly evolving trends can be daunting for any marketer trying to keep up. The Gen Z Frequency offers a comprehensive guide for any brand or organization trying to reach this demographic, covering fundamental truths, content creation, engagement strategies and tactics such as social media, experiential, emerging technologies, and much more. It is woven with fascinating case studies and real-world stories from the trenches, plus key insights from leading youth brands and Gen Z themselves. Whether you are new to marketing or a seasoned expert, The Gen Z Frequency is the ultimate resource for tuning in to Generation Z.
Global Advertising Practice in a Borderless World by
Cultural and regional differences in creating and managing advertising require unique responses to a dynamic, rapidly globalising business environment. To be global in advertising is no longer to be homogenised or standardised, it is to be at the leading edge of social and cultural trends that are changing the world as we know it. Global Advertising Practice in a Borderless World covers a wide range of adaptive advertising practices, from major and emerging markets, in mainstream and digital advertising. It focuses on understanding how the globalisation of advertising works in practice, explored in three sections: globalising advertising in a media and communications context; advertising in a global world; and global advertising in a digital world. Covering past, present and potential futures, through an impressive ensemble of global advertising practitioners and academics, the book combines academic rigour with practical insights to provide a comprehensive analysis of the changing dynamics between advertising and globalisation. It will be of great interest to researchers, educators and advanced students in advertising, global branding, international marketing, international business media, communication and cultural studies.
Integrated Marketing Communication : advertising and promotion in a digital world by
This book is an up-to-date resource that shows students how to achieve their marketing objectives through a campaign that coordinates marketing, advertising, and promotion. It provides essential information about planning, implementing, and assessing a comprehensive marketing plan to help students appreciate integrated marketing communications as a business strategy. The author describes the processes and considerations needed to appeal to consumers, identifying how geographic segmentation, timing, competitive environments, and cost contribute to planning. He considers the integration of digital technology, such as social media platforms and mobile apps, and how these can be used for advertising, sales promotion, and public relations. The book's concise, easy to read explanation of marketing components and their interconnected relationships is solidified by a series of visual summaries as well as examples and useful demonstrations. Students are given the opportunity to prepare their own integrated marketing communication plan based on consumer, product, and market research along with original creative materials and media spreadsheets. Students of marketing communication, advertising and promotion, and digital marketing will love this book's abbreviated, but thorough format. An interactive companion website rounds out a stellar set of features that encourage quick understanding, participation, and utilization of IMC concepts.
Promotion in the Merchandising Environment by
The third edition of Promotion in the Merchandising Environment explains the process of promotion and describes the promotion tools available for creating successful campaigns. This edition focuses on the comprehensive nature of promotion in the merchandising environment of fashion and related goods, emphasizing online retailing, interactive and social media and the overall impact of the technology on all areas of promotion. Swanson and Everett combine coverage of print and broadcast media in a traditional media chapter, with greater emphasis on the rise of digital media in retail advertisement and promotion. With updated examples of retail advertisement and promotion activities and concepts in each chapter plus new, full color artwork throughout the book, readers will gain a full understanding of how to create a successful promotion campaign for retail merchandising products. New to This Edition- - Updated chapter opening vignettes and supporting color images of current and timeless examples - New Chapter 3 Tools of Creativity explains how the principles and elements of design are used in promotional activities and illuminates the creative relationship between the fashion retailer and advertising agencies - New Chapter 8 Digital Media covers interactive online retailing and social media such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Pinterest and the overall impact of the internet on all areas of promotion - 60% new photos and advertisements plus updated charts and graphs - New illustrated case study boxes in each chapter - Ethical Issues and Social Impact sidebars throughout chapters - Streamlined coverage from 17 to 14 chapters makes text more concise
Social Media Marketing : a Strategic Approach by
Prepare for a successful career in social media marketing or a related field with the unique emphasis found only in SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING: A STRATEGIC APPROACH, 2E. Each chapter in this popular book includes a section on creating a personal brand, which is useful to current or future professionals at any stage of career development. This edition emphasizes how to use social media techniques, detailed in the book, to develop and maintain a strong personal brand. Helpful discussions also address a full range of online and offline elements you can use to create a viable personal branding strategy. You learn how to use graphical concepts to structure and strategize within what is otherwise a chaotic social media milieu. This edition summarizes many of today's best practices for marketing activities on social media platforms to assist you in functioning most effectively and dealing with the rapid change that is a hallmark of social media.
Strategic Writing : multimedia writing for public relations, advertising and more by
In its fourth edition, Strategic Writing emphasizes the goal-oriented mission of high-quality public relations and media writing with clear, concise instructions for more than 40 types of documents. This multidisciplinary text covers writing for public relations, advertising, sales and marketing, and business communication. In addition, it includes concise chapters on topics such as diversity, ethics and the legal aspects of strategic writing. Featuring a spiral binding, examples for each document and a user-friendly "recipe" approach, Strategic Writing is ideal for undergraduate PR or advertising writing classes that take an interdisciplinary approach. This new edition devotes new attention throughout to social media and writing in the digital realm, and features new and updated online resources for students and instructors.
In this course, you will learn how to build on the different ideas introduced in MGRAPH2 and focus on various design problems that graphic designers face in the world today. You will be participating in discussing topics like: the importance of research in the formation of meaning; understanding the role of the audience in designing communication; coming up with a solution and its expression through visual design; and creating a cohesive message that spans various media. These discussions will focus on how to resolve design problems that range from branding and identity creation, its application and various iterations; meaning-creation through type and image, and applied to specific media like print ads, posters, or packaging design; and the element of time and space added to communication design projects that combine all of these to add layers of meaning and experience. You will be working on creating a campaign for a product, an organization or corporation, and will apply the campaign to specific projects. Importance is given on original content creations (images, text, and other possible content) for the projects.
In the laboratory component of the course, you will focus on the various media that graphic designers use nowadays in visual expression. Emphasis will be given on the multimedia/vari-media approach on the application of an idea, investigating the strengths and weaknesses of the each medium and using each to the fullest. The students will also learn to work together as a team in coming up with solutions to the given communication design problems.
Interviewing media practitioners on their ethical perceptions of native advertising by 
The native advertising advantage : build authentic content that revolutionizes digital marketing and drives revenue growth by The New Icons? : the Art of Television Advertising by
Tracing commercials from the late 1940s, when they made their first appearance, to the early 1990s, Rutherford focuses on the shape and character of actual commercials as well as on what we do with them.
The New Rules of Marketing and PR : how to use content marketing, podcasting, social media, AI, live video, and newsjacking to reach buyers directly by
The seventh edition of the pioneering guide to generating attention for your idea or business, packed with new and updated information In the Digital Age, marketing tactics seem to change on a day-to-day basis. As the ways we communicate continue to evolve, keeping pace with the latest trends in social media, the newest online videos, the latest mobile apps, and all the other high-tech influences can seem an almost impossible task. How can you keep your product or service from getting lost in the digital clutter? The seventh edition of The New Rules of Marketing and PR provides everything you need to speak directly to your audience, make a strong personal connection, and generate the best kind of attention for your business. An international bestseller with more than 400,000 copies sold in twenty-nine languages, this revolutionary guide gives you a proven, step-by-step plan for leveraging the power of technology to get your message seen and heard by the right people at the right time. You will learn the latest approaches for highly effective public relations, marketing, and customer communications--all at a fraction of the cost of traditional advertising! The latest edition of The New Rules of Marketing & PR has been completely revised and updated to present more innovative methods and cutting-edge strategies than ever. The new content shows you how to harness AI and machine learning to automate routine tasks so you can focus on marketing and PR strategy. Your life is already AI-assisted. Your marketing should be too! Still the definitive guide on the future of marketing, this must-have resource will help you: Incorporate the new rules that will keep you ahead of the digital marketing curve Make your marketing and public relations real-time by incorporating techniques like newsjacking to generate instant attention when your audience is eager to hear from you Use web-based communication technologies to their fullest potential Gain valuable insights through compelling case studies and real-world examples Take advantage of marketing opportunities on platforms like Facebook Live and Snapchat The seventh edition of The New Rules of Marketing and PR: How to Use Content Marketing, Podcasting, Social Media, AI, Live Video, and Newsjacking to Reach Buyers Directly is the ideal resource for entrepreneurs, business owners, marketers, PR professionals, and managers in organizations of all types and sizes.
Our Master's Voice Advertising by
"I was an ad-man once," James Rorty writes in this classic dissection of the advertising industry. Steeped in Rorty's leftist politics, Our Master's Voice: Advertising presents advertising as the linchpin of a capitalist economy that it also helps justify. The book set off tremors when it was published in 1934, perhaps because its author so decisively repudiated his former profession. But Rorty and his spirited takedown of publicity were all but forgotten a decade later. The book is a neglected masterpiece, republished in this mediastudies.press edition with a new introduction by Jefferson Pooley.
Regulating Content on Social Media Copyright, Terms of Service and Technological Features by 
Secrets of Online Persuasion : Captivating the Hearts, Minds and Pocketbooks of Thousands Using Blogs, Podcasts and Other New Media Marketing Tools by
How to master the digital media marketplace, blog for your business, podcast for profit, and more. Rarely does a communication revolution result in a marketplace transformation. The New Media Revolution is one of those extraordinary events. If you want to market better, sell more, and boost your influence in today's rapidly changing online marketplace, this is your textbook. -What the New Media Revolution is and how you can profit from it as it transforms the face of advertising and marketing forever -How to trigger powerful, word-of-mouth BUZZ with innovative New Media campaigns -Why your business blog (not mass marketing) must be at the center of your marketing strategy using New Media tools -Discover where your target audience is hanging out and captivate their attention with your persuasive message -Six key tools you must have when launching your own successful New Media Marketing Strategy -Online persuasion strategies that draw hundreds and thousands of highly qualified fans to your business, non-profit organization, or political campaign "Just four days after following your advice, both CNN Money and The Wall Street Journal called me for an interview on the same day! Traffic to my website has since exploded, and I have so much business that I'm constantly referring clients to other consultants around the world!"--Debra Gould, The Staging Diva, President, Six Elements Inc., Canada
Shoot, Edit, Share : video production for mass media, marketing, advertising, and public relations by
Shoot, Edit, Share is an interactive, accessible introduction to video production techniques, concepts, and terminology. With the increasing availability of affordable video equipment, many students and professionals need to learn the basics of video production without being overwhelmed by technical details and equipment lists. Covering preproduction, production, editing in post, and distribution, this book shows you how to produce video quickly and effectively for a range of clients, from commercial firms to community service organizations. Key features include: A companion website including video interviews with professionals that demonstrate and reinforce techniques covered in the book; Service-learning exercises that engage readers in real-world learning experiences, encouraging them to interact with their communities and new clients; Clear, easy to follow and heavily illustrated guides for all of the equipment and processes that go into video production; Focus on creating stories for a target audience, and building convincing and engrossing narrative through videos; A thorough breakdown of all the techniques needed in post-production, through editing, well-designed graphics, and quality sound; A best-practices guide to viral videos, sharing video content online and increasing its exposure on social media sites; QR codes throughout the book, that when scanned, demonstrate video techniques and concepts related to what was read.
Social Design is a major course that will introduce to design practice focus on social issues, needs and challenges. Students will be task with identifying challenges, researching, proposing solutions, and coming up with the design project and prototype that best answers the identified problem. The students will be working together as teams and are encouraged to make use of various media.
Affect and Social Media : emotion, mediation, anxiety and contagion by
Affect and Social Media is an edited collection of twenty bite sized articles by leading scholars from across disciplinary boundaries. It is comprised of four distinct but related sections which are interspersed with artistic illustrations, depicting the affectivities that flow through social media. The term 'affect' denotes a rather slippery concept that is not as easily caught as for example 'emotion' or 'feeling'. Quite often it denotes a more than or an excess to that which is felt in the human body or indexed through cultural grids of meaning. It can exist in ways which defy expectations, conventions, and representations. It is often understood as that which is vital to the emergence of the new and hence socio-cultural revolution. As life shifts ever more on-line, we find ourselves caught up in the affective flows of computer mediated practices into an ever expanding and indeterminate horizon. This compilation of articles that were initially presented at an international conference in East London, were selected on the basis of their ability to depict and conceptualise these radical movements of sociality.
Design, Ecology, Politics : towards the ecocene by
Design, Ecology, Politics links social and ecological theory to design theory and practice, critiquing the ways in which the design industry perpetuates unsustainable development. Boehnert argues that when design does engage with issues of sustainability, this engagement remains shallow, due to the narrow basis of analysis in design education and theory. The situation is made more severe by design cultures which claim to be apolitical. Where design education fails to recognise the historical roots of unsustainable practice, it reproduces old errors. New ecologically informed design methods and tools hold promise only when incorporated into a larger project of political change. Design, Ecology, Politics describes how ecological literacy challenges many central assumptions in design theory and practice. By bringing design, ecology and socio-political theory together, Boehnert describes how power is constructed, reproduced and obfuscated by design in ways which often cause environmental harms. She uses case studies to illustrate how communication design functions to either conceal or reveal the ecological and social impacts of current modes of production. The transformative potential of design is dependent on deep-reaching analysis of the problems design attempts to address. Ecologically literate and critically engaged design is a practice primed to facilitate the creation of viable, sustainable and just futures. With this approach, designers can make sustainability not only possible, but attractive.
Design, History and Time : new temporalities in a digital age by
Design, History and Time reflects on the nature of time in relation to design, in both past and contemporary contexts. In contrast to a traditional design historical approach which emphasises schools and movements, this volume addresses time as a continuum and considers the importance of temporality for design practice and history. Contributors address how designers, design historians and design thinkers might respond to the global challenges of time, the rhythms of work, and the increasing speed of life and communication between different communities. They consider how the past informs the present and the future in terms of design; the importance of time-based design practices such as rapid prototyping and slow design, time in relation to memory and forgetting, and artefacts such as the archive for which time is key, and ponder the design of time itself. Showcasing the work of fifteen design scholars from a range of international contexts, the book provides an essential text for thinking about changing attitudes to the temporal.
Discursive Design : critical, speculative, and alternative things by
Exploring how design can be used for good--prompting self-reflection, igniting the imagination, and affecting positive social change. Good design provides solutions to problems. It improves our buildings, medical equipment, clothing, and kitchen utensils, among other objects. But what if design could also improve societal problems by prompting positive ideological change? In this book, Bruce and Stephanie Tharp survey recent critical design practices and propose a new, more inclusive field of socially minded practice: discursive design. While many consider good design to be unobtrusive, intuitive, invisible, and undemanding intellectually, discursive design instead targets the intellect, prompting self-reflection and igniting the imagination. Discursive design (derived from "discourse") expands the boundaries of how we can use design--how objects are, in effect, good(s) for thinking. Discursive Design invites us to see objects in a new light, to understand more than their basic form and utility. Beyond the different foci of critical design, speculative design, design fiction, interrogative design, and adversarial design, Bruce and Stephanie Tharp establish a more comprehensive, unifying vision as well as innovative methods. They not only offer social criticism but also explore how objects can, for example, be used by counselors in therapy sessions, by town councils to facilitate a pre-vote discussions, by activists seeking engagement, and by institutions and industry to better understand the values, beliefs, and attitudes of those whom they serve. Discursive design sparks new ways of thinking, and it is only through new thinking that our sociocultural futures can change.
Leading from Within : conscious social change and mindfulness for social innovation by
A roadmap for integrating mindfulness into every aspect of social change- how to lead transformation with compassion for the needs and perspectives of all people.Gretchen Steidle knows first-hand the personal transformation that mindfulness practice can bring. But she doesn't believe that transformation stops at personal wellbeing. In Leading from Within, Steidle describes the ways that personal investment in self-awareness shapes leaders who are able to inspire change in others, build stronger relationships, and design innovative and more sustainable solutions. Steidle argues that both personal and societal transformation are essential for a just society, and with this book she offers a roadmap for integrating mindfulness into every aspect of social change. Conventional methods attempt to compel people to change through incentives or punitive measures. Conscious social change calls for leading with a deeper human understanding of change and compassion for the needs and perspectives of all stakeholders. Steidle offers mindfulness practices for individuals and groups, presents the neuroscientific evidence for its benefits, and argues for its relevance to social change. She describes five capacities of conscious social change, devoting a chapter to each. She writes about her own experiences, including her work helping women to found their own grassroots social ventures in post-conflict Africa. She describes the success of a group of rural, uneducated women in Rwanda, for example, who now provide 9,000 villagers with clean water, ending the sexual exploitation of disabled women unable to collect water on their own. Steidle also draws from the work of change agents in the United States to showcase applications of conscious social changeto timely issues like immigration, racism, policing, and urban violence. Through personal stories and practical guidance, Steidle delivers both the inspiration and tools of this innovative approach to social transformation. About Global Grassroots- In post-conflict Africa, Global Grassroots equips emerging women leaders, including war survivors, subsistence farmers, and the undereducated, with the tools and resources to create conscious social change. Our core program is our Academy for Conscious Change, a social entrepreneurship and mindfulness-based leadership program that helps vulnerable women design their own non-profit solutions to address priority social issues. In our first decade of operations we have trained over 650 change agents who have designed 150 civil society organizations benefiting over 150,000 people.
Social Design : participation and empowerment by
Architects and designers have always played a vital role in shaping society. Social Design presents a long-overdue survey of current international activity in this realm, from new infrastructures and the reclaiming of cities by their inhabitants as seen in the work of Assemble and Gehl Architects to build-it-yourself housing by Urban Think Tank, all the way to GRAFT's solar kiosk, an energy source that is driving sustainable development opportunities for communities. The book addresses this enormous topic in six chapters: Urban Space and Landscape (including works by Antonio Scarponi and Organization for Permanent Modernity); Living, Education, Work (including Francis KErE and Urban Think Tank); Migration (including Shigeru Ban, the Refugee Nation); Production (including Andreas MOller); Networks (including One Laptop per Child, GRAFT); and Environment (including Olafur Eliasson, Frederik Ottesen and Philips Design). Some 27 projects in the areas of cityscape and countryside, housing, education and work, production, migration, networks and the environment are framed by three research studies that trace the historical roots and foundations of social design and look at today's theoretical discourse as well as future trends.
Social Deviance by
The new edition of this popular introduction explores the meaning of social deviance in contemporary society. It traces the path by which we create deviance: how we single out behavior, ideas, and appearances that differ from the "norm," label them as either offensive or acceptable, and then condemn or celebrate them. The book explains what kinds of behavior are banned and who bans them, exposing the important political influences underlying these processes. Refreshed with a new engaging, accessible style, the second edition features expanded treatment of the theories of deviance, new material on positive deviance, and updated references and contemporary examples throughout. At its core, Social Deviance looks at who becomes deviant and why. It delves into the multiple motives that cause rule-breakers to behave badly in the eyes of those they offend or creatively in the eyes of those they please, and it reveals the way deviants think about their actions, their moral identity, and their fellow moral outcasts.
Social Ecology in the Digital Age : solving complex problems in a globalized world by
Social Ecology in the Digital Age: Solving Complex Problems in a Globalized World provides a comprehensive overview of social ecological theory, research, and practice. Written by renowned expert Daniel Stokols, the book distills key principles from diverse strands of ecological science, offering a robust framework for transdisciplinary research and societal problem-solving. The existential challenges of the 21st Century - global climate change and climate-change denial, environmental pollution, biodiversity loss, food insecurity, disease pandemics, inter-ethnic violence and the threat of nuclear war, cybercrime, the Digital Divide, and extreme poverty and income inequality confronting billions each day - cannot be understood and managed adequately from narrow disciplinary or political perspectives. Social Ecology in the Digital Age is grounded in scientific research but written in a personal and informal style from the vantage point of a former student, current teacher and scholar who has contributed over four decades to the field of social ecology. The book will be of interest to scholars, students, educators, government leaders and community practitioners working in several fields including social and human ecology, psychology, sociology, anthropology, criminology, law, education, biology, medicine, public health, earth system and sustainability science, geography, environmental design, urban planning, informatics, public policy and global governance. Winner of the 2018 Gerald L. Young Book Award from The Society for Human Ecology "Exemplifying the highest standards of scholarly work in the field of human ecology." https://societyforhumanecology.org/human-ecology-homepage/awards/gerald-l-young-book-award-in-human-ecology/
Social Research : paradigms in action by
This unique book explains the central role that research paradigms play in the design and conduct of social research. The authors argue that social research should not just describe or confirm a social problem but should seek to find an explanation for it - and to do so requires research with 'eyes philosophically wide open'. Important philosophical and practice elements of three widely recognized paradigms - Neo-Positive, Interpretive and Critical Realist - are carefully elaborated and their use in action illustrated with detailed examples. The authors show that the philosophical assumptions of a chosen paradigm must match those embedded in a characterization of a research problem and its context. This paradigm orientation is shown to be fundamental to appropriately framing a problem, formulating research questions, deciding on a logic of inquiry and selecting and using methods to investigate it. Ultimately, an appropriate paradigm orientation to social research provides a dispassionate, rigorous and effective basis for the production of new social scientific knowledge. Following on from Blaikie's Approaches to Social Enquiry and Designing Social Research, this innovative book will be invaluable to upper-level and research students, their lecturers and supervisors, and researchers across the social sciences.
Writing Literature Reviews : a guide for students of the social and behavioral sciences by
This useful guide educates students in the preparation of literature reviews for term projects, theses, and dissertations. The authors provide numerous examples from published reviews that illustrate the guidelines discussed throughout the book. 　 New to the seventh edition: 　 Each chapter breaks down the larger holistic review of literature exercise into a series of smaller, manageable steps Practical instructions for navigating today's digital libraries Comprehensive discussions about digital tools, including bibliographic and plagiarism detection software Chapter activities that reflect the book's updated content New model literature reviews Online resources designed to help instructors plan and teach their courses (www.routledge.com/9780415315746).
Social Design is a major course that will introduce to design practice focus on social issues, needs and challenges. Students will be task with identifying challenges, researching, proposing solutions, and coming up with the design project and prototype that best answers the identified problem. The students will be working together as teams and are encouraged to make use of various media.
Deep Stories : practicing, teaching, and learning anthropology with digital storytelling by
Have you ever wondered what makes storytelling and digital media a powerful combination? This edited volume examines the opportunities to think, do, and/or create jointly afforded by digital storytelling. The editors of this volume contend that digital storytelling and digital media can create spaces of empowerment and transformation by facilitating multiple kinds of border crossings and convergences involving groups of peoples, places, knowledge, methodologies, and teaching pedagogies. The book is unique in its inclusion of anthropologists and education practitioners and its emphasis on multiple subfields in anthropology. The contributors discuss digital storytelling in the context of educational programs, teaching anthropology, and ethnographic research involving a variety of populations and subjects that will appeal to researchers and practitioners engaged with qualitative methods and pedagogies that rely on media technology.
Finding voice : a visual arts approach to engaging social change by 
From Media Hype to Twitter Storm : news explosions and their impact on issues, crises and public opinion by
The word media hype is often used as rhetorical argument to dismiss waves of media attention as overblown, disproportional and exaggerated. But these explosive news waves, as well as - nowadays - the twitter storms, are object of scientific research, because they are an important phenomenon in the public area. Sometimes it is indeed 'much ado about nothing' but in many cases these media storms have play an important role in political issues, scandals and crises. Twitter storms sometimes ruin reputations within hours. Although different concepts are used, such as media hypes, news waves, media storms, information cascades or risk amplification, all the studies in this book refer to the same process in which key events trigger a chain of reactions and interactions, building up huge news waves in the media or rapidly spreading social epidemics in the social media. This book offers the first comprehensive overview of this important topic. It is not only interesting for scholars and students in media and journalism, but also for professionals in PR and communication, crisis communication and reputation management.
Glee and New Directions for Social Change by
Public schools in early America were designed to ensure the reproduction of Eurocentric social values. It could be argued that little has changed. Gender Lessons takes an in-depth look at how schools institutionalize gender--how kids are taught the rules and expectations of performing masculinity and femininity.
Multidisciplinarity : projects for social change in art and culture by
In Manifesto for an Independent Revolutionary Art André Breton and Diego Rivera, under the effects of German fascism and Russian Stalinism in society, argued that art can only impact society and be revolutionary if it becomes independent of any social constructs. Almost six decades later, in the rise of what became known as "relational aesthetics", the field of multidisciplinarity is expanding and many artistic projects for social change claim to be multidisciplinarity. However, such projects show that we are still far from a broad discourse of multidisciplinarity. Multidisciplinarity takes a step towards a down-to-earth discussion of the relation between disciplinary discourses and grand narratives in three different projects, focusing mainly on its artistic, cultural and management aspects. Indeed, drawing from the eclectic construction of these three multidisciplinary projects, this volume serves to bridge the gap between the theoretical debates of disciplinary discourses and the harshness of everyday life in communities where projects for social change are being implemented. Presenting a panoptical view that places academic research side by side with daily life, Multidisciplinarity unveils the bigger picture of both projects and interdisciplinary discourses. This insightful volume will appeal to students and researchers interested in fields such as Project Management, Multidisciplinarity, Culture Studies and Organisational Studies.
Technologies for development : from innovation to social impact by MPRNTPR is a two-fold elective course. On one hand, it will deal with technical aspects of commercial press and printing, looking at past, present, and even to future production techniques and methods. On the other, it will delve into businesses and professions involved in printing, paying close attention to practices and standards that define the industry.
3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications (Fifth Edition) by
Additive Manufacturing (AM) technologies are developing impressively and are expected to bring about the next revolution. AM is gradually replacing traditional manufacturing methods in some applications because of its unique properties of customisability and versatility. This book provides a very comprehensive and updated text about different types of AM technologies, their respective advantages, shortcomings and potential applications.3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing: Principles and Applications is a comprehensive textbook that takes readers inside the world of additive manufacturing. This book introduces the different types of AM technologies, categorised by liquid, solid and powder-based AM systems, the common standards, the trends in the field and many more.Easy to understand, this book is a good introduction to anyone interested in obtaining a better understanding of AM. For people working in the industry, this book will provide information on new methods and practices, as well as recent research and development in the field. For professional readers, this book provides a comprehensive guide to distinguish between the different technologies, and will help them make better decisions regarding which technology they should use. For the general public, this book sheds some light on the fast-moving AM field.In this edition, new AM standards (e.g. Standard of Terminology and Classification of AM systems) and format standards will be included, Furthermore, the listing of new machines and systems, materials, and software; as well as new case studies and applications in industries that have recently adopted AM (such as the Marine and Offshore industry) have also been incorporated.
Lasers in 3D Printing and Manufacturing by
Additive Manufacturing (AM), popularly known as 3D printing, is playing an increasingly significant role in the manufacturing arena. AM has revolutionized how prototypes are to be made and small batch manufacturing should be carried out. Due to high flexibility and high efficiency of lasers, laser-assisted Manufacturing (LAM) and AM technologies are recently getting much attention over traditional methods.This textbook is a timely information resource for undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers who are interested in this emerging technology. The book will cover the basics of lasers, optics and materials used for manufacturing and 3D printing. It will also include several case studies for readers to apply their understanding of the topics, provide sufficient theoretical background and insights to today's key laser-assisted AM processes and conclude with the future prospects of this exciting technology.This is the first textbook tailored specifically for Lasers in 3D Printing and Manufacturing with detailed explanations. The book will focus on laser-assisted 3D printing and Additive Manufacturing (AM) from basic principles of lasers, optics and AM materials to advanced AM technologies, including in-depth discussion on critical aspects throughout the laser-assisted AM processes, such as optical system design, laser-material interaction and laser parameters' optimization.
The Making of Visual News : a history of photography in the press by
The Making of Visual News sets out to show how photography has changed the way we read, report and sell the news. It investigates how photographs first became news images at the end of the nineteenth century and how magazines in the USA, the UK, France and Germany have put them to use ever since. Drawing on a wide selection of images, author Thierry Gervais (in collaboration with Gaelle Morel) analyses news photographs in the context of their original presentation in print. Highly illustrated, the book contains 85 full colour magazine layouts and spreads, offering the reader a view of how photographs were and are used in print publications, including Life, Picture Post, the Berliner Illustrirte Zeitung and VU. It examines how photographs were employed to attract new readers throughout the twentieth century, arguing that photography was the main tool by which news editors sought to communicate the news and attract a broader readership. Looking beyond the roles of photographer and journalist, this study also highlights the contributions of picture editors and artistic directors; by commissioning photographs and incorporating images into magazine layouts, these figures played critical but often overlooked roles in the construction of visual news, even as they crafted unique styles for their publications. Charting changes in technology and reportage, as well as broader social and political histories, The Making of Visual News offers new insight into the history of photojournalism, making this an essential resource for students and scholars of photojournalism and the history of photography, media and culture
New Dimensions in Photo Processes : a step-by-step manual for alternative techniques by
New Dimensions in Photo Processes invites artists in all visual media to discover contemporary approaches to historical techniques. Painters, printmakers, and photographers alike will find value in this practical book, as these processes require little to no knowledge of photography, digital means, or chemistry. Easy to use in a studio or lab, this edition highlights innovative work by internationally respected artists, such as Robert Rauschenberg, Chuck Close, Mike and Doug Starn, and Emmet Gowin. In addition to including new sun-printing techniques, such as salted paper and lumen printing, this book has been updated throughout, from pinhole camera and digital methods of making color separations and contact negatives to making water color pigments photo-sensitive and more. With step-by-step instructions and clear safety precautions, New Dimensions in Photo Processes will teach you how to: Reproduce original photographic art, collages, and drawings on paper, fabric, metal, and other unusual surfaces. Safely mix chemicals and apply antique light-sensitive emulsions by hand. Create imagery in and out of the traditional darkroom and digital studio. Relocate photo imagery and make prints from real objects, photocopies, and pictures from magazines and newspapers, as well as from your digitial files and black and white negatives. Alter black and white photographs, smart phone images, and digital prints. 　
Paper : material, medium and magic by
Wide-ranging and multi-faceted this intriguing and beautifully produced book will change the way you relate to paper in an increasingly "paperless" society. While sheets of paper are disappearing from our homes and offices, the medium is experiencing a renaissance in the worlds of art, design, and architecture. Suddenly, paper is everywhere--but not only in the old familiar places or forms. This fascinating book looks at every aspect of paper: its history, composition, production, application, and trade. Beginning with the anatomy of paper and its earliest forms, this book looks at paper as a symbol of political and economic importance and as a carrier of ideas, from literature to art, design, and music. It looks at the different surfaces, opacities, weights and volumes of paper and how it is used for printing, typography, graphics, and maps as well as a vehicle for origami, architecture, and fashion. Sumptuously illustrated with photographs and drawings, this book includes a variety of papers for readers to examine and feel, highlighting the sensual aspects of this seemingly ordinary product. Engaging, entertaining, and informative, this book contains a wealth of useful and surprising information on every printed, colored, and textured page.
Print/maker : designers, artists, artisans, entrepreneurs : inky, creative success by 
The Printed and the Built : architecture, print culture, and public debate in the nineteenth century by
The Printed and the Built explores the intricate relationship between architecture and printed media in the fast-changing nineteenth century. Publication history is a rapidly expanding scholarly field which has profoundly influenced architectural history in recent years. Yet, while groundbreaking work has been done on architecture and printing in the Renaissance, the Enlightenment, and the twentieth century, the nineteenth century has received little attention. This is the omission that The Printed and the Built seeks to address, thus filling a significant gap in the understanding of architecture's cultural history. Lavishly illustrated with colourful and eclectic visual material, from panoramas to printed ephemera, adverts, penny magazines, early photography, and even crime reportage, The Printed and the Built consists of five in-depth thematic essays accompanied by 25 short pieces, each examining a particular printed form. Altogether, they illustrate how new genres communicated architecture to a mass audience, setting the stage for the modern architectural era.
Reinventing Print : technology and craft in typography by
With the rise of digital technology as a design tool and its acceptance as simply part of the tool chest for today's design studios, there has been a re-evaluation and return to exploring pre-digital typography. Design studios no longer flaunt their digital hardware, in fact quite the opposite. This attitudinal change toward digital technology has coincided with a growing fascination and re-evaluation of those pre-digital skills and processes that had been considered in recent years to be irrelevant. Mapping the rise of digital technology and examining the infinite possibilities it offers and the profound cultural and technical influence it has had in all aspects of visual communication. This text also focuses on our current post-digital age, in which the technology itself has become sufficiently common-place for us to fully recognize what it excels at and what it does less well. Reinventing Print focuses on those skills and processes which have been re-appropriated and irreverently liberated by a new generation of typographers, designers, and artists, raised with digital technology in their pockets and forever at their fingertips. In this post-digital age, traditional typographic craft is new, different and therefore exciting, potent and culturally subversive.
MPRNTPR is a two-fold elective course. On one hand, it will deal with technical aspects of commercial press and printing, looking at past, present, and even to future production techniques and methods. On the other, it will delve into businesses and professions involved in printing, paying close attention to practices and standards that define the industry.
3D Printing Basics for Entertainment Design by
Affordable 3D printers are rapidly becoming everyday additions to the desktops and worktables of entertainment design practitioners - whether working in theatre, theme parks, television and film, museum design, window displays, animatronics, or... you name it! We are beginning to ask important questions about these emerging practices: 　 · How can we use 3D fabrication to make the design and production process more efficient? · How can it be used to create useful and creative items? · Can it save us from digging endlessly through thrift store shelves or from yet another late-night build? · And when budgets are tight, will it save us money? 　 This quick start guide will help you navigate the alphabet soup that is 3D printing and begin to answer these questions for yourself. It outlines the basics of the technology, and its many uses in entertainment design. With straightforward and easy-to-follow information, you will learn ways to acquire printable 3D models, basic methods of creating your own, and tips along the way to produce successful prints. Over 70 professionals contributed images, guidance, and never-before-seen case studies filled with insider secrets to this book, including tutorials by designer and pioneer, Owen M. Collins.
3D Printing for Dummies by
The bestselling book on 3D printing 3D printing is one of the coolest inventions we've seen in our lifetime, and now you can join the ranks of businesspeople, entrepreneurs, and hobbyists who use it to do everything from printing foods and candles to replacement parts for older technologies--and tons of mind-blowing stuff in between! With 3D Printing For Dummies at the helm, you'll find all the fast and easy-to-follow guidance you need to grasp the methods available to create 3D printable objects using software, 3D scanners, and even photographs through open source software applications like 123D Catch. Thanks to the growing availability of 3D printers, this remarkable technology is coming to the masses, and there's no time like the present to let your imagination run wild and actually create whatever you dream up--quickly and inexpensively. When it comes to 3D printing, the sky's the limit! Covers each type of 3D printing technology available today: stereolithology, selective sintering, used deposition, and granular binding Provides information on the potential for the transformation of production and manufacturing, reuse and recycling, intellectual property design controls, and the commoditization of products Walks you through the process of creating a RepRap printer using open source designs, software, and hardware Offers strategies for improved success in 3D printing On your marks, get set, innovate!
Annals of Printing : a Chronological Encyclopaedia by
From the myriad details and dates of some five centuries, there could be compiled a work fo many volumes; the strength and the value ofAnnals of Printinglies in its selection of salient information into one compact volume.
Biermann's Handbook of Pulp and Paper : Paper and Board Making by
Biermann's Handbook of Pulp and Paper: Paper and Board Making, Third Edition provides a thorough introduction to paper and board making, providing paper technologists recent information. The book emphasizes principles and concepts behind papermaking, detailing both the physical and chemical processes. It has been updated, revised and extended. Several new chapters have been added. Papermaking chemistry has found an adequate scope covering this important area by basics and practical application. Scientific and technical advances in refining, including the latest developments have been presented. The process of stock preparation describes the unit processes. An exhaustive overview of Chemical additives in Pulp and Paper Industry is included. Paper and pulp processing and additive chemicals are an integral part of the total papermaking process from pulp slurry, through sheet formation, to effluent disposal. Water circuits with loop designs and circuit closure are presented. The chapter on paper and board manufacture covers the different sections in the paper machine and also fabrics, rolls and roll covers, and describes the different types of machines producing the various paper and board grades. Coating is dealt with in a separate chapter covering color formulation and preparation and also coating application. Paper finishing gives an insight into what happens at roll slitting and handling. The chapter on environmental impact includes waste water treatment and handling, air emissions, utilization and solid residue generation and mitigation . The major paper and board grades and their properties, are described. Biotechnological methods for paper processing are also presented. This handbook is essential reading for Applied Chemists, Foresters, Chemical Engineers, Wood Scientists, and Pulp and Paper technologist/ Engineers, and anyone else interested or involved in the pulp and paper industry. Provides comprehensive coverage on all aspects of papermaking Covers the latest science and technology in papermaking Includes traditional and biotechnological methods, a unique feature of this book Presents the environmental impact of papermaking industries Sets itself apart as a valuable reference that every pulp and papermaker/engineer/chemist will find extremely useful
Fine art inkjet printing : the craft and art of the fine digital print by 
Mastering 3D printing a guide to modeling, printing, and prototyping by 
Salted Paper Printing : a step-by-step manual highlighting contemporary artists by
Salted Paper Printing: A Step-by-Step Manual Highlighting Contemporary Artists makes one of the oldest known photographic processes easy for the 21st century using simple digital negative methods. Christina Z. Anderson's in-depth discussion begins with a history of salted paper printing, then covers the salted paper process from beginner to intermediate level, with step-by-step instructions and an illustrated troubleshooting guide. Including cameraless imagery, hand-coloring, salt in combination with gum, and printing on fabric, Salted Paper Printing contextualizes the practice within the varied alternative processes. Anderson offers richly-illustrated profiles of contemporary artists making salted paper prints, discussing their creative process and methods. Salted Paper Printing is perfect for the seasoned photographer looking to dip their toe into alternative processes, or for the photography student eager to engage with photography's rich history.
MME3DWT allows you to specialize on the creation of visualization pieces in 3D for any multimedia content. You may create (but not necessarily confined to make architectural) interior designs, exhibit space and produce/process a 3D walkthrough animation that can be combined with other modern multimedia medium. The task is to create a 30-45 second walkthrough animation of a gallery or studio of works exhibition and designs in 3D space and allow your audience to view and interact with the produced output.
This is a multimedia elective course which is pre-req of MM3DANI and MM3DMOD courses. Competencies such as basic of modelling, texturing and motion production are non-negotiable skills prior to this course.
Aesthetic 3D Lighting : history, theory, and application by
Aesthetic 3D Lighting: History, Theory, and Application delves into the history, the theory, and the practical and aesthetic application of lighting in the fine arts and 3D animation. In this book, animation industry veteran and lighting expert Lee Lanier examines the importance of lighting and its ability to communicate information to the viewer. Lee examines the history of lighting as applied to the fine arts, film, photography, and 3D animation. He discusses the use of light color, light location and direction, and light shadow types to recreate specific locations and to generate moods. He includes guides for successful lighting in 3D animation. Software-agnostic examples lead you through useful 3D lighting set-ups. Chapter-long case studies step you through more complex 3D lighting projects in Autodesk Maya. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138737570) features 3D model files, scene files, and texture bitmaps, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques in Autodesk Maya and many other 3D programs. The lighting techniques covered in this book include: History of lighting as used in the fine arts The scientific mechanisms of light Light types and light application in 3D programs Light qualities including shadows variations Basic and advanced 3D lighting approaches 1-, 2-, 3-point, naturalistic, and stylistic lighting techniques Replication of real-world lighting scenarios and locations Overview of advanced 3D lighting and rendering systems
Beginning C# 7 Programming with Visual Studio 2017 by
Easily get started programming using the ultra-versatile C# 7 and Visual Studio 2017 Beginning C# 7 Programming with Visual Studio 2017 is the beginner's ultimate guide to the world's most popular programming language. Whether you're new to programming entirely, or just new to C#, there has never been a better time to get started. The new C# 7 and Visual Studio 2017 updates feature a number of new tools and features that streamline the workflow, simplify the code, and make it easier than ever to build high-quality apps. This book walks you through everything you need to know, starting from the very basics, to have you programming in no time. You'll learn about variables, flow control, and object oriented programming, then move into Web and Windows programming as well as databases and XML. The companion website provides downloadable code examples, and practical Try It Out sections provide explicit, step-by-step instructions for writing your own useful, customizable code. C# 7 can be used to build Windows applications, program Windows 10, and write Web apps when used alongside ASP.NET. With programming skills becoming de rigueur in fields far beyond the tech world, C# 7 is a great place to start building versatile, helpful skills. This book gets you started quickly and easily with instruction from a master-team of C# programmers. Learn how to program using the world's leading programming language Build smarter, faster apps using the latest features in C# 7 and Visual Studio 2017 Find and fix bugs sooner, saving headaches down the line Integrate with all .NET Core, Azure applications, cloud services, Docker containers, and more The world of programming can seem intimidating to a beginner, and the prospect of learning a whole new "language" can seem daunting. Beginning C# 7 Programming with Visual Studio 2017 demystifies the process and shows you how to bring your ideas to life.
Graphic Design for Art, Fashion, Film, Architecture, Photographer, Product Design and Everything in Between by
This collection of groundbreaking campaigns and industry insights from the world's leading design studios shows how today's graphic designers are thinking, collaborating, and breaking the rules. This guide explores ways in which graphic designers can successfully collaborate with other creative professionals and sectors, whether it be a more sophisticated logo for a product, a better-designed lookbook for a fashion brand, or a more intuitive wayfinding system for a museum. The book features exceptionally conceived design solutions across a variety of industries--from architecture and product design to art, fashion, and film. Through dynamic spreads, readers will discover the Berlin-based studio Hort's transformative campaign for Nike; Base's responsive, flexible logo for Munich's Haus der Kunst museum; how design agency Bond worked with ArtRabbit, a website and app that catalogs contemporary art exhibitions, on a clever identity rollout; and how John Haslam, managing director of bespoke paper company G.F Smith, feels about the process of working with designers. Each example illustrates the significance of the graphic designer's role in making a campaign marketable and successful. Insights from clients and the designers themselves reveal the inner workings of the design process. An indispensable reference for the graphic design industry, this visually arresting and informative volume shows how excellence can be achieved when creative minds work together.
Lighting for Animation : the art of visual storytelling by
Lighting for Animation　is designed with one goal in mind - to make you a better artist. Over the course of the book, Jasmine Katatikarn and Michael Tanzillo (Senior Lighting TDs, Blue Sky Studios) will train your eye to analyze your work more critically, and teach you approaches and techniques to improve your craft. Focusing on the main philosophies and core concepts utilized by industry professionals, this book builds the foundation for a successful career as a lighting artist in visual effects and computer animation. Inside you'll find in-depth instruction on: 　 * Creating mood and storytelling through lighting * Using light to create visual shaping * Directing the viewer's eye with light and color * Gathering and utilizing reference images * Successfully lighting and rendering workflows * Render layers and how they can be used most effectively * Specific lighting scenarios, including character lighting, environment lighting, and lighting an animated sequence * Material properties and their work with lighting * Compositing techniques essential for a lighter * A guide on how to start your career and achieve success as a lighting artist 　 This book is not designed to teach software packages--there are websites, instructional manuals, online demos, and traditional courses available to teach you how to operate specific computer programs.　 That type of training will teach you how to create an ℑ this book will teach you the technical skills you need to make that image beautiful.　 Key Features Stunning examples from a variety of films serve to inspire and inform your creative choices. Unique approach focuses on using lighting as a storytelling tool, rather than just telling you which buttons to press. Comprehensive companion website contains lighting exercises, assets, challenges, and further resources to help you expand your skillset.
Live Cinema and Its Techniques by
From one of the masters of twentieth-century cinema comes this indispensable and entertaining guide to a visionary new form of moviemaking. So convinced is Francis Ford Coppola that "live cinema" will become a powerful medium within the larger film industry that he has crafted this instructional book, filled with lively anecdotes and invaluable lessons¯a boon for moviegoers, film students, and teachers alike. As digital moviemaking, like live sports, can now be performed by one director or by a collaborative team working across the Internet, it is only a matter of time before "cinema auteurs" will create "live" movies of the highest creative quality that will be sent instantly via satellite to be viewed in faraway theaters. Whether recounting his own boyhood obsession with film, tracing the origins of "live cinema" through a history of early film and live 1950s television shows, or presenting state-of-the-art techniques on everything from rehearsals to equipment, Coppola demonstrates that the spontaneity of this genre of "live cinema" will transport filmmaking into a new era of creativity previously unimaginable. 20 illustrations
Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names, this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing, from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. ▪ Learn the subtle editing, arrangement, and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge, and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. ▪ Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. ▪ Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits, including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali, Michael Brauer, Dylan "3D" Dresdow, Tom Elmhirst, Serban Ghenea, Jacquire King, the Lord-Alge brothers, Tony Maserati, Manny Marroquin, Noah "50" Shebib, Mark "Spike" Stent, DJ Swivel, Phil Tan, Andy Wallace, Young Guru, and many, many more... Now extensively expanded and updated, including new sections on mix-buss processing, mastering, and the latest advances in plug-in technology.
Professional Visual Studio 2017 by
Skip the basics and delve right into Visual Studio 2017 advanced features and tools Professional Visual Studio 2017 is the industry-favorite guide to getting the most out of Microsoft's primary programming technology. From touring the new UI to exploiting advanced functionality, this book is designed to help professional developers become more productive. A unique IDE-centric approach provides a clear path through the typical workflow while exploring the nooks and crannies that can make your job easier. Visual Studio 2017 includes a host of features aimed at improving developer productivity and UI, and this book covers them all with clear explanation, new figures, and expert insight. Whether you're new to VS or just upgrading, this all-inclusive guide is an essential resource to keep within arm's reach. Visual Studio 2017 fixes the crucial issues that kept professionals from adopting VS 2015, and includes new features and tools that streamline the developer's job. This book provides the straightforward answers you need so you can get up to speed quickly and get back to work. Master the core functionality of Visual Studio 2017 Dig into the tools that make writing code easier Tailor the environment to your workflow, not the other way around Work your way through configuration, debugging, building, deployment, customizing, and more Microsoft is changing their release cadence'it's only been about two years since the last release'so developers need to quickly get a handle on new tools and features if they hope to remain productive. The 2017 release is designed specifically to help you get more done, in less time, with greater accuracy and attention to detail. If you're ready to get acquainted, Professional Visual Studio 2017 is your ideal guide.
Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation by
Stop motion animation is a challenging and time-consuming skill that requires patience, adaptability, and a close eye to detail. Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation, 3rd Edition is the essential guide to help stop motion animators overcome these challenges of this highly-skilled craft. Author Susannah Shaw provides a step-by-step guide to creating successful stop motioin films. Starting with some basic exercises, the reader will learn about developing a story, making models, creating sets and props, the mechanics of movements, filming postproduction, and how to set about finding that first elusive job in a modern studio. Key Features Interviews with current stars, step-by-step examples, coverage of Rapid Prototyping and Dragonframe Software　
Toy Story by
This book is available as open access through the Bloomsbury Open Access programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com. Toy Story (John Lasseter, 1995), Pixar's first feature-length production and Hollywood's first completely computer-generated animated film, is an international cultural phenomenon. This collection brings together a diverse range of scholars and practitioners who together explore the themes, compositional techniques, cultural significance and industry legacy of this landmark in contemporary cinema. Topics range from industrial concerns, such as the film's groundbreaking use of computer generated imagery and the establishment of Pixar as a major player in the animation world, to examinations of its music, aesthetics, and the role of toys in both the film and its fandom. The Toy Story franchise as a whole is also considered, with chapters looking at its cross-generational appeal and the experience of growing up alongside the series. As the first substantial work on this landmark film, this book will serve as an authoritative introduction for scholars, students and fans alike.
Understanding Design in Film Production : using art, light, and locations to tell your story by
Great visual storytelling is possible on a minimal budget, but you have to spend a lot of energy thinking and planning.In Understanding Design in Film Production, author Barbara Freedman Doyle demonstrates how to use production design, cinematography, lighting, and locations to create an effective and compelling visual story, even on the tightest of budgets. Featuring in-depth interviews with production designers, set decorators, construction coordinators, cinematographers, costumers, and location managers talking about the techniques of their craft, it provides you with a feel for what everyone on the visual team does, how they think and plan, and how best to utilize the knowledge and skills they offer. This book guides you through how to find, secure, and manage the best locations, how to create and dress a set, and how to make old look new and new look old--all on a tight budget. With insights from experts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films. ts at the top of their field, sharing how they plan for the real-world application of large-scale ideas, you'll be able to see ways to apply their techniques to your own smaller-scale productions. Understanding Design in Film Productionis a practical, hands-on guide for any aspiring filmmaker who wants to understand the basic principles of visual design in order to create exceptional looking films.
MME3DWT allows you to specialize on the creation of visualization pieces in 3D for any multimedia content. You may create (but not necessarily confined to make architectural) interior designs, exhibit space and produce/process a 3D walkthrough animation that can be combined with other modern multimedia medium. The task is to create a 30-45 second walkthrough animation of a gallery or studio of works exhibition and designs in 3D space and allow your audience to view and interact with the produced output.
This is a multimedia elective course which is pre-req of MM3DANI and MM3DMOD courses. Competencies such as basic of modelling, texturing and motion production are non-negotiable skills prior to this course.
Aesthetic 3D Lighting : history, theory, and application by
Aesthetic 3D Lighting: History, Theory, and Application delves into the history, the theory, and the practical and aesthetic application of lighting in the fine arts and 3D animation. In this book, animation industry veteran and lighting expert Lee Lanier examines the importance of lighting and its ability to communicate information to the viewer. Lee examines the history of lighting as applied to the fine arts, film, photography, and 3D animation. He discusses the use of light color, light location and direction, and light shadow types to recreate specific locations and to generate moods. He includes guides for successful lighting in 3D animation. Software-agnostic examples lead you through useful 3D lighting set-ups. Chapter-long case studies step you through more complex 3D lighting projects in Autodesk Maya. An accompanying eResource (www.routledge.com/9781138737570) features 3D model files, scene files, and texture bitmaps, allowing you to practice the discussed techniques in Autodesk Maya and many other 3D programs. The lighting techniques covered in this book include: History of lighting as used in the fine arts The scientific mechanisms of light Light types and light application in 3D programs Light qualities including shadows variations Basic and advanced 3D lighting approaches 1-, 2-, 3-point, naturalistic, and stylistic lighting techniques Replication of real-world lighting scenarios and locations Overview of advanced 3D lighting and rendering systems
Lighting for Animation : the art of visual storytelling by
Lighting for Animation　is designed with one goal in mind - to make you a better artist. Over the course of the book, Jasmine Katatikarn and Michael Tanzillo (Senior Lighting TDs, Blue Sky Studios) will train your eye to analyze your work more critically, and teach you approaches and techniques to improve your craft. Focusing on the main philosophies and core concepts utilized by industry professionals, this book builds the foundation for a successful career as a lighting artist in visual effects and computer animation. Inside you'll find in-depth instruction on: 　 * Creating mood and storytelling through lighting * Using light to create visual shaping * Directing the viewer's eye with light and color * Gathering and utilizing reference images * Successfully lighting and rendering workflows * Render layers and how they can be used most effectively * Specific lighting scenarios, including character lighting, environment lighting, and lighting an animated sequence * Material properties and their work with lighting * Compositing techniques essential for a lighter * A guide on how to start your career and achieve success as a lighting artist 　 This book is not designed to teach software packages--there are websites, instructional manuals, online demos, and traditional courses available to teach you how to operate specific computer programs.　 That type of training will teach you how to create an ℑ this book will teach you the technical skills you need to make that image beautiful.　 Key Features Stunning examples from a variety of films serve to inspire and inform your creative choices. Unique approach focuses on using lighting as a storytelling tool, rather than just telling you which buttons to press. Comprehensive companion website contains lighting exercises, assets, challenges, and further resources to help you expand your skillset.
Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names, this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing, from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. ▪ Learn the subtle editing, arrangement, and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge, and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. ▪ Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. ▪ Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits, including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali, Michael Brauer, Dylan "3D" Dresdow, Tom Elmhirst, Serban Ghenea, Jacquire King, the Lord-Alge brothers, Tony Maserati, Manny Marroquin, Noah "50" Shebib, Mark "Spike" Stent, DJ Swivel, Phil Tan, Andy Wallace, Young Guru, and many, many more... Now extensively expanded and updated, including new sections on mix-buss processing, mastering, and the latest advances in plug-in technology.
Professional Visual Studio 2017 by
Skip the basics and delve right into Visual Studio 2017 advanced features and tools Professional Visual Studio 2017 is the industry-favorite guide to getting the most out of Microsoft's primary programming technology. From touring the new UI to exploiting advanced functionality, this book is designed to help professional developers become more productive. A unique IDE-centric approach provides a clear path through the typical workflow while exploring the nooks and crannies that can make your job easier. Visual Studio 2017 includes a host of features aimed at improving developer productivity and UI, and this book covers them all with clear explanation, new figures, and expert insight. Whether you're new to VS or just upgrading, this all-inclusive guide is an essential resource to keep within arm's reach. Visual Studio 2017 fixes the crucial issues that kept professionals from adopting VS 2015, and includes new features and tools that streamline the developer's job. This book provides the straightforward answers you need so you can get up to speed quickly and get back to work. Master the core functionality of Visual Studio 2017 Dig into the tools that make writing code easier Tailor the environment to your workflow, not the other way around Work your way through configuration, debugging, building, deployment, customizing, and more Microsoft is changing their release cadence--it's only been about two years since the last release--so developers need to quickly get a handle on new tools and features if they hope to remain productive. The 2017 release is designed specifically to help you get more done, in less time, with greater accuracy and attention to detail. If you're ready to get acquainted, Professional Visual Studio 2017 is your ideal guide.
Spaces mapped and monstrous : digital 3D cinema and visual culture by Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation by
Stop motion animation is a challenging and time-consuming skill that requires patience, adaptability, and a close eye to detail. Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation, 3rd Edition is the essential guide to help stop motion animators overcome these challenges of this highly-skilled craft. Author Susannah Shaw provides a step-by-step guide to creating successful stop motioin films. Starting with some basic exercises, the reader will learn about developing a story, making models, creating sets and props, the mechanics of movements, filming postproduction, and how to set about finding that first elusive job in a modern studio. Key Features Interviews with current stars, step-by-step examples, coverage of Rapid Prototyping and Dragonframe Software　
Toy Story : how Pixar reinvented the animated feature by
This book is available as open access through the Bloomsbury Open Access programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com. Toy Story (John Lasseter, 1995), Pixar's first feature-length production and Hollywood's first completely computer-generated animated film, is an international cultural phenomenon. This collection brings together a diverse range of scholars and practitioners who together explore the themes, compositional techniques, cultural significance and industry legacy of this landmark in contemporary cinema. Topics range from industrial concerns, such as the film's groundbreaking use of computer generated imagery and the establishment of Pixar as a major player in the animation world, to examinations of its music, aesthetics, and the role of toys in both the film and its fandom. The Toy Story franchise as a whole is also considered, with chapters looking at its cross-generational appeal and the experience of growing up alongside the series. As the first substantial work on this landmark film, this book will serve as an authoritative introduction for scholars, students and fans alike.
Project Management for Multimedia
MMEPRMN is an intensive course that introduces the student to the process and skill of project management particularly for multimedia projects. The course covers staffing, sales and marketing, pitching and bidding, production management, client management, user testing, product delivery and financial management. The intention of the course is to equip the student with an understanding of the different aspects of multimedia project management and the skills to manage either individual or company projects.
Fundamentals of Project Management by
Having already sold more than 200,000 copies and helped generations of project managers navigate the ins and outs of every aspect of successful project management, this revised fifth edition of Fundamentals of Project Management remains the perfect resource for succeeding in this complex discipline that has changed greatly in recent years. Fully updated in accordance with the latest version of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), this all-encompassing book contains new information and expanded coverage on topics including estimating; stakeholder management; procurement management; creating a communication plan; project closure; requirements for PMP certification; and much more. Readers will also learn how to:* Clarify project goals and objectives* Develop a work breakdown in structure* Create a project risk plan* Produce a realistic schedule* Manage change requests* Control and evaluate progress at every stageChock full of tools, techniques, examples, and instructive exercises, don't go one more day without equipping yourself with what PM World Journal calls " . . . a great resource for helping a project manager or other team member to learn new tools and techniques or refresh their knowledge."
Information Technology Project Management by
Develop a strong understanding of IT project management as you learn to apply today's most effective project management tools and techniques with the unique approach found in Schwalbe's INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 9E. Examine the latest developments and skills as you prepare for the Project Management Professional (PMP) or Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) exams. This edition reflects content from the latest PMBOK® Guide, 6E and the Agile Practice Guide while providing a meaningful context. Examples from familiar companies featured in today's news discussion, exercises and cases reinforce learning. Time-saving template files assist in completing tasks. Agile information, a guide to using Microsoft Project 2016 and MindTap online resources will help you master today's most marketable IT project management skills.
Practical Management Science by
Learn to take full advantage of the power of spreadsheet modeling with PRACTICAL MANAGEMENT SCIENCE, 6E, geared entirely to Excel 2016. This edition uses an active-learning approach and realistic problems with the right amount of theory to ensure you establish a strong foundation. Exercises offer practical, hands-on experience with the methodologies. Examples and problems from finance, marketing, and operations management, and other areas of business illustrate how management science applies to your chosen profession -- and how you can use these skills on the job. The authors emphasize modeling rather than algebraic formulations and memorization of particular models. This edition also includes access to Palisade DecisionTools Suite (BigPicture, @RISK, PrecisionTree, StatTools, TopRank, NeuralTools, and Evolver) as well as SolverTable, for sensitivity analysis on optimization models. Chapters 15-17 are available online via MindTap.
Project Management Best Practices: Achieving Global Excellence by
The comprehensive guide to project management implementation, updated with the latest in the field Project management has spread beyond the IT world to become a critical part of business in every sphere; built on efficiency, analysis, and codified practice, professional project management leads to the sort of reproducible results and reliable processes that make a business successful. Project Management Best Practices provides implementation guidance for every phase of a project, based on the real-world methodologies from leading companies around the globe. Updated to align with the industry's latest best practices, this new Fourth Edition includes new discussion on Agile and Scrum, tradeoffs and constraints, Portfolio PMO tools, and much more. Get up-to-date information on the latest best practices that add value at every level of an organization Gain insight from more than 50 project managers at world-class organizations including Airbus, Heineken, RTA, IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Sony, Cisco, Nokia, and more Delve deeper into implementation guidance for Agile, Scrum, and Six Sigma Explore more efficient methodologies, training, measurement, and metrics that boost organization-wide performance Adopt new approaches to culture and behavioral excellence, including conflict resolution, situational leadership, proactive management, staffing, and more Ideal for both college and corporate training, this book is accompanied by an Instructor's Manual and PowerPoint lecture slides that bring project management concepts right into the classroom. As the field continues to grow and evolve, it becomes increasingly important to stay current with new and established practices; this book provides comprehensive guidance on every aspect of project management, with invaluable real-world insight from leaders in the field.
Project Management Beyond Waterfall and Agile by
This book goes beyond the paint by numbers approach, transcending the "how" of project management to the "what" and "why," which is critical for leaders of change. -- Dr. Joel B. Carboni, President and Founder, GPM Global and President, IPMA-USA Project Management beyond Waterfall and Agile presents a flexible, universal, and integrated three-dimensional model for managing projects, the Customizable and Adaptable Methodology for Managing Projects(tm) (CAMMP(tm) ). By tailoring and customizing the model to a specific industry or organization and by adapting it to a function or project classification, this model can be used to manage any project. CAMMP(tm) can also be used both in a traditional or an Agile environment. CAMMP(tm) integrates leading concepts on competence, processes, and sustainability. The model's three dimensions are project lifecycle, project management processes, and, finally, competence, sustainability, and best practices. The book explains how to integrate these dimensions to manage a project across the three dimensions and the project stages. CAMMP(tm) is a stage-gate process, which is vital for project success. The current state of practice in project management is not sustainable. The root causes of this problem include a lack of standardized processes, missing methods or methodological approaches, and no real organizational system for managing projects. This book introduces a system to address these shortcomings. It focuses on the elements of this system, which is a practical and systematic methodological approach for managing and delivering all types of projects. CAMMP(tm) integrates the best learning from the various global associations in the field. The book distills the experience and knowledge of a practitioner working in different roles for more than three decades on various types of projects of all sizes and complexities. It is a practical book by a practitioner writing for practitioners.
Project Management Case Studies by
THE #1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT CASE STUDIES BOOK NOW FEATURING NEW CASES FROM DISNEY, THE OLYMPICS, AIRBUS, BOEING, AND MORE After on-the-job experience, case studies are the most important part of every project manager's training. This Fifth Edition of Project Management Case Studies features more than one hundred case studies that detail projects at high-profile companies around the world. These cases offer you a unique opportunity to experience, first-hand, project management in action within a variety of contexts and up against some of the most challenging conditions any project manager will likely face. New to this edition are case studies focusing on agile and scrum methodologies. Contains 100-plus case studies from companies that illustrate both successful and not-so-successful project management Represents an array of industries, including medical and pharmaceutical, aerospace, entertainment, sports, manufacturing, finance, telecommunications, and more Features 18 new case studies, including high-profile cases from Disney, the Olympics, Boeing 787 Dreamliner, and Airbus 380 Follows and supports preparation for the Project Management Professional (PMP)® Certification Exam Experienced PMs, project managers in training, and students alike will find this book to be an indispensable resource whether used as a standalone or combined with the bestselling Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling, 12th Edition. PMI, CAPM, PMBOK, PMP and Project Management Professional are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.
Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology by
Project Management for Engineering, Business and Technology, 5th edition, addresses project management across all industries. First covering the essential background, from origins and philosophy to methodology, the bulk of the book is dedicated to concepts and techniques for practical application. Coverage includes project initiation and proposals, scope and task definition, scheduling, budgeting, risk analysis, control, project selection and portfolio management, program management, project organization, and all-important "people" aspects--project leadership, team building, conflict resolution and stress management. The Systems Development Cycle is used as a framework to discuss project management in a variety of situations, making this the go-to book for managing virtually any kind of project, program or task force. The authors focus on the ultimate purpose of project management--to unify and integrate the interests, resources and work efforts of many stakeholders, as well as the planning, scheduling, and budgeting needed to accomplish overall project goals. This new edition features: Updates throughout to cover the latest developments in project management methodologies New examples and 18 new case studies throughout to help students develop their understanding and put principles into practice A new chapter on agile project management and lean Expanded coverage of program management, stakeholder engagement, buffer management, and managing virtual teams and cultural differences in international projects Alignment with PMBOK terms and definitions for ease of use alongside PMI certifications Cross-reference to IPMA, APM, and PRINCE2 methodologies Extensive instructor support materials, including an Instructor's Manual, PowerPoint slides, answers to chapter review questions, problems and cases, and a test bank of questions. Taking a technical yet accessible approach, Project Management for Business, Engineering and Technology, 5th edition, is an ideal resource and reference for all advanced undergraduate and graduate students in project management courses as well as for practicing project managers across all industry sectors.
Project Management for Information Professionals by
Aimed at practitioners, this handbook imparts guidance on project management techniques in the cultural heritage sector. Information professionals often direct complex endeavors with limited project management training or resources. Project Management for Information Professionals demystifies the tools and processes essential to successful project management and advises on how to manage the interpersonal dynamics and organizational culture that influence the effectiveness of these methods. With this book, readers will gain the knowledge to initiate, plan, execute, monitor, and close projects.
Project Management Jumpstart by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
Successful Project Management by
Master everything you need to work successfully in today's project management environment with SUCCESSFUL PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 7E. This best-selling book details how to organize and manage project teams -- from planning and scheduling to cost management.Each chapter aligns with PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) to ensure best practices. The book covers the latest business challenges, including project constraints, stakeholder concerns, the project charter, and how projects support strategic plans.Learn the keys to effective communication and discover how project management applies in the workplace with new cases and real-world vignettes. End-of-chapter and Internet exercises review concepts critical to project management. New MindTap digital resources provide videos, quizzes, and case animations. You work with the latest, popular project management software: Microsoft® Project 2016, available on the website. Find everything you need to manage projects in business today.
Project Management for Multimedia
MMEPRMN is an intensive course that introduces the student to the process and skill of project management particularly for multimedia projects. The course covers staffing, sales and marketing, pitching and bidding, production management, client management, user testing, product delivery and financial management. The intention of the course is to equip the student with an understanding of the different aspects of multimedia project management and the skills to manage either individual or company projects.
Agile Project Management for Business Transformational Success by
This book is intended to provide project management office (PMO) executives' practical information to promote enterprise Agile for business value compatibility within their organization. The primary benefit of this book is to promote a sense of common purpose and collaboration between the project delivery and the organization. Agile project delivery methods are adaptable to the emergence of unknown requirements identified in the later part of the project delivery lifecycle. The key success factor is direct business participation and collaboration to ensure that a business focus determines the output. Agile promotes innovation and creates synergies through a business focus viewing technology deployments as a catalyst for change rather than the final objective. Technology investments implemented through Agile processes result in improved market leadership, organizational alignment, and resource efficiency delivering competitive advantage.
Guide to Good Practice in the Management of Time in Major Projects by
A practical treatise on the processes and standards required for the effective time management of major construction projects This book uses logical step-by-step procedures and examples from inception and risk appraisal--through design and construction to testing and commissioning--to show how an effective and dynamic time model can be used to manage the risk of delay in the completion of construction projects. Integrating with the CIOB major projects contract, the new edition places increased emphasis on the dynamic time model as the way to manage time and cost in major projects, as opposed to the use of a static target baseline program. It includes a new chapter distinguishing the principal features of the dynamic time model and its development throughout the life of a project from inception to completion. Guide to Good Practice in the Management of Time in Major Projects--Dynamic Time Modelling, 2nd Edition features new appendices covering matters such as complexity in construction and engineering projects, productivity guides (including specific references to the UK, Australia, and the USA), and a number of case studies dealing with strategic time management and high-density, resource-based scheduling. Provides guidance for the strategic management of time in construction and civil engineering projects Demonstrates how to use a dynamic time model to manage time pro-actively in building and civil engineering projects Sets out processes and standards to be achieved ensuring systematic documentation and quality control of time management Integrates with the CIOB major projects contract Guide to Good Practice in the Management of Time in Major Projects--Dynamic Time Modelling, 2nd Edition is an ideal handbook for project and program management professionals working on civil engineering and construction projects, including those from contractors, clients, and project management consultants.
The Multiple Facets of Innovation Project Management by
For firms and other organizations, innovation has become a means of anticipating and managing major changes in their external context and overcoming societal challenges such as sustainable development. As a result, they must innovate repeatedly and continuously. This book explores the multiple facets of innovation project management, defined as the set of activities implemented to bring into being and successfully complete one or several innovation projects. It combines research experience, in cooperation with practitioners, and a theoretical, transversal and global overview inspired from different research streams. The author develops methodologies and frameworks that might be put into practice, provides a case study of research conducted with an air systems manufacturing firm, and outlines avenues for further reflection on innovation project management practice improvement.
Project and Program Management by
This third edition of Project and Program Management: A Competency-Based Approach expands on the second edition in every chapter. It brings fresh, updated insights gained from years of teaching and research. Specifically, the third edition delves deeper into the qualitative nature of program/project management to deepen the reader's understanding of key concepts. The new edition also expands its approach to instruction to accommodate a variety of learning scenarios, from the new student encountering program/project management for the first time, to the working professional advancing job skills and exploring practical aspects of the multifaceted discipline.
Project management basics : how to manage your project with checklists by Project Management for Information Professionals by
Aimed at practitioners, this handbook imparts guidance on project management techniques in the cultural heritage sector. Information professionals often direct complex endeavors with limited project management training or resources. Project Management for Information Professionals demystifies the tools and processes essential to successful project management and advises on how to manage the interpersonal dynamics and organizational culture that influence the effectiveness of these methods. With this book, readers will gain the knowledge to initiate, plan, execute, monitor, and close projects. offers guidance based on real-world experience prepares readers without prior project management knowledge or experience provides lean, easy-to-read, and jargon-free instructions aimed at information professionals working in libraries, archives, museums
Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards by
Harold Kerzner's essential strategies on measuring project management performance With the growth of complex projects, stakeholder involvement, and advancements in visual-based technology, metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) are key factors in evaluating project performance. Dashboard reporting systems provide accessible project performance data, and sharing this vital data in a concise and consistent manner is a key communication responsibility of all project managers. This third edition of Kerzner's groundbreaking work, Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards: A Guide to Measuring and Monitoring Project Performance, helps functional managers gain a thorough grasp of what metrics and KPIs are and how to use them. Plus, this edition includes new sections on processing dashboard information, portfolio management PMO and metrics, and BI tool flexibility. * Offers comprehensive coverage of the different dashboard types, design issues, and applications Provides full-color dashboards from some of the most successful project management companies, including IBM, Microsoft, and others Aligns with PMI's PMBOK® Guide and stresses value-driven project management PPT decks are available by chapter and a test bank will be available for use in seminar presentations and courses Get ready to bolster your awareness of what good metrics management really entails today--and be armed with the knowledge to measure performance more effectively.
Project Success by
In chapters dedicated to factors such as leadership, teams, communication, information management and risk management, the author shines a light on the key behaviours in which project managers and others engage and how those behaviours predict success or
Projects Without Boundaries by
Clear, proven solutions for virtual project management challenges Projects Without Boundaries offers project managers a clear framework for bringing both project management practices and project team leadership principles to the virtual space. Written by a team of authors with years of experience managing nationally and internationally distributed teams, this book provides a suite of best practices, checklists, and actionable strategies for managing a project and building a high-performing team in a virtual and multicultural environment. Real-world examples illustrate the application of the concepts discussed, and the Virtual Project Readiness Assessment facilitates both team evaluation and transformation planning for virtual project management improvement. Each chapter focuses on the critical challenges encountered while managing virtual projects and details proven solutions that improve a virtual organization, boost project performance, and facilitate positive outcomes. Globalization and technological advances have merged to create dynamic, productive teams that work together from around the globe; this opportunity can bring great difficulty for project managers, who must negotiate hurdles that do not exist on traditional projects. This book provides ready-made solutions specific to distributed and multicultural teams, to help you achieve the full potential of the global talent pool. Overcome common challenges of virtual projects with distributed teams Navigate complex team dynamics to ensure effective collaboration Work seamlessly across borders, time zones, and cultures Determine optimal virtual communication and collaboration tools Apply traditional project management practices in a virtual setting A team fails or thrives on the strength of its management. Fitting the group's needs, expectations, personalities, and skills into a cohesive whole is seldom simple -- and distance adds an additional layer of complexity. Projects Without Boundaries provides expert guidance on keeping it together, with proven practices, tools, and virtual team leadership strategies.
Project Teams by
Projects generally require skills and effort from multiple disciplines to develop project deliverables. Projects are executed in teams, as project tasks require multiple skills, judgment, and experience. Project teams roles should be assigned based on strengths of individuals. Project team process is a mediating mechanism linking variables such as members, team, and organizational characteristics that include structure, culture, supporting systems, performance and incentive systems, employee morality, and top management support. Team performance or teamwork is impacted by the structure of a team. Team structural characteristics include the number of team members, the status hierarchy, roles and responsibilities, and accepted norms for behaviors of individuals within the team. Further, understanding characteristics of virtual teams and their key attributes for improving global project performance are of critical importance. Social and behavioral skills that each person brings are important influencing factors in interactions with other team members and in forming a cohesive and productive team. Also, organization and national cultures influence their behaviors. Project Teams is an attempt to address all these topics in detail and offer a practical approach to managing projects successfully in the current business environment by including concepts, processes, techniques, and tools to manage and enhance performance of project teams and projects. This book would be meaningful for project management professionals and project managers in any organization and can be a useful resource for academic institutions in teaching management and project management disciplines.
Foley Sound Effects Production
MMA-Audio Foley production is the third SPEC of the MMA-Audio track which focuses on foley sound effects production. Foley sound effects are important to film, video, games animation and multimedia projects by providing the sounds of footsteps, clothing, prop interactions to name a few, lends realism to a work of fiction. It is also an essential part of storytelling since different sounds can convey a variety of emotions and meanings. By understanding how to use these sounds, ideas and messages can clearly be conveyed or can be used to further support an idea.
The course will tackle the production aspect of Foley sound effects such as microphone techniques for foley production, producing footsteps, clothing, movement, hits and impacts and props and editing foley sound effects and preparing the tracks for mixing. The principles of Foley sound effects will also be discussed. At the end of the course the learner will have a well-rounded understanding of how and why to produce foley sound effects.
The Art of Producing Audio Projects by
The Art of Producingis the first book to standardize a specific production process for creating a successful music project from start to finish. Learn how to develop a step-by-step process for critiquing all of the musical components that go into creating a highly refined production that works for all styles of music. The book provides a well-rounded perspective on everything that goes into producing, including vital information on how to creatively work with bands, groups and record companies, and offers insight into high level values and secrets that famous producers have developed through years of trial and error. The book covers detailed production techniques for working with today's latest digital technologies including virtual recording, virtual instruments, and MIDI tracking. Take these concepts, adapt them to your own personal style and you will end up with a successful project of the highest attainable quality with the most potential to be become a hit - or just affect people really deeply.
Audio Production Principles : practical studio applications by
With this all-in-one manual, students and teachers have an easy-to-read reference that provides a reliable and current rundown of the world of sound production, from planning a recording session to mastering the final product. Organized by four main topics - pre-production, recording various instruments, mixing theories and tools, and mastering - Audio Production Principles follows the actual flow of instruction given over the course of a student's tenure. Chapters address etiquette and basic operations for any recording session written in useful, tutorial style language, providing guidelines for beginner audio engineers on topics including pre-production, equipment selection, and mixing tips by instrument. Jumpstarting the mastering process, lessons delve into features unique to specific tools and techniques. All sections offer instructional scenarios of studio setups, asking students to brainstorm the best production technique for each situation. These exercises also help teachers generate new ideas for instruction and production projects of their own.
Audio Production Worktext : concepts, techniques, and equipment by
Audio Production Worktext, 9th Edition　provides readers the best introduction to　audio　and　radio　production. It shows how to navigate modern radio production studios and utilize the latest equipment and software. The 9th edition is updated to cover new mobile technologies, digital consoles, and audio editing apps and software,　as well sound for the visual media and Internet radio.　The new edition continues to include the worktext/website format tailored for both students and teachers and features like Production Tips that provide notes relevant to various audio production topics, self-study questions and projects, an updated Glossary, and an up-to-date companion website with invaluable student and instructor materials.　Included　in　this edition are offers and features from Pro　Sound Effects, FilmTVsound.com, and　RadioFX, as well as updated color graphics and images throughout the text.
Creating Sounds from Scratch : a practical guide to music synthesis for producers and composers by
Creating Sounds from Scratch is a practical, in-depth resource on the most common forms of music synthesis. It includes historical context, an overview of concepts in sound and hearing, and practical training examples to help sound designers and electronic music producers to effectivelymanipulate presets and create new sounds from scratch.The book covers the all of the main main synthesis techniques including analog subtractive, FM, additive, physical modeling, wavetable, sample-based, and granular. While the book is grounded in theory, it relies on practical examples and contemporary production techniques to illustrate how thereader can utilize electronic sound design to maximize and improve his/her work.Creating Sounds from Scratch is ideal for all who work in sound creation, composition, editing, and contemporary commercial production.
Foundations of Sound Design for Linear Media : a multidisciplinary approach by
This volume provides a comprehensive introduction to foundational topics in sound design for linear media, such as listening and recording; audio postproduction; key musical concepts and forms such as harmony, conceptual sound design, electronica, soundscape, and electroacoustic composition; the audio commons; and sound's ontology and phenomenology. The reader will gain a broad understanding of the key concepts and practices that define sound design for its use with moving images as well as important forms of composed sound. The chapters are written by international authors from diverse backgrounds who provide multidisciplinary perspectives on sound in its linear forms. The volume is designed as a textbook for students and teachers, as a handbook for researchers in sound, media and experience, and as a survey of key trends and ideas for practitioners interested in exploring the boundaries of their profession.
Hollywood Soundscapes : film sound style, craft and production in the classical era by
The technical crafts of sound in classical Hollywood cinema have, until recently, remained largely 'unsung' by histories of the studio era. Yet film sound - voice, music and sound effects - is a crucial aspect of film style and has been key to engaging and holding audiences since the transition to sound by Hollywood's major studios in 1929. This innovative new text restores sound technicians to Hollywood's creative history. Exploring a range of films from the early sound period (1931) through to the late studio period (1948), and drawing on a wide range of archival sources, the book reveals how Hollywood's sound designers worked and why they worked in the ways that they did. The book demonstrates how sound technicians developed conventions designed to tell stories through sound, placing them within the production cultures of studio era filmmaking, and uncovering a history of collective and collaborative creativity. In doing so, it traces the emergence of a body of highly skilled sound personnel, able to apply expert technical knowledge in the science of sound to the creation of cinematic soundscapes that are alive with mood and sensation.
Intelligent Music Production by
Intelligent Music Production presents the state of the art in approaches, methodologies and systems from the emerging field of automation in music mixing and mastering. This book collects the relevant works in the domain of innovation in music production, and orders them in a way that outlines the way forward: first, covering our knowledge of the music production processes; then by reviewing the methodologies in classification, data collection and perceptual evaluation; and finally by presenting recent advances on introducing intelligence in audio effects, sound engineering processes and music production interfaces. Intelligent Music Production is a comprehensive guide, providing an introductory read for beginners, as well as a crucial reference point for experienced researchers, producers, engineers and developers.
Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names, this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing, from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. ▪ Learn the subtle editing, arrangement, and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge, and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. ▪ Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. ▪ Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits, including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali, Michael Brauer, Dylan "3D" Dresdow, Tom Elmhirst, Serban Ghenea, Jacquire King, the Lord-Alge brothers, Tony Maserati, Manny Marroquin, Noah "50" Shebib, Mark "Spike" Stent, DJ Swivel, Phil Tan, Andy Wallace, Young Guru, and many, many more... Now extensively expanded and updated, including new sections on mix-buss processing, mastering, and the latest advances in plug-in technology.
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook by
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook provides an easy-to-read guide for music-making in the studio setting, from equipment fundamentals to recording and mixing almost any instrument. In six sections, lessons give a comprehensive introduction to microphone settings andtechniques, audio processing and effects, controlling acoustics, and history lessons on songs recorded with a given technique. The second half of the handbook delves into background theory on microphones, EQ-filters, compressors, and acoustics to give the reader a general understanding of practicalrecording techniques before acquiring deeper comprehension of the tools and the recording processes.Throughout the chapters, lessons on recording methods gradually build complexity and detail to keep readers engaged and challenged. Whether a university student in an audio recording course, a novice audio engineer who needs to build technique, or a busy professional who requires a quick refresh onspecific techniques, any reader will find an essential resource in The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook.
Sight, Sound, Motion : Applied Media Aesthetics by
Delivering the most comprehensive coverage available, Herb Zettl's SIGHT SOUND MOTION: APPLIED MEDIA AESTHETICS, 8e thoroughly describes the major aesthetic image elements -- light and color, space, time-motion, and sound -- as well as presents in-depth coverage on how they are creatively used in television and film. Real-world applications bring the text's detailed coverage of aesthetic theory to life. It equips you to think critically about media aesthetics and apply them to production situations. Now presented in full color, the Eighth Edition's engaging presentation is richly illustrated with strong visuals that often draw on traditional art forms, such as painting, sculpture, and dance.
Sound Theory from Sound Practice : working with sound by
Sound Design Theory and Practiceis a comprehensive and accessible guide to the concepts which underpin the creative decisions that inform the creation of sound design. A fundamental problem facing anyone wishing to practice, study, teach or research about sound is the lack of a theoretical language to describe the way sound is used and a comprehensive and rigorous overarching framework that describes all forms of sound. With the recent growth of interest in sound studies, there is an urgent need to provide scholarly resources that can be used to inform both the practice and analysis of sound. Using a range of examples from classic and contemporary cinema, television and games this book provides a thorough theoretical foundation for the artistic practice of sound design, which is too frequently seen as a 'technical' or secondary part of the production process. Engaging with practices in film, television and other digital media, Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars. >Sound Design Theory and Practiceprovides a set of tools for systematic analysis of sound for both practitioners and scholars.
Theory for Theatre Studies: Sound by
Sound provides a lively and engaging overview of relevant critical theory for students and researchers in theatre and performance studies. Addressing sound across history and through progressive developments in relevant technologies, the volume opens up the study of theatrical production and live performance to understand conceptual and pragmatic concerns about the sonic. By way of developed case studies (including Aristophanes's The Frogs, Shakespeare's The Tempest, Cocteau's The Human Voice, and Rimini Protokoll's Situation Rooms), readers can explore new methodologies and approaches for their own work on sound as a performance component. In an engagement with the burgeoning interdisciplinary field of sound studies, this book samples exciting new thinking relevant to theatre and performance studies. Part of the Theory for Theatre Studies series which introduces core theoretical concepts that underpin the discipline, Sound provides a balance of essential background information and new scholarship, and is grounded in detailed examples that illuminate and equip readers for their own sonic explorations. Volumes follow a consistent three-part structure: a historical overview of how the term has been understood within the discipline; more recent developments illustrated by substantive case studies; and emergent trends and interdisciplinary connections. Volumes are supported by further online resources including chapter overviews, illustrative material and guiding questions. Online resources to accompany this book are available at: https://bloomsbury.com/uk/theory-for-theatre-studies-sound-9781474246460/
Foley Sound Effects Production
MMA-Audio Foley production is the third SPEC of the MMA-Audio track which focuses on foley sound effects production. Foley sound effects are important to film, video, games animation and multimedia projects by providing the sounds of footsteps, clothing, prop interactions to name a few, lends realism to a work of fiction. It is also an essential part of storytelling since different sounds can convey a variety of emotions and meanings. By understanding how to use these sounds, ideas and messages can clearly be conveyed or can be used to further support an idea.
The course will tackle the production aspect of Foley sound effects such as microphone techniques for foley production, producing footsteps, clothing, movement, hits and impacts and props and editing foley sound effects and preparing the tracks for mixing. The principles of Foley sound effects will also be discussed. At the end of the course the learner will have a well-rounded understanding of how and why to produce foley sound effects.
Ambisonics : a practical 3D audio theory for recording, studio production, sound reinforcement, and virtual reality by Architectures of Sound by
Architects are used to designing visually. In order to expand their basic design tools, this book explores the interactions between sound, space, hearing, and architecture. To this end, the author uses contemporary and historic buildings and projects, but also fictional, philosophical, and theoretical approaches - the idea is not only to define sound as a source, but also as an instrument of architectural space. By introducing a metatheory of "critical hearing", designers are able to acoustically test their projects and contribute to their design with auditive input, already at the design stage.
The Art of Voice Acting : the craft and business of performing for voiceover by
The Art of Voice Acting covers all aspects of the craft and business of performing voiceover. This sixth edition is reorganized and completely updated to include the latest information on how to get started in voiceover, performing techniques, setting up a personal recording space, voiceover demos, the basics of running a voiceover business, working with agents, unions, and much more. Dozens of URL's are included with additional resources and several chapters include all new scripts written specifically for this edition. Two new chapters include contributions from some of the voiceover world's top professionals. Additional content can be found on the Voice Acting Academy website at AOVA.VoiceActing.com. This is the perfect tool for aspiring voice performers, radio announcers, and stage and screen actors.
Audio Production and Critical Listening : technical ear training by
Audio Production and Critical Listening: Technical Ear Training, Second Edition develops your critical and expert listening skills, enabling you to listen to audio like an award-winning engineer. Featuring an accessible writing style, this new edition includes information on objective measurements of sound, technical descriptions of signal processing, and their relationships to subjective impressions of sound. It also includes information on hearing conservation, ear plugs, and listening levels, as well as bias in the listening process. The interactive web browser-based "ear training" software practice modules provide experience identifying various types of signal processes and manipulations. Working alongside the clear and detailed explanations in the book, this software completes the learning package that will help you train you ears to listen and really "hear" your recordings. This all-new edition has been updated to include: Audio and psychoacoustic theories to inform and expand your critical listening practice. Access to integrated software that promotes listening skills development through audio examples found in actual recording and production work, listening exercises, and tests. Cutting-edge interactive practice modules created to increase your experience. More examples of sound recordings analysis. New outline for progressing through the EQ ear training software module with listening exercises and tips.
Digital Sound Studies by
The digital turn has created new opportunities for scholars across disciplines to use sound in their scholarship. This volume's contributors provide a blueprint for making sound central to research, teaching, and dissemination. They show how digital sound studies has the potential to transform silent, text-centric cultures of communication in the humanities into rich, multisensory experiences that are more inclusive of diverse knowledges and abilities. Drawing on multiple disciplines--including rhetoric and composition, performance studies, anthropology, history, and information science--the contributors to Digital Sound Studies bring digital humanities and sound studies into productive conversation while probing the assumptions behind the use of digital tools and technologies in academic life. In so doing, they explore how sonic experience might transform our scholarly networks, writing processes, research methodologies, pedagogies, and knowledges of the archive. As they demonstrate, incorporating sound into scholarship is thus not only feasible but urgently necessary. Contributors. Myron M. Beasley, Regina N. Bradley, Steph Ceraso, Tanya Clement, Rebecca Dowd Geoffroy-Schwinden, W. F. Umi Hsu, Michael J. Kramer, Mary Caton Lingold, Darren Mueller, Richard Cullen Rath, Liana M. Silva, Jonathan Sterne, Jennifer Stoever, Jonathan W. Stone, Joanna Swafford, Aaron Trammell, Whitney Trettien
Mixing Audio : concepts, practices, and tools by
Mixing Audio: Concepts, Practices, and Tools, Third Edition is a vital read for anyone wanting to succeed in the field of mixing. This book covers the entire mixing process - from fundamental concepts to advanced techniques. Packed full of photos, graphs, diagrams, and audio samples, it teaches the importance of a mixing vision, how to craft and evaluate your mix, and then take it a step further. The book describes the theory, the tools used, and how these are put into practice while creating mixes. The companion website, featuring over 2,000 audio samples as well as Pro Tools/ Multitrack Audio Sessions, is a perfect complement to the third edition. The new edition includes: A new 'Mixing and The Brain' chapter that provides a cognitive/psychological overview of many　aspects related to and affecting mixing engineers (and, to a narrow extent, listeners). Updated figures and text reflecting recent software updates and trends.
The production of consonant clusters : implications for phonology and sound change by The Prop Effects Guidebook : lights, motion, sound, and magic by
In The Prop Building Guidebook, author Eric Hart demonstrated how to cut, glue, sculpt, and bend raw materials to build props. Now in The Prop Effects Guidebook, he shows us how to connect and assemble components and parts to make those props light up, explode, make noise, and bleed. It delves into the world of electricity, pneumatics, liquids, and mechanical effects to teach you how to make your props perform magic in front of a live audience. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring videos of how to create individual prop special effects: www.propeffectsguidebook.com.
This course is designed to give students the opportunity to enhance and enrich their skills in Web programming. Students will learn to develop Web applications that use three-tier architecture, session management, object-oriented techniques, and advance database interactions. The course will also cover the topics on web administration, FTP, DNS, Webmail and Domain Management.
Best Practices for Teaching with Emerging Technologies by
As social media and Web 2.0 technologies continue to transform the learning trends and preferences of students, educators need to understand the applicability of these new tools in all types of learning environments. The second edition of Best Practices for Teaching with Emerging Technologies provides new and experienced instructors with practical examples of how low-cost and free technologies can be used to support student learning as well as best practices for integrating web-based tools into a course management system and managing student privacy in a Web 2.0 environment. "Showcase" spotlights throughout exemplify how the tools described in the book are already being used effectively in educational settings. This thoroughly revised second edition includes: a new chapter that explores how and why faculty are using the public web and open educational resources in place of a learning management system (LMS) and an expensive textbook additional tips and showcases in every chapter that illustrate faculty use of particular technologies the inclusion of new tools to replace technologies that no longer exist a revamped website featuring expanded online resources. This practical, easy-to-use guide will serve the needs of educators seeking to refresh or transform their instruction. Readers will be rewarded with an ample yet manageable collection of proven emerging technologies that can be leveraged for generating content, enhancing communications with and between students, and cultivating participatory, student-centered learning activities.
Big-Data Analytics for Cloud, IoT and Cognitive Computing by
The definitive guide to successfully integrating social, mobile, Big-Data analytics, cloud and IoT principles and technologies The main goal of this book is to spur the development of effective big-data computing operations on smart clouds that are fully supported by IoT sensing, machine learning and analytics systems. To that end, the authors draw upon their original research and proven track record in the field to describe a practical approach integrating big-data theories, cloud design principles, Internet of Things (IoT) sensing, machine learning, data analytics and Hadoop and Spark programming. Part 1 focuses on data science, the roles of clouds and IoT devices and frameworks for big-data computing. Big data analytics and cognitive machine learning, as well as cloud architecture, IoT and cognitive systems are explored, and mobile cloud-IoT-interaction frameworks are illustrated with concrete system design examples. Part 2 is devoted to the principles of and algorithms for machine learning, data analytics and deep learning in big data applications. Part 3 concentrates on cloud programming software libraries from MapReduce to Hadoop, Spark and TensorFlow and describes business, educational, healthcare and social media applications for those tools. The first book describing a practical approach to integrating social, mobile, analytics, cloud and IoT (SMACT) principles and technologies Covers theory and computing techniques and technologies, making it suitable for use in both computer science and electrical engineering programs Offers an extremely well-informed vision of future intelligent and cognitive computing environments integrating SMACT technologies Fully illustrated throughout with examples, figures and approximately 150 problems to support and reinforce learning Features a companion website with an instructor manual and PowerPoint slides www.wiley.com/go/hwangIOT Big-Data Analytics for Cloud, IoT and Cognitive Computing satisfies the demand among university faculty and students for cutting-edge information on emerging intelligent and cognitive computing systems and technologies. Professionals working in data science, cloud computing and IoT applications will also find this book to be an extremely useful working resource.
Creating Smart Enterprises : leveraging cloud, big data, web, social media, mobile and IoT technologies by
"Vivek Kale's Creating Smart Enterprises goes smack-dab at the heart of harnessing technology for competing in today's chaotic digital era. Actually, for him, it's SMACT-dab: SMACT (Social media, Mobile, Analytics and big data, Cloud computing, and internet of Things) technologies. This book is required reading for those that want to stay relevant and win, and optional for those that don't." --Peter Fingar, Author of Cognitive Computing and business technology consultant Creating Smart Enterprises unravels the mystery of social media, mobile, analytics and big data, cloud, and Internet of Things (SMACT) computing and explains how it can transform the operating context of business enterprises. It provides a clear understanding of what SMACT really means, what it can do for smart enterprises, and application areas where it is practical to use them. All IT professionals who are involved with any aspect of a SMACT computing project will profit by using this book as a roadmap to make a more meaningful contribution to the success of their computing initiatives. This pragmatic book: Introduces the VUCA (volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity) business ecosystem confronted by the businesses today. Describes the challenges of defining business and IT strategies and of aligning them as well as their impact on enterprise governance. Provides a very wide treatment of the various components of SMACT computing, including the Internet of Things (IoT) and its constituting technologies like RFID, wireless networks, sensors, and wireless sensor networks (WSNs). This book addresses the key differentiator of SMACT computing environments and solutions that combine the power of an elastic infrastructure with analytics. The SMACT environment is cloud-based and inherently mobile. Information management processes can analyze and discern recurring patterns in colossal pools of operational and transactional data. Analytics, big data, and IoT computing leverage and transform these data patterns to help create successful, smart enterprises.
Interaction Design : beyond human-computer interaction by
A new edition of the #1 text in the human computer Interaction field! Hugely popular with students and professionals alike, the Fifth Edition of Interaction Design is an ideal resource for learning the interdisciplinary skills needed for interaction design, human-computer interaction, information design, web design, and ubiquitous computing. New to the fifth edition: a chapter on data at scale, which covers developments in the emerging fields of 'human data interaction' and data analytics. The chapter demonstrates the many ways organizations manipulate, analyze, and act upon the masses of data being collected with regards to human digital and physical behaviors, the environment, and society at large. Revised and updated throughout, this edition offers a cross-disciplinary, practical, and process-oriented, state-of-the-art introduction to the field, showing not just what principles ought to apply to interaction design, but crucially how they can be applied. Explains how to use design and evaluation techniques for developing successful interactive technologies Demonstrates, through many examples, the cognitive, social and affective issues that underpin the design of these technologies Provides thought-provoking design dilemmas and interviews with expert designers and researchers Uses a strong pedagogical format to foster understanding and enjoyment An accompanying website contains extensive additional teaching and learning material including slides for each chapter, comments on chapter activities, and a number of in-depth case studies written by researchers and designers.
Introduction to Web Interaction Design : with HTML and CSS by
This book introduces standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties commonly used in Web design as well as design guidelines for their effective use. Its approach of explaining every line of code in the examples it uses to show the usage of the HTML elements and CSS properties introduced makes it an invaluable Web design resource for beginners as well as intermediates looking to fill in gaps in their knowledge. In addition, the inclusion of user-centered design process stages and how they are best managed in website development makes the book unique in its area. Also, the book's approach of including challenges after each topic to help refresh readers' knowledge, as well as make them think, ensures that there are ample activities to keep learners motivated and engaged. Key Features Comprehensively covers standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties. Includes a lot of challenges/exercises; one after each HTML element or CSS property introduced and demonstrated with examples. Example codes can be copied and pasted as-is to implement and experiment with. For every HTML element or CSS property introduced, guidelines are provided, where relevant, on how to best use them in a design to enhance usability and accessibility. Includes comprehensive explanation of flexible box and grid layout models and how to use them to create responsive and adaptive Web design. Covers the importance of visual aesthetics in design, including design elements and principles and examples of how they can be applied in Web design to produce good user experience. Includes comprehensive guidelines on how to design for standard and mobile screens, including discussion of touch gesture interaction design and standard gestures and the functions for which they are most commonly used. Introduces the stages of user-centered design process, including Web accessibility and user-experience testing, and managerial aspects of Web development, including intellectual property. Provides a brief introduction on how to make HTML and CSS codes more compact and more efficient and how to combine them with other languages commonly used in Web design and development, such as JavaScript, AJAX, and PHP.
JavaScript Absolute Beginner's Guide by
JavaScript Absolute Beginner''s Guide No experience necessary! Make the most of JavaScript -- even if you''ve never programmed anything before. This book is the fastest way to learn JavaScript and use it together with CSS3 and HTML5 to create powerful web and mobile experiences. Learn how to do what you want, the way you want, one incredibly easy step at a time. JavaScript has never been this simple! This is the easiest, most practical beginner''s guide to programming JavaScript with simple, reliable instructions for doing everything you really want to do! Here''s a small sample of what you''ll learn: Learn why JavaScript is awesome Organize your code with variables Understand how functions make your code reusable Use the popular if/else statement to help make a decision in code Learn about switch statements and when to use them Work with for, while, and do...while loops Learn how to use global and local scope Understand what closures are Learn about the various places your code can live Understand how to write comments and good commenting practices Learn about the basic types of objects you''ll run into in JavaScript Find out that pizza has an educational value beyond just being deliciously awesome Understand how text is treated in JavaScript Learn how to perform common string operations Use arrays to handle lists of data Learn to create custom objects Purchase of JavaScript Absolute Beginner''s Guide in any format includes free access to the online Web Edition, which provides several special features to help you learn: The complete text of the book online Short videos by the author introducing each chapter Interactive quizzes to test your understanding of the material Updates and corrections as they become available This Web Edition can be viewed on all types of computers and mobile devices with any modern web browser that supports HTML5. Contents at a Glance 1 Hello, World! Part I: The Basic Stuff 2 Values and Variables 3 Functions 4 Conditional Statements: If, Else, and Switch 5 Meet the Loops: For, While, and Do...While! 6 Timers 7 Variable Scope 8 Closures 9 Where Should Your Code Live? 10 Commenting Your Code Part II: It''s an Object-Oriented World 11 Of Pizza, Types, Primitives, and Objects 12 Strings 13 When Primitives Behave Like Objects 14 Arrays 15 Numbers 16 A Deeper Look at Objects 17 Extending Built-in Objects 18 Booleans and the Stricter === and !== Operators 19 Null and Undefined 20 Immediately Invoked Function Expressions Part III: Working with the DOM 21 JS, The Browser, and The DOM 22 Finding Elements in the DOM 23 Modifying DOM Elements 24 Styling Your Content 25 Traversing the DOM 26 Creating a
PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript All-In-One for Dummies by
Explore the engine that drives the internet It takes a powerful suite of technologies to drive the most-visited websites in the world. PHP, mySQL, JavaScript, and other web-building languages serve as the foundation for application development and programming projects at all levels of the web. Dig into this all-in-one book to get a grasp on these in-demand skills, and figure out how to apply them to become a professional web builder. You'll get valuable information from seven handy books covering the pieces of web programming, HTML5 & CSS3, JavaScript, PHP, MySQL, creating object-oriented programs, and using PHP frameworks. Helps you grasp the technologies that power web applications Covers PHP version 7.2 Includes coverage of the latest updates in web development Perfect for developers to use to solve problems This book is ideal for the inexperienced programmer interested in adding these skills to their toolbox. New coders who've made it through an online course or boot camp will also find great value in how this book builds on what you already know.
Python All-In-One for Dummies by
Your one-stop resource on all things Python Thanks to its flexibility, Python has grown to become one of the most popular programming languages in the world. Developers use Python in app development, web development, data science, machine learning, and even in coding education classes. There's almost no type of project that Python can't make better. From creating apps to building complex websites to sorting big data, Python provides a way to get the work done. Python All-in-One For Dummies offers a starting point for those new to coding by explaining the basics of Python and demonstrating how it's used in a variety of applications. Covers the basics of the language Explains its syntax through application in high-profile industries Shows how Python can be applied to projects in enterprise Delves into major undertakings including artificial intelligence, physical computing, machine learning, robotics and data analysis This book is perfect for anyone new to coding as well as experienced coders interested in adding Python to their toolbox.
Swift in the Cloud by
Write and run Swift language programs in the Cloud Written by the team of developers that has helped bring the Swift language to Cloud computing, this is the definitive guide to writing and running Swift language programs for cloud environment. In Swift in the Cloud, you'll find full coverage of all aspects of creating and running Swift language applications in Cloud computing environments, complete with examples of real code that you can start running and experimenting with today. Since Apple introduced the Swift language in 2014, it has become one of the most rapidly adopted computer programming languages in history'and now you too can start benefitting from using the same programming language for all components of a scalable, robust business software solution. Create server applications using Swift and run them on pay-as-you-go cloud infrastructure Quickly write and test Swift code snippets in your own cloud sandbox Use Docker containers to deploy Swift applications into multiple cloud environments without having to change code Grasp the elements and structure of the Swift.org open technology project Find out how to avoid the complexities of runtime configuration by using Cloud Foundry buildpacks for Swift Build high performing web applications and REST APIs with an open source Swift based web server framework Scale up your cloud services by running Swift modules in an asynchronous, open source, 'serverless' cloud environment Whether you are already using Swift to build mobile applications or a seasoned web developer, Swift in the Cloud will help you leverage server-side Swift to power your next generation of applications.
Web Coding and Development All-In-One for Dummies by
Speak the languages that power the web With more high-paying web development jobs opening every day, people with coding and web/app building skills are having no problems finding employment. If you're a would-be developer looking to gain the know-how to build the interfaces, databases, and other features that run modern websites, web apps, and mobile apps, look no further. Web Coding & Development All-in-One For Dummies is your go-to interpreter for speaking the languages that handle those tasks. Get started with a refresher on the rules of coding before diving into the languages that build interfaces, add interactivity to the web, or store and deliver data to sites. When you're ready, jump into guidance on how to put it all together to build a site or create an app. Get the lowdown on coding basics Review HTML and CSS Make sense of JavaScript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL Create code for web and mobile apps There's a whole world of opportunity out there for developers--and this fast-track boot camp is here to help you acquire the skills you need to take your career to new heights!
This course is designed to give students the opportunity to enhance and enrich their skills in Web programming. Students will learn to develop Web applications that use three-tier architecture, session management, object-oriented techniques, and advance database interactions. The course will also cover the topics on web administration, FTP, DNS, Webmail and Domain Management.
Cross-platform desktop application development, Electron, Node, NW.js, and React : build desktop applications with web technologies by 
Enabling Technologies for the Internet of Things by
Enabling Technologies for the Internet of Things: Wireless Circuits, Systems and Networkscollects slides and notes from the lectures given in the 2017 Seasonal School Enabling Technologies for the Internet-of-Things, supported by IEEE CAS Society and by INTEL funding, and organized by Prof. Sergio Saponara and Prof. Giuliano Manara. The book discusses new trends in Internet-of-Things (IoT) technologies, considering technological and training aspects, with special focus on electronic and electromagnetic circuits and systems. IoT involves research and design activities both in analog and in digital circuit/signal domains, including focus on sensors interfacing and conditioning, energy harvesting, low-power signal processing, wireless connectivity and networking, functional safety (FuSa). FuSa is one of the emerging key issues in IoT applications in safety critical domains like industry 4.0, autonomous and connected vehicles and e-health. Our world is becoming more and more interconnected. Currently it is estimated that two hundred billion smart objects will be part of the IoT by 2020. This new scenario will pave the way to innovative business models and will bring new experiences in everyday life. The challenge is offering products, services and comprehensive solutions for the IoT, from technology to intelligent and connected objects and devices to connectivity and data centers, enhancing smart homes, smart factories, autonomous driving cars and much more, while at the same time ensuring the highest safety standards. In safety-critical contexts, where a fault could jeopardize the human life, safety becomes a key aspect.
Encyclopedia of Sustainable Technologies by
Encyclopedia of Sustainable Technologies provides an authoritative assessment of the sustainable technologies that are currently available or in development. Sustainable technology includes the scientific understanding, development and application of a wide range of technologies and processes and their environmental implications. Systems and lifecycle analyses of energy systems, environmental management, agriculture, manufacturing and digital technologies provide a comprehensive method for understanding the full sustainability of processes. In addition, the development of clean processes through green chemistry and engineering techniques are also described. The book is the first multi-volume reference work to employ both Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) and Triple Bottom Line (TBL) approaches to assessing the wide range of technologies available and their impact upon the world. Both approaches are long established and widely recognized, playing a key role in the organizing principles of this valuable work. Provides readers with a one-stop guide to the most current research in the field Presents a grounding of the fundamentals of the field of sustainable technologies Written by international leaders in the field, offering comprehensive coverage of the field and a consistent, high-quality scientific standard Includes the Life Cycle Analysis and Triple Bottom Line approaches to help users understand and assess sustainable technologies
Hands-on full stack web development with Aurelia : develop modern and real-time web applications with Aurelia and Node.js by Mastering the faster web with PHP, MySQL and JavaScript : develop state-of-the-art web applications using the latest web technologies by 
Power Generation Technologies by
This revised third edition of Power Generation Technologies explores even more renewable technologies in detail, from traditional fossil fuels and the more established alternatives such as wind and solar power, to emerging renewables such as biomass and geothermal energy. The book also features new expanded chapters on tidal project proposals, tidal bunds, enhanced geothermal technology, fast-moving areas in marine energy and the development of floating wind turbines. Power Generation Technologies is more than just an account of the technologies - for each method the author explores the economic and environmental costs and risk factors. Each technology is covered using the same basic criteria, so that comparisons between technologies can be made more easily. Those who are involved in planning and delivering energy, including engineers, managers and policy makers, will find a guide through the minefield of maintaining a reliable power supply, meeting targets on greenhouse gas emissions, and addressing economic and social objectives in this book. Explains in hundreds of diagrams how each technology functions in practice Evaluates the economic and environmental viability of each power generation system covered Features fast-advancing renewable and alternative power sources, such as municipal waste and solar options Applies a fresh focus on the evolution of traditional technologies such as natural gas and 'clean coal'
WordPress web application development : build rapid web applications with cutting-edge technologies using WordPress by This course will focus on the different elements used in creating a mobile game application that encourages engagement and interaction amongst its players. This course will tackle in addressing the players' interests and motivations allowing them to enter a game full experience.
2D to VR with Unity5 and Google Cardboard by
The book provides an up-to-date introduction to the latest version of Unity and its workflow by guiding readers through various prototypes. These range from 2D to 3D game concepts for PC and mobile, will allow readers to get acquainted with several important concepts and allow them to become competent Unity developers able to learn at their own pace. The book starts by introducing Unity and proceeds in building a basic understanding of its main components by developing a first, simple 2D game before proceeding in developing a full casual game to development of a simple but immersive 3D game concept to be tested first on PC before exploring how to port it for mobile VR.using Google Cardboard.
Cyberpsychology : an introduction to human-computer interaction by
This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the human-computer interface in clear, non-technical language, making it an ideal introduction for students of both psychology and computer science. Covering the past, present, and future developments in technology and psychology, it combines cutting-edge academic research with engaging illustrations and examples that show students how the material relates to their lives. Topics addressed include: human factors of input devices, and the basics of sensation and perception; memory and cognitive issues of users navigating their way through interfaces; communication via programming languages and natural speech interaction; cyberpathologies such as techno-stress and Internet addiction disorders; and challenges surrounding automation and artificial intelligence. This thoroughly updated second edition features new chapters on virtual reality and cybersecurity; expanded coverage of social media, mobile computing, e-learning, and video games; and end-of-chapter review questions that ensure students have mastered key objectives.
Game Development with Unity by
The Unity engine game development tool is a multi-platform engine and editor rolled into one. It is an ideal development tool for independent developers and students, and many pro studios turn to it for fast prototyping. Unity allows developers to create a single game and release it on many platforms including Android, iOS, and the web. This completely updated edition of GAME DEVELOPMENT WITH UNITY is a tutorial-style guide that provides a complete overview of the Unity editor along with step-by-step projects covering every basic functional aspect, from asset importing to publishing. Each chapter includes tutorials and small assignments geared toward making a larger game. You will learn the basics of design and level theory and prototyping concepts in the virtual world. You will also learn how to polish and publish your finished game. A companion website features software, sample levels, source code and more. Start learning Unity today with GAME DEVELOPMENT WITH UNITY, SECOND EDITION.
Global Games : production, circulation and policy in the networked era by
In the last decade our mobile phones have been infiltrated by angry birds, our computers by leagues of legends and our social networks by pleas for help down on the farm. As digital games have become networked, mobile and casual they have become a pervasive cultural form. Based on original empirical work, including interviews with workers, virtual ethnographies in online games and analysis of industry related documents, Global Games provides a political, economic and sociological analysis of the growth and restructuring of the digital games industry over the past decade. Situating the games industry as both cultural and creative and examining the relative growth of console, PC, online and mobile, Aphra Kerr analyses the core production logics in the industry, and the expansion of circulation processes as game services have developed. In an industry dominated by North American and Japanese companies, Kerr explores the recent success of companies from China and Europe, and the emergent spatial politics as countries, cities, companies and communities compete to reshape digital games in the networked age.
Helping Kids with Coding for Dummies by
Help for grown-ups new to coding Getting a jump on learning how coding makes technology work is essential to prepare kids for the future. Unfortunately, many parents, teachers, and mentors didn't learn the unique logic and language of coding in school. Helping Kids with Coding For Dummies comes to the rescue. It breaks beginning coding into easy-to-understand language so you can help a child with coding homework, supplement an existing coding curriculum, or have fun learning with your favorite kid. The demand to have younger students learn coding has increased in recent years as the demand for trained coders has far exceeded the supply of coders. Luckily, this fun and accessible book makes it a snap to learn the skills necessary to help youngsters develop into proud, capable coders! Help with coding homework or enhance a coding curriculum Get familiar with coding logic and how to de-bug programs Complete small projects as you learn coding language Apply math skills to coding If you're a parent, teacher, or mentor eager to help 8 to 14 year olds learn to speak a coding language like a mini pro, this book makes it possible!
Holistic Mobile Game Development with Unity : an all-In-one guide to implementing mechanics, art design, and programming for iOS and Android mobile games by
Holistic Mobile Game Development with Unity: An All-In-One Guide to Implementing Mechanics, Art Design and Programming for iOS and Android Games Master mobile game design and development in this all-in-one guide to creating iOS and Android games in the cutting-edge game engine, Unity. By using Penny de Byl's holistic method, you will learn about the principles of art, design, and code and gain multidisciplinary skills needed to succeed in the independent mobile games industry. In addition, hands-on exercises will help you throughout the process from design to publication in the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. Over 70 practical step-by-step exercises recreating the game mechanics of contemporary mobile games, including Angry Birds, Temple Run, Year Walk, Minecraft, Curiosity Cube, Fruit Ninja,and more. Design principles, art, and programming in unison - the one-stop shop for indie developers requiring interdisciplinary skills in their small teams. An introduction to essential two- and three-dimensional mathematics, geometry and physics concepts. A portfolio of royalty free reusable game mechanics and assets. Accompanying website, www.holistic3d.com, features project source code, instructional videos, art assets, author blog, and teaching resources. Challenge questions and lesson plans are available online for an enhanced learning experience.
Inside the Video Game Industry : game developers talk about the business of play by
Inside the Video Game Industry offers a provocative look into one of today's most dynamic and creative businesses. Through in-depth structured interviews, industry professionals discuss their roles, providing invaluable insight into game programming, art, animation, design, production, quality assurance, audio and business professions. From hiring and firing conventions, attitudes about gender disparity, goals for work-life balance, and a span of legal, psychological, and communal intellectual property protection mechanisms, the book's combination of accessible industry talk and incisive thematic overviews is ideal for anyone interested in games as a global industry, a site of cultural study, or a prospective career path. Designed for researchers, educators, and students, this book provides a critical perspective on an often opaque business and its highly mobile workforce. Additional teaching materials, including activities and study questions, can be found at https://www.routledge.com/9780415828284.
Java Programming for Android Developers for Dummies by
Develop the next killer Android App using Java programming! Android is everywhere! It runs more than half the smartphones in the U.S.'and Java makes it go. If you want to cash in on its popularity by learning to build Android apps with Java, all the easy-to-follow guidance you need to get started is at your fingertips. Inside, you'll learn the basics of Java and grasp how it works with Android; then, you'll go on to create your first real, working application. How cool is that? The demand for Android apps isn't showing any signs of slowing, but if you're a mobile developer who wants to get in on the action, it's vital that you get the necessary Java background to be a success. With the help of Java Programming for Android Developers For Dummies, you'll quickly and painlessly discover the ins and outs of using Java to create groundbreaking Android apps'no prior knowledge or experience required! Get the know-how to create an Android program from the ground up Make sense of basic Java development concepts and techniques Develop the skills to handle programming challenges Find out how to debug your app Don't sit back and watch other developers release apps that bring in the bucks! Everything you need to create that next killer Android app is just a page away!
The Official GameSalad© Guide to Game Development by
THE OFFICIAL GAMESALAD GUIDE TO GAME DEVELOPMENT teaches readers how to make their own games with the simple, powerful, drag-and-drop GameSalad Creator software. Using techniques based on key game development concepts, current trends, and established best practices, readers will be able to use GameSalad Creator from concept to prototype--and beyond. The text's wide-ranging coverage encompasses desktop, mobile, online, social, and serious games--as well as key platforms such as iOS, Android, Mac, Windows, and HTML 5. This reader-friendly, highly visual guide is equally suited for formal game development courses and self-paced learning--with a balance of depth and detail that is ideal for both professionals and those working on their first game. Basic tutorials and terminology are available in the book's Appendix. GameSalad has also provided manuals, templates, and a Cookbook containing video tutorials at http://gamesalad.com/manuals and http://cookbook.gamesalad.com.
Social, Casual and Mobile Games : the changing gaming landscape by
Social, casual and mobile games, played on devices such as smartphones, tablets, or PCs and accessed through online social networks, have become extremely popular, and are changing the ways in which games are designed, understood, and played. These games have sparked a revolution as more people from a broader demographic than ever play games, shifting the stereotype of gaming away from that of hardcore, dedicated play to that of activities that fit into everyday life. Social, Casual and Mobile Games explores the rapidly changing gaming landscape and discusses the ludic, methodological, theoretical, economic, social and cultural challenges that these changes invoke. With chapters discussing locative games, the new freemium economic model, and gamer demographics, as well as close studies of specific games (including Candy Crush Saga, Angry Birds, and Ingress), this collection offers an insight into the changing nature of games and the impact that mobile media is having upon individuals and societies around the world.
This course will focus on the different elements used in creating a mobile game application that encourages engagement and interaction amongst its players. This course will tackle in addressing the players' interests and motivations allowing them to enter a game full experience.
Beginning Unity Android game development : from beginner to pro by 
Cocos2d Cross-Platform Game Development Cookbook : develop games for iOS and Android using Cocos2d with the aid of over 70 step-by-step recipes - Second Edition by
Develop games for iOS and Android using Cocos2d with the aid of over 70 step-by-step recipes About This Book - Learn to efficiently use Cocos2d to develop cross-platform games, and have them work on iOS as well as Android - Get acquainted with industry-wide professional tools such as Glyph Designer, Texture Packer, and Physics Editor, as well as using the Swift/ Sprite builder implementation of Cocos2d - Use the easy-to-follow recipes to develop as well as deploy games to the Playstore and the App Store Who This Book Is For This book is for intermediate game developers and especially the ones who are generally curious to find out what's new in Cocos2d v 3.3. What You Will Learn - Build custom sprites with custom animations for the game - Build interactivity into your game by adding gestures and touch interactions - Understand AI enemy programming and path finding to make games more exciting - Add physics to your game to make it more lively and interactive - Get familiar with the Swift and Sprite builder implementations along with Objective-C programming - Perform hassle-free deployment of games built in iOS onto Android - Add effects and particle systems to make the game more colorful In Detail Cocos2d is the world's leading game development framework for developing iOS games. With the introduction of Swift and Spritebuilder, it has become easier than ever to develop the games of your dreams without much effort. With Cocos2d, you can also deploy the game on Android, thereby maximizing profit and reducing development and porting costs. The book starts off with a detailed look at how to implement sprites and animations into your game to make it livelier. You will then learn to add scenes to the game such as the gameplay scene and options scene and create menus and buttons in these scenes, as well as creating transitions between them. From there on, you will get an understanding of how to program user interactions such as tapping, holding, and swiping. You'll then add accelerometer inputs and physics to the scene, and make objects respond back to the inputs. A game is practically incomplete without audio being added, so this will be covered next. The next section will include ways to add Artificial Intelligence to enemies in the game, allowing them to patrol, chase, and shoot in a projectile manner. You will then learn to use NSUserDefault to save and load game progress, and create and access files using JSON, Plist, and XML files for custom storage and retrieval of data. Then you will learn to add dynamic lighting to your game and will use industry-wide tools such as Texture Packer, Glyph Designer, Physics Editor, Particle Designer, and Sprite Illuminator to create more visually appealing and performance-optimized games. Towards the end of the book, we dive into Apple's latest programming language-Swift, highlighting the major differences between Objective C and Swift. The book culminates with taking your existing game developed for iOS and porting it to Android, showing you how to install the Android Xcode plugin as well. Style and approach The book is written in an extremely lucid and step-by-step manner; it can be understood easily by anyone. The topics included are broken down into individual chapters so you can refer to the specific chapter to get answers on the subject you are interested in.
Helping Kids with Coding for Dummies by
Help for grown-ups new to coding Getting a jump on learning how coding makes technology work is essential to prepare kids for the future. Unfortunately, many parents, teachers, and mentors didn't learn the unique logic and language of coding in school. Helping Kids with Coding For Dummies comes to the rescue. It breaks beginning coding into easy-to-understand language so you can help a child with coding homework, supplement an existing coding curriculum, or have fun learning with your favorite kid. The demand to have younger students learn coding has increased in recent years as the demand for trained coders has far exceeded the supply of coders. Luckily, this fun and accessible book makes it a snap to learn the skills necessary to help youngsters develop into proud, capable coders! Help with coding homework or enhance a coding curriculum Get familiar with coding logic and how to de-bug programs Complete small projects as you learn coding language Apply math skills to coding If you're a parent, teacher, or mentor eager to help 8 to 14 year olds learn to speak a coding language like a mini pro, this book makes it possible!
Holistic Mobile Game Development with Unity : an all-In-one guide to implementing mechanics, art design, and programming for iOS and Android mobile games by
Holistic Mobile Game Development with Unity: An All-In-One Guide to Implementing Mechanics, Art Design and Programming for iOS and Android Games Master mobile game design and development in this all-in-one guide to creating iOS and Android games in the cutting-edge game engine, Unity. By using Penny de Byl's holistic method, you will learn about the principles of art, design, and code and gain multidisciplinary skills needed to succeed in the independent mobile games industry. In addition, hands-on exercises will help you throughout the process from design to publication in the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. Over 70 practical step-by-step exercises recreating the game mechanics of contemporary mobile games, including Angry Birds, Temple Run, Year Walk, Minecraft, Curiosity Cube, Fruit Ninja,and more. Design principles, art, and programming in unison - the one-stop shop for indie developers requiring interdisciplinary skills in their small teams. An introduction to essential two- and three-dimensional mathematics, geometry and physics concepts. A portfolio of royalty free reusable game mechanics and assets. Accompanying website, www.holistic3d.com, features project source code, instructional videos, art assets, author blog, and teaching resources. Challenge questions and lesson plans are available online for an enhanced learning experience.
Java Programming for Android Developers for Dummies by
Develop the next killer Android App using Java programming! Android is everywhere! It runs more than half the smartphones in the U.S.'and Java makes it go. If you want to cash in on its popularity by learning to build Android apps with Java, all the easy-to-follow guidance you need to get started is at your fingertips. Inside, you'll learn the basics of Java and grasp how it works with Android; then, you'll go on to create your first real, working application. How cool is that? The demand for Android apps isn't showing any signs of slowing, but if you're a mobile developer who wants to get in on the action, it's vital that you get the necessary Java background to be a success. With the help of Java Programming for Android Developers For Dummies, you'll quickly and painlessly discover the ins and outs of using Java to create groundbreaking Android apps'no prior knowledge or experience required! Get the know-how to create an Android program from the ground up Make sense of basic Java development concepts and techniques Develop the skills to handle programming challenges Find out how to debug your app Don't sit back and watch other developers release apps that bring in the bucks! Everything you need to create that next killer Android app is just a page away!
Learning Android game development : Android game development simplified! by Social, Casual and Mobile Games : the changing gaming landscape by
Social, casual and mobile games, played on devices such as smartphones, tablets, or PCs and accessed through online social networks, have become extremely popular, and are changing the ways in which games are designed, understood, and played. These games have sparked a revolution as more people from a broader demographic than ever play games, shifting the stereotype of gaming away from that of hardcore, dedicated play to that of activities that fit into everyday life. Social, Casual and Mobile Games explores the rapidly changing gaming landscape and discusses the ludic, methodological, theoretical, economic, social and cultural challenges that these changes invoke. With chapters discussing locative games, the new freemium economic model, and gamer demographics, as well as close studies of specific games (including Candy Crush Saga, Angry Birds, and Ingress), this collection offers an insight into the changing nature of games and the impact that mobile media is having upon individuals and societies around the world.
Video Pre-Production is a course where students will be taught how to properly handle a video project from script to screen. The output of the students will be a production book where all details regarding the production will be listed - scripts, character sketches, location site surveys, lighting design, camera blocking, various checklists, directories etc. for smooth pre, prod and post video production.
The Collaborative Art of Filmmaking : from script to screen by
The Collaborative Art of Filmmaking: From Script to Screen explores what goes into the making of Hollywood¿s greatest motion pictures. Join veteran script consultant Linda Seger as she examines contemporary and classic screenplays on their perilous journey from script to screen. This fully revised and updated edition includes interviews with over 80 well-known artists in their fields including writers, producers, directors, actors, editors, composers, and production designers. Their discussions about the art and craft of filmmaking ¿ including how and why they make their decisions ¿ provides filmmaking and screenwriting students and professionals with the ultimate guide to creating the best possible "blueprint" for a film and to also fully understand the artistic and technical decisions being made by all those involved in the process.
Film Production Technique : Creating the Accomplished Image by
FILM PRODUCTION TECHNIQUE (FPT): CREATING THE ACCOMPLISHED IMAGE, 6e, is aimed at the basic production course taken by radio/tv/film majors. FPT, 6e, delivers a technical and aesthetic introduction to media production that couples video production techniques with strong emphasis on incorporating motion picture film into a project's workflow. The text serves as a primer for all students, but is especially valuable to those students with limited background in the field of media production. FPT, 6e explores cutting-edge technologies as well as traditional Hollywood techniques, covering lighting, cameras, editing, crew organization, and the production process. It also lays out the basic, conventional approach to scene structure in a straightforward and methodical manner.
Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video by
Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video, Fifth Edition is the definitive book on the subject for the serious film student or beginning filmmaker. Its unique two-fold approach looks at filmmaking from the perspectives of both the producer and director, and clearly explains how their separate roles must work together to create a successful short film or video. Through extensive examples from award-winning shorts and insightful interviews, you will learn about common challenges the filmmakers encountered during each step of filmmaking process--from preproduction to production, postproduction, and distribution--and the techniques they used to overcome them. In celebrating this book's twentieth anniversary, this edition has been updated to include: Two all-new, in-depth cases studies of esteemed short films--Memory Lane and the Academy Award-winning God of Love A revised chapter progression that reinforces the significance of the actor - director relationship Interviews with the filmmakers integrated alongside the text, as well as new images and behind-the-scenes coverage of production processes Revamped sections on current financing strategies, postproduction workflows, and the wide variety of distribution platforms now available to filmmakers A "Where are They Now" appendix featuring updates on the original filmmakers covered in the first edition An expanded companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/rea) containing useful forms and information on distributors, grants and financing sources, film and video festivals, film schools, internet sources for short works, and professional associations
Producing Great Sound for Film and Video : expert tips from preproduction to final mix by
In Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition audio guru Jay Rose revises his popular text for a new generation of filmmakers. You'll learn practical, time-saving ways to get better recordings, solve problems with existing audio, create compelling tracks, and boost your filmmaking to the next level! Here you'll find real-world advice and practical guidelines for every aspect of your soundtrack: planning and budgeting, field and studio recording, editing, sound effects and music, audio repair, processing, and mixing. Rose's combination of solid technical information and a clear, step-by-step approach has made this the go-to book for producers and film students for over a decade. New in this edition: Insights and from-the-trenches tips from top professionals Instructions for getting the best results from new DSLRs and digital recorders An all-new companion website www.GreatSound.info with downloadable diagnostics, examples, and exercises for you to try What you need to know about new regulations for wireless mics and broadcast loudness An expanded "How Do I Fix This?" section to help you solve problems quickly Whether you're an aspiring filmmaker who wants better tracks, or an experienced professional looking for a reference, Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition has the information you need. Please visit the book's companion website for more information and companion files: http://www.GreatSound.info
Production Design for Screen : visual storytelling in film and television by
Packed with colour film stills, exclusive pre-production artwork and behind-the-scenes production images, this landmark book celebrates the production designer's contribution to visual storytelling on screen. It illuminates the visual concepts behind familiar screen spaces and unpicks how and why they are so effective in conveying character and story. Seven case studies, developed from exclusive interviews with world-renowned designers, reveal the concepts behind some of the most engaging imagery on screen and establish a dialogue around the shared language of visual storytelling. Jane Barnwell offers a new methodology for evaluating the designer's work on screen through five categories of analysis- space, interiors and exteriors, light, colour and set decorating. All of which combine to create the visual concept evident in the final screen image and together provide a model for the analysis of production design. Practical exercises and examples of real world projects walk you through the design process from breaking down the script and developing initial ideas to identifying a coherent conceptual vision. If you are a filmmaker, Production Design for Screen will inspire and guide you in your own work.
Television Production Handbook, 12th by
In the field-defining text TELEVISION PRODUCTION HANDBOOK, author Herbert Zettl emphasizes how production proceeds in the digital age-from idea to image-and how it moves through the three major phases, from preproduction to production to postproduction. In this context, Zettl describes the necessary tools, considers what they can and cannot do, and explains how they are used to ensure maximum efficiency and effectiveness. This edition features the latest digital equipment and production techniques, including stereo 3D, 3D camcorders, 4K and 8K digital cinema cameras, portable switchers, LED lighting instruments, and digital lighting control systems.
Video Art Historicized : traditions and negotiations by
Video art emerged as an art form that from the 1960s and onwards challenged the concept of art - hence, art historical practices. From the perspective of artists, critics, and scholars engaged with this new medium, art was seen as too limiting a notion. Important issues were to re-think art as a means for critical investigations and a demand for visual reconsiderations. Likewise, art history was argued to be in crisis and in need of adapting its theories and methods in order to produce interpretations and thereby establish historical sense for moving images as fine art. Yet, as this book argues, video art history has evolved into a discourse clinging to traditional concepts, ideologies, and narrative structures - manifested in an increasing body of texts. Video Art Historicized provides a novel, insightful and also challenging re-interpretation of this field by examining the discourse and its own premises. It takes a firm conceptual approach to the material, examining the conceptual, theoretical, and methodological implications that are simultaneously contested by both artists and authors, yet intertwined in both the legitimizing and the historicizing processes of video as art. By engaging art history's most debated concepts (canon, art, and history) this study provides an in-depth investigation of the mechanisms of the historiography of video art. Scrutinizing various narratives on video art, the book emphasizes the profound and widespread hesitations towards, but also the efforts to negotiate, traditional concepts and practices. By focusing on the politics of this discourse, theoretical issues of gender, nationality, and particular themes in video art, Malin Hedlin Hayden contests the presumptions that inform video art and its history.
Video Field Production and Editing by
In the eighth, revised edition of this book, Ronald J. Compesi offers a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the aesthetics of small-scale, single-camera video production in field environments, from planning through postproduction, in a range of different programming formats. Written in an accessible, student-friendly style, this new edition has been significantly updated and revised throughout to reflect current technology and industry practices, including shooting with DSLR cameras, in HD and on smartphones, new methods and channels of distribution, and much more. Key features and updates to the eighth edition include: A focus on small-scale video production, involving a minimum amount of field equipment and a small crew, offering creative solutions for video producers with limited resources and personnel; Discussions of HD and 4K technology/acquisition, LED lighting, shooting with DSLR cameras and smartphones, new online distribution channels; Over 300 photos and line art, in full-color for the first time, illustrating production processes, technical issues and equipment, and illuminating key aesthetic elements; An eResource with downloadable production planning documents, links to further online resources, production project exercises, and sample test questions. With over 40 years of teaching and production experience, Ronald J. Compesi offers an up-to-date and essential introduction to the art of small-scale video production in field environments in the new edition of this groundbreaking text, in print since 1985.
Video Pre-Production is a course where students will be taught how to properly handle a video project from script to screen. The output of the students will be a production book where all details regarding the production will be listed - scripts, character sketches, location site surveys, lighting design, camera blocking, various checklists, directories etc. for smooth pre, prod and post video production.
Corporate Video Production : beyond the board room (and out of the bored room by
In this updated edition of Corporate Video Production, Stuart Sweetow teaches aspiring and seasoned videographers how to make imaginative corporate videos with eye-catching designs, rhythmic editing tricks, and essential scriptwriting and interview techniques. Readers will learn how to shoot on location or in a studio, work with employees-turned-actors, find new clients, and produce online videos and podcasts for corporations, government agencies, and non-profit organizations. Additionally, this new edition has been updated to include discussion questions, chapter summaries, and professional tips, and to cover live webcasting, mobile devices, shooting in 4K, micro-videos, micro-cameras, and storytelling techniques for corporate social responsibility programs. A companion website features downloadable forms and further resources.
Digital Compositing for Film and Video : production workflows and techniques by
Written by senior compositor, technical director and master trainer Steve Wright, this book condenses years of production experience into an easy-to-read and highly-informative guide suitable for both working and aspiring visual effects artists. This expanded and updated edition of Digital Compositing for Film and Video addresses the problems and difficult choices that professional compositors face on a daily basis with an elegant blend of theory, practical production techniques and workflows. It is written to be software-agnostic, so it is applicable to any brand of software. This edition features many step-by-step workflows, powerful new keying techniques and updates on the latest tech in the visual effects industry. Workflow examples for: Grain Management Lens Distortion Management Merging CGI Render Passes Blending Multiple Keys Photorealistic Color Correction Rotoscoping Production Techniques for: Keying Difficult Greenscreens Replicating Optical Lens Effects Advanced Spill Suppression Fixing Discoloured Edges Adding Interactive Lighting Managing Motion Blur With brand new information on: Working in linear ACES Color Management Light Field Cinematography Planar Tracking Creating Color Difference Keys Premultiply vs. Unpremultiply Deep Compositing VR Stitching 3D Compositing from 2D Images How Color Correction ops Effect Images Color Spaces Retiming Clips Working with Digital Cinema Images OpenColorIO A companion website offers images from the examples discussed in the book allowing readers to experiment with the material first-hand.
Effective TV Production by
Effective TV Production gives a succinct but thorough overview of the production process. Whatever your role in television, this book outlines the main functions of your job, placing them in the context of all other operations and showing how they are interrelated. The book shows how, within the often severe limitations of time and money, it is possible to originate interesting and competitive television programmes. It describes the essentials of good camerawork and relates them to considerations of audio, staging, lighting, make-up and wardrobe techniques and the way in which a production is developed in approach and style form the initial stages to the moment of shooting. This edition is substantially revised to reflect developments in technology and contemporary production styles. Gerald Millerson'd books on television have long been acknowledged as among the best ever published.
Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video by
Producing and Directing the Short Film and Video, Fifth Edition is the definitive book on the subject for the serious film student or beginning filmmaker. Its unique two-fold approach looks at filmmaking from the perspectives of both the producer and director, and clearly explains how their separate roles must work together to create a successful short film or video. Through extensive examples from award-winning shorts and insightful interviews, you will learn about common challenges the filmmakers encountered during each step of filmmaking process--from preproduction to production, postproduction, and distribution--and the techniques they used to overcome them. In celebrating this book's twentieth anniversary, this edition has been updated to include: Two all-new, in-depth cases studies of esteemed short films--Memory Lane and the Academy Award-winning God of Love A revised chapter progression that reinforces the significance of the actor - director relationship Interviews with the filmmakers integrated alongside the text, as well as new images and behind-the-scenes coverage of production processes Revamped sections on current financing strategies, postproduction workflows, and the wide variety of distribution platforms now available to filmmakers A "Where are They Now" appendix featuring updates on the original filmmakers covered in the first edition An expanded companion website (www.focalpress.com/cw/rea) containing useful forms and information on distributors, grants and financing sources, film and video festivals, film schools, internet sources for short works, and professional associations
Producing Great Sound for Film and Video : expert tips from preproduction to final mix by
In Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition audio guru Jay Rose revises his popular text for a new generation of filmmakers. You'll learn practical, time-saving ways to get better recordings, solve problems with existing audio, create compelling tracks, and boost your filmmaking to the next level! Here you'll find real-world advice and practical guidelines for every aspect of your soundtrack: planning and budgeting, field and studio recording, editing, sound effects and music, audio repair, processing, and mixing. Rose's combination of solid technical information and a clear, step-by-step approach has made this the go-to book for producers and film students for over a decade. New in this edition: Insights and from-the-trenches tips from top professionals Instructions for getting the best results from new DSLRs and digital recorders An all-new companion website www.GreatSound.info with downloadable diagnostics, examples, and exercises for you to try What you need to know about new regulations for wireless mics and broadcast loudness An expanded "How Do I Fix This?" section to help you solve problems quickly Whether you're an aspiring filmmaker who wants better tracks, or an experienced professional looking for a reference, Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition has the information you need. Please visit the book's companion website for more information and companion files: http://www.GreatSound.info
Production House Cinema : starting and running your own cinematic storytelling business by
In Production House Cinema: Starting and Running Your Own Cinematic Storytelling Business, renowned video storyteller Kurt Lancaster offers both students and professionals a practical guide to starting their own video production company and creating cinematic, client-based video content. Utilizing practical know-how along with in-depth analysis and interviews with successful independent production houses like Stillmotion and Zandrak, Lancaster follows the logistics and inspiration of creating production house cinema from the initial client pitch all the way through financing and distribution. The book includes: An examination of the cinematic and narrative style and how to create it; A discussion of the legal procedures and documents necessary for starting and operating a production house; Advice on crafting a portfolio, reel, and website that both demonstrates your unique style and vision and attracts clients; A guide to the financial business of running an independent production house, including invoicing, accounting, and taxes--and how much you should charge clients; Tips for how to better communicate with clients, and how to develop and shape a client's story; A breakdown of how to select the right gear and equipment for a shoot, on budget; Cinematic case studies that offer detailed coverage of several short films made for clients.
Shoot, Edit, Share : video production for mass media, marketing, advertising, and public relations by
Shoot, Edit, Share is an interactive, accessible introduction to video production techniques, concepts, and terminology. With the increasing availability of affordable video equipment, many students and professionals need to learn the basics of video production without being overwhelmed by technical details and equipment lists. Covering preproduction, production, editing in post, and distribution, this book shows you how to produce video quickly and effectively for a range of clients, from commercial firms to community service organizations. Key features include: A companion website including video interviews with professionals that demonstrate and reinforce techniques covered in the book; Service-learning exercises that engage readers in real-world learning experiences, encouraging them to interact with their communities and new clients; Clear, easy to follow and heavily illustrated guides for all of the equipment and processes that go into video production; Focus on creating stories for a target audience, and building convincing and engrossing narrative through videos; A thorough breakdown of all the techniques needed in post-production, through editing, well-designed graphics, and quality sound; A best-practices guide to viral videos, sharing video content online and increasing its exposure on social media sites; QR codes throughout the book, that when scanned, demonstrate video techniques and concepts related to what was read.
Video Field Production and Editing by
Video Field Production and Editing concentrates on video techniques and technology appropriate for "small scale" single-camera electronic field production (EFP) and electronic news gathering (ENG). This book offers the latest material on new digital field recording and editing technologies and is written in a concise, non-technical, user-friendly format. Reorganized and updated throughout, with new sections dedicated to HDV (High Definition Video) videotape recording formats, and tapeless digital recording media including high capacity optical discs, solid-state memory cards, and computer hard drives, the book walks the reader through the video production process from initial planning through final editing.
Video Production : disciplines and techniques by
The revised twelfth edition of Video Production: Disciplines and Techniques introduces readers to the operations underlying video production. It provides thorough coverage of the theory and techniques readers need to know, balancing complexity with practical how-to information about detailed subjects in a concise, conversational style. The book has been updated to incorporate recent changes in the video production pipeline--emphasizing digital video, non-linear video production, streaming platforms, and mobile production--while maintaining the foundational, nuanced, teamwork-based approach that has made the book popular. Each chapter includes key takeaways, review questions, and on-set exercises, and a comprehensive glossary defines all the key production terms discussed. An accompanying eResource includes downloadable versions of the forms and paperwork used in the book, in addition to links to further online resources.
Video Production Handbook by
This new edition of the Video Production Handbook walks students through the full video production process, from inception of idea to final distribution. Concentrating on the techniques and concepts behind the latest equipment, this book demonstrates the fundamental principles needed to create good video content on any kind of budget. Ideal for students, the new edition features a new chapter on directing and updated information on the latest DSLR and cinema cameras, LED lighting and much more. A companion website with additional resources for professors rounds out this full-color, highly visual text to meet all of your video production learning needs.
Branding and Brand Management is an in-depth intensive course that introduces you to the principles, tools, and practices in creating and sustaining brands. The course covers brand identity, strategy, management, positioning and equity, experience, sustainability, architecture design and rebranding. The intention of the course equips you with an understanding of the different aspects of branding and to apply and design brands that speaks the communication of design for the business and to the customer.
Advertising and Integrated Brand Promotion by
Place yourself in the midst of today's fast-paced exhilarating world of advertising with ADVERTISING AND INTEGRATED BRAND PROMOTION, 8E. This cutting-edge approach provides intriguing insights into advertising in today's world. You see how strong advertising is the result of hard work and careful planning. A leader for its emphasis on integrated brand promotion, this edition combines a solid understanding of advertising strategy and important theory with hands-on practice.Advertising strategy comes to life with dynamic visuals and examples from today's most contemporary ads. Coverage of the latest practices and industry developments highlights social media, design thinking, and globalization. The book focuses on real advertising practice with content that follows the same process as an advertising agency. Accompanying MindTap provides integrated discussion of video and other medium.
Brand Management : co-creating meaningful brands by
Presenting the basics of brand management, the book provides both a theoretical and practical guide to brands, placing emphasis on the theory that the consumer is a co-creator in a brand's identity. In a world in which social media and inclusive digital platforms have increased customer engagement, the role of brands and branding has changed. The line between the producer and the consumer has become blurred; consumers are no longer the recipients of brand identity, but the co-creators, playing a significant role in shaping new products and systems. To help students better understand the basics of brand management, and the co-creation theory, the book includes a collection of geographically diverse case studies, including: Burger King, Lego, Lynx, Maserati, HSBC and Vegemite. The book is complemented by online resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, journal articles, web and video links, and a selection of exclusive videos with a professional brand consultant. Suitable reading for students of branding and brand management modules.
Brand Transformation : transforming firm performance by disruptive, pragmatic and achievable brand strategy by
To be of value to firms, branding must operate in the "real" world, not a theoretical one, unlocking latent commercial potential and delivering tangible business results. The imperative is to pragmatically change as you go, making simple branding changes that deliver a commercial difference. This radical new textbook combines best practice, research and theory to teach how to accelerate a firm's branding performance, without disrupting and derailing day-to-day business. It demonstrates how to make practical "best-fit" changes to a firm's branding by implementing commercially feasible branding activity to achieve commercial results. Structured around a brand transformation template, Brand Transformation demonstrates how to make pragmatic changes to branding by implementing improvements to six critical components of branding performance. The text not only presents new and different insights; importantly it contains a set of diagnostic questions, frameworks, tools and templates to design implementable changes to a firm's branding. The text includes a set of six widely occurring firm "typologies" and suggests practical immediate activity on which to base a firm's implementation plan. This text is essential reading for final year marketing undergraduates, postgraduate students of marketing, practising marketers and general managers
Designing Brand Identity : an essential guide for the entire branding team by
Whether you're the project manager for your company's rebrand, or you need to educate your staff or your students about brand fundamentals, Designing Brand Identity is the quintessential resource. From research to brand strategy to design execution, launch, and governance, Designing Brand Identity is a compendium of tools for branding success and best practices for inspiration. 3 sections: brand fundamentals, process basics, and case studies. Over 100 branding subjects, checklists, tools, and diagrams. 50 case studies that describe goals, process, strategy, solution, and results. Over 700 illustrations of brand touchpoints. More than 400 quotes from branding experts, CEOs, and design gurus. "Designing Brand Identity is a comprehensive, pragmatic, and easy-to-understand resource for all brand builders--global and local. It's an essential reference for implementing an entire brand system." - Carlos Martinez Onaindia, Global Brand Studio Leader, Deloitte "Alina Wheeler explains better than anyone else what identity design is and how it functions. There's a reason this is the 5th edition of this classic." - Paula Scher, Partner, Pentagram "Designing Brand Identity is the book that first taught me how to build brands. For the past decade, it's been my blueprint for using design to impact people, culture, and business." - Alex Center, Design Director, The Coca-Cola Company "Alina Wheeler's book has helped so many people face the daunting challenge of defining their brand." - Andrew Ceccon, Executive Director, Marketing, FS Investments "If branding was a religion, Alina Wheeler would be its goddess, and Designing Brand Identity its bible." - Olka Kazmierczak, Founder, Pop Up Grupa "The 5th edition of Designing Brand Identity is the Holy Grail. This book is the professional gift you have always wanted." - Jennifer Francis, Director of Marketing, Communications, and Visitor Experience, Louvre Abu Dhabi
Digital Branding : a complete step-by-step guide to strategy, tactics, tools and measurement by
Digital Branding second edition, provides step-by-step, practical guidance on how to build a brand online and quantify it through tangible results. It draws together each of the core marketing avenues such as content marketing, social media, search engine optimization and web analytics, to deliver a robust framework for brand planning, identity, channel selection and measuring the effectiveness of campaigns. The second edition of Digital Branding contains a complete overhaul of tools and techniques for straightforward application, plus new high profile case studies including Accenture, Tesco and Imperial College London. Important updates are made on social media guidelines and policy, how to tackle advancements in mobile marketing and mobile payments, as well as augmented and virtual reality. The book features a toolkit of free and paid tools, including a valuable checklist, outlining the digital branding process from start to finish, and measurement devices for multiple channels and purposes. Written by a respected CIM fellow and course leader, this succinct handbook is ideal for any marketer or brand strategist to enhance their online brand identity.
The Language of Branding : theories, strategies, and tactics by
The Language of Branding: Theory, Strategies and Tactics shows marketers how to use language successfully to improve brand value and influence consumer behavior. Luna and Lerman are among only a few researchers who take a multidisciplinary perspective on the ways language influences how consumers act. Together with Morais, an anthropologist engaged in market research, they show how understanding the power of language can impact the essence - and sales - of a brand. The book covers the fundamentals of brand language and applications for an array of marketing initiatives. Readers will learn why brand language matters, how language is used in marketing, and how to build a brand strategy that capitalizes on the richness and complexity of language. This book includes real-world case histories that demonstrate vividly how brand language is created and exercises that enable both students of marketing and marketing professionals to apply the book's concepts and stimulate class discussion. The Language of Branding: Theory, Strategies and Tactics can be used in a number of courses, including consumer behavior, branding, advertising, linguistics, and communications.
Legacy in the Making: Building a Long-Term Brand to Stand Out in a Short-Term World by
Based on groundbreaking research, this essential resource shows you how to harness your long-term ambitions to build a modern legacy. Every organization hopes to be successful, but over time what true leaders want is to create a legacy--a durable difference and a lasting mark. Modern legacy builders--those who envision their legacies as in the making--are transforming the entire business landscape in distinct, powerful and enduring ways. They inspire and influence others around them and around the world. And they incorporate long-term ambitions into discrete everyday practices and habits. Legacy in the Making reveals the five guiding principles that distinguish the "modern legacy mindset", which include... 1. Personally: Investing in people--beginning with yourself 2. Behaviorally: Building from the inside out on beliefs and behavior 3. Influentially: Maximizing your social impact and cultural influence 4. Unconventionally: Breaking rules and reconciling paradoxes 5. Perpetually: Cultivating enduring significance Through real-life stories Legacy in the Making illustrates how some of today's most admired modern legacy thinkers are transforming business as we know it: writing history, ahead of reading it, every day.and illustrates how a new generation of leaders and marketers are using this thinking to change the way business gets done. Drawn from years of rigorous research and an ongoing global study, this book reveals what sets great brands apart from their competition and inspires our collective imagination. In this book, you will learn how to create your own legacy by: * Investing in personal ambition--beginning with your own * Building from the inside out around beliefs and behaviors * Maximizing your social impact and cultural influence * Breaking rules--including reconciling paradoxes * Cultivating enduring significance Real-world examples from leaders at The Championships, Wimbledon; Lexus; The New Yorker; The Ritz-Carlton; Taylor Guitars; the Toronto Maple Leafs; and others illustrate how to build a modern legacy that will last. This essential resource will help you to marshal your own long-term ambitions to stand out in a world increasingly paralyzed by short-term thinking.
Myths of Branding : a brand is just a logo, and other popular misconceptions by
A brand is just a logo - everyone knows that, don't they? After all, it's not as though a good brand can save a bad business, and besides, the digital revolution is making branding irrelevant... Myths of Branding, written by renowned branding experts Andy Milligan and Simon Bailey, explores the huge number of misguided, mistaken and blatantly false myths that abound in the branding arena. From the belief that developing brands is nothing more than fiddling with logos, to the perception that it's a 'soft' area of marketing that doesn't go beyond visual identity - these myths are all surprisingly entrenched, yet could not be further from the truth. Myths of Branding takes the most up-to-date research and evidence to debunk these popular misconceptions, and replaces them with the reality of what it's really like to work in the world of branding. Jam-packed with entertaining anecdotes and useful information that practitioners can learn from, it guarantees a deeper, sharper understanding of the realities of branding and brand management.
Package design index 2018 : branding & packaging by 
UnBranding : 100 branding lessons for the age of disruption by
UnBranding breaks through the noise of disruption. We live in a transformative time. The digital age has given us unlimited access to information and affected all our traditional business relationships - from how we hire and manage, to how we communicate with our current and would-be customers. Innovation continues to create opportunities for emerging products and services we never thought possible. With all the excitement of our time, comes confusion and fear for many businesses. Change can be daunting, and never have we lived in a time where change came so quickly. This is the age of disruption - it's fast-paced, far-reaching and is forever changing how we operate, create, connect, and market. It's easy to see why brand heads are spinning. Businesses are suffering from 'the next big thing' and we're here to help you find the cure. UnBranding is about focus - it's about seeing that within these new strategies, technologies and frameworks fighting for our attention, lay the tried and true tenants of good business - because innovation is nothing but a bright and shiny new toy, unless it actually works. UnBranding is here to remind you that you can't fix rude staff, mediocre products and a poor brand reputation with a fancy new app. We are going to learn from 100 branding stories that will challenge your assumptions about business today and teach valuable, actionable lessons. It's not about going backwards, it's about moving forward with purpose, getting back to the core of good branding while continuing to innovate and improve without leaving your values behind. Some topics will include: Growing and maintaining your brand voice through the noise How to focus on the right tools for your business, for the right reasons Maintaining trust, consistency and connection through customer service and community The most important question to ask yourself before innovation The importance of personal branding in the digital age How to successful navigate feedback and reviews It's time for a reality check. It's time to solve problems, create connections, and provide value rather than rush strategy just to make headlines. UnBranding gives you the guidance you need to navigate the age of disruption and succeed in business today.
Branding and Brand Management is an in-depth intensive course that introduces you to the principles, tools, and practices in creating and sustaining brands. The course covers brand identity, strategy, management, positioning and equity, experience, sustainability, architecture design and rebranding. The intention of the course equips you with an understanding of the different aspects of branding and to apply and design brands that speaks the communication of design for the business and to the customer.
Advancing Insights on Brand Management by Branding yourself : how to use social media to invent or reinvent yourself by The brand strategy canvas : a one-page guide for startups by 
Building Brand Communities : how organizations succeed by creating belonging by
An authentic brand community is more than just people buying your product or working alongside one another. This book articulates the critical roles of mutual concern, common values, and shared experiences in creating fiercely loyal customer and collaborator relationships. Smart organizations know that creating communities is the key to unlocking unprecedented outcomes. But too many mistakenly rely on superficial transactional relationships as a foundation for community, when really people want something deeper. Carrie Melissa Jones and Charles Vogl argue that in an authentic and enriching community, members have mutual concern for one another, share personal values, and join together in meaningful shared experiences, whether online or off. On the deepest level, brands must help members grow into who they want to be. Jones and Vogl present practices used by global brands like Yelp, Etsy, Twitch, Harley Davidson, Salesforce, Airbnb, Sephora, and others to connect in a meaningful way with the people critical for their success. They articulate how authentic communities can serve organizational goals in seven different areas: innovation, talent recruitment, customer retention, marketing, customer service, building transformational movements, and creating community forums. They also reveal principles to grow a new brand community to critical mass. This is the first comprehensive guide to a crucial differentiator that gives organizations access to untapped enthusiasm and engagement.
Follow the Feeling : Branding Yourself in a Noisy World by
Elevate your brand, rise above the crowd, and build tribe In Follow the Feeling, strategy advisor Kai D. Wright answers a critical question plaguing entrepreneurs, brand strategists, marketers, and leaders: how do you grow your brand in a noisy world? Analyzing 1,500 fast-growing companies from Alibaba to Zara, the Columbia University lecturer and Ogilvy global consulting partner unpacks five branding secrets. Starting with behavioral economic principles and ending with a new systems-based approach to brand building, Wright offers readers one metric that trumps the hundreds entangling brand value, feelings. Follow the Feeling will show you how to best build and position your brand so you can stand out from competitors, build a tribe, and engineer a positive feeling across five important branding territories--lexicon, audio cues, visual stimuli, experience, and culture. Sharing real-world lessons and practical advice he has gained helping everyone from Sean Diddy Combs and Meghan Trainor to Bank of America and HP develop and implement shareable, culturally-infectious branding strategies. Through storytelling, global research, and practical tips, this valuable book will help you and your organization: Efficiently create and deploy a comprehensive brand strategy across the organization Quickly launch new brands or reboot existing brands for growth Build tribes from audiences, consumers, clients, and partners Lean into the convergence of communication, culture, digital, and technology Regardless of industry or sector, branding is essential for companies, non-profits, and even individuals. Follow the Feeling: Brand Building in a Noisy World is a must-have resource for anyone from C-Suite executives to aspiring entrepreneurs seeking to unleash the full potential of their brand. And in this world of ever-increasing metrics paired with waning attentiveness, the most important signal of brand health is how you, through your brand, make people feel.
Great customer experience starts with product management by 
Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World by
World-class branding for the interconnected modern marketplace Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World offers authoritative guidance on building new brands, revitalizing existing brands, and managing brand portfolios in the rapidly-evolving modern marketplace. Integrating academic theories with practical experience, this book covers fundamental branding concepts, strategies, and effective implementation techniques as applied to today's consumer, today's competition, and the wealth of media at your disposal. In-depth discussion highlights the field's ever-increasing connectivity, with practical guidance on brand design and storytelling, social media marketing, branding in the service sector, monitoring brand health, and more. Authored by faculty at the world's most respected school of management and marketing, this invaluable resourceincludes expert contributions on the financial value of brands, internal branding, building global brands, and other critical topics that play a central role in real-world branding and marketing scenarios. Creating a brand--and steering it in the right direction--is a multi-layered process involving extensive research and inter-departmental cooperation. From finding the right brand name and developing a cohesive storyline to designing effective advertising, expanding reach, maintaining momentum, and beyond, Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World arms you with the knowledge and skills to: Apply cutting-edge techniques for brand design, brand positioning, market-specific branding, and more Adopt successful strategies from development to launch to leveraging Build brand-driven organizations and reinforce brand culture both internally and throughout the global marketplace Increase brand value and use brand positioning to build a mega-brand In today's challenging and complex marketplace, effective branding has become a central component of success. Kellogg on Branding in a Hyper-Connected World is a dynamic, authoritative resource for practitioners looking to solve branding dilemmas and seize great opportunities.
Product management by Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communications
Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) is an intensive course that introduces you to the principles, tools, and practices done inside the IMC. The course covers IMC foundation, IMC planning process, advertising process, traditional media channels, alternative marketing, public relations and crisis management, sales promotion, direct marketing, and regulations and ethical concerns. The intention of the course equips you with an understanding of the different aspects of Integrated Marketing Communications and to think and act as analytical and socially responsible marketers who influence behavior, advance agendas, challenge the status quo, resolve conflicts, and diversity in the world of Marketing.
Advertising, Promotion, and Other Aspects of Integrated Marketing Communications by
Explore all aspects of marketing communications, from time-honored methods to the newest developments in the field backed by the latest research, data and analytic techniques with one of today's leading IMC texts, ADVERTISING, PROMOTION, AND OTHER ASPECTS OF INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS, 10E. With emphasis on the fundamentals and practices you need, this edition focuses on advertising and sales promotion, planning, branding, consumer behavior, media buying, public relations, packaging, POP communications, and personal selling. You explore emerging topics, such as today's popularity of apps, social media outlets, online and digital practices, and viral communications, as well as their impact on traditional marketing. Revisions to this most current IMC text on the market address must-know changes to environmental, regulatory, and ethical issues; MindTap Insights Online; place-based applications; privacy; global marketing, and memorable advertising campaigns.
Advertising and Promotion: an Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective by
To effectively plan, implement, and evaluate Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) programs, one must understand the overall marketing process, consumer behavior, and communications theory. Belch/Belch's Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective draws from the authors' extensive research in advertising, consumer behavior, communications, marketing, sales promotion, and other fields to give students a basis for understanding the marketing communications process, how it influences consumer decision making, and how to develop promotional strategies. In addition to thorough coverage of advertising, Belch's eleventh edition has chapters on sales promotion, direct marketing, the Internet including social media and mobile marketing, support media such as outdoor advertising, product placement and integration, and publicity/public relations, with emphasis on the integration of advertising with other promotional-mix elements and the need to understand their role and overall contribution.
Integrated Marketing Communication : advertising and promotion in a digital world by
This book is an up-to-date resource that shows students how to achieve their marketing objectives through a campaign that coordinates marketing, advertising, and promotion. It provides essential information about planning, implementing, and assessing a comprehensive marketing plan to help students appreciate integrated marketing communications as a business strategy. The author describes the processes and considerations needed to appeal to consumers, identifying how geographic segmentation, timing, competitive environments, and cost contribute to planning. He considers the integration of digital technology, such as social media platforms and mobile apps, and how these can be used for advertising, sales promotion, and public relations. The book's concise, easy to read explanation of marketing components and their interconnected relationships is solidified by a series of visual summaries as well as examples and useful demonstrations. Students are given the opportunity to prepare their own integrated marketing communication plan based on consumer, product, and market research along with original creative materials and media spreadsheets. Students of marketing communication, advertising and promotion, and digital marketing will love this book's abbreviated, but thorough format. An interactive companion website rounds out a stellar set of features that encourage quick understanding, participation, and utilization of IMC concepts.
Integrated marketing communications by 
Marketing: the Core by
Part 1 Initiating the Marketing Process 1 Creating Customer Relationships and Value through Marketing 2 2 Developing Successful Organizational and Marketing Strategies 24 Appendix A Building an Effective Marketing Plan 52 3 Understanding the Marketing Environment, Ethical Behavior,and Social Responsibility 68 Part 2 Understanding Buyers and Markets 4 Understanding Consumer Behavior 94 5 Understanding Organizations as Customers 122 6 Understanding and Reaching Global Consumers and Markets 142 Part 3 Targeting Marketing Opportunities 7 Marketing Research: From Customer Insights to Actions 172 8 Market Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning 202 Part 4 Satisfying Marketing Opportunities 9 Developing New Products and Services 228 10 Managing Successful Products, Services, and Brands 258 11 Pricing Products and Services 288 12 Managing Marketing Channels and Supply Chains 314 13 Retailing and Wholesaling 340 14 Integrated Marketing Communications and Direct Marketing368 15 Advertising, Sales Promotion, and Public Relations 394 16 Using Social Media and Mobile Marketing to Connect with Consumers 424 17 Personal Selling and Sales Management 452 Part 5 Managing the Marketing Process 18 Implementing Interactive and Multichannel Marketing 480 Appendix B Planning a Career in Marketing 504
Services marketing : integrating customer focus across the firm Front cover image for Services marketing : integrating customer focus across the firm by 
Strategic Integrated Marketing Communications by
The key to effective integrated marketing communication is planning, and that is what this book is all about. It provides a disciplined, systematic look at what is necessary to the planning and implementation of an effective IMC programme. Throughout, attention is paid to balancing theory with practical application, how to successfully implement theory for effective communication. Step-by-step, knowledge and understanding builds through the book, starting by laying a foundation to provide context, looking at the role of IMC in building brands and strengthening companies. The book then looks at what goes into developing and executing effective messages, and how to ensure that they are consistent and consistently delivered, regardless of media. Everything is then pulled together, providing a detailed, practical overview of the strategic planning process, what goes into it, and how it is implemented. Numerous examples and cases are included, along with 'desktop' tools and worksheets for developing and implementing an IMC plan. Thoroughly updated, with special attention throughout to the increasing importance of digital media in marketing communication, new to this edition are: the introduction of a general model of positioning and the important relationship between positioning and brand awareness and brand attitude strategy; a look at the role of the preconscious in message processing; a much expanded look at media and media planning concepts; an expanded and more detailed section on digital media; a section on content marketing.
Strategic Marketing for High Technology Products by
In order for High Technology (HT) companies to tackle contemporary demanding market challenges, they frequently deploy time-reduction strategies with respect to product launch. Marketing of technology related products ¿ and especially cutting edge ones ¿ involves a complex and multidimensional bundle of specific and unique characteristics, such as the complexity of products, the intensity of the competition, confusion and/ or fear of adoption among consumers, fast pacing changes in the external environment. The very nature of the interrelations that evolve as part of the dynamic process of strategy formulation contributes further to the formulation of a very challenging environment which is described as tumultuous, volatile and turbulent. These specific features, qualities and characteristics constitute the core of the innate need for an integrated approach that requires and depends on the cooperation and coordination of specific functional competencies. This book employs a systemic approach that accommodates the integration of specialized departmental capabilities as a fundamental prerequisite and a cornerstone for the successful navigation of high-tech organizations in their extremely competitive environments. It provides a solid and extant context of compact and consistent cognitive background that is specific to the HT strategic marketing field, and a strategic tool that utilizes, relies and is built on the turbulent environment of HT rather than just overlooking, avoiding or ignoring it, and that assumes a proactive point of view, capitalizing on characteristics specific to this field, through the provision of a strategic managerial and marketing model that is overlaid onto a reliably assessed foundation of dynamic qualities, with a long-term orientation and scope, albeit one that would be easy to apply and which will generate immediate results.
Strategic Writing : multimedia writing for public relations, advertising and more by
In its fourth edition, Strategic Writing emphasizes the goal-oriented mission of high-quality public relations and media writing with clear, concise instructions for more than 40 types of documents. This multidisciplinary text covers writing for public relations, advertising, sales and marketing, and business communication. In addition, it includes concise chapters on topics such as diversity, ethics and the legal aspects of strategic writing. Featuring a spiral binding, examples for each document and a user-friendly "recipe" approach, Strategic Writing is ideal for undergraduate PR or advertising writing classes that take an interdisciplinary approach. This new edition devotes new attention throughout to social media and writing in the digital realm, and features new and updated online resources for students and instructors.
Introduction to Integrated Marketing Communications
Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) is an intensive course that introduces you to the principles, tools, and practices done inside the IMC. The course covers IMC foundation, IMC planning process, advertising process, traditional media channels, alternative marketing, public relations and crisis management, sales promotion, direct marketing, and regulations and ethical concerns. The intention of the course equips you with an understanding of the different aspects of Integrated Marketing Communications and to think and act as analytical and socially responsible marketers who influence behavior, advance agendas, challenge the status quo, resolve conflicts, and diversity in the world of Marketing.
The Art of Digital Marketing : the definitive guide to creating strategic, targeted and measurable online campaigns by
The premier guide to digital marketing that works, and a solid framework for success The Art of Digital Marketing is the comprehensive guide to cracking the digital marketing 'code,' and reaching, engaging, and serving the empowered consumer. Based on the industry's leading certification from the Digital Marketing Institute (DMI), this book presents an innovative methodology for successful digital marketing: start with the customer and work backwards. A campaign is only effective as it is reflective of the consumer's wants, needs, preferences, and inclinations; the DMI framework provides structured, implementable, iterative direction for getting it right every time. The heart of the framework is a three-step process called the 3i Principles: Initiate, Iterate, and Integrate. This simple idea translates into higher engagement, real customer interaction, and multichannel campaigns that extend even into traditional marketing channels. The evolution of digital marketing isn't really about the brands; it's about consumers exercising more control over their choices. This book demonstrates how using this single realization as a starting point helps you build and implement more effective campaigns. Get inside the customer's head with deep consumer research Constantly improve your campaigns based on feedback and interactions Integrate digital activities across channels, including traditional marketing Build campaigns based on customer choice and control Digital marketing turns traditional marketing models on their heads. Instead of telling the customer what to think, you find out what they already think and go from there. Instead of front-loading resources, you continually adjust your approach based on real interactions with real customers every day. Digital marketing operates within its own paradigm, and The Art of Digital Marketing opens the door for your next campaign.
Authentic Marketing : How to Capture Hearts and Minds by Embracing the Power of Good by
Engage on a deeper level by disrupting the typical business development script Authentic Marketing offers a forward-thinking approach to achieving an entirely new level of engagement with today's purpose-driven and skeptical audiences. The heart of this process involves finding the soul of your organization. When moral purpose becomes central to your organization, it can deliver benefits to both the bottom line and mankind: a profit meets purpose proposition. This path requires a reinvention of today's dated business model, abolishing the inefficient, siloed approach of developing a business strategy first and then later creating separate strategies for marketing, HR, manufacturing, R&D, etc. The new integrated model fuses a tight integration of business, technology innovation and engagement strategies, all of which are bound together by a company's moral purpose. When moral purpose is central to an organization's core, everything branches out from a place of authenticity. Rather than a siloed CSR effort, you develop employee and customer relationships based on real--not curated--connections with a brand's moral mission. You build true engagement, trust and evangelism. And, along the way, your customers will actually help to co-create your brand. This book shows you how to transform your business by putting moral purpose to work for your stakeholders and the planet. Embrace a new model that integrates business, technology innovation, and engagement strategies with moral purpose as the glue that binds them together Learn the key steps to find your moral purpose Discover how to engage audiences with a transparent, authentic marketing approach that forges powerful connections and builds trust. With a world of options at their fingertips, today's purpose-driven customers want a brand they can identify with and trust. Authentic Marketing shows you how to make your brand more human, more likeable, more genuine and guides you on how to connect with audiences on a moral level. This process will build a new level of engagement that will benefit both your long-term value and the world.
Contemporary Perspectives on Corporate Marketing by
Corporate marketing and corporate communications are topics that have grown in scholarly and practical importance in these last decades. Fields such as branding, marketing communications and public relations have all contributed to this boost. Whilst there is a large amount of literature on each of these disciplines, there is little systematic development from the perspective of corporate marketing and corporate communication studies, although these two have the most to contribute to how companies manage their brands, image and corporate identities in the 21st Century. This book seeks to redress this balance and provide insights, via case studies or histories, on issues such as nation branding, managing multiple corporate identities during merger and acquisitions and establishing a company's CSR and green image. Scholars from various disciplines within the fields of public relations, branding, marketing and corporate identity have come together in Contemporary Perspectives on Corporate Marketing to offer the latest approaches and studies in these areas. As such, it will become a platform for developments in the field and serve as a respected reference resource for corporate marketing and corporate communication studies.
Guerrilla Film Marketing : the ultimate guide to the branding, marketing and promotion of independent films & filmmakers by
Create an irresistible brand image and build an audience of loyal and engaged fans... Guerrilla Film Marketing takes readers through each step of the film branding, marketing and promotional process. Tailored specifically to low-budget independent films and filmmakers, Guerrilla Film Marketing offers practical and immediately implementable advice for marketing considerations across every stage of the film production process. Written by leading film industry professional Robert G. Barnwell, Guerrilla Film Marketing teaches readers how to: Master the fundamentals of guerrilla branding, marketing and promotion; Create an integrated marketing plan and calendar based on realistic budgets and expectations; Develop internet and social media marketing campaigns, including engaging studio and film websites and powerful, marketing-centric IMDb listings; Assemble behind-the-scenes pictures, videos and documentaries; Produce marketing materials such as key art, posters, film teasers, trailers and electronic press kits (aka "EPKs"); and Maximize the marketing impact of events such as test screenings, premiers, film festivals and industry award ceremonies. Guerrilla Film Marketing is filled with dozens of step-by-step instructions, checklists, tools, a glossary, templates and other resources. A downloadable eResource also includes a sample marketing plan and audit, a test screening questionnaire, and more.
Strategic Marketing for High Technology Products : an integrated approach by
In order for High Technology (HT) companies to tackle contemporary demanding market challenges, they frequently deploy time-reduction strategies with respect to product launch. Marketing of technology related products - and especially cutting edge ones - involves a complex and multidimensional bundle of specific and unique characteristics, such as the complexity of products, the intensity of the competition, confusion and/ or fear of adoption among consumers, fast pacing changes in the external environment. The very nature of the interrelations that evolve as part of the dynamic process of strategy formulation contributes further to the formulation of a very challenging environment which is described as tumultuous, volatile and turbulent. These specific features, qualities and characteristics constitute the core of the innate need for an integrated approach that requires and depends on the cooperation and coordination of specific functional competencies. This book employs a systemic approach that accommodates the integration of specialized departmental capabilities as a fundamental prerequisite and a cornerstone for the successful navigation of high-tech organizations in their extremely competitive environments. It provides a solid and extant context of compact and consistent cognitive background that is specific to the HT strategic marketing field, and a strategic tool that utilizes, relies and is built on the turbulent environment of HT rather than just overlooking, avoiding or ignoring it, and that assumes a proactive point of view, capitalizing on characteristics specific to this field, through the provision of a strategic managerial and marketing model that is overlaid onto a reliably assessed foundation of dynamic qualities, with a long-term orientation and scope, albeit one that would be easy to apply and which will generate immediate results.
Strategic Marketing Management in Asia : Case Studies and Lessons Across Industries by
With a view to continue the current growth momentum, excel in all phases of business, and create future leadership in Asia and across the globe, there is a felt need to develop a deep understanding of the Asian business environment, and how to create effective marketing strategies that will help growing their businesses. Featuring top academics and practitioners, this book helps academics and students understand key issues, especially in the context of changing economic and related challenges in the Asian markets. Multi-industry case studies address how market opportunities need to be created, how to leverage constrained capabilities, and how to create sustainable, competitive advantage to pursue profitable growth in Asia. The case studies are drawn from across Asia, including Bangladesh, India, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, Myanmar, Pakistan, Vietnam and Singapore.
The course introduces students to the principles and practice of communication to elicit responses from specific audiences for the purpose of advertising. Integrating creative writing and strategic marketing, copywriting explores the process of writing material for sales and promotion for both traditional and digital media executions. Students will be exposed to effective and diverse copywriting techniques as well as learn to produce material in the context of marketing campaigns and strategies.
Advertising by
M: Advertising examines advertising from the inside, from the perspective of the advertiser (the client) and the specialists who create advertising, the ad agency. This lively program takes students beyond theory to learn about roles within each of these organizations, and to consider which they might one day play themselves.
Advertising and Promotion by
Using a wide range of visual examples and case studies, Advertising and Promotion 4th edition introduces the reader to the key concepts, methods and issues and illustrates these with first-hand examples gathered from leading international advertising agencies and brand campaigns. Told from the perspective of the agency, it gives a fun and creative insider view helping the reader to think beyond the client position and understand what it might be like working within an ad agency.Drawing not only from management and marketing research but also from other disciplines such as cultural/media studies and sociology, the authors offer a rounded and critical perspective on the subject to those looking to understand advertising as social phenomenon in addition to its business function and purpose.The new edition has in-depth coverage of online advertising and the role of social media in advertising including metrics and analytics and includes advertising examples by global brands including Adidas, Benetton, BMW, Dove and DeBeers. "Snapshots" bring in aspects of cross-cultural advertising such as Barbie in China.The book is complemented by a companion website featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, SAGE journal articles, links to further online resources and author Videos.The textbook is also supported by an author-written blog which keeps readers updated on interesting, topical examples relating to advertising and promotion from current affairs and popular culture: www.hackleyadvertisingandpromotion.blogspot.com.Suitable for Advertising, Marketing and Communications modules at undergraduate or postgraduate level.
Advertising and Promotion : an integrated marketing communications perspective by
In this 10th edition, Belch/Belch introduces students to the fast-changing field of advertising and promotion. While advertising is its primary focus, it is more than just an introductory advertising text because there is more to most organisations' promotional programs than just advertising. The changes happening in the world of advertising are leading marketers and their agencies to approach advertising and promotion from an integrated marketing communications (IMC) perspective, which calls for a “big picture” approach to planning marketing and promotion programs and coordinating the various communication functions.To understand the role of advertising and promotion in today's business world, one must recognise how a firm can use all the promotional tools to communicate with its customers. This 10th edition, with its integrated marketing communications perspective (the theme of the text), catapults the reader into the business practices of the 21st century.
Advertising Theory by
Advertising Theoryprovides detailed and current explorations of key theories in the advertising discipline. The volume gives a working knowledge of the primary theoretical approaches of advertising, offering a comprehensive synthesis of the vast literature in the area. Editors Shelly Rodgers and Esther Thorson have developed this volume as a forum in which to compare, contrast, and evaluate advertising theories in a comprehensive and structured presentation. With new chapters on forms of advertising, theories, and concepts, and an emphasis on the role of new technology, this new edition is uniquely positioned to provide detailed overviews of advertising theory. Utilizing McGuire's persuasion matrix as the structural model for each chapter, the text offers a wider lens through which to view the phenomenon of advertising as it operates within various environments. Within each area of advertising theory--and across advertising contexts--both traditional and non-traditional approaches are addressed, including electronic word-of-mouth advertising, user-generated advertising, and social media advertising contexts. This new edition includes a balance of theory and practice that will help provide a working knowledge of the primary theoretical approaches and will help readers synthesize the vast literature on advertising with the in-depth understanding of practical case studies and examples within every chapter. It also looks at mobile advertising in a broader context beyond the classroom and explores new areas such as native advertising, political advertising, mobile advertising, and digital video gaming. nal and non-traditional approaches are addressed, including electronic word-of-mouth advertising, user-generated advertising, and social media advertising contexts. This new edition includes a balance of theory and practice that will help provide a working knowledge of the primary theoretical approaches and will help readers synthesize the vast literature on advertising with the in-depth understanding of practical case studies and examples within every chapter. It also looks at mobile advertising in a broader context beyond the classroom and explores new areas such as native advertising, political advertising, mobile advertising, and digital video gaming.
The Copy Book : how some of the best advertising writers in the world write their advertising by
In 1995, the DAD published a book on the art of writing for advertising. The then best-selling book remains an important reference work today--a bible for creative directors. DAD and TASCHEN have joined forces to bring you an updated and redesigned edition of the publication. Regarded as the most challenging field in advertising, copywriting is usually left to the most talented professionals--often agency leaders or owners themselves. The book features a work selection and essays by 53 leading professionals in the world, including copywriting superstars such as David Abbott, Lionel Hunt, Steve Hayden, Dan Wieden, Neil French, Mike Lescarbeau, Adrian Holmes, and Barbara Nokes. The lessons to be learned on these pages will help you create clearer and more persuasive arguments, whether you are writing an inspiring speech, an engaging web banner or a persuasive letter. This is not simply a "must-have" book for people in advertising and marketing, it is also a "should-have" for anyone who needs to involve or influence people, by webpage, on paper, or in person.
Digital Advertising : theory and research by
Digital Advertising offers a detailed and current overview of the field that draws on current research and practice by introducing key concepts, models, theories, evaluation practices, conflicts, and issues. With a balance of theory and practice, this book helps provide the tools to evaluate and understand the effects of digital advertising and promotions campaigns. New to this edition is discussion of big data analysis, privacy issues, and social media, as well as thought pieces by leading industry practitioners. This book is ideal for graduate and upper-level undergraduate students, as well as academics and practitioners.
Integrated Marketing Communication : advertising and promotion in a digital world by
This book is an up-to-date resource that shows students how to achieve their marketing objectives through a campaign that coordinates marketing, advertising, and promotion. It provides essential information about planning, implementing, and assessing a comprehensive marketing plan to help students appreciate integrated marketing communications as a business strategy. The author describes the processes and considerations needed to appeal to consumers, identifying how geographic segmentation, timing, competitive environments, and cost contribute to planning. He considers the integration of digital technology, such as social media platforms and mobile apps, and how these can be used for advertising, sales promotion, and public relations. The book's concise, easy to read explanation of marketing components and their interconnected relationships is solidified by a series of visual summaries as well as examples and useful demonstrations. Students are given the opportunity to prepare their own integrated marketing communication plan based on consumer, product, and market research along with original creative materials and media spreadsheets. Students of marketing communication, advertising and promotion, and digital marketing will love this book's abbreviated, but thorough format. An interactive companion website rounds out a stellar set of features that encourage quick understanding, participation, and utilization of IMC concepts.
Social Communication in Advertising by
Newly updated for the digital era, this classic textbook provides a comprehensive historical study of advertising and its function within contemporary society by tracing advertising's influence throughout different media and cultural periods, from early magazines through to social media. With several new chapters on the rise of the Internet, mobile, and social media, this fourth edition offers new insights into the role of Google, Facebook, Snapchat, and YouTube as both media and advertising companies, as well as examining the role of brand culture in the 21st century.
Writing for Visual Media by
This updated edition of Writing for Visual Media will enable you to understand the nature of visual writing that lies behind the content of all visual media. This unique kind of writing must communicate to audiences through content producers, since audiences don't read the script. Most media content provides a solution to a communication problem, which the writer must learn to analyze and solve before writing the script. The Fourth Edition strengthens the method for creating content and writing in the correct language and established format for each visual medium, including commercial communication such as ads and PSAs, corporate communications, and training. An extended investigation into dramatic theory and how entertainment narrative works is illustrated by examples and detailed analysis of scenes, scripts and storylines, designed to save writers from typical pitfalls and releasing your creative powers of invention. Writing for Visual Media will help you to develop an improved foundation for understanding interactive media and writing for non-linear content, while gaining the tools to effectively connect with your audience like a professional. Purchase of this book includes access to the companion website, which provides: Sample scripts and video clips of those produced scripts An interactive glossary of camera shots, movements, and transitions Storyboards, scripts, screenplays, and links to industry resource Instructor materials such as PowerPoint lecture slides, a sample syllabus, and a test bank. Visit the site at www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/9780415815857
The course introduces students to the principles and practice of communication to elicit responses from specific audiences for the purpose of advertising. Integrating creative writing and strategic marketing, copywriting explores the process of writing material for sales and promotion for both traditional and digital media executions. Students will be exposed to effective and diverse copywriting techniques as well as learn to produce material in the context of marketing campaigns and strategies.
The Art of Digital Marketing by
The premier guide to digital marketing that works, and a solid framework for success The Art of Digital Marketing is the comprehensive guide to cracking the digital marketing 'code,' and reaching, engaging, and serving the empowered consumer. Based on the industry's leading certification from the Digital Marketing Institute (DMI), this book presents an innovative methodology for successful digital marketing: start with the customer and work backwards. A campaign is only effective as it is reflective of the consumer's wants, needs, preferences, and inclinations; the DMI framework provides structured, implementable, iterative direction for getting it right every time. The heart of the framework is a three-step process called the 3i Principles: Initiate, Iterate, and Integrate. This simple idea translates into higher engagement, real customer interaction, and multichannel campaigns that extend even into traditional marketing channels. The evolution of digital marketing isn't really about the brands; it's about consumers exercising more control over their choices. This book demonstrates how using this single realization as a starting point helps you build and implement more effective campaigns. Get inside the customer's head with deep consumer research Constantly improve your campaigns based on feedback and interactions Integrate digital activities across channels, including traditional marketing Build campaigns based on customer choice and control Digital marketing turns traditional marketing models on their heads. Instead of telling the customer what to think, you find out what they already think and go from there. Instead of front-loading resources, you continually adjust your approach based on real interactions with real customers every day. Digital marketing operates within its own paradigm, and The Art of Digital Marketing opens the door for your next campaign.
The native advertising advantage : build authentic content that revolutionizes digital marketing and drives revenue growth by 
Online Marketing for Busy Authors : a step-by-step guide by
If You Want People to Read Your Book, Writing It Is Only the Beginning There has truly never been a better time to be an author. For the first time, authors have direct access to the public via the Internet--and can create a community eagerly awaiting their book. But where do new authors start? How do they sort through the dizzying range of online options? Where should they spend their time online and what should they be doing? Enter Fauzia Burke, a digital book marketing pioneer and friend of overwhelmed writers everywhere. She takes authors step-by-step through the process of identifying their unique personal brand, defining their audience, clarifying their aspirations and goals, and setting priorities. She offers advice on designing a successful website, building a mailing list of superfans, blogging, creating an engagement strategy for social media, and more. By following Burke's expert advice, authors can conquer the Internet and still get their next manuscript in on time.
Personalized digital advertising : how data and technology are transforming how we market by 
Selling Themselves : the Emergence of Canadian Advertising by
From its origins in the Victorian era as a marginal and somewhat shady enterprise, the advertising trade in Canada changed radically after the turn of the century ? rising quickly to a position of influence and respectability.
Experiential Marketing equips you with the necessary information, background, and experience in planning, organizing, and staging a promotional multimedia event from beginning to end. Using a series of lectures, discussions and fieldwork activities, this course exposes students to the different components essential in efficiently producing a successful event.
Event Design : social perspectives and practices by
Events are becoming more complex as their range of functions grows, as meeting places, creative spaces, economic catalysts, social drivers, community builders, image makers, business forums and network nodes. Effective design can produce more successful business models that can help to sustain cultural and sporting activities even in difficult economic times. This process requires creative imagination, and a design methodology or in other words 'imagineering'. This book brings together a wide range of international experts in the fields of events, design and imagineering to examine the event design process. It explores the entire event experience from conception and production to consumption and co-creation. By doing so it offers insight into effective strategies for coping with the shift in value creation away from transactional economic value towards social and relational value which benefit a range of stakeholders from the community to policy makers. Mega-events, small community events, business events and festivals in eight different countries are examined providing an international view of social issues in event design. A wide selection of current research perspectives is employed, integrating both theoretical and applied contributions. The multidisciplinary nature of the material means that it will appeal to a broad academic audience, such as art and design, cultural studies, tourism, events studies, sociology and hospitality.
Event Planning and Management : a practical handbook for PR and events professionals by
The events industry is an exciting, innovative, diverse and highly challenging environment in which to work. Event Planning and Management offers a structured, practical approach to all types of events, from the initial planning, to final evaluating stages. It introduces the key models and theories but focuses on the practical side of building and working with a team, choosing a location, creating a programme, dealing with stakeholders and sponsors, promoting the event, essential financial and procurement considerations and finally evaluating the event. Each stage of the process is fully supported with online resources including templates and discussion questions to make up a complete event planner's toolkit. Balancing coverage of the key theory and models with essential practical guidance, tools and case studies from organizations such as London 2012 and the Prince's Trust, Event Planning and Management is an ideal handbook for students and practitioners alike. About the PR in Practice series: Published in collaboration with the Chartered Institute of Public Relations (CIPR), the PR in Practice series comprises accessible, practical introductions to day-to-day issues of public relations practice and management. The series' action-oriented approach keeps knowledge and skills up to date.
Event Power : how global events manage and manipulate by
"Rojek's argument is a psychological one, although his message is political: global events build on people's needs to feel empowered and jointly engaged in the pursuit of a higher purpose; they allow a break from daily routines, provide an illusion of intimacy and social membership, and create a sense of self-validation and personal gratification. In short, participation in such events makes us feel good. At the same time, the real effect of global events seems to be the maintenance of global inequality and social injustice, as well as huge profits for the organizations involved in planning, commercializing and securing these happenings. In sketching out this palliative function of global events from the perspective of people's needs on the one hand, and unveiling their puppet masters backstage on the other, Rojek's book presents a compelling account of the role of organized events in modern society."- Organization StudiesEvents dominate our screens, our lives, and increasingly global geopolitics. Analysis of events and their management has remained rooted in leisure and management studies - until now. This break-through book provides an introduction to event management, while also situating events in questions of power and social control. Rojek powerfully argues that events are essential elements in corporate-state partnerships of ′invisible government′ that have revived the romance of charity as to form illusory communities, while cloaking power imbalances and social inequalities. Events are moving politics from the old idea of ′the personal is political′ to the new, more seductive notion that ′representation is resistance′. Wielding rich case studies from the World Cup and the Olympics to Live Aid, Burning Man and Mardi Gras, Rojek presents a dazzlingly original account of communication power, social ordering and control. It is essential reading in media & communication studies and across the social sciences.
Events As a Strategic Marketing Tool by
Experiences, encounters and events have come to play an ever-growing role in marketing. Events as a Strategic Marketing Tooldescribes how events can be used as a strategic tool in marketing practices. The introductory chapters address the development of the experience economy, events, and event marketing. Subsequently, the book covers the various areas of marketing within which experiences play a role, such as branding, relationship marketing and city marketing. The final chapters deal with the step from strategy to concept, and discuss event design and touchpoints. The book is concluded with a chapter on effect measurement and evaluation.
Events Marketing Management : a consumer perspective by
This textbook provides students with an essential introduction to the theoretical underpinnings and practicalities of managing the marketing of events. In order to market events effectively, it is vital to consider marketing of events from the organiser's perspective and to link it to that of the consumers attending events. As such, this is the first book on the topic which reflects the unique characteristics of marketing in the Events industry by exploring both sides of the marketing coin - the supply and the demand - in the specific context of events. The book takes the reader from core marketing mix principles to exploring the event marketing landscape to consumer experience and involvement with event marketing and finally strategies and tactics employed to manage the marketing activities related to events. The use of technology, importance of sponsorship and PR are also considered. International case studies are integrated throughout to show practical realities of marketing and managing events and a range of useful learning aids are incorporated to aid navigation throughout the book, spur critical thinking and further students' knowledge. This accessible and comprehensive account of Events Marketing and Management is essential reading for all students and future managers.
Guerrilla Film Marketing : the ultimate guide to the branding, marketing and promotion of independent films & filmmakers by
Create an irresistible brand image and build an audience of loyal and engaged fans... Guerrilla Film Marketing takes readers through each step of the film branding, marketing and promotional process. Tailored specifically to low-budget independent films and filmmakers, Guerrilla Film Marketing offers practical and immediately implementable advice for marketing considerations across every stage of the film production process. Written by leading film industry professional Robert G. Barnwell, Guerrilla Film Marketing teaches readers how to: Master the fundamentals of guerrilla branding, marketing and promotion; Create an integrated marketing plan and calendar based on realistic budgets and expectations; Develop internet and social media marketing campaigns, including engaging studio and film websites and powerful, marketing-centric IMDb listings; Assemble behind-the-scenes pictures, videos and documentaries; Produce marketing materials such as key art, posters, film teasers, trailers and electronic press kits (aka "EPKs"); and Maximize the marketing impact of events such as test screenings, premiers, film festivals and industry award ceremonies. Guerrilla Film Marketing is filled with dozens of step-by-step instructions, checklists, tools, a glossary, templates and other resources. A downloadable eResource also includes a sample marketing plan and audit, a test screening questionnaire, and more.
Integrated Advertising, Promotion, and Marketing Communications by
Directed primarily toward undergraduate Marketing college/university majors, this text also provides practical content to current and aspiring industry professionals. The carefully integrated approach of this text blends advertising, promotions, and marketing communications together, providing readers with the information they need to understand the process and benefits of successful IMC campaigns. 0133131017 / 9780133131017 Integrated Advertising, Promotion, and Marketing Communications Plus NEW MyMarketingLab with Pearson eText -- Access Card Package Package consists of 0133112934 / 9780133112931 NEW MyMarketingLab with Pearson eText -- Standalone Access Card -- 0133126242 / 9780133126242 Integrated Advertising, Promotion, and Marketing Communications
Marketing Channels : a management view by
Marketing Channels: A Management View, a market leader, is known to provide a management focus and managerial framework to the field of marketing channels. Theory, research, and practice are covered thoroughly and blended into a discussion that stresses decision making implications. This new edition reflects global, socio-cultural, environmental, and technological changes that have taken place within the industry.
Special Event Production: the Process by
This must-have guide to special event production looks deep behind the scenes of an event and dissects what it is that creates success. It analyses the process - the planning and business aspects - to provide a unique guide to producing a variety of events from weddings to festivals. It explains thoroughly budgeting and resource concerns, planning and cost projections and the role of the well-crafted proposal. This new edition has been significantly updated to include: Three new chapters: Event Design, Information Technology and Sustainability and Event Production. Updated and new case studies from USA, Canada , India, Russia and Malaysia. New Industry Voice feature, including an interview with industry experts from around the world commenting on their experiences of event planning and production. New content on: technology, volunteers, venues and PR and marketing. Enhanced online resources including: PowerPoint lecture slides, checklists, glossaries, additional questions and challenges, web links, sample contract templates, production schedule templates, and evaluation forms. Incorporating pedagogical features, this easy-to-read book is packed with photographs, diagrams, flow charts, checklists, sample forms, and real-life examples. It steps through the whole process from the creativity and proposal at the outset, to budgeting, the contract and risk management with event follow up to conclude. A must have resource for event planners, managers, caterers and students. This text is part two of a two book set - also available is Special Events Production: The Resources (978-1-138-78567-0). This book offers an in - depth guide to the technical aspects of a big event such as lighting and audio systems, visual presentation technology, special effects and temporary outdoor venues.
Experiential Marketing equips you with the necessary information, background, and experience in planning, organizing, and staging a promotional multimedia event from beginning to end. Using a series of lectures, discussions and fieldwork activities, this course exposes students to the different components essential in efficiently producing a successful event.
Artificial Intelligence for Marketing by
A straightforward, non-technical guide to the next major marketing tool Artificial Intelligence for Marketing presents a tightly-focused introduction to machine learning, written specifically for marketing professionals. This book will not teach you to be a data scientist--but it does explain how Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning will revolutionize your company's marketing strategy, and teach you how to use it most effectively. Data and analytics have become table stakes in modern marketing, but the field is ever-evolving with data scientists continually developing new algorithms--where does that leave you? How can marketers use the latest data science developments to their advantage? This book walks you through the "need-to-know" aspects of Artificial Intelligence, including natural language processing, speech recognition, and the power of Machine Learning to show you how to make the most of this technology in a practical, tactical way. Simple illustrations clarify complex concepts, and case studies show how real-world companies are taking the next leap forward. Straightforward, pragmatic, and with no math required, this book will help you: Speak intelligently about Artificial Intelligence and its advantages in marketing Understand how marketers without a Data Science degree can make use of machine learning technology Collaborate with data scientists as a subject matter expert to help develop focused-use applications Help your company gain a competitive advantage by leveraging leading-edge technology in marketing Marketing and data science are two fast-moving, turbulent spheres that often intersect; that intersection is where marketing professionals pick up the tools and methods to move their company forward. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning provide a data-driven basis for more robust and intensely-targeted marketing strategies--and companies that effectively utilize these latest tools will reap the benefit in the marketplace. Artificial Intelligence for Marketing provides a nontechnical crash course to help you stay ahead of the curve.
Experiential Marketing : secrets, strategies, and success stories from the world's greatest brands by
The most researched, documented, and comprehensive manifesto on experiential marketing. As customers take control over what, when, why, and how they buy products and services, brands face the complete breakdown and utter failure of passive marketing strategies designed more than a half-century ago. To connect with a new generation of customers, companies must embrace and deploy a new marketing mix, powered by a more effective discipline: experiences. Experiential marketing, the use of live, face-to-face engagements to connect with audiences, create relationships and drive brand affinity, has become the fastest-growing form of marketing in the world as the very companies that built their brands on the old Madison Avenue approach--including Coca-Cola, Nike, Microsoft, American Express and others--open the next chapter of marketing. . . as experiential brands. Using hundreds of case studies, exclusive research, and interviews with more than 150 global brands spanning a decade, global experiential marketing experts Kerry Smith and Dan Hanover present the most in-depth book ever written on how companies are using experiences as the anchor of reinvented marketing mixes. You'll learn: The history and fundamental principles of experiential marketing How top brands have reset marketing mixes as experience-driven portfolios The anatomy of a brand experience The psychology of engagement and experience design The 10 habits of highly experiential brands How to measure the impact of experiential marketing How to combine digital and social media in an experiential strategy The experiential marketing vocabulary How to begin converting to experiential marketing Marketers still torn between outdated marketing models and the need to reinvent how they market in today's customer-controlled economy will find the clarity they need to refine their marketing strategies, get a roadmap for putting their brands on a winning path, and walk away inspired to transition into experiential brands.
Guerrilla Film Marketing : the ultimate guide to the branding, marketing and promotion of independent films & filmmakers by
Create an irresistible brand image and build an audience of loyal and engaged fans... Guerrilla Film Marketing takes readers through each step of the film branding, marketing and promotional process. Tailored specifically to low-budget independent films and filmmakers, Guerrilla Film Marketing offers practical and immediately implementable advice for marketing considerations across every stage of the film production process. Written by leading film industry professional Robert G. Barnwell, Guerrilla Film Marketing teaches readers how to: Master the fundamentals of guerrilla branding, marketing and promotion; Create an integrated marketing plan and calendar based on realistic budgets and expectations; Develop internet and social media marketing campaigns, including engaging studio and film websites and powerful, marketing-centric IMDb listings; Assemble behind-the-scenes pictures, videos and documentaries; Produce marketing materials such as key art, posters, film teasers, trailers and electronic press kits (aka "EPKs"); and Maximize the marketing impact of events such as test screenings, premiers, film festivals and industry award ceremonies. Guerrilla Film Marketing is filled with dozens of step-by-step instructions, checklists, tools, a glossary, templates and other resources. A downloadable eResource also includes a sample marketing plan and audit, a test screening questionnaire, and more.
Marketing 4. 0 : moving from traditional to digital by
Marketing has changed forever--this is what comes next Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital is the much-needed handbook for next-generation marketing. Written by the world's leading marketing authorities, this book helps you navigate the increasingly connected world and changing consumer landscape to reach more customers, more effectively. Today's customers have less time and attention to devote to your brand--and they are surrounded by alternatives every step of the way. You need to stand up, get their attention, and deliver the message they want to hear. This book examines the marketplace's shifting power dynamics, the paradoxes wrought by connectivity, and the increasing sub-culture splintering that will shape tomorrow's consumer; this foundation shows why Marketing 4.0 is becoming imperative for productivity, and this book shows you how to apply it to your brand today. Marketing 4.0 takes advantage of the shifting consumer mood to reach more customers and engage them more fully than ever before. Exploit the changes that are tripping up traditional approaches, and make them an integral part of your methodology. This book gives you the world-class insight you need to make it happen. Discover the new rules of marketing Stand out and create WOW moments Build a loyal and vocal customer base Learn who will shape the future of customer choice Every few years brings a "new" marketing movement, but experienced marketers know that this time its different; it's not just the rules that have changed, it's the customers themselves. Marketing 4.0 provides a solid framework based on a real-world vision of the consumer as they are today, and as they will be tomorrow. Marketing 4.0 gives you the edge you need to reach them more effectively than ever before.
Mastering Marketing Agility by
The leading authority on agile marketing shows how to build marketing operations that can pivot freely and yet remain committed to priorities. As a marketer, are you tired of chasing marketing fads and algorithm rumors that seem to change every couple of months? This guide to building the perfect marketing department will help you achieve the latest and greatest without having to rebuild your operations from scratch every time the wind shifts. Agile strategies have been the accepted modus operandi for software development for two decades, and marketing is poised to follow in its footsteps. As the audiences we market to become ever more digital, agile frameworks are emerging as the best and only way to manage marketing. This book is a signpost showing the way toward the agile future of marketing operations, explaining how every role, from social media intern up to chief marketing officer, can work in unison, responding to the market's demanding challenges without losing focus on the big picture. You will learn what it takes for marketing agility to thrive--customer focus, transparency, continuous improvement, adaptability, trust, bias for action, and courage--along with the antipatterns that can drag you down. Most important, you will learn how to implement the systems, strategies, and practices that will truly transform your marketing operations.
Multi-Channel Marketing, Branding and Retail Design by
Recently, many researchers have found that their work crosses the borders of design, branding and marketing. This orientation finds itself in contrast to the generally discipline-delineated world of academic journal publishing where cross-sector studies often find difficulties in acceptance (design-based work in marketing being particularly poorly represented). This unique book focuses upon service design, including retail and multi-channel marketing matters pertinent to the current age where physical contact with consumers has resurfaced as an enduring part of the marketing and branding landscape - complementary to online and virtual worlds. The span of the text goes from what may be regarded as micro-environmental issues of type design and the semiotics of brand meanings towards macro-environmental concerns of city design and ecological threat, all relative to living within any world (and all worlds) that businesses and consumers may co-create or are invited and welcomed to in their own multi-layered experience.
Promotional Marketing by
In today's connected world, promotion is fundamental to everything we do to drive business. This is a new edition of an established book, updated with the latest research on the shopper/buyer and how to reach their 'tipping point' when the decision to buy is made, now covering mobile, online and bricks-and-mortar sales and marketing. This book clarifies why a focus on the customer is key, and how to communicate with them from even before they discover a want or need, to the point of purchase and after. The author of this important book explains how and when to use suppliers (agencies, printers, insurers, etc.) for promotions of all types, including advertising (outdoor, on websites and in print), experiential marketing (road and trade shows, exhibitions, merchandising) and sales promotions (in-store/web and mobile promotion offers). Processes describe and explain how to implement promotional marketing to achieve business objectives. Promotional Marketing is a practitioner guide to sales and marketing for agencies, entrepreneurs and small businesses and those seeking a career in retail. It is packed with real-life and award-winning case studies and practical briefs (NatWest, Diageo, Sainsbury's, Shell and Radisson, for example) as a starter for when the client needs a creative answer yesterday! It is also tuned to those studying, providing a chapter on how marketing and sales fit into business.
ROI in marketing : the design thinking approach to measure, prove, and improve the value of marketing by The Roots and Uses of Marketing Knowledge : a Critical Inquiry into the Theory and Practice of Marketing by
Marketing theory is often developed in isolation not collaboration; theoretical perspectives sometimes are ignorant of the diversity of marketing practice. In "The roots and uses of marketing knowledge: a critical inquiry into the theory and practice of marketing", the author engages with the vital conversation about how marketing knowledge is created, disseminated and consumed, looking beyond the traditional reification of practice in theory and verification of theory in practice. The ontology of this work is anchored in subjective individual meaning; the epistemological stance assumes that this meaning is socially constructed. Consequently, rich empirical data, grounded in the context of experiential evidence, is extracted from a comprehensive range of marketing constituencies: academics, practitioners, managers, consultants, authors, lecturers and students. In its examination of the polarities, hybridity and iterative flow of marketing knowledge creation and consumption, this text posits a cohesive argument for a theory/practice bipartite fusion not dichotomy, adding valuable insights into the textual, contextual and pedagogical representations of marketing knowledge. The history and future of marketing knowledge is examined with the aid of instructive illustrations and insightful first-hand experience. Drawing on extensive qualitative research from a broad range of influential producers and vital consumers, Dr. Smith presents a relevant, exciting marketing knowledge framework which will be a vital resource for academics, students and practitioners.
World Wide Data : the Future of Digital Marketing, E-Commerce, and Big Data by
The world is currently in the midst of a data revolution. Consumers now inhabit a digital world and companies have no option but to follow them there. Governments are reviewing the rules of usage for consumer data in marketing and advertising in order to take advantage of the huge economic opportunity that the data driven economy represents. Companies, recognizing the opportunity, are hurrying to adapt by digitalizing their processes. They are putting pressure on their managers and working teams to learn how to make best use of the technology capabilities and their data resources. What is more, premier national companies have to compete in a global business field where their Silicon Valley-breed competitors have a substantial advantage in terms of digitalization and data usage. Written in plain English with illustrative examples and cases, this book is for the general manager who seeks a better grasp of this fast-changing business world and a better understanding of what will be required from he/she, not just now but in five years' time.
Web Animation is a course that enhances the student’s skill in creating dynamic, well-structured, and interactive websites. It trains the students in using HTML5 focusing on CSS3 Animations to create web-based animations and interactivity.
At the end of the course, the student will have a better understanding of motion design using CSS animation to create more engaging web projects.
Fundamentals of Web Development by
For courses in Web Programming and Design: Numerous Mark-up / Scripting Languages, as part of the CS1 course sequence. Master the fundamentals of web development Fundamentals of Web Development, 2nd Edition guides students through the creation of enterprise-quality websites using current development frameworks. Written by a leading teacher in the field and designed for serious programmers, this book is as valuable to students as a dev bootcamp. Its practical approach and comprehensive insight into the practice of web development covers HTML5, CSS3, Javascript, and the LAMP stack (that is, Linux, Apache, MySQL, and PHP), jQuery, XML, WordPress, Bootstrap, and a variety of third-party APIs that include Facebook, Twitter, Google, and Bing Maps. Coverage also includes the required ACM web development topics, aligned with real-world web development best practices. The 2nd Edition faithfully covers the most vital trends and innovations in the field since 2013, while continuing to provide a thorough and comprehensive overview.
Introduction to Web Interaction Design : with HTML and CSS by
This book introduces standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties commonly used in Web design as well as design guidelines for their effective use. Its approach of explaining every line of code in the examples it uses to show the usage of the HTML elements and CSS properties introduced makes it an invaluable Web design resource for beginners as well as intermediates looking to fill in gaps in their knowledge. In addition, the inclusion of user-centered design process stages and how they are best managed in website development makes the book unique in its area. Also, the book's approach of including challenges after each topic to help refresh readers' knowledge, as well as make them think, ensures that there are ample activities to keep learners motivated and engaged. Key Features Comprehensively covers standard and new HTML5 elements and attributes and CSS3 properties. Includes a lot of challenges/exercises; one after each HTML element or CSS property introduced and demonstrated with examples. Example codes can be copied and pasted as-is to implement and experiment with. For every HTML element or CSS property introduced, guidelines are provided, where relevant, on how to best use them in a design to enhance usability and accessibility. Includes comprehensive explanation of flexible box and grid layout models and how to use them to create responsive and adaptive Web design. Covers the importance of visual aesthetics in design, including design elements and principles and examples of how they can be applied in Web design to produce good user experience. Includes comprehensive guidelines on how to design for standard and mobile screens, including discussion of touch gesture interaction design and standard gestures and the functions for which they are most commonly used. Introduces the stages of user-centered design process, including Web accessibility and user-experience testing, and managerial aspects of Web development, including intellectual property. Provides a brief introduction on how to make HTML and CSS codes more compact and more efficient and how to combine them with other languages commonly used in Web design and development, such as JavaScript, AJAX, and PHP.
Learning Processing : a beginner's guide to programming images, animation, and interaction by
Learning Processing, Second Edition, is a friendly start-up guide to Processing, a free, open-source alternative to expensive software and daunting programming languages. Requiring no previous experience, this book is for the true programming beginner. It teaches the basic building blocks of programming needed to create cutting-edge graphics applications including interactive art, live video processing, and data visualization. Step-by-step examples, thorough explanations, hands-on exercises, and sample code, supports your learning curve. A unique lab-style manual, the book gives graphic and web designers, artists, and illustrators of all stripes a jumpstart on working with the Processing programming environment by providing instruction on the basic principles of the language, followed by careful explanations of select advanced techniques. The book has been developed with a supportive learning experience at its core. From algorithms and data mining to rendering and debugging, it teaches object-oriented programming from the ground up within the fascinating context of interactive visual media. This book is ideal for graphic designers and visual artists without programming background who want to learn programming. It will also appeal to students taking college and graduate courses in interactive media or visual computing, and for self-study.
Pixar with Lacan : the hysteric's guide to animation by
The films from Pixar Animation Studios belong to the most popular family films today. From Monsters Inc to Toy Story and Wall-E, the animated characters take on human qualities that demand more than just cultural analysis. What animates the human subject according to Pixar? What are the ideological implications? Pixar with Lacan has the double aim of analyzing the Pixar films and exemplifying important psychoanalytic concepts (the voice, the gaze, partial object, the Other, the object a, the primal father, the name-of-the-father, symbolic castration, the imaginary/ the real/ the symbolic, desire and drive, the four discourses, masculine/feminine), examining the ideological implications of the images of human existence given in the films.
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers by
Update your skill set for ES 6 and 7 with the ultimate JavaScript guide for pros Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the essential guide to next-level JavaScript development. Written for intermediate-to-advanced programmers, this book jumps right into the technical details to help you clean up your code and become a more sophisticated JavaScript developer. From JavaScript-specific object-oriented programming and inheritance, to combining JavaScript with HTML and other markup languages, expert instruction walks you through the fundamentals and beyond. This new fourth edition has been updated to cover ECMAScript 6 and 7 (also known as ES2015 and ES2016) and the major re-imagination and departure from ES 5.1; new frameworks and libraries, new techniques, new testing tools, and more are explained in detail for the professional developer, with a practical focus that helps you put your new skills to work on real-world projects. The latest--and most dramatic--ES release is already being incorporated into JavaScript engines in major browsers; this, coupled with the rise in mobile web traffic increasing demand for responsive, dynamic web design, means that all web developers need to update their skills--and this book is your ideal resource for quick, relevant guidance. Get up to date with ECMAScript 6 and 7, new frameworks, and new libraries Delve into web animation, emerging APIs, and build systems Test more effectively with mocks, unit tests, functional tests, and other tools Plan your builds for future ES releases Even if you think you know JavaScript, new ES releases bring big changes that will affect the way you work. For a professional-level update that doesn't waste time on coding fundamentals, Professional JavaScript for Web Developers is the ultimate resource to bring you up to speed.
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with Indesign by
Rapidly Prototyping Interfaces with InDesign guides readers to learn to create a wide range of interfaces, from mobile to desktop. With InDesign, interface prototyping takes minutes instead of days. This book is code-free and entirely hands-on with InDesign tools. This book acts as a guide for how to prototype user interfaces with InDesign, using diagrams, illustrations, and screen shots. This illustrated book concerns the creation and prototyping of eBooks, eMagazines, websites, desktop apps and movile apps. InDesign is an important tool for rapid prototyping, as no coding is involved. Key Features No available book provides this information. The reader will learn how to prototype a wide range of interfaces for both desktop and movile platforms. The book will include software screen shots and guide the reader step by step. The example prototypes will be interactive. Users can test them using interactive devices, such as desktop computers, tablets or mobile phones. The reader will learn how to prepare an effective portfolio and resume.
Web Coding and Development All-In-One for Dummies by
Speak the languages that power the web With more high-paying web development jobs opening every day, people with coding and web/app building skills are having no problems finding employment. If you're a would-be developer looking to gain the know-how to build the interfaces, databases, and other features that run modern websites, web apps, and mobile apps, look no further. Web Coding & Development All-in-One For Dummies is your go-to interpreter for speaking the languages that handle those tasks. Get started with a refresher on the rules of coding before diving into the languages that build interfaces, add interactivity to the web, or store and deliver data to sites. When you're ready, jump into guidance on how to put it all together to build a site or create an app. Get the lowdown on coding basics Review HTML and CSS Make sense of JavaScript, jQuery, PHP, and MySQL Create code for web and mobile apps There's a whole world of opportunity out there for developers--and this fast-track boot camp is here to help you acquire the skills you need to take your career to new heights!
The Web Collection Revealed Creative Cloud by
This invaluable, all-in-one guide provides a thorough introduction to web design and development with Adobe Dreamweaver CC, Adobe Flash CC, and�new to this edition�Adobe Edge CC. In addition to detailed information on the current interface, features, and functionality of each program, the text includes step-by-step tutorials and hands-on projects to help you master industry-leading software while honing practical skills with real-world relevance. The text concludes with a chapter devoted to integration of all three applications to create a dynamic website incorporating Flash and Edge elements. In addition to accurate, up-to-date content, the text features full-color illustrations and an appealing, user-friendly presentation style to facilitate learning and make even complex material easier to master.
Web Animation is a course that enhances the student’s skill in creating dynamic, well-structured, and interactive websites. It trains the students in using HTML5 focusing on CSS3 Animations to create web-based animations and interactivity.
At the end of the course, the student will have a better understanding of motion design using CSS animation to create more engaging web projects.
The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics : computer modeling & animation by
Blender is a free and open source graphics program for computer modeling and animation incorporating Photorealstic Rendering, Realistic Materials, Character Rigging, Sculpting, UV Unwrapping, Compositing, Simulation, Camera and Object Tracking, Game Creation and Video Editing. The program is comprehensive. The interface is extensive. The creative experience is fantastic. The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics: Computer Modeling and Animation is a unified learning manual for beginners and a reference for advanced users. The manual introduces the basic components of the Blender program with reference to the interface using written instruction in conjunction with illustrations and examples. In this fourth edition of The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics the author has included changes to the program which eventuate as Blender is developed and improved. New subject matter has been added with examples. Key Features: Contents are structured in a building-block fashion, using content covered in early chapters to explain more complex content in later chapters. Describes the basic operations of the interface and the majority of its functions with visual references and practical examples Significantly expands discussion of advanced features providing the reader with a guide to the full potential of the program. > Key Features: Contents are structured in a building-block fashion, using content covered in early chapters to explain more complex content in later chapters. Describes the basic operations of the interface and the majority of its functions with visual references and practical examples Significantly expands discussion of advanced features providing the reader with a guide to the full potential of the program.
Graphics and multimedia for the web with Adobe Creative Cloud : navigating the Adobe software landscape by Learning Three.js : programming 3D animations and visualizations for the web with HTML5 and WebGL by Learning Web design : a beginner's guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and web graphics by 
Mastering Bootstrap 4 - Second Edition : Master the latest version of Bootstrap 4 to build highly customized responsive web apps, 2nd Edition. by Mastering SVG : ace web animations, visualizations, and vector graphics with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript by 
Modern CSS : master the key concepts of CSS for modern web development by 
Progressive web apps with React : create lightning fast web apps with native power using React and Firebase by React design patterns and best practices : design, build and deploy production-ready web applications using standard industry practices by 
SVG animations : from common UX implementations to complex responsive animation by Explore these full text databases dealing with Multimedia Arts to view and download articles/readings for your research:
